id	sid	tid	token	lemma	pos
13111	1	1	THE	the	DT
13111	1	2	BRAIN	BRAIN	NNP
13111	1	3	AND	and	CC
13111	1	4	THE	the	DT
13111	1	5	VOICE	voice	NN
13111	1	6	IN	in	IN
13111	1	7	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	1	8	AND	and	CC
13111	1	9	SONG	SONG	NNP
13111	1	10	BY	by	IN
13111	1	11	F.W.	F.W.	NNP
13111	2	1	MOTT	MOTT	NNP
13111	2	2	,	,	,
13111	2	3	F.R.S.	F.R.S.	NNP
13111	2	4	,	,	,
13111	2	5	M.D.	M.D.	NNP
13111	2	6	,	,	,
13111	2	7	F.R.C.P.	F.R.C.P.	NNP
13111	3	1	1910	1910	CD
13111	3	2	PREFACE	preface	NN
13111	3	3	The	the	DT
13111	3	4	contents	content	NNS
13111	3	5	of	of	IN
13111	3	6	this	this	DT
13111	3	7	little	little	JJ
13111	3	8	book	book	NN
13111	3	9	formed	form	VBD
13111	3	10	the	the	DT
13111	3	11	subject	subject	NN
13111	3	12	of	of	IN
13111	3	13	three	three	CD
13111	3	14	lectures	lecture	NNS
13111	3	15	delivered	deliver	VBN
13111	3	16	at	at	IN
13111	3	17	the	the	DT
13111	3	18	Royal	Royal	NNP
13111	3	19	Institution	Institution	NNP
13111	3	20	"	"	''
13111	3	21	On	on	IN
13111	3	22	the	the	DT
13111	3	23	Mechanism	Mechanism	NNP
13111	3	24	of	of	IN
13111	3	25	the	the	DT
13111	3	26	Human	Human	NNP
13111	3	27	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	3	28	"	"	''
13111	3	29	and	and	CC
13111	3	30	three	three	CD
13111	3	31	London	London	NNP
13111	3	32	University	University	NNP
13111	3	33	lectures	lecture	NNS
13111	3	34	at	at	IN
13111	3	35	King	King	NNP
13111	3	36	's	's	POS
13111	3	37	College	College	NNP
13111	3	38	on	on	IN
13111	3	39	"	"	``
13111	3	40	The	The	NNP
13111	3	41	Brain	Brain	NNP
13111	3	42	in	in	IN
13111	3	43	relation	relation	NN
13111	3	44	to	to	IN
13111	3	45	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	3	46	and	and	CC
13111	3	47	Song	Song	NNP
13111	3	48	.	.	.
13111	3	49	"	"	''
13111	4	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	4	2	have	have	VBP
13111	4	3	endeavoured	endeavour	VBN
13111	4	4	to	to	TO
13111	4	5	place	place	VB
13111	4	6	this	this	DT
13111	4	7	subject	subject	NN
13111	4	8	before	before	IN
13111	4	9	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	4	10	readers	reader	NNS
13111	4	11	in	in	IN
13111	4	12	as	as	IN
13111	4	13	simple	simple	JJ
13111	4	14	language	language	NN
13111	4	15	as	as	IN
13111	4	16	scientific	scientific	JJ
13111	4	17	accuracy	accuracy	NN
13111	4	18	and	and	CC
13111	4	19	requirements	requirement	NNS
13111	4	20	permit	permit	NN
13111	4	21	.	.	.
13111	5	1	Where	where	WRB
13111	5	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	5	3	have	have	VBP
13111	5	4	been	be	VBN
13111	5	5	obliged	oblige	VBN
13111	5	6	to	to	TO
13111	5	7	use	use	VB
13111	5	8	technical	technical	JJ
13111	5	9	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
13111	5	10	and	and	CC
13111	5	11	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	5	12	terms	term	NNS
13111	5	13	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	5	14	have	have	VBP
13111	5	15	either	either	CC
13111	5	16	explained	explain	VBN
13111	5	17	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	5	18	meaning	meaning	NN
13111	5	19	in	in	IN
13111	5	20	the	the	DT
13111	5	21	text	text	NN
13111	5	22	,	,	,
13111	5	23	aided	aid	VBN
13111	5	24	by	by	IN
13111	5	25	diagrams	diagram	NNS
13111	5	26	and	and	CC
13111	5	27	figures	figure	NNS
13111	5	28	,	,	,
13111	5	29	or	or	CC
13111	5	30	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	5	31	have	have	VBP
13111	5	32	given	give	VBN
13111	5	33	in	in	IN
13111	5	34	brackets	bracket	NNS
13111	5	35	the	the	DT
13111	5	36	English	english	JJ
13111	5	37	equivalents	equivalent	NNS
13111	5	38	of	of	IN
13111	5	39	the	the	DT
13111	5	40	terms	term	NNS
13111	5	41	used	use	VBN
13111	5	42	.	.	.
13111	6	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	6	2	trust	trust	VBP
13111	6	3	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	6	4	attempt	attempt	NN
13111	6	5	to	to	TO
13111	6	6	give	give	VB
13111	6	7	a	a	DT
13111	6	8	sketch	sketch	NN
13111	6	9	of	of	IN
13111	6	10	the	the	DT
13111	6	11	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	6	12	of	of	IN
13111	6	13	the	the	DT
13111	6	14	human	human	JJ
13111	6	15	voice	voice	NN
13111	6	16	,	,	,
13111	6	17	and	and	CC
13111	6	18	how	how	WRB
13111	6	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	6	20	is	be	VBZ
13111	6	21	produced	produce	VBN
13111	6	22	in	in	IN
13111	6	23	speech	speech	NN
13111	6	24	and	and	CC
13111	6	25	song	song	NN
13111	6	26	,	,	,
13111	6	27	may	may	MD
13111	6	28	prove	prove	VB
13111	6	29	of	of	IN
13111	6	30	interest	interest	NN
13111	6	31	to	to	IN
13111	6	32	the	the	DT
13111	6	33	general	general	JJ
13111	6	34	public	public	NN
13111	6	35	,	,	,
13111	6	36	and	and	CC
13111	6	37	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	6	38	even	even	RB
13111	6	39	hope	hope	VBP
13111	6	40	that	that	IN
13111	6	41	teachers	teacher	NNS
13111	6	42	of	of	IN
13111	6	43	voice	voice	NN
13111	6	44	production	production	NN
13111	6	45	may	may	MD
13111	6	46	find	find	VB
13111	6	47	some	some	DT
13111	6	48	of	of	IN
13111	6	49	the	the	DT
13111	6	50	pages	page	NNS
13111	6	51	dealing	deal	VBG
13111	6	52	with	with	IN
13111	6	53	the	the	DT
13111	6	54	brain	brain	NN
13111	6	55	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	6	56	not	not	RB
13111	6	57	unworthy	unworthy	JJ
13111	6	58	of	of	IN
13111	6	59	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	6	60	attention	attention	NN
13111	6	61	.	.	.
13111	7	1	F.W.	F.W.	NNP
13111	8	1	MOTT	MOTT	NNP
13111	8	2	LONDON	LONDON	NNP
13111	8	3	_	_	NNP
13111	8	4	July	July	NNP
13111	8	5	,	,	,
13111	8	6	1910	1910	CD
13111	8	7	_	_	NNP
13111	8	8	CONTENTS	CONTENTS	NNP
13111	8	9	THEORIES	theory	NNS
13111	8	10	ON	on	IN
13111	8	11	THE	the	DT
13111	8	12	ORIGIN	origin	NN
13111	8	13	OF	of	IN
13111	8	14	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	8	15	THE	the	DT
13111	8	16	VOCAL	vocal	NN
13111	8	17	INSTRUMENT	instrument	RB
13111	8	18	:	:	:
13111	8	19	THREE	three	CD
13111	8	20	QUALITIES	quality	NNS
13111	8	21	OF	of	IN
13111	8	22	MUSICAL	MUSICAL	NNP
13111	8	23	SOUNDS	sound	NNS
13111	8	24	,	,	,
13111	8	25	LOUDNESS	LOUDNESS	NNP
13111	8	26	,	,	,
13111	8	27	PITCH	PITCH	NNP
13111	8	28	AND	and	CC
13111	8	29	TIMBRE	TIMBRE	NNP
13111	8	30	THE	the	DT
13111	8	31	VOCAL	vocal	NN
13111	8	32	INSTRUMENT	instrument	NN
13111	8	33	AND	and	CC
13111	8	34	ITS	its	PRP$
13111	8	35	THREE	three	CD
13111	8	36	PARTS	PARTS	NNP
13111	8	37	(	(	-LRB-
13111	8	38	1	1	LS
13111	8	39	)	)	-RRB-
13111	8	40	THE	the	DT
13111	8	41	BELLOWS	BELLOWS	NNP
13111	8	42	AND	and	CC
13111	8	43	ITS	its	PRP$
13111	8	44	STRUCTURE	structure	NN
13111	8	45	:	:	:
13111	8	46	VOLUNTARY	voluntary	NN
13111	8	47	CONTROL	control	NN
13111	8	48	OF	of	IN
13111	8	49	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
13111	8	50	(	(	-LRB-
13111	8	51	2	2	LS
13111	8	52	)	)	-RRB-
13111	8	53	THE	the	DT
13111	8	54	REED	REED	NNP
13111	8	55	CONTAINED	CONTAINED	NNP
13111	8	56	IN	in	IN
13111	8	57	THE	the	DT
13111	8	58	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
13111	8	59	-	-	HYPH
13111	8	60	BOX	BOX	NNP
13111	8	61	OR	or	CC
13111	8	62	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
13111	8	63	:	:	:
13111	8	64	ITS	its	PRP$
13111	8	65	STRUCTURE	structure	NN
13111	8	66	AND	and	CC
13111	8	67	ACTION	action	NN
13111	8	68	(	(	-LRB-
13111	8	69	3	3	LS
13111	8	70	)	)	-RRB-
13111	8	71	THE	the	DT
13111	8	72	RESONATOR	RESONATOR	NNP
13111	8	73	AND	and	CC
13111	8	74	ARTICULATOR	ARTICULATOR	NNP
13111	8	75	,	,	,
13111	8	76	ITS	its	PRP$
13111	8	77	STRUCTURE	structure	NN
13111	8	78	AND	and	CC
13111	8	79	ACTION	action	NN
13111	8	80	IN	in	IN
13111	8	81	SONG	SONG	NNP
13111	8	82	AND	and	CC
13111	8	83	SPEECH	speech	NN
13111	8	84	PATHOLOGICAL	PATHOLOGICAL	NNP
13111	8	85	DEGENERATIVE	degenerative	NN
13111	8	86	CHANGES	change	VBZ
13111	8	87	PRODUCING	PRODUCING	NNP
13111	8	88	SPEECH	speech	NN
13111	8	89	DEFECTS	DEFECTS	NNP
13111	8	90	AND	and	CC
13111	8	91	WHAT	what	WP
13111	8	92	THEY	they	PRP
13111	8	93	TEACH	teach	VBP
13111	8	94	THE	the	DT
13111	8	95	CEREBRAL	cerebral	JJ
13111	8	96	MECHANISM	mechanism	NN
13111	8	97	OF	of	IN
13111	8	98	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	8	99	AND	and	CC
13111	8	100	SONG	SONG	NNP
13111	8	101	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	8	102	AND	and	CC
13111	8	103	RIGHT	RIGHT	NNP
13111	8	104	-	-	HYPH
13111	8	105	HANDEDNESS	HANDEDNESS	NNP
13111	8	106	LOCALISATION	LOCALISATION	NNP
13111	8	107	OF	of	IN
13111	8	108	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	8	109	CENTRES	centre	VBN
13111	8	110	IN	in	IN
13111	8	111	THE	the	DT
13111	8	112	BRAIN	brain	NN
13111	8	113	THE	the	DT
13111	8	114	PRIMARY	PRIMARY	NNP
13111	8	115	SITE	SITE	NNS
13111	8	116	OF	of	IN
13111	8	117	REVIVAL	REVIVAL	NNP
13111	8	118	OF	of	IN
13111	8	119	WORDS	word	NNS
13111	8	120	IN	in	IN
13111	8	121	SILENT	silent	JJ
13111	8	122	THOUGHT	THOUGHT	NNS
13111	8	123	CASE	case	NN
13111	8	124	OF	of	IN
13111	8	125	DEAFNESS	deafness	NN
13111	8	126	ARISING	arise	VBG
13111	8	127	FROM	from	IN
13111	8	128	DESTRUCTION	destruction	NN
13111	8	129	OF	of	IN
13111	8	130	THE	the	DT
13111	8	131	AUDITORY	AUDITORY	NNP
13111	8	132	CENTRES	CENTRES	NNP
13111	8	133	IN	in	IN
13111	8	134	THE	the	DT
13111	8	135	BRAIN	brain	NN
13111	8	136	CAUSING	cause	VBG
13111	8	137	LOSS	los	VBN
13111	8	138	OF	of	IN
13111	8	139	SPEECH	speech	NN
13111	8	140	THE	the	DT
13111	8	141	PRIMARY	PRIMARY	NNP
13111	8	142	REVIVAL	REVIVAL	NNS
13111	8	143	OF	of	IN
13111	8	144	SOME	some	NN
13111	8	145	SENSATIONS	sensation	NNS
13111	8	146	IN	in	IN
13111	8	147	THE	the	DT
13111	8	148	BRAIN	BRAIN	NNP
13111	8	149	PSYCHIC	psychic	NN
13111	8	150	MECHANISM	MECHANISM	NNS
13111	8	151	OF	of	IN
13111	8	152	THE	the	DT
13111	8	153	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
13111	8	154	ILLUSTRATIONS	ILLUSTRATIONS	NNP
13111	8	155	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	8	156	.	.	.
13111	9	1	1	1	LS
13111	9	2	.	.	.
13111	10	1	The	the	DT
13111	10	2	thoracic	thoracic	NN
13111	10	3	cage	cage	NN
13111	10	4	and	and	CC
13111	10	5	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	10	6	contents	content	NNS
13111	10	7	2	2	CD
13111	10	8	.	.	.
13111	11	1	The	the	DT
13111	11	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
13111	11	3	and	and	CC
13111	11	4	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	11	5	attachments	attachment	NNS
13111	11	6	3	3	CD
13111	11	7	.	.	.
13111	12	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	12	2	illustrating	illustrate	VBG
13111	12	3	changes	change	NNS
13111	12	4	of	of	IN
13111	12	5	the	the	DT
13111	12	6	chest	chest	NN
13111	12	7	and	and	CC
13111	12	8	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
13111	12	9	in	in	IN
13111	12	10	breathing	breathe	VBG
13111	12	11	4	4	CD
13111	12	12	.	.	.
13111	13	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	13	2	of	of	IN
13111	13	3	the	the	DT
13111	13	4	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	13	5	of	of	IN
13111	13	6	the	the	DT
13111	13	7	voice	voice	NN
13111	13	8	-	-	HYPH
13111	13	9	box	box	NN
13111	13	10	or	or	CC
13111	13	11	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	13	12	with	with	IN
13111	13	13	vocal	vocal	NNP
13111	13	14	cords	cord	NNS
13111	13	15	5	5	CD
13111	13	16	.	.	.
13111	14	1	Front	front	JJ
13111	14	2	view	view	NN
13111	14	3	of	of	IN
13111	14	4	the	the	DT
13111	14	5	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	14	6	with	with	IN
13111	14	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	14	8	6	6	CD
13111	14	9	.	.	.
13111	15	1	Back	back	JJ
13111	15	2	view	view	NN
13111	15	3	of	of	IN
13111	15	4	the	the	DT
13111	15	5	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	15	6	with	with	IN
13111	15	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	15	8	7	7	CD
13111	15	9	.	.	.
13111	16	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	16	2	to	to	TO
13111	16	3	illustrate	illustrate	VB
13111	16	4	movements	movement	NNS
13111	16	5	of	of	IN
13111	16	6	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	16	7	in	in	IN
13111	16	8	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	16	9	and	and	CC
13111	16	10	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	16	11	8	8	CD
13111	16	12	.	.	.
13111	17	1	Section	section	NN
13111	17	2	through	through	IN
13111	17	3	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	17	4	and	and	CC
13111	17	5	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	17	6	,	,	,
13111	17	7	showing	show	VBG
13111	17	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	17	9	and	and	CC
13111	17	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	17	11	cords	cord	NNS
13111	17	12	9	9	CD
13111	17	13	.	.	.
13111	18	1	The	the	DT
13111	18	2	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
13111	18	3	and	and	CC
13111	18	4	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	18	5	use	use	NN
13111	18	6	10	10	CD
13111	18	7	.	.	.
13111	19	1	The	the	DT
13111	19	2	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	19	3	in	in	IN
13111	19	4	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	19	5	,	,	,
13111	19	6	whispering	whispering	NN
13111	19	7	,	,	,
13111	19	8	and	and	CC
13111	19	9	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	19	10	11	11	CD
13111	19	11	.	.	.
13111	20	1	The	the	DT
13111	20	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	20	3	cords	cord	NNS
13111	20	4	in	in	IN
13111	20	5	singing	singing	NN
13111	20	6	,	,	,
13111	20	7	after	after	IN
13111	20	8	French	French	NNP
13111	20	9	12	12	CD
13111	20	10	.	.	.
13111	21	1	Vertical	vertical	JJ
13111	21	2	section	section	NN
13111	21	3	through	through	IN
13111	21	4	the	the	DT
13111	21	5	head	head	NN
13111	21	6	and	and	CC
13111	21	7	neck	neck	NN
13111	21	8	to	to	TO
13111	21	9	show	show	VB
13111	21	10	the	the	DT
13111	21	11	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	21	12	and	and	CC
13111	21	13	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	21	14	13	13	CD
13111	21	15	.	.	.
13111	22	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	22	2	(	(	-LRB-
13111	22	3	after	after	IN
13111	22	4	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	22	5	)	)	-RRB-
13111	22	6	of	of	IN
13111	22	7	the	the	DT
13111	22	8	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	22	9	in	in	IN
13111	22	10	the	the	DT
13111	22	11	production	production	NN
13111	22	12	of	of	IN
13111	22	13	the	the	DT
13111	22	14	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	22	15	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	22	16	14	14	CD
13111	22	17	.	.	.
13111	23	1	König	König	NNP
13111	23	2	's	's	POS
13111	23	3	flame	flame	NN
13111	23	4	manometer	manometer	NN
13111	23	5	15	15	CD
13111	23	6	.	.	.
13111	24	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	24	2	of	of	IN
13111	24	3	a	a	DT
13111	24	4	neurone	neurone	NN
13111	24	5	16	16	CD
13111	24	6	.	.	.
13111	25	1	Left	left	JJ
13111	25	2	hemisphere	hemisphere	NNP
13111	25	3	,	,	,
13111	25	4	showing	show	VBG
13111	25	5	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	25	6	localisation	localisation	NN
13111	25	7	17	17	CD
13111	25	8	.	.	.
13111	26	1	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	26	2	to	to	TO
13111	26	3	illustrate	illustrate	VB
13111	26	4	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	26	5	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	26	6	of	of	IN
13111	26	7	speech	speech	NN
13111	26	8	,	,	,
13111	26	9	after	after	IN
13111	26	10	Bastian	Bastian	NNP
13111	26	11	18	18	CD
13111	26	12	.	.	.
13111	27	1	The	the	DT
13111	27	2	course	course	NN
13111	27	3	of	of	IN
13111	27	4	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	27	5	currents	current	NNS
13111	27	6	in	in	IN
13111	27	7	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	27	8	THE	the	DT
13111	27	9	BRAIN	BRAIN	NNP
13111	27	10	AND	and	CC
13111	27	11	THE	the	DT
13111	27	12	VOICE	voice	NN
13111	27	13	IN	in	IN
13111	27	14	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	27	15	AND	and	CC
13111	27	16	SONG	SONG	NNP
13111	27	17	In	in	IN
13111	27	18	the	the	DT
13111	27	19	following	follow	VBG
13111	27	20	pages	page	NNS
13111	27	21	on	on	IN
13111	27	22	the	the	DT
13111	27	23	Relation	Relation	NNP
13111	27	24	of	of	IN
13111	27	25	the	the	DT
13111	27	26	Brain	Brain	NNP
13111	27	27	to	to	IN
13111	27	28	the	the	DT
13111	27	29	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	27	30	of	of	IN
13111	27	31	the	the	DT
13111	27	32	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	27	33	in	in	IN
13111	27	34	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	27	35	and	and	CC
13111	27	36	Song	Song	NNP
13111	27	37	,	,	,
13111	27	38	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	27	39	intend	intend	VBP
13111	27	40	,	,	,
13111	27	41	as	as	RB
13111	27	42	far	far	RB
13111	27	43	as	as	IN
13111	27	44	possible	possible	JJ
13111	27	45	,	,	,
13111	27	46	to	to	TO
13111	27	47	explain	explain	VB
13111	27	48	the	the	DT
13111	27	49	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	27	50	of	of	IN
13111	27	51	the	the	DT
13111	27	52	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	27	53	,	,	,
13111	27	54	and	and	CC
13111	27	55	what	what	WP
13111	27	56	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	27	57	know	know	VBP
13111	27	58	regarding	regard	VBG
13111	27	59	the	the	DT
13111	27	60	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	27	61	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	27	62	by	by	IN
13111	27	63	which	which	WDT
13111	27	64	the	the	DT
13111	27	65	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	27	66	is	be	VBZ
13111	27	67	played	play	VBN
13111	27	68	upon	upon	IN
13111	27	69	in	in	IN
13111	27	70	the	the	DT
13111	27	71	production	production	NN
13111	27	72	of	of	IN
13111	27	73	the	the	DT
13111	27	74	singing	singing	NN
13111	27	75	voice	voice	NN
13111	27	76	and	and	CC
13111	27	77	articulate	articulate	VB
13111	27	78	speech	speech	NN
13111	27	79	.	.	.
13111	28	1	Before	before	RB
13111	28	2	,	,	,
13111	28	3	however	however	RB
13111	28	4	,	,	,
13111	28	5	passing	pass	VBG
13111	28	6	to	to	TO
13111	28	7	consider	consider	VB
13111	28	8	in	in	IN
13111	28	9	detail	detail	NN
13111	28	10	the	the	DT
13111	28	11	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	28	12	,	,	,
13111	28	13	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	28	14	will	will	MD
13111	28	15	briefly	briefly	RB
13111	28	16	direct	direct	VB
13111	28	17	your	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	28	18	attention	attention	NN
13111	28	19	to	to	IN
13111	28	20	some	some	DT
13111	28	21	facts	fact	NNS
13111	28	22	and	and	CC
13111	28	23	theories	theory	NNS
13111	28	24	regarding	regard	VBG
13111	28	25	the	the	DT
13111	28	26	origin	origin	NN
13111	28	27	of	of	IN
13111	28	28	speech	speech	NN
13111	28	29	.	.	.
13111	29	1	THEORIES	theory	NNS
13111	29	2	ON	on	IN
13111	29	3	THE	the	DT
13111	29	4	ORIGIN	origin	NN
13111	29	5	OF	of	IN
13111	29	6	SPEECH	speech	NN
13111	29	7	The	the	DT
13111	29	8	evolutionary	evolutionary	JJ
13111	29	9	theory	theory	NN
13111	29	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	29	11	thus	thus	RB
13111	29	12	propounded	propound	VBN
13111	29	13	by	by	IN
13111	29	14	Romanes	Romanes	NNPS
13111	29	15	in	in	IN
13111	29	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	29	17	"	"	``
13111	29	18	Mental	Mental	NNP
13111	29	19	Evolution	Evolution	NNP
13111	29	20	in	in	IN
13111	29	21	Man	Man	NNP
13111	29	22	,	,	,
13111	29	23	"	"	''
13111	29	24	pp	pp	NNP
13111	29	25	.	.	.
13111	30	1	377	377	CD
13111	30	2	-	-	SYM
13111	30	3	399	399	CD
13111	30	4	:	:	:
13111	30	5	"	"	``
13111	30	6	Starting	start	VBG
13111	30	7	from	from	IN
13111	30	8	the	the	DT
13111	30	9	highly	highly	RB
13111	30	10	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
13111	30	11	and	and	CC
13111	30	12	social	social	JJ
13111	30	13	species	specie	NNS
13111	30	14	of	of	IN
13111	30	15	anthropoid	anthropoid	NNP
13111	30	16	ape	ape	NN
13111	30	17	as	as	IN
13111	30	18	pictured	picture	VBN
13111	30	19	by	by	IN
13111	30	20	Darwin	Darwin	NNP
13111	30	21	,	,	,
13111	30	22	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	30	23	can	can	MD
13111	30	24	imagine	imagine	VB
13111	30	25	that	that	IN
13111	30	26	this	this	DT
13111	30	27	animal	animal	NN
13111	30	28	was	be	VBD
13111	30	29	accustomed	accustomed	JJ
13111	30	30	to	to	TO
13111	30	31	use	use	VB
13111	30	32	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	30	33	voice	voice	NN
13111	30	34	freely	freely	RB
13111	30	35	for	for	IN
13111	30	36	the	the	DT
13111	30	37	expression	expression	NN
13111	30	38	of	of	IN
13111	30	39	the	the	DT
13111	30	40	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	30	41	,	,	,
13111	30	42	uttering	utter	VBG
13111	30	43	danger	danger	NN
13111	30	44	signals	signal	NNS
13111	30	45	,	,	,
13111	30	46	and	and	CC
13111	30	47	singing	singing	NN
13111	30	48	.	.	.
13111	31	1	Possibly	possibly	RB
13111	31	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	31	3	may	may	MD
13111	31	4	also	also	RB
13111	31	5	have	have	VB
13111	31	6	been	be	VBN
13111	31	7	sufficiently	sufficiently	RB
13111	31	8	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
13111	31	9	to	to	TO
13111	31	10	use	use	VB
13111	31	11	a	a	DT
13111	31	12	few	few	JJ
13111	31	13	imitative	imitative	JJ
13111	31	14	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	31	15	;	;	:
13111	31	16	and	and	CC
13111	31	17	certainly	certainly	RB
13111	31	18	sooner	soon	RBR
13111	31	19	or	or	CC
13111	31	20	later	later	RBR
13111	31	21	the	the	DT
13111	31	22	receptual	receptual	JJ
13111	31	23	life	life	NN
13111	31	24	of	of	IN
13111	31	25	this	this	DT
13111	31	26	social	social	JJ
13111	31	27	animal	animal	NN
13111	31	28	must	must	MD
13111	31	29	have	have	VB
13111	31	30	advanced	advance	VBN
13111	31	31	far	far	RB
13111	31	32	enough	enough	RB
13111	31	33	to	to	TO
13111	31	34	have	have	VB
13111	31	35	become	become	VBN
13111	31	36	comparable	comparable	JJ
13111	31	37	with	with	IN
13111	31	38	that	that	DT
13111	31	39	of	of	IN
13111	31	40	an	an	DT
13111	31	41	infant	infant	NN
13111	31	42	of	of	IN
13111	31	43	about	about	RB
13111	31	44	two	two	CD
13111	31	45	years	year	NNS
13111	31	46	of	of	IN
13111	31	47	age	age	NN
13111	31	48	.	.	.
13111	32	1	That	that	DT
13111	32	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	32	3	to	to	TO
13111	32	4	say	say	VB
13111	32	5	,	,	,
13111	32	6	this	this	DT
13111	32	7	animal	animal	NN
13111	32	8	,	,	,
13111	32	9	although	although	IN
13111	32	10	not	not	RB
13111	32	11	yet	yet	RB
13111	32	12	having	have	VBG
13111	32	13	begun	begin	VBN
13111	32	14	to	to	TO
13111	32	15	use	use	VB
13111	32	16	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	32	17	signs	sign	NNS
13111	32	18	,	,	,
13111	32	19	must	must	MD
13111	32	20	have	have	VB
13111	32	21	advanced	advance	VBN
13111	32	22	far	far	RB
13111	32	23	enough	enough	RB
13111	32	24	in	in	IN
13111	32	25	the	the	DT
13111	32	26	conventional	conventional	JJ
13111	32	27	use	use	NN
13111	32	28	of	of	IN
13111	32	29	natural	natural	JJ
13111	32	30	signs	sign	NNS
13111	32	31	(	(	-LRB-
13111	32	32	a	a	DT
13111	32	33	sign	sign	NN
13111	32	34	with	with	IN
13111	32	35	a	a	DT
13111	32	36	natural	natural	JJ
13111	32	37	origin	origin	NN
13111	32	38	in	in	IN
13111	32	39	tone	tone	NN
13111	32	40	and	and	CC
13111	32	41	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	32	42	,	,	,
13111	32	43	whether	whether	IN
13111	32	44	spontaneously	spontaneously	RB
13111	32	45	or	or	CC
13111	32	46	intentionally	intentionally	RB
13111	32	47	imitative	imitative	JJ
13111	32	48	)	)	-RRB-
13111	32	49	to	to	TO
13111	32	50	have	have	VB
13111	32	51	admitted	admit	VBN
13111	32	52	of	of	IN
13111	32	53	a	a	DT
13111	32	54	totally	totally	RB
13111	32	55	free	free	JJ
13111	32	56	exchange	exchange	NN
13111	32	57	of	of	IN
13111	32	58	receptual	receptual	JJ
13111	32	59	ideas	idea	NNS
13111	32	60	,	,	,
13111	32	61	such	such	JJ
13111	32	62	as	as	IN
13111	32	63	would	would	MD
13111	32	64	be	be	VB
13111	32	65	concerned	concern	VBN
13111	32	66	in	in	IN
13111	32	67	animal	animal	NN
13111	32	68	wants	want	VBZ
13111	32	69	and	and	CC
13111	32	70	even	even	RB
13111	32	71	,	,	,
13111	32	72	perhaps	perhaps	RB
13111	32	73	,	,	,
13111	32	74	in	in	IN
13111	32	75	the	the	DT
13111	32	76	simplest	simple	JJS
13111	32	77	forms	form	NNS
13111	32	78	of	of	IN
13111	32	79	co	co	JJ
13111	32	80	-	-	JJ
13111	32	81	operative	operative	JJ
13111	32	82	action	action	NN
13111	32	83	.	.	.
13111	33	1	Next	next	RB
13111	33	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	33	3	think	think	VBP
13111	33	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	33	5	probable	probable	JJ
13111	33	6	that	that	IN
13111	33	7	the	the	DT
13111	33	8	advance	advance	NN
13111	33	9	of	of	IN
13111	33	10	receptual	receptual	JJ
13111	33	11	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	33	12	which	which	WDT
13111	33	13	would	would	MD
13111	33	14	have	have	VB
13111	33	15	been	be	VBN
13111	33	16	occasioned	occasion	VBN
13111	33	17	by	by	IN
13111	33	18	this	this	DT
13111	33	19	advance	advance	NN
13111	33	20	in	in	IN
13111	33	21	sign	sign	NN
13111	33	22	-	-	HYPH
13111	33	23	making	making	NN
13111	33	24	would	would	MD
13111	33	25	in	in	IN
13111	33	26	turn	turn	NN
13111	33	27	have	have	VBP
13111	33	28	led	lead	VBN
13111	33	29	to	to	IN
13111	33	30	a	a	DT
13111	33	31	development	development	NN
13111	33	32	of	of	IN
13111	33	33	the	the	DT
13111	33	34	latter	latter	JJ
13111	33	35	--	--	:
13111	33	36	the	the	DT
13111	33	37	two	two	CD
13111	33	38	thus	thus	RB
13111	33	39	acting	act	VBG
13111	33	40	and	and	CC
13111	33	41	reacting	react	VBG
13111	33	42	on	on	IN
13111	33	43	each	each	DT
13111	33	44	other	other	JJ
13111	33	45	until	until	IN
13111	33	46	the	the	DT
13111	33	47	language	language	NN
13111	33	48	of	of	IN
13111	33	49	tone	tone	NN
13111	33	50	and	and	CC
13111	33	51	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	33	52	became	become	VBD
13111	33	53	gradually	gradually	RB
13111	33	54	raised	raise	VBN
13111	33	55	to	to	IN
13111	33	56	the	the	DT
13111	33	57	level	level	NN
13111	33	58	of	of	IN
13111	33	59	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
13111	33	60	pantomime	pantomime	NN
13111	33	61	,	,	,
13111	33	62	as	as	IN
13111	33	63	in	in	IN
13111	33	64	children	child	NNS
13111	33	65	before	before	IN
13111	33	66	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	33	67	begin	begin	VBP
13111	33	68	to	to	TO
13111	33	69	use	use	VB
13111	33	70	words	word	NNS
13111	33	71	.	.	.
13111	34	1	At	at	IN
13111	34	2	this	this	DT
13111	34	3	stage	stage	NN
13111	34	4	,	,	,
13111	34	5	however	however	RB
13111	34	6	,	,	,
13111	34	7	or	or	CC
13111	34	8	even	even	RB
13111	34	9	before	before	IN
13111	34	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	34	11	,	,	,
13111	34	12	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	34	13	think	think	VBP
13111	34	14	very	very	RB
13111	34	15	probably	probably	RB
13111	34	16	vowel	vowel	VBD
13111	34	17	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	34	18	must	must	MD
13111	34	19	have	have	VB
13111	34	20	been	be	VBN
13111	34	21	employed	employ	VBN
13111	34	22	in	in	IN
13111	34	23	tone	tone	NN
13111	34	24	language	language	NN
13111	34	25	,	,	,
13111	34	26	if	if	IN
13111	34	27	not	not	RB
13111	34	28	also	also	RB
13111	34	29	a	a	DT
13111	34	30	few	few	JJ
13111	34	31	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	34	32	.	.	.
13111	35	1	Eventually	eventually	RB
13111	35	2	the	the	DT
13111	35	3	action	action	NN
13111	35	4	and	and	CC
13111	35	5	reaction	reaction	NN
13111	35	6	of	of	IN
13111	35	7	receptual	receptual	JJ
13111	35	8	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	35	9	and	and	CC
13111	35	10	conventional	conventional	JJ
13111	35	11	sign	sign	NN
13111	35	12	-	-	HYPH
13111	35	13	making	making	NN
13111	35	14	must	must	MD
13111	35	15	have	have	VB
13111	35	16	ended	end	VBN
13111	35	17	in	in	IN
13111	35	18	so	so	RB
13111	35	19	far	far	RB
13111	35	20	developing	develop	VBG
13111	35	21	the	the	DT
13111	35	22	former	former	JJ
13111	35	23	as	as	IN
13111	35	24	to	to	TO
13111	35	25	have	have	VB
13111	35	26	admitted	admit	VBN
13111	35	27	of	of	IN
13111	35	28	the	the	DT
13111	35	29	breaking	breaking	NN
13111	35	30	up	up	RP
13111	35	31	(	(	-LRB-
13111	35	32	or	or	CC
13111	35	33	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	35	34	)	)	-RRB-
13111	35	35	of	of	IN
13111	35	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	35	37	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	35	38	,	,	,
13111	35	39	as	as	IN
13111	35	40	the	the	DT
13111	35	41	only	only	JJ
13111	35	42	direction	direction	NN
13111	35	43	in	in	IN
13111	35	44	which	which	WDT
13111	35	45	any	any	DT
13111	35	46	improvement	improvement	NN
13111	35	47	in	in	IN
13111	35	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	35	49	sign	sign	NN
13111	35	50	-	-	HYPH
13111	35	51	making	making	NN
13111	35	52	was	be	VBD
13111	35	53	possible	possible	JJ
13111	35	54	.	.	.
13111	35	55	"	"	''
13111	36	1	Romanes	Romanes	NNP
13111	36	2	continues	continue	VBZ
13111	36	3	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	36	4	sketch	sketch	NN
13111	36	5	by	by	IN
13111	36	6	referring	refer	VBG
13111	36	7	to	to	IN
13111	36	8	the	the	DT
13111	36	9	probability	probability	NN
13111	36	10	that	that	IN
13111	36	11	this	this	DT
13111	36	12	important	important	JJ
13111	36	13	stage	stage	NN
13111	36	14	in	in	IN
13111	36	15	the	the	DT
13111	36	16	development	development	NN
13111	36	17	of	of	IN
13111	36	18	speech	speech	NN
13111	36	19	was	be	VBD
13111	36	20	greatly	greatly	RB
13111	36	21	assisted	assist	VBN
13111	36	22	by	by	IN
13111	36	23	the	the	DT
13111	36	24	already	already	RB
13111	36	25	existing	exist	VBG
13111	36	26	habit	habit	NN
13111	36	27	of	of	IN
13111	36	28	articulating	articulate	VBG
13111	36	29	musical	musical	JJ
13111	36	30	notes	note	NNS
13111	36	31	,	,	,
13111	36	32	supposing	suppose	VBG
13111	36	33	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	36	34	progenitors	progenitor	NNS
13111	36	35	to	to	TO
13111	36	36	have	have	VB
13111	36	37	resembled	resemble	VBN
13111	36	38	the	the	DT
13111	36	39	gibbons	gibbon	NNS
13111	36	40	or	or	CC
13111	36	41	the	the	DT
13111	36	42	chimpanzees	chimpanzee	NNS
13111	36	43	in	in	IN
13111	36	44	this	this	DT
13111	36	45	respect	respect	NN
13111	36	46	.	.	.
13111	37	1	Darwin	Darwin	NNP
13111	37	2	in	in	IN
13111	37	3	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	37	4	great	great	JJ
13111	37	5	work	work	NN
13111	37	6	on	on	IN
13111	37	7	the	the	DT
13111	37	8	"	"	``
13111	37	9	Expression	Expression	NNP
13111	37	10	of	of	IN
13111	37	11	the	the	DT
13111	37	12	Emotions	Emotions	NNPS
13111	37	13	"	"	``
13111	37	14	points	point	VBZ
13111	37	15	to	to	IN
13111	37	16	the	the	DT
13111	37	17	fact	fact	NN
13111	37	18	that	that	IN
13111	37	19	the	the	DT
13111	37	20	gibbon	gibbon	NN
13111	37	21	,	,	,
13111	37	22	the	the	DT
13111	37	23	most	most	JJS
13111	37	24	erect	erect	NN
13111	37	25	and	and	CC
13111	37	26	active	active	JJ
13111	37	27	of	of	IN
13111	37	28	the	the	DT
13111	37	29	anthropoid	anthropoid	NN
13111	37	30	apes	ape	NNS
13111	37	31	,	,	,
13111	37	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	37	33	able	able	JJ
13111	37	34	to	to	TO
13111	37	35	sing	sing	VB
13111	37	36	an	an	DT
13111	37	37	octave	octave	NN
13111	37	38	in	in	IN
13111	37	39	half	half	NN
13111	37	40	-	-	HYPH
13111	37	41	tones	tone	NNS
13111	37	42	,	,	,
13111	37	43	and	and	CC
13111	37	44	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	37	45	is	be	VBZ
13111	37	46	interesting	interesting	JJ
13111	37	47	to	to	TO
13111	37	48	note	note	VB
13111	37	49	that	that	IN
13111	37	50	Dubois	Dubois	NNP
13111	37	51	considers	consider	VBZ
13111	37	52	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	37	53	Pithecanthropus	Pithecanthropus	NNP
13111	37	54	Erectus	Erectus	NNP
13111	37	55	is	be	VBZ
13111	37	56	on	on	IN
13111	37	57	the	the	DT
13111	37	58	same	same	JJ
13111	37	59	stem	stem	NN
13111	37	60	as	as	IN
13111	37	61	the	the	DT
13111	37	62	gibbon	gibbon	NN
13111	37	63	.	.	.
13111	38	1	But	but	CC
13111	38	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	38	3	has	have	VBZ
13111	38	4	lately	lately	RB
13111	38	5	been	be	VBN
13111	38	6	shown	show	VBN
13111	38	7	that	that	IN
13111	38	8	some	some	DT
13111	38	9	animals	animal	NNS
13111	38	10	much	much	RB
13111	38	11	lower	low	JJR
13111	38	12	in	in	IN
13111	38	13	the	the	DT
13111	38	14	scale	scale	NN
13111	38	15	than	than	IN
13111	38	16	monkeys	monkey	NNS
13111	38	17	,	,	,
13111	38	18	namely	namely	RB
13111	38	19	,	,	,
13111	38	20	rodents	rodent	NNS
13111	38	21	,	,	,
13111	38	22	are	be	VBP
13111	38	23	able	able	JJ
13111	38	24	to	to	TO
13111	38	25	produce	produce	VB
13111	38	26	correct	correct	JJ
13111	38	27	musical	musical	JJ
13111	38	28	tones	tone	NNS
13111	38	29	.	.	.
13111	39	1	Therefore	therefore	RB
13111	39	2	the	the	DT
13111	39	3	argument	argument	NN
13111	39	4	loses	lose	VBZ
13111	39	5	force	force	NN
13111	39	6	that	that	IN
13111	39	7	the	the	DT
13111	39	8	progenitors	progenitor	NNS
13111	39	9	of	of	IN
13111	39	10	man	man	NN
13111	39	11	probably	probably	RB
13111	39	12	uttered	utter	VBD
13111	39	13	musical	musical	JJ
13111	39	14	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	39	15	before	before	IN
13111	39	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	39	17	had	have	VBD
13111	39	18	acquired	acquire	VBN
13111	39	19	the	the	DT
13111	39	20	power	power	NN
13111	39	21	of	of	IN
13111	39	22	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	39	23	speech	speech	NN
13111	39	24	,	,	,
13111	39	25	and	and	CC
13111	39	26	that	that	IN
13111	39	27	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	39	28	,	,	,
13111	39	29	when	when	WRB
13111	39	30	the	the	DT
13111	39	31	voice	voice	NN
13111	39	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	39	33	used	use	VBN
13111	39	34	under	under	IN
13111	39	35	any	any	DT
13111	39	36	strong	strong	JJ
13111	39	37	emotion	emotion	NN
13111	39	38	,	,	,
13111	39	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	39	40	tends	tend	VBZ
13111	39	41	to	to	TO
13111	39	42	assume	assume	VB
13111	39	43	through	through	IN
13111	39	44	the	the	DT
13111	39	45	principle	principle	NN
13111	39	46	of	of	IN
13111	39	47	association	association	NNP
13111	39	48	a	a	DT
13111	39	49	musical	musical	JJ
13111	39	50	character	character	NN
13111	39	51	.	.	.
13111	40	1	The	the	DT
13111	40	2	work	work	NN
13111	40	3	of	of	IN
13111	40	4	anthropologists	anthropologist	NNS
13111	40	5	and	and	CC
13111	40	6	linguists	linguist	NNS
13111	40	7	,	,	,
13111	40	8	especially	especially	RB
13111	40	9	the	the	DT
13111	40	10	former	former	JJ
13111	40	11	,	,	,
13111	40	12	supports	support	VBZ
13111	40	13	the	the	DT
13111	40	14	progressive	progressive	JJ
13111	40	15	-	-	HYPH
13111	40	16	evolution	evolution	NN
13111	40	17	theory	theory	NN
13111	40	18	,	,	,
13111	40	19	which	which	WDT
13111	40	20	,	,	,
13111	40	21	briefly	briefly	RB
13111	40	22	stated	state	VBD
13111	40	23	,	,	,
13111	40	24	is	be	VBZ
13111	40	25	--	--	:
13111	40	26	that	that	DT
13111	40	27	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	40	28	language	language	NN
13111	40	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	40	30	the	the	DT
13111	40	31	result	result	NN
13111	40	32	of	of	IN
13111	40	33	an	an	DT
13111	40	34	elaboration	elaboration	NN
13111	40	35	in	in	IN
13111	40	36	the	the	DT
13111	40	37	long	long	JJ
13111	40	38	procession	procession	NN
13111	40	39	of	of	IN
13111	40	40	ages	age	NNS
13111	40	41	in	in	IN
13111	40	42	which	which	WDT
13111	40	43	there	there	EX
13111	40	44	occurred	occur	VBD
13111	40	45	three	three	CD
13111	40	46	stages	stage	NNS
13111	40	47	--	--	:
13111	40	48	the	the	DT
13111	40	49	cry	cry	NN
13111	40	50	,	,	,
13111	40	51	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	40	52	,	,	,
13111	40	53	and	and	CC
13111	40	54	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	40	55	.	.	.
13111	41	1	The	the	DT
13111	41	2	cry	cry	NN
13111	41	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	41	4	the	the	DT
13111	41	5	primordial	primordial	JJ
13111	41	6	,	,	,
13111	41	7	pure	pure	JJ
13111	41	8	animal	animal	NN
13111	41	9	language	language	NN
13111	41	10	;	;	:
13111	41	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	41	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	41	13	a	a	DT
13111	41	14	simple	simple	JJ
13111	41	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	41	16	aspiration	aspiration	NN
13111	41	17	without	without	IN
13111	41	18	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	41	19	;	;	:
13111	41	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	41	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	41	22	either	either	CC
13111	41	23	a	a	DT
13111	41	24	reflex	reflex	NN
13111	41	25	expressing	express	VBG
13111	41	26	needs	need	NNS
13111	41	27	and	and	CC
13111	41	28	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	41	29	,	,	,
13111	41	30	or	or	CC
13111	41	31	at	at	IN
13111	41	32	a	a	DT
13111	41	33	higher	high	JJR
13111	41	34	stage	stage	NN
13111	41	35	intentional	intentional	JJ
13111	41	36	(	(	-LRB-
13111	41	37	to	to	TO
13111	41	38	call	call	VB
13111	41	39	,	,	,
13111	41	40	warn	warn	VB
13111	41	41	,	,	,
13111	41	42	menace	menace	NN
13111	41	43	,	,	,
13111	41	44	etc	etc	FW
13111	41	45	.	.	.
13111	41	46	)	)	-RRB-
13111	41	47	.	.	.
13111	42	1	Vocalisation	Vocalisation	NNP
13111	42	2	(	(	-LRB-
13111	42	3	emission	emission	NN
13111	42	4	of	of	IN
13111	42	5	vowels	vowel	NNS
13111	42	6	)	)	-RRB-
13111	42	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	42	8	a	a	DT
13111	42	9	natural	natural	JJ
13111	42	10	production	production	NN
13111	42	11	of	of	IN
13111	42	12	the	the	DT
13111	42	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	42	14	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	42	15	,	,	,
13111	42	16	and	and	CC
13111	42	17	does	do	VBZ
13111	42	18	not	not	RB
13111	42	19	in	in	IN
13111	42	20	itself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	42	21	contain	contain	VB
13111	42	22	the	the	DT
13111	42	23	essential	essential	JJ
13111	42	24	elements	element	NNS
13111	42	25	of	of	IN
13111	42	26	speech	speech	NN
13111	42	27	.	.	.
13111	43	1	Many	many	JJ
13111	43	2	animals	animal	NNS
13111	43	3	are	be	VBP
13111	43	4	capable	capable	JJ
13111	43	5	of	of	IN
13111	43	6	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	43	7	,	,	,
13111	43	8	and	and	CC
13111	43	9	in	in	IN
13111	43	10	the	the	DT
13111	43	11	child	child	NN
13111	43	12	the	the	DT
13111	43	13	utterance	utterance	NN
13111	43	14	of	of	IN
13111	43	15	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	43	16	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	43	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	43	18	the	the	DT
13111	43	19	next	next	JJ
13111	43	20	stage	stage	NN
13111	43	21	after	after	IN
13111	43	22	the	the	DT
13111	43	23	cry	cry	NN
13111	43	24	.	.	.
13111	44	1	The	the	DT
13111	44	2	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	44	3	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	44	4	to	to	IN
13111	44	5	the	the	DT
13111	44	6	existence	existence	NN
13111	44	7	of	of	IN
13111	44	8	speech	speech	NN
13111	44	9	arose	arise	VBD
13111	44	10	with	with	IN
13111	44	11	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	44	12	,	,	,
13111	44	13	and	and	CC
13111	44	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	44	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	44	16	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	44	17	that	that	WDT
13111	44	18	has	have	VBZ
13111	44	19	converted	convert	VBN
13111	44	20	the	the	DT
13111	44	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	44	22	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	44	23	into	into	IN
13111	44	24	the	the	DT
13111	44	25	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	44	26	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	44	27	.	.	.
13111	45	1	For	for	IN
13111	45	2	whereas	whereas	IN
13111	45	3	correct	correct	JJ
13111	45	4	intonation	intonation	NN
13111	45	5	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	45	6	upon	upon	IN
13111	45	7	the	the	DT
13111	45	8	innate	innate	JJ
13111	45	9	musical	musical	JJ
13111	45	10	ear	ear	NN
13111	45	11	,	,	,
13111	45	12	which	which	WDT
13111	45	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	45	14	able	able	JJ
13111	45	15	to	to	TO
13111	45	16	control	control	VB
13111	45	17	and	and	CC
13111	45	18	regulate	regulate	VB
13111	45	19	the	the	DT
13111	45	20	tensions	tension	NNS
13111	45	21	of	of	IN
13111	45	22	the	the	DT
13111	45	23	minute	minute	NN
13111	45	24	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	45	25	acting	act	VBG
13111	45	26	upon	upon	IN
13111	45	27	the	the	DT
13111	45	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	45	29	cords	cord	NNS
13111	45	30	,	,	,
13111	45	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	45	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	45	33	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	45	34	which	which	WDT
13111	45	35	alters	alter	VBZ
13111	45	36	and	and	CC
13111	45	37	changes	change	VBZ
13111	45	38	the	the	DT
13111	45	39	form	form	NN
13111	45	40	of	of	IN
13111	45	41	the	the	DT
13111	45	42	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	45	43	by	by	IN
13111	45	44	means	mean	NNS
13111	45	45	of	of	IN
13111	45	46	movement	movement	NN
13111	45	47	of	of	IN
13111	45	48	the	the	DT
13111	45	49	lips	lip	NNS
13111	45	50	,	,	,
13111	45	51	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	45	52	,	,	,
13111	45	53	and	and	CC
13111	45	54	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	45	55	in	in	IN
13111	45	56	the	the	DT
13111	45	57	production	production	NN
13111	45	58	of	of	IN
13111	45	59	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	45	60	speech	speech	NN
13111	45	61	.	.	.
13111	46	1	The	the	DT
13111	46	2	simple	simple	JJ
13111	46	3	musical	musical	JJ
13111	46	4	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	46	5	in	in	IN
13111	46	6	the	the	DT
13111	46	7	production	production	NN
13111	46	8	of	of	IN
13111	46	9	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	46	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	46	11	bilaterally	bilaterally	RB
13111	46	12	represented	represent	VBN
13111	46	13	in	in	IN
13111	46	14	the	the	DT
13111	46	15	brain	brain	NN
13111	46	16	,	,	,
13111	46	17	but	but	CC
13111	46	18	as	as	IN
13111	46	19	a	a	DT
13111	46	20	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	46	21	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	46	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	46	23	is	be	VBZ
13111	46	24	unilaterally	unilaterally	RB
13111	46	25	represented	represent	VBN
13111	46	26	in	in	IN
13111	46	27	right	right	JJ
13111	46	28	-	-	HYPH
13111	46	29	handed	handed	JJ
13111	46	30	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	46	31	in	in	IN
13111	46	32	the	the	DT
13111	46	33	left	left	JJ
13111	46	34	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	46	35	and	and	CC
13111	46	36	in	in	IN
13111	46	37	left	left	JJ
13111	46	38	-	-	HYPH
13111	46	39	handed	handed	JJ
13111	46	40	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	46	41	in	in	IN
13111	46	42	the	the	DT
13111	46	43	right	right	NN
13111	46	44	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	46	45	.	.	.
13111	47	1	The	the	DT
13111	47	2	reason	reason	NN
13111	47	3	for	for	IN
13111	47	4	this	this	DT
13111	47	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	47	6	shall	shall	MD
13111	47	7	consider	consider	VB
13111	47	8	later	later	RB
13111	47	9	;	;	:
13111	47	10	but	but	CC
13111	47	11	the	the	DT
13111	47	12	fact	fact	NN
13111	47	13	supports	support	VBZ
13111	47	14	Darwin	Darwin	NNP
13111	47	15	's	's	POS
13111	47	16	hypothesis	hypothesis	NN
13111	47	17	.	.	.
13111	48	1	Another	another	DT
13111	48	2	hypothesis	hypothesis	NN
13111	48	3	which	which	WDT
13111	48	4	was	be	VBD
13111	48	5	brought	bring	VBN
13111	48	6	forward	forward	RP
13111	48	7	by	by	IN
13111	48	8	Grieger	Grieger	NNP
13111	48	9	and	and	CC
13111	48	10	supported	support	VBN
13111	48	11	by	by	IN
13111	48	12	some	some	DT
13111	48	13	authors	author	NNS
13111	48	14	is	be	VBZ
13111	48	15	summarised	summarise	VBN
13111	48	16	by	by	IN
13111	48	17	Ribot	Ribot	NNP
13111	48	18	as	as	IN
13111	48	19	follows	follow	VBZ
13111	48	20	:	:	:
13111	48	21	"	"	``
13111	48	22	Words	word	NNS
13111	48	23	are	be	VBP
13111	48	24	an	an	DT
13111	48	25	imitation	imitation	NN
13111	48	26	of	of	IN
13111	48	27	the	the	DT
13111	48	28	movements	movement	NNS
13111	48	29	of	of	IN
13111	48	30	the	the	DT
13111	48	31	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	48	32	.	.	.
13111	49	1	The	the	DT
13111	49	2	predominant	predominant	JJ
13111	49	3	sense	sense	NN
13111	49	4	in	in	IN
13111	49	5	man	man	NN
13111	49	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	49	7	that	that	DT
13111	49	8	of	of	IN
13111	49	9	sight	sight	NN
13111	49	10	;	;	:
13111	49	11	man	man	NN
13111	49	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	49	13	pre	pre	JJ
13111	49	14	-	-	JJ
13111	49	15	eminently	eminently	RB
13111	49	16	visual	visual	JJ
13111	49	17	.	.	.
13111	50	1	Prior	prior	RB
13111	50	2	to	to	IN
13111	50	3	the	the	DT
13111	50	4	acquisition	acquisition	NN
13111	50	5	of	of	IN
13111	50	6	speech	speech	NN
13111	50	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	50	8	communicated	communicate	VBD
13111	50	9	with	with	IN
13111	50	10	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	50	11	fellows	fellow	NNS
13111	50	12	by	by	IN
13111	50	13	the	the	DT
13111	50	14	aid	aid	NN
13111	50	15	of	of	IN
13111	50	16	gestures	gesture	NNS
13111	50	17	and	and	CC
13111	50	18	movement	movement	NN
13111	50	19	of	of	IN
13111	50	20	the	the	DT
13111	50	21	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	50	22	and	and	CC
13111	50	23	face	face	NN
13111	50	24	;	;	:
13111	50	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	50	26	appealed	appeal	VBD
13111	50	27	to	to	IN
13111	50	28	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	50	29	eyes	eye	NNS
13111	50	30	.	.	.
13111	51	1	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	51	2	facial	facial	JJ
13111	51	3	'	'	``
13111	51	4	grimaces	grimace	NNS
13111	51	5	,	,	,
13111	51	6	'	'	''
13111	51	7	fulfilled	fulfil	VBN
13111	51	8	and	and	CC
13111	51	9	elucidated	elucidate	VBN
13111	51	10	by	by	IN
13111	51	11	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	51	12	,	,	,
13111	51	13	became	become	VBD
13111	51	14	signs	sign	NNS
13111	51	15	for	for	IN
13111	51	16	others	other	NNS
13111	51	17	;	;	:
13111	51	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	51	19	fixed	fix	VBD
13111	51	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	51	21	attention	attention	NN
13111	51	22	upon	upon	IN
13111	51	23	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	51	24	.	.	.
13111	52	1	When	when	WRB
13111	52	2	articulate	articulate	NN
13111	52	3	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	52	4	came	come	VBD
13111	52	5	into	into	IN
13111	52	6	being	being	NN
13111	52	7	,	,	,
13111	52	8	these	these	DT
13111	52	9	lent	lend	VBD
13111	52	10	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
13111	52	11	to	to	IN
13111	52	12	a	a	DT
13111	52	13	more	more	RBR
13111	52	14	or	or	CC
13111	52	15	less	less	RBR
13111	52	16	conventional	conventional	JJ
13111	52	17	language	language	NN
13111	52	18	by	by	IN
13111	52	19	reason	reason	NN
13111	52	20	of	of	IN
13111	52	21	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	52	22	acquired	acquire	VBN
13111	52	23	importance	importance	NN
13111	52	24	.	.	.
13111	52	25	"	"	''
13111	53	1	For	for	IN
13111	53	2	support	support	NN
13111	53	3	of	of	IN
13111	53	4	this	this	DT
13111	53	5	hypothesis	hypothesis	NN
13111	53	6	the	the	DT
13111	53	7	case	case	NN
13111	53	8	of	of	IN
13111	53	9	non	non	JJ
13111	53	10	-	-	JJ
13111	53	11	educated	educate	VBN
13111	53	12	deaf	deaf	NN
13111	53	13	-	-	HYPH
13111	53	14	mutes	mute	NNS
13111	53	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	53	16	cited	cite	VBN
13111	53	17	.	.	.
13111	54	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
13111	54	2	invent	invent	VBP
13111	54	3	articulate	articulate	NN
13111	54	4	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	54	5	which	which	WDT
13111	54	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	54	7	can	can	MD
13111	54	8	not	not	RB
13111	54	9	hear	hear	VB
13111	54	10	and	and	CC
13111	54	11	use	use	VB
13111	54	12	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	54	13	to	to	TO
13111	54	14	designate	designate	VB
13111	54	15	certain	certain	JJ
13111	54	16	things	thing	NNS
13111	54	17	.	.	.
13111	55	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
13111	55	2	,	,	,
13111	55	3	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	55	4	employ	employ	VBP
13111	55	5	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	55	6	language	language	NN
13111	55	7	--	--	:
13111	55	8	a	a	DT
13111	55	9	language	language	NN
13111	55	10	which	which	WDT
13111	55	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	55	12	universally	universally	RB
13111	55	13	understood	understand	VBN
13111	55	14	.	.	.
13111	56	1	Another	another	DT
13111	56	2	theory	theory	NN
13111	56	3	of	of	IN
13111	56	4	the	the	DT
13111	56	5	origin	origin	NN
13111	56	6	of	of	IN
13111	56	7	the	the	DT
13111	56	8	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	56	9	voice	voice	NN
13111	56	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	56	11	that	that	IN
13111	56	12	speech	speech	NN
13111	56	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	56	14	an	an	DT
13111	56	15	instinct	instinct	NN
13111	56	16	not	not	RB
13111	56	17	evolved	evolve	VBN
13111	56	18	,	,	,
13111	56	19	but	but	CC
13111	56	20	breaking	break	VBG
13111	56	21	forth	forth	RB
13111	56	22	spontaneously	spontaneously	RB
13111	56	23	in	in	IN
13111	56	24	man	man	NN
13111	56	25	;	;	:
13111	56	26	but	but	CC
13111	56	27	even	even	RB
13111	56	28	if	if	IN
13111	56	29	this	this	DT
13111	56	30	be	be	VB
13111	56	31	so	so	RB
13111	56	32	,	,	,
13111	56	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	56	34	was	be	VBD
13111	56	35	originally	originally	RB
13111	56	36	so	so	RB
13111	56	37	inadequate	inadequate	JJ
13111	56	38	and	and	CC
13111	56	39	weak	weak	JJ
13111	56	40	that	that	IN
13111	56	41	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	56	42	required	require	VBD
13111	56	43	support	support	NN
13111	56	44	from	from	IN
13111	56	45	the	the	DT
13111	56	46	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	56	47	language	language	NN
13111	56	48	to	to	TO
13111	56	49	become	become	VB
13111	56	50	intelligible	intelligible	JJ
13111	56	51	.	.	.
13111	57	1	This	this	DT
13111	57	2	mixed	mixed	JJ
13111	57	3	language	language	NN
13111	57	4	still	still	RB
13111	57	5	survives	survive	VBZ
13111	57	6	among	among	IN
13111	57	7	some	some	DT
13111	57	8	of	of	IN
13111	57	9	the	the	DT
13111	57	10	inferior	inferior	JJ
13111	57	11	races	race	NNS
13111	57	12	of	of	IN
13111	57	13	men	man	NNS
13111	57	14	.	.	.
13111	58	1	Miss	Miss	NNP
13111	58	2	Kingsley	Kingsley	NNP
13111	58	3	and	and	CC
13111	58	4	Tylor	Tylor	NNP
13111	58	5	have	have	VBP
13111	58	6	pointed	point	VBN
13111	58	7	out	out	RP
13111	58	8	that	that	IN
13111	58	9	tribes	tribe	NNS
13111	58	10	in	in	IN
13111	58	11	Africa	Africa	NNP
13111	58	12	have	have	VBP
13111	58	13	to	to	TO
13111	58	14	gather	gather	VB
13111	58	15	round	round	IN
13111	58	16	the	the	DT
13111	58	17	camp	camp	NN
13111	58	18	fires	fire	NNS
13111	58	19	at	at	IN
13111	58	20	night	night	NN
13111	58	21	in	in	IN
13111	58	22	order	order	NN
13111	58	23	to	to	TO
13111	58	24	converse	converse	VB
13111	58	25	,	,	,
13111	58	26	because	because	IN
13111	58	27	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	58	28	vocabulary	vocabulary	NN
13111	58	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	58	30	so	so	RB
13111	58	31	incomplete	incomplete	JJ
13111	58	32	that	that	IN
13111	58	33	without	without	IN
13111	58	34	being	be	VBG
13111	58	35	reinforced	reinforce	VBN
13111	58	36	by	by	IN
13111	58	37	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	58	38	and	and	CC
13111	58	39	pantomime	pantomime	NN
13111	58	40	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	58	41	would	would	MD
13111	58	42	be	be	VB
13111	58	43	unable	unable	JJ
13111	58	44	to	to	TO
13111	58	45	communicate	communicate	VB
13111	58	46	with	with	IN
13111	58	47	one	one	CD
13111	58	48	another	another	DT
13111	58	49	.	.	.
13111	59	1	Gesture	Gesture	NNP
13111	59	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	59	3	indispensable	indispensable	JJ
13111	59	4	for	for	IN
13111	59	5	giving	give	VBG
13111	59	6	precision	precision	NN
13111	59	7	to	to	IN
13111	59	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	59	9	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	59	10	in	in	IN
13111	59	11	many	many	JJ
13111	59	12	languages	language	NNS
13111	59	13	,	,	,
13111	59	14	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	60	1	those	those	DT
13111	60	2	of	of	IN
13111	60	3	the	the	DT
13111	60	4	Tasmanians	Tasmanians	NNPS
13111	60	5	,	,	,
13111	60	6	Greenlanders	Greenlanders	NNPS
13111	60	7	,	,	,
13111	60	8	savage	savage	NN
13111	60	9	tribes	tribe	NNS
13111	60	10	of	of	IN
13111	60	11	Brazil	Brazil	NNP
13111	60	12	,	,	,
13111	60	13	and	and	CC
13111	60	14	Grebos	Grebos	NNP
13111	60	15	of	of	IN
13111	60	16	Western	Western	NNP
13111	60	17	Africa	Africa	NNP
13111	60	18	.	.	.
13111	61	1	In	in	IN
13111	61	2	other	other	JJ
13111	61	3	cases	case	NNS
13111	61	4	speech	speech	NN
13111	61	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	61	6	associated	associate	VBN
13111	61	7	with	with	IN
13111	61	8	inarticulate	inarticulate	JJ
13111	61	9	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	61	10	.	.	.
13111	62	1	These	these	DT
13111	62	2	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	62	3	have	have	VBP
13111	62	4	been	be	VBN
13111	62	5	compared	compare	VBN
13111	62	6	to	to	IN
13111	62	7	clicking	click	VBG
13111	62	8	and	and	CC
13111	62	9	clapping	clap	VBG
13111	62	10	,	,	,
13111	62	11	and	and	CC
13111	62	12	according	accord	VBG
13111	62	13	to	to	IN
13111	62	14	Sayce	Sayce	NNP
13111	62	15	,	,	,
13111	62	16	these	these	DT
13111	62	17	clickings	clicking	NNS
13111	62	18	and	and	CC
13111	62	19	clappings	clapping	NNS
13111	62	20	survive	survive	VBP
13111	62	21	as	as	IN
13111	62	22	though	though	RB
13111	62	23	to	to	TO
13111	62	24	show	show	VB
13111	62	25	us	-PRON-	PRP
13111	62	26	how	how	WRB
13111	62	27	man	man	NN
13111	62	28	when	when	WRB
13111	62	29	deprived	deprive	VBN
13111	62	30	of	of	IN
13111	62	31	speech	speech	NN
13111	62	32	can	can	MD
13111	62	33	fix	fix	VB
13111	62	34	and	and	CC
13111	62	35	transmit	transmit	VB
13111	62	36	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	62	37	thoughts	thought	NNS
13111	62	38	by	by	IN
13111	62	39	certain	certain	JJ
13111	62	40	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	62	41	.	.	.
13111	63	1	These	these	DT
13111	63	2	mixed	mix	VBN
13111	63	3	states	state	NNS
13111	63	4	represent	represent	VBP
13111	63	5	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	63	6	speech	speech	NN
13111	63	7	in	in	IN
13111	63	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	63	9	primordial	primordial	JJ
13111	63	10	state	state	NN
13111	63	11	;	;	:
13111	63	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	63	13	represent	represent	VBP
13111	63	14	the	the	DT
13111	63	15	stage	stage	NN
13111	63	16	of	of	IN
13111	63	17	transition	transition	NN
13111	63	18	from	from	IN
13111	63	19	pure	pure	JJ
13111	63	20	pantomime	pantomime	NN
13111	63	21	to	to	TO
13111	63	22	articulate	articulate	VB
13111	63	23	speech	speech	NN
13111	63	24	.	.	.
13111	64	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	64	2	seems	seem	VBZ
13111	64	3	,	,	,
13111	64	4	then	then	RB
13111	64	5	,	,	,
13111	64	6	that	that	DT
13111	64	7	originally	originally	RB
13111	64	8	man	man	NN
13111	64	9	had	have	VBD
13111	64	10	two	two	CD
13111	64	11	languages	language	NNS
13111	64	12	at	at	IN
13111	64	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	64	14	disposal	disposal	NN
13111	64	15	which	which	WDT
13111	64	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	64	17	used	use	VBD
13111	64	18	simultaneously	simultaneously	RB
13111	64	19	or	or	CC
13111	64	20	interchangeably	interchangeably	RB
13111	64	21	.	.	.
13111	65	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
13111	65	2	supported	support	VBD
13111	65	3	each	each	DT
13111	65	4	other	other	JJ
13111	65	5	in	in	IN
13111	65	6	the	the	DT
13111	65	7	intercommunication	intercommunication	NN
13111	65	8	of	of	IN
13111	65	9	ideas	idea	NNS
13111	65	10	,	,	,
13111	65	11	but	but	CC
13111	65	12	speech	speech	NN
13111	65	13	has	have	VBZ
13111	65	14	triumphed	triumph	VBN
13111	65	15	because	because	IN
13111	65	16	of	of	IN
13111	65	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	65	18	greater	great	JJR
13111	65	19	practical	practical	JJ
13111	65	20	utility	utility	NN
13111	65	21	.	.	.
13111	66	1	The	the	DT
13111	66	2	language	language	NN
13111	66	3	of	of	IN
13111	66	4	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	66	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	66	6	disadvantageous	disadvantageous	JJ
13111	66	7	for	for	IN
13111	66	8	the	the	DT
13111	66	9	following	follow	VBG
13111	66	10	reasons	reason	NNS
13111	66	11	:	:	:
13111	66	12	(	(	-LRB-
13111	66	13	1	1	LS
13111	66	14	)	)	-RRB-
13111	66	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	66	16	monopolises	monopolise	VBZ
13111	66	17	the	the	DT
13111	66	18	use	use	NN
13111	66	19	of	of	IN
13111	66	20	the	the	DT
13111	66	21	hands	hand	NNS
13111	66	22	;	;	:
13111	66	23	(	(	-LRB-
13111	66	24	2	2	LS
13111	66	25	)	)	-RRB-
13111	66	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	66	27	has	have	VBZ
13111	66	28	the	the	DT
13111	66	29	disadvantage	disadvantage	NN
13111	66	30	that	that	IN
13111	66	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	66	32	does	do	VBZ
13111	66	33	not	not	RB
13111	66	34	carry	carry	VB
13111	66	35	any	any	DT
13111	66	36	distance	distance	NN
13111	66	37	;	;	,
13111	66	38	(	(	-LRB-
13111	66	39	3	3	LS
13111	66	40	)	)	-RRB-
13111	66	41	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	66	42	is	be	VBZ
13111	66	43	useless	useless	JJ
13111	66	44	in	in	IN
13111	66	45	the	the	DT
13111	66	46	dark	dark	NN
13111	66	47	;	;	,
13111	66	48	(	(	-LRB-
13111	66	49	4	4	LS
13111	66	50	)	)	-RRB-
13111	66	51	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	66	52	is	be	VBZ
13111	66	53	vague	vague	JJ
13111	66	54	in	in	IN
13111	66	55	character	character	NN
13111	66	56	;	;	,
13111	66	57	(	(	-LRB-
13111	66	58	5	5	LS
13111	66	59	)	)	-RRB-
13111	66	60	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	66	61	is	be	VBZ
13111	66	62	imitative	imitative	JJ
13111	66	63	in	in	IN
13111	66	64	nature	nature	NN
13111	66	65	and	and	CC
13111	66	66	permits	permit	VBZ
13111	66	67	only	only	RB
13111	66	68	of	of	IN
13111	66	69	the	the	DT
13111	66	70	intercommunication	intercommunication	NN
13111	66	71	of	of	IN
13111	66	72	ideas	idea	NNS
13111	66	73	based	base	VBN
13111	66	74	upon	upon	IN
13111	66	75	concrete	concrete	JJ
13111	66	76	images	image	NNS
13111	66	77	.	.	.
13111	67	1	Speech	speech	NN
13111	67	2	,	,	,
13111	67	3	on	on	IN
13111	67	4	the	the	DT
13111	67	5	other	other	JJ
13111	67	6	hand	hand	NN
13111	67	7	,	,	,
13111	67	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	67	9	transmitted	transmit	VBN
13111	67	10	in	in	IN
13111	67	11	the	the	DT
13111	67	12	dark	dark	NN
13111	67	13	and	and	CC
13111	67	14	with	with	IN
13111	67	15	objects	object	NNS
13111	67	16	intervening	intervene	VBG
13111	67	17	;	;	:
13111	67	18	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	67	19	,	,	,
13111	67	20	distance	distance	NN
13111	67	21	affects	affect	VBZ
13111	67	22	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	67	23	transmission	transmission	NN
13111	67	24	much	much	RB
13111	67	25	less	less	RBR
13111	67	26	.	.	.
13111	68	1	The	the	DT
13111	68	2	images	image	NNS
13111	68	3	of	of	IN
13111	68	4	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	68	5	and	and	CC
13111	68	6	visual	visual	JJ
13111	68	7	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	68	8	in	in	IN
13111	68	9	the	the	DT
13111	68	10	growth	growth	NN
13111	68	11	of	of	IN
13111	68	12	speech	speech	NN
13111	68	13	replace	replace	NN
13111	68	14	in	in	IN
13111	68	15	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	68	16	minds	mind	NNS
13111	68	17	concrete	concrete	JJ
13111	68	18	images	image	NNS
13111	68	19	and	and	CC
13111	68	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	68	21	permit	permit	VBP
13111	68	22	of	of	IN
13111	68	23	abstract	abstract	JJ
13111	68	24	thought	thought	NN
13111	68	25	.	.	.
13111	69	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	69	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	69	3	dependent	dependent	JJ
13111	69	4	primarily	primarily	RB
13111	69	5	upon	upon	IN
13111	69	6	the	the	DT
13111	69	7	ear	ear	NN
13111	69	8	,	,	,
13111	69	9	an	an	DT
13111	69	10	organ	organ	NN
13111	69	11	of	of	IN
13111	69	12	exquisite	exquisite	JJ
13111	69	13	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	69	14	,	,	,
13111	69	15	whose	whose	WP$
13111	69	16	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	69	17	are	be	VBP
13111	69	18	infinite	infinite	JJ
13111	69	19	in	in	IN
13111	69	20	number	number	NN
13111	69	21	and	and	CC
13111	69	22	in	in	IN
13111	69	23	kind	kind	NN
13111	69	24	.	.	.
13111	70	1	This	this	DT
13111	70	2	sensory	sensory	JJ
13111	70	3	receptor	receptor	NN
13111	70	4	with	with	IN
13111	70	5	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	70	6	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	70	7	perceptor	perceptor	NN
13111	70	8	has	have	VBZ
13111	70	9	in	in	IN
13111	70	10	the	the	DT
13111	70	11	long	long	JJ
13111	70	12	process	process	NN
13111	70	13	of	of	IN
13111	70	14	time	time	NN
13111	70	15	,	,	,
13111	70	16	aided	aid	VBN
13111	70	17	by	by	IN
13111	70	18	vision	vision	NN
13111	70	19	,	,	,
13111	70	20	under	under	IN
13111	70	21	the	the	DT
13111	70	22	influence	influence	NN
13111	70	23	of	of	IN
13111	70	24	natural	natural	JJ
13111	70	25	laws	law	NNS
13111	70	26	of	of	IN
13111	70	27	the	the	DT
13111	70	28	survival	survival	NN
13111	70	29	of	of	IN
13111	70	30	the	the	DT
13111	70	31	fittest	fit	JJS
13111	70	32	,	,	,
13111	70	33	educated	educate	VBN
13111	70	34	and	and	CC
13111	70	35	developed	develop	VBD
13111	70	36	an	an	DT
13111	70	37	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	70	38	of	of	IN
13111	70	39	simple	simple	JJ
13111	70	40	construction	construction	NN
13111	70	41	(	(	-LRB-
13111	70	42	primarily	primarily	RB
13111	70	43	adapted	adapt	VBN
13111	70	44	only	only	RB
13111	70	45	for	for	IN
13111	70	46	the	the	DT
13111	70	47	vegetative	vegetative	JJ
13111	70	48	functions	function	NNS
13111	70	49	of	of	IN
13111	70	50	life	life	NN
13111	70	51	and	and	CC
13111	70	52	simple	simple	JJ
13111	70	53	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	70	54	)	)	-RRB-
13111	70	55	into	into	IN
13111	70	56	that	that	DT
13111	70	57	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
13111	70	58	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	70	59	the	the	DT
13111	70	60	human	human	JJ
13111	70	61	voice	voice	NN
13111	70	62	;	;	:
13111	70	63	but	but	CC
13111	70	64	by	by	IN
13111	70	65	that	that	DT
13111	70	66	development	development	NN
13111	70	67	,	,	,
13111	70	68	borrowing	borrow	VBG
13111	70	69	the	the	DT
13111	70	70	words	word	NNS
13111	70	71	of	of	IN
13111	70	72	Huxley	Huxley	NNP
13111	70	73	,	,	,
13111	70	74	"	"	''
13111	70	75	man	man	NN
13111	70	76	has	have	VBZ
13111	70	77	slowly	slowly	RB
13111	70	78	accumulated	accumulate	VBN
13111	70	79	and	and	CC
13111	70	80	organised	organise	VBD
13111	70	81	the	the	DT
13111	70	82	experience	experience	NN
13111	70	83	which	which	WDT
13111	70	84	is	be	VBZ
13111	70	85	almost	almost	RB
13111	70	86	wholly	wholly	RB
13111	70	87	lost	lose	VBN
13111	70	88	with	with	IN
13111	70	89	the	the	DT
13111	70	90	cessation	cessation	NN
13111	70	91	of	of	IN
13111	70	92	every	every	DT
13111	70	93	individual	individual	JJ
13111	70	94	life	life	NN
13111	70	95	in	in	IN
13111	70	96	other	other	JJ
13111	70	97	animals	animal	NNS
13111	70	98	;	;	:
13111	70	99	so	so	CC
13111	70	100	that	that	IN
13111	70	101	now	now	RB
13111	70	102	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	70	103	stands	stand	VBZ
13111	70	104	raised	raise	VBN
13111	70	105	as	as	IN
13111	70	106	upon	upon	IN
13111	70	107	a	a	DT
13111	70	108	mountain	mountain	NN
13111	70	109	-	-	HYPH
13111	70	110	top	top	NN
13111	70	111	,	,	,
13111	70	112	far	far	RB
13111	70	113	above	above	IN
13111	70	114	the	the	DT
13111	70	115	level	level	NN
13111	70	116	of	of	IN
13111	70	117	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	70	118	humble	humble	JJ
13111	70	119	fellows	fellow	NNS
13111	70	120	,	,	,
13111	70	121	and	and	CC
13111	70	122	transfigured	transfigure	VBN
13111	70	123	from	from	IN
13111	70	124	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	70	125	grosser	gross	JJR
13111	70	126	nature	nature	NN
13111	70	127	by	by	IN
13111	70	128	reflecting	reflect	VBG
13111	70	129	here	here	RB
13111	70	130	and	and	CC
13111	70	131	there	there	RB
13111	70	132	a	a	DT
13111	70	133	ray	ray	NN
13111	70	134	from	from	IN
13111	70	135	the	the	DT
13111	70	136	infinite	infinite	JJ
13111	70	137	source	source	NN
13111	70	138	of	of	IN
13111	70	139	truth	truth	NN
13111	70	140	.	.	.
13111	70	141	"	"	''
13111	71	1	Thought	think	VBN
13111	71	2	in	in	IN
13111	71	3	all	all	PDT
13111	71	4	the	the	DT
13111	71	5	higher	high	JJR
13111	71	6	mental	mental	JJ
13111	71	7	processes	process	NNS
13111	71	8	could	could	MD
13111	71	9	not	not	RB
13111	71	10	be	be	VB
13111	71	11	carried	carry	VBN
13111	71	12	on	on	IN
13111	71	13	at	at	RB
13111	71	14	all	all	RB
13111	71	15	without	without	IN
13111	71	16	the	the	DT
13111	71	17	aid	aid	NN
13111	71	18	of	of	IN
13111	71	19	language	language	NN
13111	71	20	.	.	.
13111	72	1	Written	write	VBN
13111	72	2	language	language	NN
13111	72	3	probably	probably	RB
13111	72	4	originated	originate	VBD
13111	72	5	in	in	IN
13111	72	6	an	an	DT
13111	72	7	analytical	analytical	JJ
13111	72	8	process	process	NN
13111	72	9	analogous	analogous	JJ
13111	72	10	to	to	IN
13111	72	11	the	the	DT
13111	72	12	language	language	NN
13111	72	13	of	of	IN
13111	72	14	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	72	15	.	.	.
13111	73	1	Like	like	IN
13111	73	2	that	that	DT
13111	73	3	,	,	,
13111	73	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	73	5	:	:	:
13111	73	6	(	(	-LRB-
13111	73	7	1	1	LS
13111	73	8	)	)	-RRB-
13111	73	9	isolates	isolate	VBZ
13111	73	10	terms	term	NNS
13111	73	11	;	;	,
13111	73	12	(	(	-LRB-
13111	73	13	2	2	LS
13111	73	14	)	)	-RRB-
13111	73	15	arranges	arrange	VBZ
13111	73	16	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	73	17	in	in	IN
13111	73	18	a	a	DT
13111	73	19	certain	certain	JJ
13111	73	20	order	order	NN
13111	73	21	;	;	:
13111	73	22	(	(	-LRB-
13111	73	23	3	3	LS
13111	73	24	)	)	-RRB-
13111	73	25	translates	translate	VBZ
13111	73	26	thoughts	thought	NNS
13111	73	27	in	in	IN
13111	73	28	a	a	DT
13111	73	29	crude	crude	NN
13111	73	30	and	and	CC
13111	73	31	somewhat	somewhat	RB
13111	73	32	vague	vague	JJ
13111	73	33	form	form	NN
13111	73	34	.	.	.
13111	74	1	A	a	DT
13111	74	2	curious	curious	JJ
13111	74	3	example	example	NN
13111	74	4	of	of	IN
13111	74	5	this	this	DT
13111	74	6	may	may	MD
13111	74	7	be	be	VB
13111	74	8	found	find	VBN
13111	74	9	in	in	IN
13111	74	10	Max	Max	NNP
13111	74	11	Müller	Müller	NNP
13111	74	12	's	's	POS
13111	74	13	"	"	``
13111	74	14	Chips	chip	NNS
13111	74	15	from	from	IN
13111	74	16	a	a	DT
13111	74	17	German	german	JJ
13111	74	18	Workshop	Workshop	NNP
13111	74	19	,	,	,
13111	74	20	"	"	''
13111	74	21	XIV	XIV	NNP
13111	74	22	.	.	.
13111	75	1	:	:	:
13111	75	2	"	"	``
13111	75	3	The	the	DT
13111	75	4	aborigines	aborigine	NNS
13111	75	5	of	of	IN
13111	75	6	the	the	DT
13111	75	7	Caroline	Caroline	NNP
13111	75	8	Islands	Islands	NNPS
13111	75	9	sent	send	VBD
13111	75	10	a	a	DT
13111	75	11	letter	letter	NN
13111	75	12	to	to	IN
13111	75	13	a	a	DT
13111	75	14	Spanish	spanish	JJ
13111	75	15	captain	captain	NN
13111	75	16	as	as	IN
13111	75	17	follows	follow	VBZ
13111	75	18	:	:	:
13111	75	19	A	a	DT
13111	75	20	man	man	NN
13111	75	21	with	with	IN
13111	75	22	extended	extended	JJ
13111	75	23	arms	arm	NNS
13111	75	24	,	,	,
13111	75	25	sign	sign	NN
13111	75	26	of	of	IN
13111	75	27	greeting	greeting	NN
13111	75	28	;	;	:
13111	75	29	below	below	RB
13111	75	30	to	to	IN
13111	75	31	the	the	DT
13111	75	32	left	left	NN
13111	75	33	,	,	,
13111	75	34	the	the	DT
13111	75	35	objects	object	NNS
13111	75	36	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	75	37	have	have	VBP
13111	75	38	to	to	TO
13111	75	39	barter	barter	VB
13111	75	40	--	--	:
13111	75	41	five	five	CD
13111	75	42	big	big	JJ
13111	75	43	shells	shell	NNS
13111	75	44	,	,	,
13111	75	45	seven	seven	CD
13111	75	46	little	little	JJ
13111	75	47	ones	one	NNS
13111	75	48	,	,	,
13111	75	49	three	three	CD
13111	75	50	others	other	NNS
13111	75	51	of	of	IN
13111	75	52	different	different	JJ
13111	75	53	forms	form	NNS
13111	75	54	;	;	:
13111	75	55	to	to	IN
13111	75	56	the	the	DT
13111	75	57	right	right	NN
13111	75	58	,	,	,
13111	75	59	drawing	draw	VBG
13111	75	60	of	of	IN
13111	75	61	the	the	DT
13111	75	62	objects	object	NNS
13111	75	63	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	75	64	wanted	want	VBD
13111	75	65	in	in	IN
13111	75	66	exchange	exchange	NN
13111	75	67	--	--	:
13111	75	68	three	three	CD
13111	75	69	large	large	JJ
13111	75	70	fish	fish	NN
13111	75	71	-	-	HYPH
13111	75	72	hooks	hook	NNS
13111	75	73	,	,	,
13111	75	74	four	four	CD
13111	75	75	small	small	JJ
13111	75	76	ones	one	NNS
13111	75	77	,	,	,
13111	75	78	two	two	CD
13111	75	79	axes	axis	NNS
13111	75	80	,	,	,
13111	75	81	two	two	CD
13111	75	82	pieces	piece	NNS
13111	75	83	of	of	IN
13111	75	84	iron	iron	NN
13111	75	85	.	.	.
13111	75	86	"	"	''
13111	76	1	Language	language	NN
13111	76	2	of	of	IN
13111	76	3	graphic	graphic	JJ
13111	76	4	signs	sign	NNS
13111	76	5	and	and	CC
13111	76	6	spoken	speak	VBN
13111	76	7	language	language	NN
13111	76	8	have	have	VBP
13111	76	9	progressed	progress	VBN
13111	76	10	together	together	RB
13111	76	11	,	,	,
13111	76	12	and	and	CC
13111	76	13	simultaneously	simultaneously	RB
13111	76	14	supported	support	VBD
13111	76	15	each	each	DT
13111	76	16	other	other	JJ
13111	76	17	in	in	IN
13111	76	18	the	the	DT
13111	76	19	development	development	NN
13111	76	20	of	of	IN
13111	76	21	the	the	DT
13111	76	22	higher	high	JJR
13111	76	23	mental	mental	JJ
13111	76	24	faculties	faculty	NNS
13111	76	25	that	that	WDT
13111	76	26	differentiate	differentiate	VBP
13111	76	27	the	the	DT
13111	76	28	savage	savage	NN
13111	76	29	from	from	IN
13111	76	30	the	the	DT
13111	76	31	brute	brute	NN
13111	76	32	and	and	CC
13111	76	33	the	the	DT
13111	76	34	civilised	civilised	JJ
13111	76	35	human	human	NN
13111	76	36	being	be	VBG
13111	76	37	from	from	IN
13111	76	38	the	the	DT
13111	76	39	savage	savage	NN
13111	76	40	.	.	.
13111	77	1	In	in	IN
13111	77	2	spoken	spoken	JJ
13111	77	3	language	language	NN
13111	77	4	,	,	,
13111	77	5	at	at	IN
13111	77	6	any	any	DT
13111	77	7	rate	rate	NN
13111	77	8	,	,	,
13111	77	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	77	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	77	11	not	not	RB
13111	77	12	the	the	DT
13111	77	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	77	14	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	77	15	that	that	WDT
13111	77	16	has	have	VBZ
13111	77	17	been	be	VBN
13111	77	18	changed	change	VBN
13111	77	19	,	,	,
13111	77	20	but	but	CC
13111	77	21	the	the	DT
13111	77	22	organ	organ	NN
13111	77	23	of	of	IN
13111	77	24	mind	mind	NN
13111	77	25	with	with	IN
13111	77	26	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	77	27	innate	innate	JJ
13111	77	28	and	and	CC
13111	77	29	invisible	invisible	JJ
13111	77	30	molecular	molecular	JJ
13111	77	31	potentialities	potentiality	NNS
13111	77	32	,	,	,
13111	77	33	the	the	DT
13111	77	34	result	result	NN
13111	77	35	of	of	IN
13111	77	36	racial	racial	JJ
13111	77	37	and	and	CC
13111	77	38	ancestral	ancestral	JJ
13111	77	39	experiences	experience	NNS
13111	77	40	in	in	IN
13111	77	41	past	past	JJ
13111	77	42	ages	age	NNS
13111	77	43	.	.	.
13111	78	1	Completely	completely	RB
13111	78	2	developed	develop	VBN
13111	78	3	languages	language	NNS
13111	78	4	when	when	WRB
13111	78	5	studied	study	VBN
13111	78	6	from	from	IN
13111	78	7	the	the	DT
13111	78	8	point	point	NN
13111	78	9	of	of	IN
13111	78	10	view	view	NN
13111	78	11	of	of	IN
13111	78	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	78	13	evolution	evolution	NN
13111	78	14	are	be	VBP
13111	78	15	stamped	stamp	VBN
13111	78	16	with	with	IN
13111	78	17	the	the	DT
13111	78	18	print	print	NN
13111	78	19	of	of	IN
13111	78	20	an	an	DT
13111	78	21	unconscious	unconscious	JJ
13111	78	22	labour	labour	NN
13111	78	23	that	that	WDT
13111	78	24	has	have	VBZ
13111	78	25	been	be	VBN
13111	78	26	fashioning	fashion	VBG
13111	78	27	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	78	28	for	for	IN
13111	78	29	centuries	century	NNS
13111	78	30	.	.	.
13111	79	1	A	a	DT
13111	79	2	little	little	JJ
13111	79	3	consideration	consideration	NN
13111	79	4	and	and	CC
13111	79	5	reflection	reflection	NN
13111	79	6	upon	upon	IN
13111	79	7	words	word	NNS
13111	79	8	which	which	WDT
13111	79	9	have	have	VBP
13111	79	10	been	be	VBN
13111	79	11	coined	coin	VBN
13111	79	12	in	in	IN
13111	79	13	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	79	14	own	own	JJ
13111	79	15	time	time	NN
13111	79	16	shows	show	VBZ
13111	79	17	that	that	IN
13111	79	18	language	language	NN
13111	79	19	offers	offer	VBZ
13111	79	20	an	an	DT
13111	79	21	abstract	abstract	JJ
13111	79	22	and	and	CC
13111	79	23	brief	brief	JJ
13111	79	24	chronicle	chronicle	NN
13111	79	25	of	of	IN
13111	79	26	social	social	JJ
13111	79	27	psychology	psychology	NN
13111	79	28	.	.	.
13111	80	1	Articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	80	2	language	language	NN
13111	80	3	has	have	VBZ
13111	80	4	converted	convert	VBN
13111	80	5	the	the	DT
13111	80	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	80	7	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	80	8	into	into	IN
13111	80	9	the	the	DT
13111	80	10	chief	chief	JJ
13111	80	11	agent	agent	NN
13111	80	12	of	of	IN
13111	80	13	the	the	DT
13111	80	14	will	will	NN
13111	80	15	,	,	,
13111	80	16	but	but	CC
13111	80	17	the	the	DT
13111	80	18	brain	brain	NN
13111	80	19	in	in	IN
13111	80	20	the	the	DT
13111	80	21	process	process	NN
13111	80	22	of	of	IN
13111	80	23	time	time	NN
13111	80	24	has	have	VBZ
13111	80	25	developed	develop	VBN
13111	80	26	by	by	IN
13111	80	27	the	the	DT
13111	80	28	movements	movement	NNS
13111	80	29	of	of	IN
13111	80	30	the	the	DT
13111	80	31	lips	lip	NNS
13111	80	32	,	,	,
13111	80	33	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	80	34	,	,	,
13111	80	35	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	80	36	,	,	,
13111	80	37	and	and	CC
13111	80	38	soft	soft	JJ
13111	80	39	palate	palate	NN
13111	80	40	a	a	DT
13111	80	41	kinæsthetic[A	kinæsthetic[a	NN
13111	80	42	]	]	-RRB-
13111	80	43	sense	sense	NN
13111	80	44	of	of	IN
13111	80	45	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	80	46	speech	speech	NN
13111	80	47	,	,	,
13111	80	48	which	which	WDT
13111	80	49	has	have	VBZ
13111	80	50	been	be	VBN
13111	80	51	integrated	integrate	VBN
13111	80	52	and	and	CC
13111	80	53	associated	associate	VBN
13111	80	54	in	in	IN
13111	80	55	the	the	DT
13111	80	56	mind	mind	NN
13111	80	57	with	with	IN
13111	80	58	rhythmical	rhythmical	JJ
13111	80	59	modulated	modulated	JJ
13111	80	60	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	80	61	conveyed	convey	VBN
13111	80	62	to	to	IN
13111	80	63	the	the	DT
13111	80	64	brain	brain	NN
13111	80	65	by	by	IN
13111	80	66	the	the	DT
13111	80	67	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	80	68	nerves	nerve	NNS
13111	80	69	.	.	.
13111	81	1	There	there	EX
13111	81	2	has	have	VBZ
13111	81	3	thus	thus	RB
13111	81	4	been	be	VBN
13111	81	5	a	a	DT
13111	81	6	reciprocal	reciprocal	JJ
13111	81	7	simultaneity	simultaneity	NN
13111	81	8	in	in	IN
13111	81	9	the	the	DT
13111	81	10	development	development	NN
13111	81	11	of	of	IN
13111	81	12	these	these	DT
13111	81	13	two	two	CD
13111	81	14	senses	sense	NNS
13111	81	15	by	by	IN
13111	81	16	which	which	WDT
13111	81	17	the	the	DT
13111	81	18	mental	mental	JJ
13111	81	19	ideas	idea	NNS
13111	81	20	of	of	IN
13111	81	21	spoken	spoken	JJ
13111	81	22	words	word	NNS
13111	81	23	are	be	VBP
13111	81	24	memorised	memorise	VBN
13111	81	25	and	and	CC
13111	81	26	recalled	recall	VBN
13111	81	27	.	.	.
13111	82	1	Had	have	VBD
13111	82	2	man	man	NN
13111	82	3	been	be	VBN
13111	82	4	limited	limit	VBN
13111	82	5	to	to	TO
13111	82	6	articulate	articulate	VB
13111	82	7	speech	speech	NN
13111	82	8	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	82	9	could	could	MD
13111	82	10	not	not	RB
13111	82	11	have	have	VB
13111	82	12	made	make	VBN
13111	82	13	the	the	DT
13111	82	14	immense	immense	JJ
13111	82	15	progress	progress	NN
13111	82	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	82	17	has	have	VBZ
13111	82	18	made	make	VBN
13111	82	19	in	in	IN
13111	82	20	the	the	DT
13111	82	21	development	development	NN
13111	82	22	of	of	IN
13111	82	23	complex	complex	JJ
13111	82	24	mental	mental	JJ
13111	82	25	processes	process	NNS
13111	82	26	,	,	,
13111	82	27	for	for	IN
13111	82	28	language	language	NN
13111	82	29	,	,	,
13111	82	30	by	by	IN
13111	82	31	using	use	VBG
13111	82	32	written	write	VBN
13111	82	33	verbal	verbal	JJ
13111	82	34	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	82	35	,	,	,
13111	82	36	has	have	VBZ
13111	82	37	allowed	allow	VBN
13111	82	38	,	,	,
13111	82	39	not	not	RB
13111	82	40	merely	merely	RB
13111	82	41	the	the	DT
13111	82	42	transmission	transmission	NN
13111	82	43	of	of	IN
13111	82	44	thought	thought	NN
13111	82	45	from	from	IN
13111	82	46	one	one	CD
13111	82	47	individual	individual	NN
13111	82	48	to	to	IN
13111	82	49	another	another	DT
13111	82	50	,	,	,
13111	82	51	but	but	CC
13111	82	52	the	the	DT
13111	82	53	thoughts	thought	NNS
13111	82	54	of	of	IN
13111	82	55	the	the	DT
13111	82	56	world	world	NN
13111	82	57	,	,	,
13111	82	58	past	past	JJ
13111	82	59	and	and	CC
13111	82	60	present	present	JJ
13111	82	61	,	,	,
13111	82	62	are	be	VBP
13111	82	63	in	in	IN
13111	82	64	a	a	DT
13111	82	65	certain	certain	JJ
13111	82	66	measure	measure	NN
13111	82	67	at	at	IN
13111	82	68	the	the	DT
13111	82	69	disposal	disposal	NN
13111	82	70	of	of	IN
13111	82	71	every	every	DT
13111	82	72	individual	individual	NN
13111	82	73	.	.	.
13111	83	1	With	with	IN
13111	83	2	this	this	DT
13111	83	3	introduction	introduction	NN
13111	83	4	to	to	IN
13111	83	5	the	the	DT
13111	83	6	subject	subject	NN
13111	83	7	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	83	8	will	will	MD
13111	83	9	pass	pass	VB
13111	83	10	on	on	RP
13111	83	11	to	to	TO
13111	83	12	give	give	VB
13111	83	13	a	a	DT
13111	83	14	detailed	detailed	JJ
13111	83	15	description	description	NN
13111	83	16	of	of	IN
13111	83	17	the	the	DT
13111	83	18	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	83	19	of	of	IN
13111	83	20	the	the	DT
13111	83	21	voice	voice	NN
13111	83	22	.	.	.
13111	84	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	84	2	Footnote	Footnote	NNP
13111	84	3	A	A	NNP
13111	84	4	:	:	:
13111	84	5	Sense	sense	NN
13111	84	6	of	of	IN
13111	84	7	movement	movement	NN
13111	84	8	.	.	.
13111	84	9	]	]	-RRB-
13111	85	1	THE	the	DT
13111	85	2	VOCAL	vocal	NN
13111	85	3	INSTRUMENT	instrument	NN
13111	85	4	A	a	DT
13111	85	5	distinction	distinction	NN
13111	85	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	85	7	generally	generally	RB
13111	85	8	made	make	VBN
13111	85	9	in	in	IN
13111	85	10	physics	physics	NN
13111	85	11	between	between	IN
13111	85	12	sound	sound	NN
13111	85	13	and	and	CC
13111	85	14	noise	noise	NN
13111	85	15	.	.	.
13111	86	1	Noise	Noise	NNP
13111	86	2	affects	affect	VBZ
13111	86	3	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	86	4	tympanic	tympanic	JJ
13111	86	5	membrane	membrane	NN
13111	86	6	as	as	IN
13111	86	7	an	an	DT
13111	86	8	irregular	irregular	JJ
13111	86	9	succession	succession	NN
13111	86	10	of	of	IN
13111	86	11	shocks	shock	NNS
13111	86	12	and	and	CC
13111	86	13	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	86	14	are	be	VBP
13111	86	15	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	86	16	of	of	IN
13111	86	17	a	a	DT
13111	86	18	jarring	jarring	NN
13111	86	19	of	of	IN
13111	86	20	the	the	DT
13111	86	21	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	86	22	apparatus	apparatus	NN
13111	86	23	;	;	:
13111	86	24	whereas	whereas	IN
13111	86	25	a	a	DT
13111	86	26	musical	musical	JJ
13111	86	27	sound	sound	NN
13111	86	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	86	29	smooth	smooth	JJ
13111	86	30	and	and	CC
13111	86	31	pleasant	pleasant	JJ
13111	86	32	because	because	IN
13111	86	33	the	the	DT
13111	86	34	tympanic	tympanic	JJ
13111	86	35	membrane	membrane	NN
13111	86	36	is	be	VBZ
13111	86	37	thrown	throw	VBN
13111	86	38	into	into	IN
13111	86	39	successive	successive	JJ
13111	86	40	periodic	periodic	JJ
13111	86	41	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	86	42	to	to	TO
13111	86	43	which	which	WDT
13111	86	44	the	the	DT
13111	86	45	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	86	46	receptor	receptor	NN
13111	86	47	(	(	-LRB-
13111	86	48	sense	sense	NN
13111	86	49	organ	organ	NN
13111	86	50	of	of	IN
13111	86	51	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	86	52	)	)	-RRB-
13111	86	53	has	have	VBZ
13111	86	54	been	be	VBN
13111	86	55	attuned	attune	VBN
13111	86	56	.	.	.
13111	87	1	To	to	TO
13111	87	2	produce	produce	VB
13111	87	3	musical	musical	JJ
13111	87	4	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	87	5	,	,	,
13111	87	6	a	a	DT
13111	87	7	body	body	NN
13111	87	8	must	must	MD
13111	87	9	vibrate	vibrate	VB
13111	87	10	with	with	IN
13111	87	11	the	the	DT
13111	87	12	regularity	regularity	NN
13111	87	13	of	of	IN
13111	87	14	a	a	DT
13111	87	15	pendulum	pendulum	NN
13111	87	16	,	,	,
13111	87	17	but	but	CC
13111	87	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	87	19	must	must	MD
13111	87	20	be	be	VB
13111	87	21	capable	capable	JJ
13111	87	22	of	of	IN
13111	87	23	imparting	impart	VBG
13111	87	24	sharper	sharp	JJR
13111	87	25	or	or	CC
13111	87	26	quicker	quick	JJR
13111	87	27	shocks	shock	NNS
13111	87	28	to	to	IN
13111	87	29	the	the	DT
13111	87	30	air	air	NN
13111	87	31	than	than	IN
13111	87	32	the	the	DT
13111	87	33	pendulum	pendulum	NN
13111	87	34	.	.	.
13111	88	1	All	all	DT
13111	88	2	musical	musical	JJ
13111	88	3	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	88	4	,	,	,
13111	88	5	however	however	RB
13111	88	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	88	7	are	be	VBP
13111	88	8	produced	produce	VBN
13111	88	9	and	and	CC
13111	88	10	by	by	IN
13111	88	11	whatever	whatever	WDT
13111	88	12	means	mean	VBZ
13111	88	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	88	14	are	be	VBP
13111	88	15	propagated	propagate	VBN
13111	88	16	,	,	,
13111	88	17	may	may	MD
13111	88	18	be	be	VB
13111	88	19	distinguished	distinguish	VBN
13111	88	20	by	by	IN
13111	88	21	three	three	CD
13111	88	22	different	different	JJ
13111	88	23	qualities	quality	NNS
13111	88	24	:	:	:
13111	88	25	(	(	-LRB-
13111	88	26	1	1	LS
13111	88	27	)	)	-RRB-
13111	88	28	Loudness	Loudness	NNP
13111	88	29	,	,	,
13111	88	30	(	(	-LRB-
13111	88	31	2	2	LS
13111	88	32	)	)	-RRB-
13111	88	33	Pitch	Pitch	NNP
13111	88	34	,	,	,
13111	88	35	(	(	-LRB-
13111	88	36	3	3	LS
13111	88	37	)	)	-RRB-
13111	88	38	Quality	Quality	NNP
13111	88	39	,	,	,
13111	88	40	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	88	41	or	or	CC
13111	88	42	klang	klang	NNP
13111	88	43	,	,	,
13111	88	44	as	as	IN
13111	88	45	the	the	DT
13111	88	46	Germans	Germans	NNPS
13111	88	47	call	call	VBP
13111	88	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	88	49	.	.	.
13111	89	1	Loudness	Loudness	NNP
13111	89	2	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	89	3	upon	upon	IN
13111	89	4	the	the	DT
13111	89	5	amount	amount	NN
13111	89	6	of	of	IN
13111	89	7	energy	energy	NN
13111	89	8	expended	expend	VBN
13111	89	9	in	in	IN
13111	89	10	producing	produce	VBG
13111	89	11	the	the	DT
13111	89	12	sound	sound	NN
13111	89	13	.	.	.
13111	90	1	If	if	IN
13111	90	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	90	3	rub	rub	VBP
13111	90	4	a	a	DT
13111	90	5	tuning	tuning	NN
13111	90	6	-	-	HYPH
13111	90	7	fork	fork	NN
13111	90	8	with	with	IN
13111	90	9	a	a	DT
13111	90	10	well	well	RB
13111	90	11	-	-	HYPH
13111	90	12	rosined	rosin	VBN
13111	90	13	bow	bow	NN
13111	90	14	,	,	,
13111	90	15	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	90	16	set	set	VBD
13111	90	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	90	18	in	in	IN
13111	90	19	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	90	20	by	by	IN
13111	90	21	the	the	DT
13111	90	22	resistance	resistance	NN
13111	90	23	offered	offer	VBD
13111	90	24	to	to	IN
13111	90	25	the	the	DT
13111	90	26	rosined	rosin	VBN
13111	90	27	hair	hair	NN
13111	90	28	;	;	:
13111	90	29	and	and	CC
13111	90	30	if	if	IN
13111	90	31	while	while	IN
13111	90	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	90	33	is	be	VBZ
13111	90	34	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
13111	90	35	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	90	36	again	again	RB
13111	90	37	apply	apply	VBP
13111	90	38	the	the	DT
13111	90	39	bow	bow	NN
13111	90	40	,	,	,
13111	90	41	thus	thus	RB
13111	90	42	expending	expend	VBG
13111	90	43	more	more	JJR
13111	90	44	energy	energy	NN
13111	90	45	,	,	,
13111	90	46	the	the	DT
13111	90	47	note	note	NN
13111	90	48	produced	produce	VBN
13111	90	49	is	be	VBZ
13111	90	50	louder	loud	JJR
13111	90	51	.	.	.
13111	91	1	Repeating	repeat	VBG
13111	91	2	the	the	DT
13111	91	3	action	action	NN
13111	91	4	several	several	JJ
13111	91	5	times	time	NNS
13111	91	6	,	,	,
13111	91	7	the	the	DT
13111	91	8	width	width	NN
13111	91	9	of	of	IN
13111	91	10	excursion	excursion	NN
13111	91	11	of	of	IN
13111	91	12	the	the	DT
13111	91	13	prongs	prong	NNS
13111	91	14	of	of	IN
13111	91	15	the	the	DT
13111	91	16	tuning	tuning	NN
13111	91	17	-	-	HYPH
13111	91	18	fork	fork	NN
13111	91	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	91	20	increased	increase	VBN
13111	91	21	.	.	.
13111	92	1	This	this	DT
13111	92	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	92	3	can	can	MD
13111	92	4	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
13111	92	5	,	,	,
13111	92	6	not	not	RB
13111	92	7	merely	merely	RB
13111	92	8	by	by	IN
13111	92	9	the	the	DT
13111	92	10	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	92	11	of	of	IN
13111	92	12	the	the	DT
13111	92	13	sound	sound	NN
13111	92	14	which	which	WDT
13111	92	15	can	can	MD
13111	92	16	be	be	VB
13111	92	17	heard	hear	VBN
13111	92	18	,	,	,
13111	92	19	but	but	CC
13111	92	20	by	by	IN
13111	92	21	sight	sight	NN
13111	92	22	;	;	:
13111	92	23	for	for	IN
13111	92	24	if	if	IN
13111	92	25	a	a	DT
13111	92	26	small	small	JJ
13111	92	27	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	92	28	be	be	VB
13111	92	29	fixed	fix	VBN
13111	92	30	on	on	IN
13111	92	31	one	one	CD
13111	92	32	of	of	IN
13111	92	33	the	the	DT
13111	92	34	prongs	prong	NNS
13111	92	35	and	and	CC
13111	92	36	a	a	DT
13111	92	37	beam	beam	NN
13111	92	38	of	of	IN
13111	92	39	light	light	NN
13111	92	40	be	be	VB
13111	92	41	cast	cast	VBN
13111	92	42	upon	upon	IN
13111	92	43	the	the	DT
13111	92	44	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	92	45	,	,	,
13111	92	46	the	the	DT
13111	92	47	light	light	NN
13111	92	48	being	be	VBG
13111	92	49	again	again	RB
13111	92	50	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	92	51	on	on	IN
13111	92	52	to	to	IN
13111	92	53	the	the	DT
13111	92	54	screen	screen	NN
13111	92	55	,	,	,
13111	92	56	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	92	57	will	will	MD
13111	92	58	see	see	VB
13111	92	59	the	the	DT
13111	92	60	spot	spot	NN
13111	92	61	of	of	IN
13111	92	62	light	light	JJ
13111	92	63	dance	dance	NN
13111	92	64	up	up	RB
13111	92	65	and	and	CC
13111	92	66	down	down	RB
13111	92	67	,	,	,
13111	92	68	and	and	CC
13111	92	69	the	the	DT
13111	92	70	more	more	RBR
13111	92	71	energetically	energetically	RB
13111	92	72	the	the	DT
13111	92	73	tuning	tuning	NN
13111	92	74	-	-	HYPH
13111	92	75	fork	fork	NN
13111	92	76	is	be	VBZ
13111	92	77	bowed	bow	VBN
13111	92	78	the	the	DT
13111	92	79	greater	great	JJR
13111	92	80	is	be	VBZ
13111	92	81	the	the	DT
13111	92	82	amplitude	amplitude	NN
13111	92	83	of	of	IN
13111	92	84	the	the	DT
13111	92	85	oscillation	oscillation	NN
13111	92	86	of	of	IN
13111	92	87	the	the	DT
13111	92	88	spot	spot	NN
13111	92	89	of	of	IN
13111	92	90	light	light	NN
13111	92	91	.	.	.
13111	93	1	The	the	DT
13111	93	2	duration	duration	NN
13111	93	3	of	of	IN
13111	93	4	the	the	DT
13111	93	5	time	time	NN
13111	93	6	occupied	occupy	VBN
13111	93	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	93	8	the	the	DT
13111	93	9	same	same	JJ
13111	93	10	in	in	IN
13111	93	11	traversing	traverse	VBG
13111	93	12	a	a	DT
13111	93	13	longer	long	RBR
13111	93	14	as	as	IN
13111	93	15	in	in	IN
13111	93	16	traversing	traverse	VBG
13111	93	17	a	a	DT
13111	93	18	shorter	short	JJR
13111	93	19	space	space	NN
13111	93	20	,	,	,
13111	93	21	as	as	IN
13111	93	22	is	be	VBZ
13111	93	23	the	the	DT
13111	93	24	case	case	NN
13111	93	25	of	of	IN
13111	93	26	the	the	DT
13111	93	27	swinging	swinge	VBG
13111	93	28	pendulum	pendulum	NN
13111	93	29	.	.	.
13111	94	1	The	the	DT
13111	94	2	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
13111	94	3	prongs	prong	NNS
13111	94	4	of	of	IN
13111	94	5	the	the	DT
13111	94	6	tuning	tuning	NN
13111	94	7	-	-	HYPH
13111	94	8	fork	fork	NN
13111	94	9	throw	throw	VBP
13111	94	10	the	the	DT
13111	94	11	air	air	NN
13111	94	12	into	into	IN
13111	94	13	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	94	14	which	which	WDT
13111	94	15	are	be	VBP
13111	94	16	conveyed	convey	VBN
13111	94	17	to	to	IN
13111	94	18	the	the	DT
13111	94	19	ear	ear	NN
13111	94	20	and	and	CC
13111	94	21	produce	produce	VB
13111	94	22	the	the	DT
13111	94	23	sensation	sensation	NN
13111	94	24	of	of	IN
13111	94	25	sound	sound	NN
13111	94	26	.	.	.
13111	95	1	The	the	DT
13111	95	2	duration	duration	NN
13111	95	3	of	of	IN
13111	95	4	time	time	NN
13111	95	5	occupied	occupy	VBN
13111	95	6	in	in	IN
13111	95	7	the	the	DT
13111	95	8	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	95	9	of	of	IN
13111	95	10	the	the	DT
13111	95	11	tuning	tuning	NN
13111	95	12	-	-	HYPH
13111	95	13	fork	fork	NN
13111	95	14	is	be	VBZ
13111	95	15	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	95	16	independent	independent	JJ
13111	95	17	of	of	IN
13111	95	18	the	the	DT
13111	95	19	space	space	NN
13111	95	20	passed	pass	VBN
13111	95	21	over	over	RP
13111	95	22	.	.	.
13111	96	1	The	the	DT
13111	96	2	greater	great	JJR
13111	96	3	or	or	CC
13111	96	4	less	less	JJR
13111	96	5	energy	energy	NN
13111	96	6	expended	expend	VBN
13111	96	7	does	do	VBZ
13111	96	8	not	not	RB
13111	96	9	influence	influence	VB
13111	96	10	the	the	DT
13111	96	11	duration	duration	NN
13111	96	12	of	of	IN
13111	96	13	time	time	NN
13111	96	14	occupied	occupy	VBN
13111	96	15	by	by	IN
13111	96	16	the	the	DT
13111	96	17	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	96	18	;	;	:
13111	96	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	96	20	only	only	RB
13111	96	21	influences	influence	VBZ
13111	96	22	the	the	DT
13111	96	23	amplitude	amplitude	NN
13111	96	24	of	of	IN
13111	96	25	the	the	DT
13111	96	26	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	96	27	.	.	.
13111	97	1	The	the	DT
13111	97	2	second	second	JJ
13111	97	3	quality	quality	NN
13111	97	4	of	of	IN
13111	97	5	musical	musical	JJ
13111	97	6	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	97	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	97	8	the	the	DT
13111	97	9	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	97	10	,	,	,
13111	97	11	and	and	CC
13111	97	12	the	the	DT
13111	97	13	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	97	14	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	97	15	upon	upon	IN
13111	97	16	the	the	DT
13111	97	17	number	number	NN
13111	97	18	of	of	IN
13111	97	19	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	97	20	that	that	WDT
13111	97	21	a	a	DT
13111	97	22	sounding	sound	VBG
13111	97	23	body	body	NN
13111	97	24	makes	make	VBZ
13111	97	25	in	in	IN
13111	97	26	each	each	DT
13111	97	27	second	second	JJ
13111	97	28	of	of	IN
13111	97	29	time	time	NN
13111	97	30	.	.	.
13111	98	1	The	the	DT
13111	98	2	most	most	RBS
13111	98	3	unmusical	unmusical	JJ
13111	98	4	ear	ear	NN
13111	98	5	can	can	MD
13111	98	6	distinguish	distinguish	VB
13111	98	7	a	a	DT
13111	98	8	high	high	JJ
13111	98	9	note	note	NN
13111	98	10	from	from	IN
13111	98	11	a	a	DT
13111	98	12	low	low	JJ
13111	98	13	one	one	NN
13111	98	14	,	,	,
13111	98	15	even	even	RB
13111	98	16	when	when	WRB
13111	98	17	the	the	DT
13111	98	18	interval	interval	NN
13111	98	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	98	20	not	not	RB
13111	98	21	great	great	JJ
13111	98	22	.	.	.
13111	99	1	Low	low	JJ
13111	99	2	notes	note	NNS
13111	99	3	are	be	VBP
13111	99	4	characterised	characterise	VBN
13111	99	5	by	by	IN
13111	99	6	a	a	DT
13111	99	7	relatively	relatively	RB
13111	99	8	small	small	JJ
13111	99	9	number	number	NN
13111	99	10	of	of	IN
13111	99	11	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	99	12	,	,	,
13111	99	13	and	and	CC
13111	99	14	as	as	IN
13111	99	15	the	the	DT
13111	99	16	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	99	17	rises	rise	VBZ
13111	99	18	so	so	RB
13111	99	19	the	the	DT
13111	99	20	number	number	NN
13111	99	21	of	of	IN
13111	99	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	99	23	increase	increase	VBP
13111	99	24	.	.	.
13111	100	1	This	this	DT
13111	100	2	can	can	MD
13111	100	3	be	be	VB
13111	100	4	proved	prove	VBN
13111	100	5	in	in	IN
13111	100	6	many	many	JJ
13111	100	7	ways	way	NNS
13111	100	8	.	.	.
13111	101	1	Take	take	VB
13111	101	2	,	,	,
13111	101	3	for	for	IN
13111	101	4	example	example	NN
13111	101	5	,	,	,
13111	101	6	two	two	CD
13111	101	7	tuning	tuning	NN
13111	101	8	-	-	HYPH
13111	101	9	forks	fork	NNS
13111	101	10	of	of	IN
13111	101	11	different	different	JJ
13111	101	12	size	size	NN
13111	101	13	:	:	:
13111	101	14	the	the	DT
13111	101	15	shorter	short	JJR
13111	101	16	produces	produce	VBZ
13111	101	17	a	a	DT
13111	101	18	considerably	considerably	RB
13111	101	19	higher	high	JJR
13111	101	20	pitched	pitch	VBN
13111	101	21	note	note	NN
13111	101	22	than	than	IN
13111	101	23	the	the	DT
13111	101	24	longer	long	JJR
13111	101	25	one	one	NN
13111	101	26	.	.	.
13111	102	1	If	if	IN
13111	102	2	a	a	DT
13111	102	3	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	102	4	be	be	VB
13111	102	5	attached	attach	VBN
13111	102	6	to	to	IN
13111	102	7	one	one	CD
13111	102	8	of	of	IN
13111	102	9	the	the	DT
13111	102	10	prongs	prong	NNS
13111	102	11	of	of	IN
13111	102	12	each	each	DT
13111	102	13	fork	fork	NN
13111	102	14	,	,	,
13111	102	15	and	and	CC
13111	102	16	a	a	DT
13111	102	17	beam	beam	NN
13111	102	18	of	of	IN
13111	102	19	light	light	NN
13111	102	20	be	be	VB
13111	102	21	cast	cast	VBN
13111	102	22	upon	upon	IN
13111	102	23	each	each	DT
13111	102	24	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	102	25	successively	successively	RB
13111	102	26	and	and	CC
13111	102	27	then	then	RB
13111	102	28	reflected	reflect	VBD
13111	102	29	in	in	IN
13111	102	30	a	a	DT
13111	102	31	revolving	revolving	JJ
13111	102	32	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	102	33	,	,	,
13111	102	34	the	the	DT
13111	102	35	oscillating	oscillate	VBG
13111	102	36	spot	spot	NN
13111	102	37	of	of	IN
13111	102	38	light	light	NN
13111	102	39	is	be	VBZ
13111	102	40	converted	convert	VBN
13111	102	41	into	into	IN
13111	102	42	a	a	DT
13111	102	43	series	series	NN
13111	102	44	of	of	IN
13111	102	45	waves	wave	NNS
13111	102	46	;	;	:
13111	102	47	and	and	CC
13111	102	48	if	if	IN
13111	102	49	the	the	DT
13111	102	50	waves	wave	NNS
13111	102	51	obtained	obtain	VBN
13111	102	52	by	by	IN
13111	102	53	reflecting	reflect	VBG
13111	102	54	the	the	DT
13111	102	55	light	light	NN
13111	102	56	from	from	IN
13111	102	57	the	the	DT
13111	102	58	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	102	59	of	of	IN
13111	102	60	the	the	DT
13111	102	61	smaller	small	JJR
13111	102	62	one	one	CD
13111	102	63	be	be	VB
13111	102	64	counted	count	VBN
13111	102	65	and	and	CC
13111	102	66	compared	compare	VBN
13111	102	67	with	with	IN
13111	102	68	those	those	DT
13111	102	69	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	102	70	from	from	IN
13111	102	71	the	the	DT
13111	102	72	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	102	73	attached	attach	VBN
13111	102	74	to	to	IN
13111	102	75	the	the	DT
13111	102	76	larger	large	JJR
13111	102	77	fork	fork	NN
13111	102	78	,	,	,
13111	102	79	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	102	80	will	will	MD
13111	102	81	be	be	VB
13111	102	82	found	find	VBN
13111	102	83	that	that	IN
13111	102	84	the	the	DT
13111	102	85	number	number	NN
13111	102	86	of	of	IN
13111	102	87	waves	wave	NNS
13111	102	88	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	102	89	from	from	IN
13111	102	90	the	the	DT
13111	102	91	smaller	small	JJR
13111	102	92	fork	fork	NN
13111	102	93	is	be	VBZ
13111	102	94	proportionally	proportionally	RB
13111	102	95	to	to	IN
13111	102	96	the	the	DT
13111	102	97	difference	difference	NN
13111	102	98	in	in	IN
13111	102	99	the	the	DT
13111	102	100	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	102	101	more	more	RBR
13111	102	102	numerous	numerous	JJ
13111	102	103	than	than	IN
13111	102	104	the	the	DT
13111	102	105	waves	wave	NNS
13111	102	106	reflected	reflect	VBD
13111	102	107	from	from	IN
13111	102	108	the	the	DT
13111	102	109	larger	large	JJR
13111	102	110	.	.	.
13111	103	1	The	the	DT
13111	103	2	air	air	NN
13111	103	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	103	4	thrown	throw	VBN
13111	103	5	into	into	IN
13111	103	6	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	103	7	periodic	periodic	JJ
13111	103	8	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	103	9	according	accord	VBG
13111	103	10	to	to	IN
13111	103	11	the	the	DT
13111	103	12	rate	rate	NN
13111	103	13	of	of	IN
13111	103	14	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	103	15	of	of	IN
13111	103	16	the	the	DT
13111	103	17	sound	sound	RB
13111	103	18	-	-	HYPH
13111	103	19	producing	produce	VBG
13111	103	20	body	body	NN
13111	103	21	.	.	.
13111	104	1	Thirdly	thirdly	RB
13111	104	2	,	,	,
13111	104	3	the	the	DT
13111	104	4	quality	quality	NN
13111	104	5	,	,	,
13111	104	6	timbre	timbre	NNP
13111	104	7	,	,	,
13111	104	8	or	or	CC
13111	104	9	klang	klang	NNP
13111	104	10	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	104	11	upon	upon	IN
13111	104	12	the	the	DT
13111	104	13	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	104	14	,	,	,
13111	104	15	in	in	IN
13111	104	16	respect	respect	NN
13111	104	17	to	to	TO
13111	104	18	which	which	WDT
13111	104	19	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	104	20	could	could	MD
13111	104	21	cite	cite	VB
13111	104	22	many	many	JJ
13111	104	23	experiments	experiment	NNS
13111	104	24	to	to	TO
13111	104	25	prove	prove	VB
13111	104	26	that	that	IN
13111	104	27	whenever	whenever	WRB
13111	104	28	a	a	DT
13111	104	29	body	body	NN
13111	104	30	vibrates	vibrate	VBZ
13111	104	31	,	,	,
13111	104	32	other	other	JJ
13111	104	33	bodies	body	NNS
13111	104	34	near	near	IN
13111	104	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	104	36	may	may	MD
13111	104	37	be	be	VB
13111	104	38	set	set	VBN
13111	104	39	in	in	IN
13111	104	40	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	104	41	,	,	,
13111	104	42	but	but	CC
13111	104	43	only	only	RB
13111	104	44	on	on	IN
13111	104	45	condition	condition	NN
13111	104	46	that	that	IN
13111	104	47	such	such	JJ
13111	104	48	bodies	body	NNS
13111	104	49	shall	shall	MD
13111	104	50	be	be	VB
13111	104	51	capable	capable	JJ
13111	104	52	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
13111	104	53	of	of	IN
13111	104	54	producing	produce	VBG
13111	104	55	the	the	DT
13111	104	56	same	same	JJ
13111	104	57	note	note	NN
13111	104	58	.	.	.
13111	105	1	A	a	DT
13111	105	2	number	number	NN
13111	105	3	of	of	IN
13111	105	4	different	different	JJ
13111	105	5	forms	form	NNS
13111	105	6	of	of	IN
13111	105	7	resonators	resonator	NNS
13111	105	8	can	can	MD
13111	105	9	be	be	VB
13111	105	10	used	use	VBN
13111	105	11	to	to	TO
13111	105	12	illustrate	illustrate	VB
13111	105	13	this	this	DT
13111	105	14	law	law	NN
13111	105	15	;	;	:
13111	105	16	a	a	DT
13111	105	17	law	law	NN
13111	105	18	indeed	indeed	RB
13111	105	19	which	which	WDT
13111	105	20	is	be	VBZ
13111	105	21	of	of	IN
13111	105	22	the	the	DT
13111	105	23	greatest	great	JJS
13111	105	24	importance	importance	NN
13111	105	25	in	in	IN
13111	105	26	connection	connection	NN
13111	105	27	with	with	IN
13111	105	28	the	the	DT
13111	105	29	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	105	30	of	of	IN
13111	105	31	the	the	DT
13111	105	32	human	human	JJ
13111	105	33	voice	voice	NN
13111	105	34	.	.	.
13111	106	1	Although	although	IN
13111	106	2	notes	note	NNS
13111	106	3	are	be	VBP
13111	106	4	of	of	IN
13111	106	5	the	the	DT
13111	106	6	same	same	JJ
13111	106	7	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	106	8	and	and	CC
13111	106	9	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	106	10	when	when	WRB
13111	106	11	played	play	VBN
13111	106	12	on	on	IN
13111	106	13	different	different	JJ
13111	106	14	instruments	instrument	NNS
13111	106	15	or	or	CC
13111	106	16	spoken	speak	VBN
13111	106	17	or	or	CC
13111	106	18	sung	sing	VBN
13111	106	19	by	by	IN
13111	106	20	different	different	JJ
13111	106	21	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	106	22	,	,	,
13111	106	23	yet	yet	CC
13111	106	24	even	even	RB
13111	106	25	a	a	DT
13111	106	26	person	person	NN
13111	106	27	with	with	IN
13111	106	28	no	no	DT
13111	106	29	ear	ear	NN
13111	106	30	for	for	IN
13111	106	31	music	music	NN
13111	106	32	can	can	MD
13111	106	33	easily	easily	RB
13111	106	34	detect	detect	VB
13111	106	35	a	a	DT
13111	106	36	difference	difference	NN
13111	106	37	in	in	IN
13111	106	38	the	the	DT
13111	106	39	quality	quality	NN
13111	106	40	of	of	IN
13111	106	41	the	the	DT
13111	106	42	sound	sound	NN
13111	106	43	and	and	CC
13111	106	44	is	be	VBZ
13111	106	45	able	able	JJ
13111	106	46	to	to	TO
13111	106	47	recognise	recognise	VB
13111	106	48	the	the	DT
13111	106	49	nature	nature	NN
13111	106	50	of	of	IN
13111	106	51	the	the	DT
13111	106	52	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	106	53	or	or	CC
13111	106	54	the	the	DT
13111	106	55	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	106	56	of	of	IN
13111	106	57	the	the	DT
13111	106	58	voice	voice	NN
13111	106	59	.	.	.
13111	107	1	This	this	DT
13111	107	2	difference	difference	NN
13111	107	3	in	in	IN
13111	107	4	the	the	DT
13111	107	5	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	107	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	107	7	due	due	JJ
13111	107	8	to	to	IN
13111	107	9	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	107	10	or	or	CC
13111	107	11	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	107	12	.	.	.
13111	108	1	Could	Could	MD
13111	108	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	108	3	but	but	CC
13111	108	4	see	see	VB
13111	108	5	the	the	DT
13111	108	6	sonorous	sonorous	JJ
13111	108	7	waves	wave	NNS
13111	108	8	in	in	IN
13111	108	9	the	the	DT
13111	108	10	air	air	NN
13111	108	11	during	during	IN
13111	108	12	the	the	DT
13111	108	13	transmission	transmission	NN
13111	108	14	of	of	IN
13111	108	15	the	the	DT
13111	108	16	sound	sound	NN
13111	108	17	of	of	IN
13111	108	18	a	a	DT
13111	108	19	voice	voice	NN
13111	108	20	,	,	,
13111	108	21	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	108	22	should	should	MD
13111	108	23	see	see	VB
13111	108	24	stamped	stamp	VBD
13111	108	25	on	on	IN
13111	108	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	108	27	the	the	DT
13111	108	28	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	108	29	of	of	IN
13111	108	30	motion	motion	NN
13111	108	31	upon	upon	IN
13111	108	32	which	which	WDT
13111	108	33	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	108	34	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
13111	108	35	qualities	quality	NNS
13111	108	36	depended	depend	VBD
13111	108	37	;	;	:
13111	108	38	which	which	WDT
13111	108	39	is	be	VBZ
13111	108	40	due	due	JJ
13111	108	41	to	to	IN
13111	108	42	the	the	DT
13111	108	43	fact	fact	NN
13111	108	44	that	that	IN
13111	108	45	every	every	DT
13111	108	46	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	108	47	sound	sound	NN
13111	108	48	whose	whose	WP$
13111	108	49	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	108	50	have	have	VBP
13111	108	51	a	a	DT
13111	108	52	complex	complex	JJ
13111	108	53	form	form	NN
13111	108	54	can	can	MD
13111	108	55	be	be	VB
13111	108	56	decomposed	decompose	VBN
13111	108	57	into	into	IN
13111	108	58	a	a	DT
13111	108	59	series	series	NN
13111	108	60	of	of	IN
13111	108	61	simple	simple	JJ
13111	108	62	notes	note	NNS
13111	108	63	all	all	DT
13111	108	64	belonging	belong	VBG
13111	108	65	to	to	IN
13111	108	66	the	the	DT
13111	108	67	harmonic	harmonic	NNP
13111	108	68	series	series	NN
13111	108	69	.	.	.
13111	109	1	These	these	DT
13111	109	2	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	109	3	or	or	CC
13111	109	4	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	109	5	will	will	MD
13111	109	6	be	be	VB
13111	109	7	considered	consider	VBN
13111	109	8	later	later	RB
13111	109	9	when	when	WRB
13111	109	10	dealing	deal	VBG
13111	109	11	with	with	IN
13111	109	12	the	the	DT
13111	109	13	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	109	14	or	or	CC
13111	109	15	quality	quality	NN
13111	109	16	of	of	IN
13111	109	17	the	the	DT
13111	109	18	human	human	JJ
13111	109	19	voice	voice	NN
13111	109	20	.	.	.
13111	110	1	The	the	DT
13111	110	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	110	3	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	110	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	110	5	unlike	unlike	IN
13111	110	6	any	any	DT
13111	110	7	other	other	JJ
13111	110	8	musical	musical	JJ
13111	110	9	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	110	10	;	;	:
13111	110	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	110	12	most	most	RBS
13111	110	13	nearly	nearly	RB
13111	110	14	approaches	approach	VBZ
13111	110	15	a	a	DT
13111	110	16	reed	reed	NN
13111	110	17	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	110	18	.	.	.
13111	111	1	The	the	DT
13111	111	2	clarionet	clarionet	NN
13111	111	3	and	and	CC
13111	111	4	the	the	DT
13111	111	5	oboe	oboe	NN
13111	111	6	are	be	VBP
13111	111	7	examples	example	NNS
13111	111	8	of	of	IN
13111	111	9	reed	reed	NN
13111	111	10	instruments	instrument	NNS
13111	111	11	,	,	,
13111	111	12	in	in	IN
13111	111	13	which	which	WDT
13111	111	14	the	the	DT
13111	111	15	reed	reed	NN
13111	111	16	does	do	VBZ
13111	111	17	not	not	RB
13111	111	18	alter	alter	VB
13111	111	19	but	but	CC
13111	111	20	by	by	IN
13111	111	21	means	mean	NNS
13111	111	22	of	of	IN
13111	111	23	stops	stop	NNS
13111	111	24	the	the	DT
13111	111	25	length	length	NN
13111	111	26	of	of	IN
13111	111	27	the	the	DT
13111	111	28	column	column	NN
13111	111	29	of	of	IN
13111	111	30	air	air	NN
13111	111	31	in	in	IN
13111	111	32	the	the	DT
13111	111	33	resonating	resonate	VBG
13111	111	34	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	111	35	varies	vary	VBZ
13111	111	36	and	and	CC
13111	111	37	determines	determine	VBZ
13111	111	38	the	the	DT
13111	111	39	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	111	40	of	of	IN
13111	111	41	the	the	DT
13111	111	42	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	111	43	note	note	NN
13111	111	44	.	.	.
13111	112	1	The	the	DT
13111	112	2	organ	organ	NN
13111	112	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	112	4	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	112	5	with	with	IN
13111	112	6	the	the	DT
13111	112	7	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
13111	112	8	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	112	9	of	of	IN
13111	112	10	metal	metal	NN
13111	112	11	serving	serve	VBG
13111	112	12	as	as	IN
13111	112	13	the	the	DT
13111	112	14	reed	reed	NN
13111	112	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	112	16	perhaps	perhaps	RB
13111	112	17	the	the	DT
13111	112	18	nearest	near	JJS
13111	112	19	approach	approach	NN
13111	112	20	to	to	IN
13111	112	21	the	the	DT
13111	112	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	112	23	organ	organ	NN
13111	112	24	;	;	:
13111	112	25	but	but	CC
13111	112	26	here	here	RB
13111	112	27	again	again	RB
13111	112	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	112	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	112	30	the	the	DT
13111	112	31	length	length	NN
13111	112	32	of	of	IN
13111	112	33	the	the	DT
13111	112	34	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	112	35	which	which	WDT
13111	112	36	determines	determine	VBZ
13111	112	37	the	the	DT
13111	112	38	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	112	39	of	of	IN
13111	112	40	the	the	DT
13111	112	41	note	note	NN
13111	112	42	.	.	.
13111	113	1	The	the	DT
13111	113	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	113	3	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	113	4	may	may	MD
13111	113	5	be	be	VB
13111	113	6	said	say	VBN
13111	113	7	to	to	TO
13111	113	8	consist	consist	VB
13111	113	9	of	of	IN
13111	113	10	three	three	CD
13111	113	11	parts	part	NNS
13111	113	12	:	:	:
13111	113	13	(	(	-LRB-
13111	113	14	1	1	LS
13111	113	15	)	)	-RRB-
13111	113	16	the	the	DT
13111	113	17	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	113	18	;	;	:
13111	113	19	(	(	-LRB-
13111	113	20	2	2	LS
13111	113	21	)	)	-RRB-
13111	113	22	the	the	DT
13111	113	23	membranous	membranous	JJ
13111	113	24	reed	reed	NN
13111	113	25	contained	contain	VBN
13111	113	26	in	in	IN
13111	113	27	the	the	DT
13111	113	28	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	113	29	,	,	,
13111	113	30	which	which	WDT
13111	113	31	by	by	IN
13111	113	32	the	the	DT
13111	113	33	actions	action	NNS
13111	113	34	of	of	IN
13111	113	35	groups	group	NNS
13111	113	36	of	of	IN
13111	113	37	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	113	38	can	can	MD
13111	113	39	be	be	VB
13111	113	40	altered	alter	VBN
13111	113	41	in	in	IN
13111	113	42	tension	tension	NN
13111	113	43	and	and	CC
13111	113	44	thus	thus	RB
13111	113	45	variation	variation	NN
13111	113	46	in	in	IN
13111	113	47	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	113	48	determined	determine	VBD
13111	113	49	;	;	:
13111	113	50	(	(	-LRB-
13111	113	51	3	3	LS
13111	113	52	)	)	-RRB-
13111	113	53	the	the	DT
13111	113	54	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	113	55	,	,	,
13111	113	56	which	which	WDT
13111	113	57	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	113	58	of	of	IN
13111	113	59	the	the	DT
13111	113	60	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	113	61	,	,	,
13111	113	62	the	the	DT
13111	113	63	throat	throat	NN
13111	113	64	,	,	,
13111	113	65	the	the	DT
13111	113	66	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	113	67	,	,	,
13111	113	68	the	the	DT
13111	113	69	nose	nose	NN
13111	113	70	,	,	,
13111	113	71	and	and	CC
13111	113	72	air	air	NN
13111	113	73	sinuses	sinus	NNS
13111	113	74	contained	contain	VBN
13111	113	75	in	in	IN
13111	113	76	the	the	DT
13111	113	77	bones	bone	NNS
13111	113	78	of	of	IN
13111	113	79	the	the	DT
13111	113	80	skull	skull	NN
13111	113	81	,	,	,
13111	113	82	also	also	RB
13111	113	83	the	the	DT
13111	113	84	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	113	85	,	,	,
13111	113	86	the	the	DT
13111	113	87	bronchial	bronchial	JJ
13111	113	88	tubes	tube	NNS
13111	113	89	,	,	,
13111	113	90	and	and	CC
13111	113	91	the	the	DT
13111	113	92	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	113	93	.	.	.
13111	114	1	The	the	DT
13111	114	2	main	main	JJ
13111	114	3	and	and	CC
13111	114	4	important	important	JJ
13111	114	5	part	part	NN
13111	114	6	of	of	IN
13111	114	7	the	the	DT
13111	114	8	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	114	9	,	,	,
13111	114	10	however	however	RB
13111	114	11	,	,	,
13111	114	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	114	13	situated	situate	VBN
13111	114	14	above	above	IN
13111	114	15	the	the	DT
13111	114	16	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	114	17	(	(	-LRB-
13111	114	18	the	the	DT
13111	114	19	opening	opening	NN
13111	114	20	between	between	IN
13111	114	21	the	the	DT
13111	114	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	114	23	cords	cord	NNS
13111	114	24	,	,	,
13111	114	25	_	_	NNP
13111	114	26	vide	vide	NN
13111	114	27	_	_	NNP
13111	114	28	fig	fig	NN
13111	114	29	.	.	.
13111	115	1	6	6	LS
13111	115	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	115	3	,	,	,
13111	115	4	and	and	CC
13111	115	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	115	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	115	7	capable	capable	JJ
13111	115	8	of	of	IN
13111	115	9	only	only	JJ
13111	115	10	slight	slight	JJ
13111	115	11	variations	variation	NNS
13111	115	12	in	in	IN
13111	115	13	length	length	NN
13111	115	14	and	and	CC
13111	115	15	of	of	IN
13111	115	16	many	many	JJ
13111	115	17	and	and	CC
13111	115	18	important	important	JJ
13111	115	19	variations	variation	NNS
13111	115	20	in	in	IN
13111	115	21	form	form	NN
13111	115	22	.	.	.
13111	116	1	In	in	IN
13111	116	2	the	the	DT
13111	116	3	production	production	NN
13111	116	4	of	of	IN
13111	116	5	musical	musical	JJ
13111	116	6	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	116	7	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	116	8	chief	chief	JJ
13111	116	9	influence	influence	NN
13111	116	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	116	11	upon	upon	IN
13111	116	12	the	the	DT
13111	116	13	quality	quality	NN
13111	116	14	of	of	IN
13111	116	15	the	the	DT
13111	116	16	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	116	17	and	and	CC
13111	116	18	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	116	19	upon	upon	IN
13111	116	20	the	the	DT
13111	116	21	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	116	22	of	of	IN
13111	116	23	the	the	DT
13111	116	24	voice	voice	NN
13111	116	25	;	;	:
13111	116	26	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	116	27	,	,	,
13111	116	28	the	the	DT
13111	116	29	movable	movable	JJ
13111	116	30	structures	structure	NNS
13111	116	31	of	of	IN
13111	116	32	the	the	DT
13111	116	33	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	116	34	,	,	,
13111	116	35	the	the	DT
13111	116	36	lower	low	JJR
13111	116	37	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	116	38	,	,	,
13111	116	39	the	the	DT
13111	116	40	lips	lip	NNS
13111	116	41	,	,	,
13111	116	42	the	the	DT
13111	116	43	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	116	44	,	,	,
13111	116	45	the	the	DT
13111	116	46	soft	soft	JJ
13111	116	47	palate	palate	NN
13111	116	48	,	,	,
13111	116	49	can	can	MD
13111	116	50	,	,	,
13111	116	51	by	by	IN
13111	116	52	changing	change	VBG
13111	116	53	the	the	DT
13111	116	54	form	form	NN
13111	116	55	of	of	IN
13111	116	56	the	the	DT
13111	116	57	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	116	58	,	,	,
13111	116	59	not	not	RB
13111	116	60	only	only	RB
13111	116	61	impress	impress	VB
13111	116	62	upon	upon	IN
13111	116	63	the	the	DT
13111	116	64	sound	sound	NN
13111	116	65	waves	wave	NNS
13111	116	66	particular	particular	JJ
13111	116	67	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	116	68	as	as	IN
13111	116	69	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	116	70	issue	issue	VBP
13111	116	71	from	from	IN
13111	116	72	the	the	DT
13111	116	73	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	116	74	,	,	,
13111	116	75	but	but	CC
13111	116	76	simultaneously	simultaneously	RB
13111	116	77	can	can	MD
13111	116	78	effect	effect	VB
13111	116	79	the	the	DT
13111	116	80	combination	combination	NN
13111	116	81	of	of	IN
13111	116	82	vowels	vowel	NNS
13111	116	83	and	and	CC
13111	116	84	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	116	85	with	with	IN
13111	116	86	the	the	DT
13111	116	87	formation	formation	NN
13111	116	88	of	of	IN
13111	116	89	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	116	90	,	,	,
13111	116	91	the	the	DT
13111	116	92	combination	combination	NN
13111	116	93	of	of	IN
13111	116	94	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	116	95	with	with	IN
13111	116	96	the	the	DT
13111	116	97	formation	formation	NN
13111	116	98	of	of	IN
13111	116	99	words	word	NNS
13111	116	100	,	,	,
13111	116	101	and	and	CC
13111	116	102	the	the	DT
13111	116	103	combination	combination	NN
13111	116	104	of	of	IN
13111	116	105	words	word	NNS
13111	116	106	with	with	IN
13111	116	107	the	the	DT
13111	116	108	formation	formation	NN
13111	116	109	of	of	IN
13111	116	110	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	116	111	language	language	NN
13111	116	112	.	.	.
13111	117	1	The	the	DT
13111	117	2	reed	reed	NN
13111	117	3	portion	portion	NN
13111	117	4	of	of	IN
13111	117	5	the	the	DT
13111	117	6	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	117	7	acting	act	VBG
13111	117	8	alone	alone	RB
13111	117	9	can	can	MD
13111	117	10	only	only	RB
13111	117	11	express	express	VB
13111	117	12	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	117	13	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	117	14	;	;	:
13111	117	15	the	the	DT
13111	117	16	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	117	17	,	,	,
13111	117	18	the	the	DT
13111	117	19	effector	effector	NN
13111	117	20	of	of	IN
13111	117	21	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	117	22	speech	speech	NN
13111	117	23	,	,	,
13111	117	24	is	be	VBZ
13111	117	25	the	the	DT
13111	117	26	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	117	27	of	of	IN
13111	117	28	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	117	29	,	,	,
13111	117	30	will	will	MD
13111	117	31	,	,	,
13111	117	32	and	and	CC
13111	117	33	feeling	feel	VBG
13111	117	34	.	.	.
13111	118	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	118	2	must	must	MD
13111	118	3	not	not	RB
13111	118	4	,	,	,
13111	118	5	however	however	RB
13111	118	6	,	,	,
13111	118	7	be	be	VB
13111	118	8	thought	think	VBN
13111	118	9	that	that	IN
13111	118	10	the	the	DT
13111	118	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	118	12	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	118	13	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	118	14	of	of	IN
13111	118	15	two	two	CD
13111	118	16	separately	separately	RB
13111	118	17	usable	usable	JJ
13111	118	18	parts	part	NNS
13111	118	19	,	,	,
13111	118	20	for	for	IN
13111	118	21	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	118	22	(	(	-LRB-
13111	118	23	except	except	IN
13111	118	24	in	in	IN
13111	118	25	the	the	DT
13111	118	26	whispered	whisper	VBN
13111	118	27	voice	voice	NN
13111	118	28	)	)	-RRB-
13111	118	29	always	always	RB
13111	118	30	accompanies	accompany	VBZ
13111	118	31	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	118	32	.	.	.
13111	119	1	In	in	IN
13111	119	2	speech	speech	NN
13111	119	3	,	,	,
13111	119	4	and	and	CC
13111	119	5	more	more	RBR
13111	119	6	especially	especially	RB
13111	119	7	in	in	IN
13111	119	8	singing	singing	NN
13111	119	9	,	,	,
13111	119	10	there	there	EX
13111	119	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	119	12	an	an	DT
13111	119	13	art	art	NN
13111	119	14	of	of	IN
13111	119	15	breathing	breathe	VBG
13111	119	16	.	.	.
13111	120	1	Ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	120	2	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	120	3	and	and	CC
13111	120	4	expiration	expiration	NN
13111	120	5	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	120	6	for	for	IN
13111	120	7	the	the	DT
13111	120	8	oxygenation	oxygenation	NN
13111	120	9	of	of	IN
13111	120	10	the	the	DT
13111	120	11	blood	blood	NN
13111	120	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	120	13	performed	perform	VBN
13111	120	14	automatically	automatically	RB
13111	120	15	and	and	CC
13111	120	16	unconsciously	unconsciously	RB
13111	120	17	.	.	.
13111	121	1	But	but	CC
13111	121	2	in	in	IN
13111	121	3	singing	singe	VBG
13111	121	4	the	the	DT
13111	121	5	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	121	6	apparatus	apparatus	NN
13111	121	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	121	8	used	use	VBN
13111	121	9	like	like	IN
13111	121	10	the	the	DT
13111	121	11	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	121	12	of	of	IN
13111	121	13	a	a	DT
13111	121	14	musical	musical	JJ
13111	121	15	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	121	16	,	,	,
13111	121	17	and	and	CC
13111	121	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	121	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	121	20	controlled	control	VBN
13111	121	21	and	and	CC
13111	121	22	directed	direct	VBN
13111	121	23	by	by	IN
13111	121	24	the	the	DT
13111	121	25	will	will	NN
13111	121	26	;	;	:
13111	121	27	the	the	DT
13111	121	28	art	art	NN
13111	121	29	of	of	IN
13111	121	30	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	121	31	properly	properly	RB
13111	121	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	121	33	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	121	34	for	for	IN
13111	121	35	the	the	DT
13111	121	36	proper	proper	JJ
13111	121	37	production	production	NN
13111	121	38	of	of	IN
13111	121	39	the	the	DT
13111	121	40	singing	singing	NN
13111	121	41	voice	voice	NN
13111	121	42	and	and	CC
13111	121	43	the	the	DT
13111	121	44	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	121	45	voice	voice	NN
13111	121	46	of	of	IN
13111	121	47	the	the	DT
13111	121	48	orator	orator	NN
13111	121	49	.	.	.
13111	122	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	122	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	122	3	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	122	4	always	always	RB
13111	122	5	to	to	TO
13111	122	6	maintain	maintain	VB
13111	122	7	in	in	IN
13111	122	8	the	the	DT
13111	122	9	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	122	10	,	,	,
13111	122	11	which	which	WDT
13111	122	12	act	act	VBP
13111	122	13	as	as	IN
13111	122	14	the	the	DT
13111	122	15	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	122	16	,	,	,
13111	122	17	a	a	DT
13111	122	18	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
13111	122	19	reserve	reserve	NN
13111	122	20	of	of	IN
13111	122	21	air	air	NN
13111	122	22	to	to	TO
13111	122	23	finish	finish	VB
13111	122	24	a	a	DT
13111	122	25	phrase	phrase	NN
13111	122	26	;	;	:
13111	122	27	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	122	28	when	when	WRB
13111	122	29	the	the	DT
13111	122	30	opportunity	opportunity	NN
13111	122	31	arises	arise	VBZ
13111	122	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	122	33	is	be	VBZ
13111	122	34	desirable	desirable	JJ
13111	122	35	to	to	TO
13111	122	36	take	take	VB
13111	122	37	in	in	RP
13111	122	38	as	as	RB
13111	122	39	much	much	JJ
13111	122	40	air	air	NN
13111	122	41	as	as	IN
13111	122	42	possible	possible	JJ
13111	122	43	through	through	IN
13111	122	44	the	the	DT
13111	122	45	nostrils	nostril	NNS
13111	122	46	,	,	,
13111	122	47	and	and	CC
13111	122	48	without	without	IN
13111	122	49	any	any	DT
13111	122	50	apparent	apparent	JJ
13111	122	51	effort	effort	NN
13111	122	52	;	;	:
13111	122	53	the	the	DT
13111	122	54	expenditure	expenditure	NN
13111	122	55	of	of	IN
13111	122	56	the	the	DT
13111	122	57	air	air	NN
13111	122	58	in	in	IN
13111	122	59	the	the	DT
13111	122	60	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	122	61	must	must	MD
13111	122	62	be	be	VB
13111	122	63	controlled	control	VBN
13111	122	64	and	and	CC
13111	122	65	regulated	regulate	VBN
13111	122	66	by	by	IN
13111	122	67	the	the	DT
13111	122	68	power	power	NN
13111	122	69	of	of	IN
13111	122	70	the	the	DT
13111	122	71	will	will	NN
13111	122	72	in	in	IN
13111	122	73	such	such	PDT
13111	122	74	a	a	DT
13111	122	75	manner	manner	NN
13111	122	76	as	as	IN
13111	122	77	to	to	TO
13111	122	78	produce	produce	VB
13111	122	79	efficiency	efficiency	NN
13111	122	80	in	in	IN
13111	122	81	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	122	82	with	with	IN
13111	122	83	economy	economy	NN
13111	122	84	of	of	IN
13111	122	85	expenditure	expenditure	NN
13111	122	86	.	.	.
13111	123	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	123	2	must	must	MD
13111	123	3	be	be	VB
13111	123	4	remembered	remember	VBN
13111	123	5	,	,	,
13111	123	6	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	123	7	,	,	,
13111	123	8	that	that	IN
13111	123	9	mere	mere	JJ
13111	123	10	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	123	11	of	of	IN
13111	123	12	sound	sound	NN
13111	123	13	does	do	VBZ
13111	123	14	not	not	RB
13111	123	15	necessarily	necessarily	RB
13111	123	16	imply	imply	VB
13111	123	17	carrying	carry	VBG
13111	123	18	power	power	NN
13111	123	19	of	of	IN
13111	123	20	the	the	DT
13111	123	21	voice	voice	NN
13111	123	22	,	,	,
13111	123	23	either	either	CC
13111	123	24	when	when	WRB
13111	123	25	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	123	26	or	or	CC
13111	123	27	singing	singe	VBG
13111	123	28	.	.	.
13111	124	1	Carrying	carry	VBG
13111	124	2	power	power	NN
13111	124	3	,	,	,
13111	124	4	as	as	IN
13111	124	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	124	6	shall	shall	MD
13111	124	7	see	see	VB
13111	124	8	later	later	RBR
13111	124	9	,	,	,
13111	124	10	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	124	11	as	as	RB
13111	124	12	much	much	JJ
13111	124	13	upon	upon	IN
13111	124	14	the	the	DT
13111	124	15	proper	proper	JJ
13111	124	16	use	use	NN
13111	124	17	of	of	IN
13111	124	18	the	the	DT
13111	124	19	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	124	20	as	as	IN
13111	124	21	upon	upon	IN
13111	124	22	the	the	DT
13111	124	23	force	force	NN
13111	124	24	of	of	IN
13111	124	25	expulsion	expulsion	NN
13111	124	26	of	of	IN
13111	124	27	the	the	DT
13111	124	28	air	air	NN
13111	124	29	by	by	IN
13111	124	30	the	the	DT
13111	124	31	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	124	32	.	.	.
13111	125	1	Again	again	RB
13111	125	2	,	,	,
13111	125	3	a	a	DT
13111	125	4	soft	soft	JJ
13111	125	5	note	note	NN
13111	125	6	,	,	,
13111	125	7	especially	especially	RB
13111	125	8	an	an	DT
13111	125	9	aspirate	aspirate	NN
13111	125	10	,	,	,
13111	125	11	owing	owe	VBG
13111	125	12	to	to	IN
13111	125	13	the	the	DT
13111	125	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	125	15	chink	chink	NN
13111	125	16	being	be	VBG
13111	125	17	widely	widely	RB
13111	125	18	opened	open	VBN
13111	125	19	,	,	,
13111	125	20	may	may	MD
13111	125	21	be	be	VB
13111	125	22	the	the	DT
13111	125	23	cause	cause	NN
13111	125	24	of	of	IN
13111	125	25	an	an	DT
13111	125	26	expenditure	expenditure	NN
13111	125	27	of	of	IN
13111	125	28	a	a	DT
13111	125	29	larger	large	JJR
13111	125	30	amount	amount	NN
13111	125	31	of	of	IN
13111	125	32	air	air	NN
13111	125	33	than	than	IN
13111	125	34	a	a	DT
13111	125	35	loud	loud	RB
13111	125	36	-	-	HYPH
13111	125	37	sounding	sound	VBG
13111	125	38	note	note	NN
13111	125	39	.	.	.
13111	126	1	Observations	observation	NNS
13111	126	2	upon	upon	IN
13111	126	3	anencephalous	anencephalous	JJ
13111	126	4	monsters	monster	NNS
13111	126	5	(	(	-LRB-
13111	126	6	infants	infant	NNS
13111	126	7	born	bear	VBN
13111	126	8	without	without	IN
13111	126	9	the	the	DT
13111	126	10	great	great	JJ
13111	126	11	brain	brain	NN
13111	126	12	)	)	-RRB-
13111	126	13	show	show	VBP
13111	126	14	that	that	IN
13111	126	15	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	126	16	and	and	CC
13111	126	17	crying	crying	NN
13111	126	18	can	can	MD
13111	126	19	occur	occur	VB
13111	126	20	without	without	IN
13111	126	21	the	the	DT
13111	126	22	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	126	23	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	126	24	;	;	:
13111	126	25	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	126	26	,	,	,
13111	126	27	Goltz	Goltz	NNP
13111	126	28	's	's	POS
13111	126	29	dog	dog	NN
13111	126	30	,	,	,
13111	126	31	in	in	IN
13111	126	32	which	which	WDT
13111	126	33	all	all	PDT
13111	126	34	the	the	DT
13111	126	35	brain	brain	NN
13111	126	36	had	have	VBD
13111	126	37	been	be	VBN
13111	126	38	removed	remove	VBN
13111	126	39	except	except	IN
13111	126	40	the	the	DT
13111	126	41	stem	stem	NN
13111	126	42	and	and	CC
13111	126	43	base	base	NN
13111	126	44	,	,	,
13111	126	45	was	be	VBD
13111	126	46	able	able	JJ
13111	126	47	to	to	TO
13111	126	48	bark	bark	VB
13111	126	49	,	,	,
13111	126	50	growl	growl	NN
13111	126	51	,	,	,
13111	126	52	and	and	CC
13111	126	53	snarl	snarl	NN
13111	126	54	,	,	,
13111	126	55	indicating	indicate	VBG
13111	126	56	that	that	IN
13111	126	57	the	the	DT
13111	126	58	primitive	primitive	JJ
13111	126	59	function	function	NN
13111	126	60	of	of	IN
13111	126	61	the	the	DT
13111	126	62	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	126	63	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	126	64	can	can	MD
13111	126	65	be	be	VB
13111	126	66	performed	perform	VBN
13111	126	67	by	by	IN
13111	126	68	the	the	DT
13111	126	69	lower	low	JJR
13111	126	70	centres	centre	NNS
13111	126	71	of	of	IN
13111	126	72	the	the	DT
13111	126	73	brain	brain	NN
13111	126	74	situated	situate	VBN
13111	126	75	in	in	IN
13111	126	76	the	the	DT
13111	126	77	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	126	78	oblongata	oblongata	NN
13111	126	79	.	.	.
13111	127	1	But	but	CC
13111	127	2	the	the	DT
13111	127	3	animal	animal	NN
13111	127	4	growled	growl	VBD
13111	127	5	and	and	CC
13111	127	6	barked	bark	VBD
13111	127	7	when	when	WRB
13111	127	8	the	the	DT
13111	127	9	attendant	attendant	NN
13111	127	10	,	,	,
13111	127	11	who	who	WP
13111	127	12	fed	feed	VBD
13111	127	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	127	14	daily	daily	RB
13111	127	15	,	,	,
13111	127	16	approached	approach	VBN
13111	127	17	to	to	TO
13111	127	18	give	give	VB
13111	127	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	127	20	food	food	NN
13111	127	21	,	,	,
13111	127	22	which	which	WDT
13111	127	23	was	be	VBD
13111	127	24	a	a	DT
13111	127	25	clear	clear	JJ
13111	127	26	indication	indication	NN
13111	127	27	that	that	IN
13111	127	28	the	the	DT
13111	127	29	bark	bark	NN
13111	127	30	and	and	CC
13111	127	31	growl	growl	NN
13111	127	32	had	have	VBD
13111	127	33	lost	lose	VBN
13111	127	34	both	both	DT
13111	127	35	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	127	36	affective	affective	JJ
13111	127	37	and	and	CC
13111	127	38	cognitive	cognitive	JJ
13111	127	39	significance	significance	NN
13111	127	40	;	;	:
13111	127	41	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	127	42	was	be	VBD
13111	127	43	,	,	,
13111	127	44	indeed	indeed	RB
13111	127	45	,	,	,
13111	127	46	a	a	DT
13111	127	47	purely	purely	RB
13111	127	48	automatic	automatic	JJ
13111	127	49	reflex	reflex	JJ
13111	127	50	action	action	NN
13111	127	51	.	.	.
13111	128	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	128	2	was	be	VBD
13111	128	3	dependent	dependent	JJ
13111	128	4	upon	upon	IN
13111	128	5	a	a	DT
13111	128	6	stimulus	stimulus	NN
13111	128	7	arousing	arouse	VBG
13111	128	8	an	an	DT
13111	128	9	excitation	excitation	NN
13111	128	10	in	in	IN
13111	128	11	an	an	DT
13111	128	12	instinctive	instinctive	JJ
13111	128	13	automatic	automatic	JJ
13111	128	14	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	128	15	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	128	16	in	in	IN
13111	128	17	the	the	DT
13111	128	18	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	128	19	oblongata	oblongata	NN
13111	128	20	and	and	CC
13111	128	21	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	128	22	cord	cord	NN
13111	128	23	presiding	preside	VBG
13111	128	24	over	over	IN
13111	128	25	synergic	synergic	JJ
13111	128	26	groups	group	NNS
13111	128	27	of	of	IN
13111	128	28	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	128	29	habitually	habitually	RB
13111	128	30	brought	bring	VBN
13111	128	31	into	into	IN
13111	128	32	action	action	NN
13111	128	33	for	for	IN
13111	128	34	this	this	DT
13111	128	35	simplest	simple	JJS
13111	128	36	form	form	NN
13111	128	37	of	of	IN
13111	128	38	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	128	39	,	,	,
13111	128	40	connected	connect	VBN
13111	128	41	with	with	IN
13111	128	42	the	the	DT
13111	128	43	primitive	primitive	JJ
13111	128	44	emotion	emotion	NN
13111	128	45	of	of	IN
13111	128	46	anger	anger	NN
13111	128	47	.	.	.
13111	129	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	129	2	will	will	MD
13111	129	3	now	now	RB
13111	129	4	consider	consider	VB
13111	129	5	at	at	IN
13111	129	6	greater	great	JJR
13111	129	7	length	length	NN
13111	129	8	each	each	DT
13111	129	9	part	part	NN
13111	129	10	of	of	IN
13111	129	11	the	the	DT
13111	129	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	129	13	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	129	14	.	.	.
13111	130	1	I.	I.	NNP
13111	131	1	THE	the	DT
13111	131	2	BELLOWS	BELLOWS	NNP
13111	131	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	131	4	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	131	5	:	:	:
13111	131	6	Fig	fig	NN
13111	131	7	1	1	CD
13111	131	8	]	]	-RRB-
13111	131	9	[	[	-LRB-
13111	131	10	Description	description	NN
13111	131	11	:	:	:
13111	131	12	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	131	13	.	.	.
13111	132	1	1.--Front	1.--front	CD
13111	132	2	view	view	NN
13111	132	3	of	of	IN
13111	132	4	the	the	DT
13111	132	5	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	132	6	showing	show	VBG
13111	132	7	the	the	DT
13111	132	8	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	132	9	,	,	,
13111	132	10	to	to	TO
13111	132	11	which	which	WDT
13111	132	12	on	on	IN
13111	132	13	either	either	DT
13111	132	14	side	side	NN
13111	132	15	are	be	VBP
13111	132	16	attached	attach	VBN
13111	132	17	the	the	DT
13111	132	18	(	(	-LRB-
13111	132	19	shaded	shaded	JJ
13111	132	20	)	)	-RRB-
13111	132	21	rib	rib	NN
13111	132	22	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	132	23	.	.	.
13111	133	1	The	the	DT
13111	133	2	remainder	remainder	NN
13111	133	3	of	of	IN
13111	133	4	the	the	DT
13111	133	5	thoracic	thoracic	NNP
13111	133	6	cage	cage	NN
13111	133	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	133	8	formed	form	VBN
13111	133	9	by	by	IN
13111	133	10	the	the	DT
13111	133	11	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	133	12	attached	attach	VBN
13111	133	13	behind	behind	RB
13111	133	14	to	to	IN
13111	133	15	the	the	DT
13111	133	16	spine	spine	NN
13111	133	17	,	,	,
13111	133	18	which	which	WDT
13111	133	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	133	20	only	only	RB
13111	133	21	seen	see	VBN
13111	133	22	below	below	RB
13111	133	23	.	.	.
13111	134	1	The	the	DT
13111	134	2	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	134	3	are	be	VBP
13111	134	4	represented	represent	VBN
13111	134	5	filling	fill	VBG
13111	134	6	the	the	DT
13111	134	7	chest	chest	NN
13111	134	8	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	134	9	,	,	,
13111	134	10	except	except	IN
13111	134	11	a	a	DT
13111	134	12	little	little	JJ
13111	134	13	to	to	IN
13111	134	14	the	the	DT
13111	134	15	left	left	NN
13111	134	16	of	of	IN
13111	134	17	the	the	DT
13111	134	18	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	134	19	,	,	,
13111	134	20	below	below	IN
13111	134	21	where	where	WRB
13111	134	22	the	the	DT
13111	134	23	pericardium	pericardium	NN
13111	134	24	is	be	VBZ
13111	134	25	shown	show	VBN
13111	134	26	(	(	-LRB-
13111	134	27	black	black	JJ
13111	134	28	)	)	-RRB-
13111	134	29	.	.	.
13111	135	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	135	2	can	can	MD
13111	135	3	be	be	VB
13111	135	4	seen	see	VBN
13111	135	5	that	that	IN
13111	135	6	the	the	DT
13111	135	7	ribs	ribs	NNP
13111	135	8	slope	slope	NN
13111	135	9	forwards	forwards	RB
13111	135	10	and	and	CC
13111	135	11	downwards	downwards	RB
13111	135	12	,	,	,
13111	135	13	and	and	CC
13111	135	14	that	that	IN
13111	135	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	135	16	increase	increase	VBP
13111	135	17	in	in	IN
13111	135	18	length	length	NN
13111	135	19	from	from	IN
13111	135	20	above	above	RB
13111	135	21	downwards	downwards	RB
13111	135	22	,	,	,
13111	135	23	so	so	IN
13111	135	24	that	that	IN
13111	135	25	if	if	IN
13111	135	26	elevated	elevate	VBN
13111	135	27	by	by	IN
13111	135	28	the	the	DT
13111	135	29	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	135	30	attached	attach	VBN
13111	135	31	to	to	IN
13111	135	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	135	33	,	,	,
13111	135	34	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	135	35	will	will	MD
13111	135	36	tend	tend	VB
13111	135	37	to	to	TO
13111	135	38	push	push	VB
13111	135	39	forward	forward	RB
13111	135	40	the	the	DT
13111	135	41	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	135	42	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	135	43	and	and	CC
13111	135	44	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	135	45	and	and	CC
13111	135	46	so	so	RB
13111	135	47	increase	increase	VB
13111	135	48	the	the	DT
13111	135	49	antero	antero	NNP
13111	135	50	-	-	HYPH
13111	135	51	posterior	posterior	NN
13111	135	52	diameter	diameter	NN
13111	135	53	of	of	IN
13111	135	54	the	the	DT
13111	135	55	chest	chest	NN
13111	135	56	;	;	:
13111	135	57	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	135	58	,	,	,
13111	135	59	the	the	DT
13111	135	60	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	135	61	being	be	VBG
13111	135	62	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	135	63	will	will	MD
13111	135	64	tend	tend	VB
13111	135	65	to	to	TO
13111	135	66	give	give	VB
13111	135	67	a	a	DT
13111	135	68	little	little	JJ
13111	135	69	at	at	IN
13111	135	70	the	the	DT
13111	135	71	angle	angle	NN
13111	135	72	,	,	,
13111	135	73	and	and	CC
13111	135	74	so	so	RB
13111	135	75	the	the	DT
13111	135	76	lateral	lateral	JJ
13111	135	77	diameter	diameter	NN
13111	135	78	of	of	IN
13111	135	79	the	the	DT
13111	135	80	chest	chest	NN
13111	135	81	will	will	MD
13111	135	82	be	be	VB
13111	135	83	increased	increase	VBN
13111	135	84	.	.	.
13111	135	85	]	]	-RRB-
13111	136	1	The	the	DT
13111	136	2	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	136	3	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	136	4	of	of	IN
13111	136	5	the	the	DT
13111	136	6	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	136	7	enclosed	enclose	VBN
13111	136	8	in	in	IN
13111	136	9	the	the	DT
13111	136	10	movable	movable	JJ
13111	136	11	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	136	12	.	.	.
13111	137	1	The	the	DT
13111	137	2	latter	latter	JJ
13111	137	3	may	may	MD
13111	137	4	be	be	VB
13111	137	5	likened	liken	VBN
13111	137	6	to	to	IN
13111	137	7	a	a	DT
13111	137	8	cage	cage	NN
13111	137	9	;	;	:
13111	137	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	137	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	137	12	formed	form	VBN
13111	137	13	by	by	IN
13111	137	14	the	the	DT
13111	137	15	spine	spine	NN
13111	137	16	behind	behind	RB
13111	137	17	and	and	CC
13111	137	18	the	the	DT
13111	137	19	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	137	20	,	,	,
13111	137	21	which	which	WDT
13111	137	22	are	be	VBP
13111	137	23	attached	attach	VBN
13111	137	24	by	by	IN
13111	137	25	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	137	26	to	to	IN
13111	137	27	the	the	DT
13111	137	28	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	137	29	(	(	-LRB-
13111	137	30	sternum	sternum	NNP
13111	137	31	)	)	-RRB-
13111	137	32	in	in	IN
13111	137	33	front	front	NN
13111	137	34	(	(	-LRB-
13111	137	35	_	_	NNP
13111	137	36	vide	vide	NN
13111	137	37	_	_	NNP
13111	137	38	fig	fig	NN
13111	137	39	.	.	.
13111	138	1	1	1	LS
13111	138	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	138	3	.	.	.
13111	139	1	The	the	DT
13111	139	2	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	139	3	and	and	CC
13111	139	4	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	139	5	,	,	,
13111	139	6	as	as	IN
13111	139	7	the	the	DT
13111	139	8	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	139	9	shows	show	NNS
13111	139	10	,	,	,
13111	139	11	form	form	VBP
13111	139	12	a	a	DT
13111	139	13	series	series	NN
13111	139	14	of	of	IN
13111	139	15	hoops	hoop	NNS
13111	139	16	which	which	WDT
13111	139	17	increase	increase	VBP
13111	139	18	in	in	IN
13111	139	19	length	length	NN
13111	139	20	from	from	IN
13111	139	21	above	above	IN
13111	139	22	downwards	downwards	RB
13111	139	23	;	;	:
13111	139	24	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	139	25	,	,	,
13111	139	26	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	139	27	slope	slope	VBP
13111	139	28	obliquely	obliquely	RB
13111	139	29	downwards	downwards	RB
13111	139	30	and	and	CC
13111	139	31	inwards	inward	NNS
13111	139	32	(	(	-LRB-
13111	139	33	_	_	NNP
13111	139	34	vide	vide	NN
13111	139	35	_	_	NNP
13111	139	36	fig	fig	NN
13111	139	37	.	.	.
13111	140	1	2	2	LS
13111	140	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	140	3	.	.	.
13111	141	1	The	the	DT
13111	141	2	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	141	3	are	be	VBP
13111	141	4	jointed	joint	VBN
13111	141	5	behind	behind	RB
13111	141	6	to	to	IN
13111	141	7	the	the	DT
13111	141	8	vertebrae	vertebra	NNS
13111	141	9	in	in	IN
13111	141	10	such	such	PDT
13111	141	11	a	a	DT
13111	141	12	way	way	NN
13111	141	13	that	that	WDT
13111	141	14	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	141	15	attached	attach	VBN
13111	141	16	to	to	IN
13111	141	17	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	141	18	can	can	MD
13111	141	19	,	,	,
13111	141	20	by	by	IN
13111	141	21	shortening	shorten	VBG
13111	141	22	,	,	,
13111	141	23	elevate	elevate	VB
13111	141	24	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	141	25	;	;	:
13111	141	26	the	the	DT
13111	141	27	effect	effect	NN
13111	141	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	141	29	that	that	IN
13111	141	30	the	the	DT
13111	141	31	longer	long	JJR
13111	141	32	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	141	33	are	be	VBP
13111	141	34	raised	raise	VBN
13111	141	35	,	,	,
13111	141	36	and	and	CC
13111	141	37	pushing	push	VBG
13111	141	38	forward	forward	RP
13111	141	39	the	the	DT
13111	141	40	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	141	41	and	and	CC
13111	141	42	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	141	43	,	,	,
13111	141	44	the	the	DT
13111	141	45	thoracic	thoracic	NN
13111	141	46	cage	cage	NN
13111	141	47	enlarges	enlarge	NNS
13111	141	48	from	from	IN
13111	141	49	before	before	RB
13111	141	50	back	back	RB
13111	141	51	;	;	:
13111	141	52	but	but	CC
13111	141	53	being	be	VBG
13111	141	54	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	141	55	,	,	,
13111	141	56	the	the	DT
13111	141	57	hoops	hoop	NNS
13111	141	58	will	will	MD
13111	141	59	give	give	VB
13111	141	60	a	a	DT
13111	141	61	little	little	JJ
13111	141	62	and	and	CC
13111	141	63	cause	cause	VB
13111	141	64	some	some	DT
13111	141	65	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	141	66	from	from	IN
13111	141	67	side	side	NN
13111	141	68	to	to	IN
13111	141	69	side	side	NN
13111	141	70	;	;	:
13111	141	71	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	141	72	,	,	,
13111	141	73	when	when	WRB
13111	141	74	the	the	DT
13111	141	75	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	141	76	are	be	VBP
13111	141	77	raised	raise	VBN
13111	141	78	,	,	,
13111	141	79	each	each	DT
13111	141	80	one	one	NN
13111	141	81	is	be	VBZ
13111	141	82	rotated	rotate	VBN
13111	141	83	on	on	IN
13111	141	84	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	141	85	axis	axis	NN
13111	141	86	in	in	IN
13111	141	87	such	such	PDT
13111	141	88	a	a	DT
13111	141	89	way	way	NN
13111	141	90	that	that	WDT
13111	141	91	the	the	DT
13111	141	92	lower	low	JJR
13111	141	93	border	border	NN
13111	141	94	tends	tend	VBZ
13111	141	95	towards	towards	IN
13111	141	96	eversion	eversion	NN
13111	141	97	;	;	:
13111	141	98	the	the	DT
13111	141	99	total	total	JJ
13111	141	100	effect	effect	NN
13111	141	101	of	of	IN
13111	141	102	this	this	DT
13111	141	103	rotation	rotation	NN
13111	141	104	is	be	VBZ
13111	141	105	a	a	DT
13111	141	106	lateral	lateral	JJ
13111	141	107	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	141	108	of	of	IN
13111	141	109	the	the	DT
13111	141	110	whole	whole	JJ
13111	141	111	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	141	112	.	.	.
13111	142	1	Between	between	IN
13111	142	2	the	the	DT
13111	142	3	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	142	4	and	and	CC
13111	142	5	the	the	DT
13111	142	6	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	142	7	the	the	DT
13111	142	8	space	space	NN
13111	142	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	142	10	filled	fill	VBN
13111	142	11	by	by	IN
13111	142	12	the	the	DT
13111	142	13	intercostal	intercostal	JJ
13111	142	14	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	142	15	(	(	-LRB-
13111	142	16	_	_	NNP
13111	142	17	vide	vide	NN
13111	142	18	_	_	NNP
13111	142	19	fig	fig	NN
13111	142	20	.	.	.
13111	143	1	2	2	LS
13111	143	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	143	3	,	,	,
13111	143	4	the	the	DT
13111	143	5	action	action	NN
13111	143	6	of	of	IN
13111	143	7	which	which	WDT
13111	143	8	,	,	,
13111	143	9	in	in	IN
13111	143	10	conjunction	conjunction	NN
13111	143	11	with	with	IN
13111	143	12	other	other	JJ
13111	143	13	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	143	14	,	,	,
13111	143	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	143	16	to	to	TO
13111	143	17	elevate	elevate	VB
13111	143	18	the	the	DT
13111	143	19	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	143	20	.	.	.
13111	144	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	144	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	144	3	,	,	,
13111	144	4	however	however	RB
13111	144	5	,	,	,
13111	144	6	unnecessary	unnecessary	JJ
13111	144	7	to	to	TO
13111	144	8	enter	enter	VB
13111	144	9	into	into	IN
13111	144	10	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
13111	144	11	details	detail	NNS
13111	144	12	,	,	,
13111	144	13	and	and	CC
13111	144	14	describe	describe	VB
13111	144	15	all	all	PDT
13111	144	16	those	those	DT
13111	144	17	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	144	18	which	which	WDT
13111	144	19	elevate	elevate	VBP
13111	144	20	and	and	CC
13111	144	21	rotate	rotate	VBP
13111	144	22	the	the	DT
13111	144	23	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	144	24	,	,	,
13111	144	25	and	and	CC
13111	144	26	thereby	thereby	RB
13111	144	27	cause	cause	VB
13111	144	28	enlargement	enlargement	NN
13111	144	29	of	of	IN
13111	144	30	the	the	DT
13111	144	31	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	144	32	in	in	IN
13111	144	33	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	144	34	antero	antero	NNP
13111	144	35	-	-	HYPH
13111	144	36	posterior	posterior	NN
13111	144	37	and	and	CC
13111	144	38	lateral	lateral	JJ
13111	144	39	diameters	diameter	NNS
13111	144	40	.	.	.
13111	145	1	There	there	EX
13111	145	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	145	3	,	,	,
13111	145	4	however	however	RB
13111	145	5	,	,	,
13111	145	6	one	one	CD
13111	145	7	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	145	8	which	which	WDT
13111	145	9	forms	form	VBZ
13111	145	10	the	the	DT
13111	145	11	floor	floor	NN
13111	145	12	of	of	IN
13111	145	13	the	the	DT
13111	145	14	thoracic	thoracic	NNP
13111	145	15	cage	cage	NN
13111	145	16	called	call	VBD
13111	145	17	the	the	DT
13111	145	18	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	145	19	that	that	WDT
13111	145	20	requires	require	VBZ
13111	145	21	more	more	JJR
13111	145	22	than	than	IN
13111	145	23	a	a	DT
13111	145	24	passing	pass	VBG
13111	145	25	notice	notice	NN
13111	145	26	(	(	-LRB-
13111	145	27	_	_	NNP
13111	145	28	vide	vide	NN
13111	145	29	_	_	NNP
13111	145	30	fig	fig	NN
13111	145	31	.	.	.
13111	146	1	2	2	LS
13111	146	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	146	3	,	,	,
13111	146	4	inasmuch	inasmuch	JJ
13111	146	5	as	as	IN
13111	146	6	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	146	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	146	8	the	the	DT
13111	146	9	most	most	RBS
13111	146	10	effective	effective	JJ
13111	146	11	agent	agent	NN
13111	146	12	in	in	IN
13111	146	13	the	the	DT
13111	146	14	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	146	15	of	of	IN
13111	146	16	the	the	DT
13111	146	17	chest	chest	NN
13111	146	18	.	.	.
13111	147	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	147	2	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	147	3	of	of	IN
13111	147	4	a	a	DT
13111	147	5	central	central	JJ
13111	147	6	tendinous	tendinous	JJ
13111	147	7	portion	portion	NN
13111	147	8	,	,	,
13111	147	9	above	above	IN
13111	147	10	which	which	WDT
13111	147	11	lies	lie	VBZ
13111	147	12	the	the	DT
13111	147	13	heart	heart	NN
13111	147	14	,	,	,
13111	147	15	contained	contain	VBN
13111	147	16	in	in	IN
13111	147	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	147	18	bag	bag	NN
13111	147	19	or	or	CC
13111	147	20	pericardium	pericardium	NN
13111	147	21	;	;	:
13111	147	22	on	on	IN
13111	147	23	either	either	DT
13111	147	24	side	side	NN
13111	147	25	attached	attach	VBN
13111	147	26	to	to	IN
13111	147	27	the	the	DT
13111	147	28	central	central	JJ
13111	147	29	tendon	tendon	NNP
13111	147	30	on	on	IN
13111	147	31	the	the	DT
13111	147	32	one	one	CD
13111	147	33	hand	hand	NN
13111	147	34	and	and	CC
13111	147	35	to	to	IN
13111	147	36	the	the	DT
13111	147	37	spine	spine	NN
13111	147	38	behind	behind	RB
13111	147	39	,	,	,
13111	147	40	to	to	IN
13111	147	41	the	the	DT
13111	147	42	last	last	JJ
13111	147	43	rib	rib	NN
13111	147	44	laterally	laterally	RB
13111	147	45	,	,	,
13111	147	46	and	and	CC
13111	147	47	to	to	IN
13111	147	48	the	the	DT
13111	147	49	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	147	50	of	of	IN
13111	147	51	the	the	DT
13111	147	52	lowest	low	JJS
13111	147	53	six	six	CD
13111	147	54	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	147	55	anteriorly	anteriorly	RB
13111	147	56	,	,	,
13111	147	57	is	be	VBZ
13111	147	58	a	a	DT
13111	147	59	sheet	sheet	NN
13111	147	60	of	of	IN
13111	147	61	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	147	62	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	147	63	which	which	WDT
13111	147	64	form	form	VBP
13111	147	65	on	on	IN
13111	147	66	either	either	DT
13111	147	67	side	side	NN
13111	147	68	of	of	IN
13111	147	69	the	the	DT
13111	147	70	chest	chest	NN
13111	147	71	a	a	DT
13111	147	72	dome	dome	NN
13111	147	73	-	-	HYPH
13111	147	74	like	like	JJ
13111	147	75	partition	partition	NN
13111	147	76	between	between	IN
13111	147	77	the	the	DT
13111	147	78	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	147	79	and	and	CC
13111	147	80	the	the	DT
13111	147	81	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	147	82	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	147	83	(	(	-LRB-
13111	147	84	_	_	NNP
13111	147	85	vide	vide	NN
13111	147	86	_	_	NNP
13111	147	87	fig	fig	NN
13111	147	88	.	.	.
13111	148	1	2	2	LS
13111	148	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	148	3	.	.	.
13111	149	1	The	the	DT
13111	149	2	phrenic	phrenic	JJ
13111	149	3	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	149	4	arises	arise	VBZ
13111	149	5	from	from	IN
13111	149	6	the	the	DT
13111	149	7	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	149	8	cord	cord	NN
13111	149	9	in	in	IN
13111	149	10	the	the	DT
13111	149	11	upper	upper	JJ
13111	149	12	cervical	cervical	JJ
13111	149	13	region	region	NN
13111	149	14	and	and	CC
13111	149	15	descends	descend	VBZ
13111	149	16	through	through	IN
13111	149	17	the	the	DT
13111	149	18	neck	neck	NN
13111	149	19	and	and	CC
13111	149	20	chest	chest	NN
13111	149	21	to	to	IN
13111	149	22	the	the	DT
13111	149	23	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	149	24	;	;	:
13111	149	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	149	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	149	27	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	149	28	a	a	DT
13111	149	29	special	special	JJ
13111	149	30	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	149	31	of	of	IN
13111	149	32	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	149	33	.	.	.
13111	150	1	There	there	EX
13111	150	2	are	be	VBP
13111	150	3	two	two	CD
13111	150	4	--	--	:
13111	150	5	one	one	CD
13111	150	6	on	on	IN
13111	150	7	each	each	DT
13111	150	8	side	side	NN
13111	150	9	supplying	supply	VBG
13111	150	10	the	the	DT
13111	150	11	two	two	CD
13111	150	12	sheets	sheet	NNS
13111	150	13	of	of	IN
13111	150	14	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	150	15	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	150	16	.	.	.
13111	151	1	When	when	WRB
13111	151	2	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	151	3	currents	current	NNS
13111	151	4	flow	flow	VBP
13111	151	5	down	down	RP
13111	151	6	these	these	DT
13111	151	7	nerves	nerve	NNS
13111	151	8	the	the	DT
13111	151	9	two	two	CD
13111	151	10	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	151	11	halves	half	NNS
13111	151	12	of	of	IN
13111	151	13	the	the	DT
13111	151	14	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
13111	151	15	contract	contract	NN
13111	151	16	,	,	,
13111	151	17	and	and	CC
13111	151	18	the	the	DT
13111	151	19	floor	floor	NN
13111	151	20	of	of	IN
13111	151	21	the	the	DT
13111	151	22	chest	chest	NN
13111	151	23	on	on	IN
13111	151	24	either	either	DT
13111	151	25	side	side	NN
13111	151	26	descends	descend	NNS
13111	151	27	;	;	:
13111	151	28	thus	thus	RB
13111	151	29	the	the	DT
13111	151	30	vertical	vertical	JJ
13111	151	31	diameter	diameter	NN
13111	151	32	increases	increase	NNS
13111	151	33	.	.	.
13111	152	1	Now	now	RB
13111	152	2	the	the	DT
13111	152	3	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	152	4	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	152	5	are	be	VBP
13111	152	6	covered	cover	VBN
13111	152	7	with	with	IN
13111	152	8	a	a	DT
13111	152	9	smooth	smooth	JJ
13111	152	10	pleura	pleura	NN
13111	152	11	which	which	WDT
13111	152	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	152	13	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	152	14	from	from	IN
13111	152	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	152	16	on	on	RP
13111	152	17	to	to	IN
13111	152	18	the	the	DT
13111	152	19	inner	inner	JJ
13111	152	20	side	side	NN
13111	152	21	of	of	IN
13111	152	22	the	the	DT
13111	152	23	wall	wall	NN
13111	152	24	of	of	IN
13111	152	25	the	the	DT
13111	152	26	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	152	27	,	,	,
13111	152	28	leaving	leave	VBG
13111	152	29	no	no	DT
13111	152	30	space	space	NN
13111	152	31	between	between	IN
13111	152	32	;	;	:
13111	152	33	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	152	34	when	when	WRB
13111	152	35	the	the	DT
13111	152	36	chest	chest	NN
13111	152	37	expands	expand	VBZ
13111	152	38	in	in	IN
13111	152	39	all	all	DT
13111	152	40	three	three	CD
13111	152	41	directions	direction	NNS
13111	152	42	the	the	DT
13111	152	43	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	152	44	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	152	45	expand	expand	VBP
13111	152	46	correspondingly	correspondingly	RB
13111	152	47	.	.	.
13111	153	1	But	but	CC
13111	153	2	when	when	WRB
13111	153	3	either	either	CC
13111	153	4	voluntarily	voluntarily	RB
13111	153	5	or	or	CC
13111	153	6	automatically	automatically	RB
13111	153	7	the	the	DT
13111	153	8	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	153	9	currents	current	NNS
13111	153	10	that	that	WDT
13111	153	11	cause	cause	VBP
13111	153	12	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	153	13	of	of	IN
13111	153	14	the	the	DT
13111	153	15	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	153	16	of	of	IN
13111	153	17	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	153	18	cease	cease	NN
13111	153	19	,	,	,
13111	153	20	the	the	DT
13111	153	21	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	153	22	structures	structure	NNS
13111	153	23	of	of	IN
13111	153	24	the	the	DT
13111	153	25	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	153	26	and	and	CC
13111	153	27	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	153	28	,	,	,
13111	153	29	including	include	VBG
13111	153	30	the	the	DT
13111	153	31	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	153	32	,	,	,
13111	153	33	recoil	recoil	NNP
13111	153	34	,	,	,
13111	153	35	the	the	DT
13111	153	36	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
13111	153	37	ascends	ascend	VBZ
13111	153	38	,	,	,
13111	153	39	and	and	CC
13111	153	40	the	the	DT
13111	153	41	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	153	42	by	by	IN
13111	153	43	the	the	DT
13111	153	44	force	force	NN
13111	153	45	of	of	IN
13111	153	46	gravity	gravity	NN
13111	153	47	tend	tend	VBP
13111	153	48	to	to	TO
13111	153	49	fall	fall	VB
13111	153	50	into	into	IN
13111	153	51	the	the	DT
13111	153	52	position	position	NN
13111	153	53	of	of	IN
13111	153	54	rest	rest	NN
13111	153	55	.	.	.
13111	154	1	During	during	IN
13111	154	2	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	154	3	of	of	IN
13111	154	4	the	the	DT
13111	154	5	chest	chest	NN
13111	154	6	a	a	DT
13111	154	7	negative	negative	JJ
13111	154	8	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	154	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	154	10	established	establish	VBN
13111	154	11	in	in	IN
13111	154	12	the	the	DT
13111	154	13	air	air	NN
13111	154	14	passages	passage	NNS
13111	154	15	and	and	CC
13111	154	16	air	air	NN
13111	154	17	flows	flow	VBZ
13111	154	18	into	into	IN
13111	154	19	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	154	20	from	from	IN
13111	154	21	without	without	IN
13111	154	22	.	.	.
13111	155	1	In	in	IN
13111	155	2	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	155	3	of	of	IN
13111	155	4	the	the	DT
13111	155	5	chest	chest	NN
13111	155	6	there	there	EX
13111	155	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	155	8	a	a	DT
13111	155	9	positive	positive	JJ
13111	155	10	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	155	11	in	in	IN
13111	155	12	the	the	DT
13111	155	13	air	air	NN
13111	155	14	passages	passage	NNS
13111	155	15	,	,	,
13111	155	16	and	and	CC
13111	155	17	air	air	NN
13111	155	18	is	be	VBZ
13111	155	19	expelled	expel	VBN
13111	155	20	;	;	:
13111	155	21	in	in	IN
13111	155	22	normal	normal	JJ
13111	155	23	quiet	quiet	JJ
13111	155	24	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	155	25	an	an	DT
13111	155	26	ebb	ebb	NN
13111	155	27	and	and	CC
13111	155	28	flow	flow	NN
13111	155	29	of	of	IN
13111	155	30	air	air	NN
13111	155	31	takes	take	VBZ
13111	155	32	place	place	NN
13111	155	33	rhythmically	rhythmically	RB
13111	155	34	and	and	CC
13111	155	35	subconsciously	subconsciously	RB
13111	155	36	;	;	,
13111	155	37	thus	thus	RB
13111	155	38	in	in	IN
13111	155	39	the	the	DT
13111	155	40	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	155	41	speaking	speaking	NN
13111	155	42	of	of	IN
13111	155	43	conversation	conversation	NN
13111	155	44	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	155	45	do	do	VBP
13111	155	46	not	not	RB
13111	155	47	require	require	VB
13111	155	48	to	to	TO
13111	155	49	exercise	exercise	VB
13111	155	50	any	any	DT
13111	155	51	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	155	52	effort	effort	NN
13111	155	53	in	in	IN
13111	155	54	controlling	control	VBG
13111	155	55	the	the	DT
13111	155	56	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	155	57	,	,	,
13111	155	58	but	but	CC
13111	155	59	the	the	DT
13111	155	60	orator	orator	NN
13111	155	61	and	and	CC
13111	155	62	more	more	RBR
13111	155	63	especially	especially	RB
13111	155	64	the	the	DT
13111	155	65	singer	singer	NN
13111	155	66	uses	use	VBZ
13111	155	67	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	155	68	knowledge	knowledge	NN
13111	155	69	and	and	CC
13111	155	70	experience	experience	NN
13111	155	71	in	in	IN
13111	155	72	the	the	DT
13111	155	73	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	155	74	control	control	NN
13111	155	75	of	of	IN
13111	155	76	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	155	77	breath	breath	NN
13111	155	78	,	,	,
13111	155	79	and	and	CC
13111	155	80	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	155	81	is	be	VBZ
13111	155	82	thus	thus	RB
13111	155	83	enabled	enable	VBN
13111	155	84	to	to	TO
13111	155	85	use	use	VB
13111	155	86	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	155	87	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	155	88	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	155	89	in	in	IN
13111	155	90	the	the	DT
13111	155	91	most	most	RBS
13111	155	92	effective	effective	JJ
13111	155	93	manner	manner	NN
13111	155	94	.	.	.
13111	156	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	156	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	156	3	:	:	:
13111	156	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	156	5	.	.	.
13111	157	1	2	2	CD
13111	157	2	Adapted	adapt	VBN
13111	157	3	from	from	IN
13111	157	4	Quain	Quain	NNP
13111	157	5	's	's	POS
13111	157	6	"	"	``
13111	157	7	Anatomy	Anatomy	NNP
13111	157	8	"	"	''
13111	157	9	by	by	IN
13111	157	10	permission	permission	NN
13111	157	11	of	of	IN
13111	157	12	Messrs.	Messrs.	NNPS
13111	157	13	Longmans	Longmans	NNPS
13111	157	14	,	,	,
13111	157	15	Green	Green	NNP
13111	157	16	&	&	CC
13111	157	17	Co.	Co.	NNP
13111	157	18	]	]	-RRB-
13111	157	19	[	[	-LRB-
13111	157	20	Description	description	NN
13111	157	21	:	:	:
13111	157	22	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	157	23	.	.	.
13111	158	1	2.--Diagram	2.--diagram	CD
13111	158	2	modified	modify	VBD
13111	158	3	from	from	IN
13111	158	4	Quain	Quain	NNP
13111	158	5	's	's	POS
13111	158	6	"	"	``
13111	158	7	Anatomy	Anatomy	NNP
13111	158	8	"	"	''
13111	158	9	to	to	TO
13111	158	10	show	show	VB
13111	158	11	the	the	DT
13111	158	12	attachment	attachment	NN
13111	158	13	of	of	IN
13111	158	14	the	the	DT
13111	158	15	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	158	16	by	by	IN
13111	158	17	fleshy	fleshy	NN
13111	158	18	pillars	pillar	NNS
13111	158	19	to	to	IN
13111	158	20	the	the	DT
13111	158	21	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	158	22	column	column	NN
13111	158	23	,	,	,
13111	158	24	to	to	IN
13111	158	25	the	the	DT
13111	158	26	rib	rib	NN
13111	158	27	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	158	28	,	,	,
13111	158	29	and	and	CC
13111	158	30	lower	low	JJR
13111	158	31	end	end	NN
13111	158	32	of	of	IN
13111	158	33	the	the	DT
13111	158	34	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	158	35	and	and	CC
13111	158	36	last	last	JJ
13111	158	37	rib	rib	NN
13111	158	38	.	.	.
13111	159	1	The	the	DT
13111	159	2	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	159	3	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	159	4	,	,	,
13111	159	5	intercostals	intercostal	NNS
13111	159	6	,	,	,
13111	159	7	and	and	CC
13111	159	8	elevators	elevator	NNS
13111	159	9	of	of	IN
13111	159	10	the	the	DT
13111	159	11	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	159	12	are	be	VBP
13111	159	13	seen	see	VBN
13111	159	14	,	,	,
13111	159	15	and	and	CC
13111	159	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	159	17	will	will	MD
13111	159	18	be	be	VB
13111	159	19	observed	observe	VBN
13111	159	20	that	that	IN
13111	159	21	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	159	22	action	action	NN
13111	159	23	would	would	MD
13111	159	24	be	be	VB
13111	159	25	to	to	TO
13111	159	26	rotate	rotate	VB
13111	159	27	and	and	CC
13111	159	28	elevate	elevate	VB
13111	159	29	the	the	DT
13111	159	30	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	159	31	.	.	.
13111	160	1	The	the	DT
13111	160	2	dome	dome	NN
13111	160	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	160	4	like	like	JJ
13111	160	5	shape	shape	NN
13111	160	6	of	of	IN
13111	160	7	the	the	DT
13111	160	8	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	160	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	160	10	seen	see	VBN
13111	160	11	,	,	,
13111	160	12	and	and	CC
13111	160	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	160	14	can	can	MD
13111	160	15	be	be	VB
13111	160	16	easily	easily	RB
13111	160	17	understood	understand	VBN
13111	160	18	that	that	IN
13111	160	19	if	if	IN
13111	160	20	the	the	DT
13111	160	21	central	central	JJ
13111	160	22	tendon	tendon	NNP
13111	160	23	is	be	VBZ
13111	160	24	fixed	fix	VBN
13111	160	25	and	and	CC
13111	160	26	the	the	DT
13111	160	27	sheet	sheet	NN
13111	160	28	of	of	IN
13111	160	29	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	160	30	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	160	31	on	on	IN
13111	160	32	either	either	DT
13111	160	33	side	side	NN
13111	160	34	contracts	contract	NNS
13111	160	35	,	,	,
13111	160	36	the	the	DT
13111	160	37	floor	floor	NN
13111	160	38	of	of	IN
13111	160	39	the	the	DT
13111	160	40	chest	chest	NN
13111	160	41	on	on	IN
13111	160	42	either	either	DT
13111	160	43	side	side	NN
13111	160	44	will	will	MD
13111	160	45	flatten	flatten	VB
13111	160	46	,	,	,
13111	160	47	allowing	allow	VBG
13111	160	48	the	the	DT
13111	160	49	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	160	50	to	to	TO
13111	160	51	expand	expand	VB
13111	160	52	vertically	vertically	RB
13111	160	53	.	.	.
13111	161	1	The	the	DT
13111	161	2	joints	joint	NNS
13111	161	3	of	of	IN
13111	161	4	the	the	DT
13111	161	5	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	161	6	with	with	IN
13111	161	7	the	the	DT
13111	161	8	spine	spine	NN
13111	161	9	can	can	MD
13111	161	10	be	be	VB
13111	161	11	seen	see	VBN
13111	161	12	,	,	,
13111	161	13	and	and	CC
13111	161	14	the	the	DT
13111	161	15	slope	slope	NN
13111	161	16	of	of	IN
13111	161	17	the	the	DT
13111	161	18	surface	surface	NN
13111	161	19	of	of	IN
13111	161	20	the	the	DT
13111	161	21	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	161	22	is	be	VBZ
13111	161	23	shown	show	VBN
13111	161	24	,	,	,
13111	161	25	so	so	IN
13111	161	26	that	that	IN
13111	161	27	when	when	WRB
13111	161	28	elevation	elevation	NN
13111	161	29	and	and	CC
13111	161	30	rotation	rotation	NN
13111	161	31	occur	occur	VBP
13111	161	32	the	the	DT
13111	161	33	chest	chest	NN
13111	161	34	will	will	MD
13111	161	35	be	be	VB
13111	161	36	increased	increase	VBN
13111	161	37	in	in	IN
13111	161	38	diameter	diameter	NN
13111	161	39	laterally	laterally	RB
13111	161	40	.	.	.
13111	161	41	]	]	-RRB-
13111	162	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	162	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	162	3	:	:	:
13111	162	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	162	5	3	3	CD
13111	162	6	]	]	-RRB-
13111	162	7	[	[	-LRB-
13111	162	8	Description	description	NN
13111	162	9	:	:	:
13111	162	10	FIG	fig	VB
13111	162	11	3.--Diagram	3.--Diagram	NNP
13111	162	12	after	after	IN
13111	162	13	Barth	Barth	NNP
13111	162	14	to	to	TO
13111	162	15	illustrate	illustrate	VB
13111	162	16	the	the	DT
13111	162	17	changes	change	NNS
13111	162	18	in	in	IN
13111	162	19	the	the	DT
13111	162	20	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	162	21	,	,	,
13111	162	22	the	the	DT
13111	162	23	chest	chest	NN
13111	162	24	,	,	,
13111	162	25	and	and	CC
13111	162	26	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
13111	162	27	in	in	IN
13111	162	28	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	162	29	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	162	30	_	_	NNP
13111	162	31	b	b	NNP
13111	162	32	-	-	HYPH
13111	162	33	b	b	NNP
13111	162	34	_	_	NNP
13111	162	35	'	'	''
13111	162	36	,	,	,
13111	162	37	and	and	CC
13111	162	38	expiration	expiration	NN
13111	162	39	_	_	NNP
13111	162	40	a	a	DT
13111	162	41	-	-	:
13111	162	42	a	a	FW
13111	162	43	_	_	NNP
13111	162	44	'	'	''
13111	162	45	,	,	,
13111	162	46	and	and	CC
13111	162	47	in	in	IN
13111	162	48	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	162	49	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	162	50	_	_	NNP
13111	162	51	d	d	NNP
13111	162	52	-	-	HYPH
13111	162	53	d	d	NNP
13111	162	54	_	_	NNP
13111	162	55	'	'	''
13111	162	56	and	and	CC
13111	162	57	expiration	expiration	NN
13111	162	58	_	_	NNP
13111	162	59	c	c	NNP
13111	162	60	-	-	HYPH
13111	162	61	c	c	NNP
13111	162	62	_	_	NNP
13111	162	63	'	'	''
13111	162	64	,	,	,
13111	162	65	for	for	IN
13111	162	66	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	162	67	In	in	IN
13111	162	68	normal	normal	JJ
13111	162	69	breathing	breathe	VBG
13111	162	70	the	the	DT
13111	162	71	position	position	NN
13111	162	72	of	of	IN
13111	162	73	the	the	DT
13111	162	74	chest	chest	NN
13111	162	75	and	and	CC
13111	162	76	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
13111	162	77	in	in	IN
13111	162	78	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	162	79	and	and	CC
13111	162	80	expiration	expiration	NN
13111	162	81	is	be	VBZ
13111	162	82	represented	represent	VBN
13111	162	83	respectively	respectively	RB
13111	162	84	by	by	IN
13111	162	85	the	the	DT
13111	162	86	lines	line	NNS
13111	162	87	_	_	NNP
13111	162	88	b	b	NNP
13111	162	89	_	_	NNP
13111	162	90	and	and	CC
13111	162	91	_	_	NNP
13111	162	92	a	a	DT
13111	162	93	_	_	NNP
13111	162	94	;	;	:
13111	162	95	the	the	DT
13111	162	96	position	position	NN
13111	162	97	of	of	IN
13111	162	98	the	the	DT
13111	162	99	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	162	100	is	be	VBZ
13111	162	101	represented	represent	VBN
13111	162	102	by	by	IN
13111	162	103	_	_	NNP
13111	162	104	b	b	NNP
13111	162	105	_	_	NNP
13111	162	106	'	'	''
13111	162	107	and	and	CC
13111	162	108	_	_	NNP
13111	162	109	a	a	DT
13111	162	110	_	_	NNP
13111	162	111	'	'	''
13111	162	112	.	.	.
13111	163	1	In	in	IN
13111	163	2	breathing	breathe	VBG
13111	163	3	for	for	IN
13111	163	4	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	163	5	the	the	DT
13111	163	6	position	position	NN
13111	163	7	of	of	IN
13111	163	8	the	the	DT
13111	163	9	chest	chest	NN
13111	163	10	and	and	CC
13111	163	11	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
13111	163	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	163	13	represented	represent	VBN
13111	163	14	by	by	IN
13111	163	15	the	the	DT
13111	163	16	lines	line	NNS
13111	163	17	_	_	NNP
13111	163	18	d	d	NNP
13111	163	19	_	_	NNP
13111	163	20	and	and	CC
13111	163	21	_	_	NNP
13111	163	22	e	e	NNP
13111	163	23	_	_	NNP
13111	163	24	,	,	,
13111	163	25	and	and	CC
13111	163	26	the	the	DT
13111	163	27	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	163	28	by	by	IN
13111	163	29	_	_	NNP
13111	163	30	d	d	NNP
13111	163	31	_	_	NNP
13111	163	32	'	'	''
13111	163	33	and	and	CC
13111	163	34	_	_	NNP
13111	163	35	c	c	NNP
13111	163	36	_	_	NNP
13111	163	37	'	'	''
13111	163	38	;	;	:
13111	163	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	163	40	will	will	MD
13111	163	41	be	be	VB
13111	163	42	observed	observe	VBN
13111	163	43	that	that	IN
13111	163	44	in	in	IN
13111	163	45	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	163	46	costal	costal	NN
13111	163	47	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	163	48	_	_	NNP
13111	163	49	d	d	NNP
13111	163	50	-	-	HYPH
13111	163	51	d	d	NNP
13111	163	52	_	_	NNP
13111	163	53	the	the	DT
13111	163	54	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	163	55	of	of	IN
13111	163	56	the	the	DT
13111	163	57	chest	chest	NN
13111	163	58	is	be	VBZ
13111	163	59	much	much	RB
13111	163	60	greater	great	JJR
13111	163	61	and	and	CC
13111	163	62	also	also	RB
13111	163	63	the	the	DT
13111	163	64	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
13111	163	65	_	_	NNP
13111	163	66	d	d	NNP
13111	163	67	_	_	NNP
13111	163	68	'	'	POS
13111	163	69	sinks	sink	VBZ
13111	163	70	deeper	deeply	RBR
13111	163	71	,	,	,
13111	163	72	but	but	CC
13111	163	73	by	by	IN
13111	163	74	the	the	DT
13111	163	75	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	163	76	of	of	IN
13111	163	77	the	the	DT
13111	163	78	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	163	79	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	163	80	the	the	DT
13111	163	81	protrusion	protrusion	NN
13111	163	82	of	of	IN
13111	163	83	the	the	DT
13111	163	84	belly	belly	NN
13111	163	85	wall	wall	NN
13111	163	86	_	_	NNP
13111	163	87	d	d	NNP
13111	163	88	_	_	NNP
13111	163	89	is	be	VBZ
13111	163	90	much	much	RB
13111	163	91	less	less	JJR
13111	163	92	than	than	IN
13111	163	93	in	in	IN
13111	163	94	normal	normal	JJ
13111	163	95	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	163	96	_	_	NNP
13111	163	97	b	b	NNP
13111	163	98	_	_	NNP
13111	163	99	.	.	.
13111	163	100	]	]	-RRB-
13111	164	1	A	a	DT
13111	164	2	glance	glance	NN
13111	164	3	at	at	IN
13111	164	4	the	the	DT
13111	164	5	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	164	6	(	(	-LRB-
13111	164	7	fig	fig	NN
13111	164	8	.	.	.
13111	165	1	3	3	LS
13111	165	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	165	3	shows	show	VBZ
13111	165	4	the	the	DT
13111	165	5	changes	change	NNS
13111	165	6	in	in	IN
13111	165	7	the	the	DT
13111	165	8	shape	shape	NN
13111	165	9	of	of	IN
13111	165	10	the	the	DT
13111	165	11	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	165	12	in	in	IN
13111	165	13	normal	normal	JJ
13111	165	14	subconscious	subconscious	JJ
13111	165	15	automatic	automatic	JJ
13111	165	16	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	165	17	,	,	,
13111	165	18	and	and	CC
13111	165	19	the	the	DT
13111	165	20	changes	change	NNS
13111	165	21	in	in	IN
13111	165	22	the	the	DT
13111	165	23	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	165	24	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	165	25	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	165	26	of	of	IN
13111	165	27	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	165	28	.	.	.
13111	166	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	166	2	will	will	MD
13111	166	3	be	be	VB
13111	166	4	observed	observe	VBN
13111	166	5	that	that	IN
13111	166	6	there	there	EX
13111	166	7	are	be	VBP
13111	166	8	marked	mark	VBN
13111	166	9	differences	difference	NNS
13111	166	10	:	:	:
13111	166	11	when	when	WRB
13111	166	12	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	166	13	control	control	NN
13111	166	14	is	be	VBZ
13111	166	15	exercised	exercise	VBN
13111	166	16	,	,	,
13111	166	17	the	the	DT
13111	166	18	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	166	19	of	of	IN
13111	166	20	the	the	DT
13111	166	21	chest	chest	NN
13111	166	22	is	be	VBZ
13111	166	23	greater	great	JJR
13111	166	24	in	in	IN
13111	166	25	all	all	DT
13111	166	26	directions	direction	NNS
13111	166	27	;	;	:
13111	166	28	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	166	29	,	,	,
13111	166	30	by	by	IN
13111	166	31	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	166	32	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	166	33	effort	effort	NN
13111	166	34	the	the	DT
13111	166	35	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	166	36	of	of	IN
13111	166	37	the	the	DT
13111	166	38	chest	chest	NN
13111	166	39	is	be	VBZ
13111	166	40	much	much	RB
13111	166	41	greater	great	JJR
13111	166	42	in	in	IN
13111	166	43	all	all	DT
13111	166	44	directions	direction	NNS
13111	166	45	;	;	:
13111	166	46	the	the	DT
13111	166	47	result	result	NN
13111	166	48	is	be	VBZ
13111	166	49	that	that	IN
13111	166	50	a	a	DT
13111	166	51	larger	large	JJR
13111	166	52	amount	amount	NN
13111	166	53	of	of	IN
13111	166	54	air	air	NN
13111	166	55	can	can	MD
13111	166	56	be	be	VB
13111	166	57	taken	take	VBN
13111	166	58	into	into	IN
13111	166	59	the	the	DT
13111	166	60	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	166	61	and	and	CC
13111	166	62	a	a	DT
13111	166	63	larger	large	JJR
13111	166	64	amount	amount	NN
13111	166	65	expelled	expel	VBN
13111	166	66	.	.	.
13111	167	1	The	the	DT
13111	167	2	mind	mind	NN
13111	167	3	can	can	MD
13111	167	4	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	167	5	bring	bring	VB
13111	167	6	into	into	IN
13111	167	7	play	play	NN
13111	167	8	at	at	IN
13111	167	9	will	will	MD
13111	167	10	more	more	RBR
13111	167	11	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	167	12	forces	force	NNS
13111	167	13	,	,	,
13111	167	14	and	and	CC
13111	167	15	so	so	RB
13111	167	16	control	control	VB
13111	167	17	and	and	CC
13111	167	18	regulate	regulate	VB
13111	167	19	those	those	DT
13111	167	20	forces	force	NNS
13111	167	21	as	as	IN
13111	167	22	to	to	TO
13111	167	23	produce	produce	VB
13111	167	24	infinite	infinite	JJ
13111	167	25	variations	variation	NNS
13111	167	26	in	in	IN
13111	167	27	the	the	DT
13111	167	28	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	167	29	of	of	IN
13111	167	30	the	the	DT
13111	167	31	air	air	NN
13111	167	32	in	in	IN
13111	167	33	the	the	DT
13111	167	34	sound	sound	NN
13111	167	35	-	-	HYPH
13111	167	36	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	167	37	of	of	IN
13111	167	38	the	the	DT
13111	167	39	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	167	40	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	167	41	.	.	.
13111	168	1	But	but	CC
13111	168	2	the	the	DT
13111	168	3	forces	force	NNS
13111	168	4	which	which	WDT
13111	168	5	tend	tend	VBP
13111	168	6	to	to	TO
13111	168	7	contract	contract	VB
13111	168	8	the	the	DT
13111	168	9	chest	chest	NN
13111	168	10	and	and	CC
13111	168	11	drive	drive	VB
13111	168	12	the	the	DT
13111	168	13	air	air	NN
13111	168	14	out	out	IN
13111	168	15	of	of	IN
13111	168	16	the	the	DT
13111	168	17	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	168	18	would	would	MD
13111	168	19	be	be	VB
13111	168	20	ineffective	ineffective	JJ
13111	168	21	if	if	IN
13111	168	22	there	there	EX
13111	168	23	were	be	VBD
13111	168	24	not	not	RB
13111	168	25	simultaneously	simultaneously	RB
13111	168	26	the	the	DT
13111	168	27	power	power	NN
13111	168	28	of	of	IN
13111	168	29	closing	close	VBG
13111	168	30	the	the	DT
13111	168	31	sound	sound	NN
13111	168	32	-	-	HYPH
13111	168	33	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	168	34	;	;	:
13111	168	35	this	this	DT
13111	168	36	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	168	37	shall	shall	MD
13111	168	38	see	see	VB
13111	168	39	is	be	VBZ
13111	168	40	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
13111	168	41	by	by	IN
13111	168	42	the	the	DT
13111	168	43	synergic	synergic	JJ
13111	168	44	action	action	NN
13111	168	45	of	of	IN
13111	168	46	the	the	DT
13111	168	47	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	168	48	which	which	WDT
13111	168	49	make	make	VBP
13111	168	50	tense	tense	JJ
13111	168	51	and	and	CC
13111	168	52	approximate	approximate	VB
13111	168	53	the	the	DT
13111	168	54	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	168	55	cords	cord	NNS
13111	168	56	.	.	.
13111	169	1	Although	although	IN
13111	169	2	the	the	DT
13111	169	3	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	169	4	recoil	recoil	NN
13111	169	5	of	of	IN
13111	169	6	the	the	DT
13111	169	7	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	169	8	and	and	CC
13111	169	9	the	the	DT
13111	169	10	structure	structure	NN
13111	169	11	of	of	IN
13111	169	12	the	the	DT
13111	169	13	expanded	expand	VBN
13111	169	14	thorax	thorax	NN
13111	169	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	169	16	the	the	DT
13111	169	17	main	main	JJ
13111	169	18	force	force	NN
13111	169	19	employed	employ	VBN
13111	169	20	in	in	IN
13111	169	21	normal	normal	JJ
13111	169	22	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	169	23	and	and	CC
13111	169	24	to	to	IN
13111	169	25	some	some	DT
13111	169	26	extent	extent	NN
13111	169	27	in	in	IN
13111	169	28	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	169	29	(	(	-LRB-
13111	169	30	for	for	IN
13111	169	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	169	32	keeps	keep	VBZ
13111	169	33	up	up	RP
13111	169	34	a	a	DT
13111	169	35	constant	constant	JJ
13111	169	36	steady	steady	JJ
13111	169	37	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	169	38	)	)	-RRB-
13111	169	39	,	,	,
13111	169	40	the	the	DT
13111	169	41	mind	mind	NN
13111	169	42	,	,	,
13111	169	43	by	by	IN
13111	169	44	exercising	exercise	VBG
13111	169	45	control	control	NN
13111	169	46	over	over	IN
13111	169	47	the	the	DT
13111	169	48	continuance	continuance	NN
13111	169	49	of	of	IN
13111	169	50	elevation	elevation	NN
13111	169	51	of	of	IN
13111	169	52	the	the	DT
13111	169	53	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	169	54	and	and	CC
13111	169	55	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	169	56	of	of	IN
13111	169	57	the	the	DT
13111	169	58	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	169	59	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	169	60	,	,	,
13111	169	61	regulates	regulate	VBZ
13111	169	62	the	the	DT
13111	169	63	force	force	NN
13111	169	64	of	of	IN
13111	169	65	the	the	DT
13111	169	66	expiratory	expiratory	NN
13111	169	67	blast	blast	NN
13111	169	68	of	of	IN
13111	169	69	air	air	NN
13111	169	70	so	so	IN
13111	169	71	as	as	IN
13111	169	72	to	to	TO
13111	169	73	employ	employ	VB
13111	169	74	the	the	DT
13111	169	75	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	169	76	most	most	RBS
13111	169	77	efficiently	efficiently	RB
13111	169	78	in	in	IN
13111	169	79	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	169	80	.	.	.
13111	170	1	Not	not	RB
13111	170	2	only	only	RB
13111	170	3	does	do	VBZ
13111	170	4	the	the	DT
13111	170	5	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	170	6	of	of	IN
13111	170	7	the	the	DT
13111	170	8	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	170	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	170	10	permit	permit	VBP
13111	170	11	of	of	IN
13111	170	12	control	control	NN
13111	170	13	over	over	IN
13111	170	14	the	the	DT
13111	170	15	expulsion	expulsion	NN
13111	170	16	of	of	IN
13111	170	17	the	the	DT
13111	170	18	air	air	NN
13111	170	19	,	,	,
13111	170	20	but	but	CC
13111	170	21	by	by	IN
13111	170	22	fixing	fix	VBG
13111	170	23	the	the	DT
13111	170	24	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	170	25	of	of	IN
13111	170	26	the	the	DT
13111	170	27	lowest	low	JJS
13111	170	28	six	six	CD
13111	170	29	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	170	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	170	31	prevents	prevent	VBZ
13111	170	32	the	the	DT
13111	170	33	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
13111	170	34	drawing	draw	VBG
13111	170	35	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	170	36	upwards	upwards	RB
13111	170	37	and	and	CC
13111	170	38	_	_	NNP
13111	170	39	inwards	inwards	NNPS
13111	170	40	_	_	NNP
13111	170	41	(	(	-LRB-
13111	170	42	_	_	NNP
13111	170	43	vide	vide	NN
13111	170	44	_	_	NNP
13111	170	45	fig	fig	NN
13111	170	46	.	.	.
13111	171	1	2	2	LS
13111	171	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	171	3	.	.	.
13111	172	1	The	the	DT
13111	172	2	greatest	great	JJS
13111	172	3	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	172	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	172	5	just	just	RB
13111	172	6	above	above	IN
13111	172	7	the	the	DT
13111	172	8	waistband	waistband	NN
13111	172	9	(	(	-LRB-
13111	172	10	_	_	NNP
13111	172	11	vide	vide	NN
13111	172	12	_	_	NNP
13111	172	13	fig	fig	NN
13111	172	14	.	.	.
13111	173	1	3	3	LS
13111	173	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	173	3	.	.	.
13111	174	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
13111	174	2	are	be	VBP
13111	174	3	not	not	RB
13111	174	4	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	174	5	of	of	IN
13111	174	6	the	the	DT
13111	174	7	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	174	8	of	of	IN
13111	174	9	the	the	DT
13111	174	10	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	174	11	;	;	:
13111	174	12	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	174	13	are	be	VBP
13111	174	14	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	174	15	of	of	IN
13111	174	16	the	the	DT
13111	174	17	position	position	NN
13111	174	18	of	of	IN
13111	174	19	the	the	DT
13111	174	20	walls	wall	NNS
13111	174	21	of	of	IN
13111	174	22	the	the	DT
13111	174	23	chest	chest	NN
13111	174	24	and	and	CC
13111	174	25	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
13111	174	26	;	;	:
13111	174	27	the	the	DT
13111	174	28	messages	message	NNS
13111	174	29	the	the	DT
13111	174	30	mind	mind	NN
13111	174	31	receives	receive	VBZ
13111	174	32	relating	relate	VBG
13111	174	33	to	to	IN
13111	174	34	the	the	DT
13111	174	35	amount	amount	NN
13111	174	36	of	of	IN
13111	174	37	air	air	NN
13111	174	38	in	in	IN
13111	174	39	the	the	DT
13111	174	40	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	174	41	at	at	IN
13111	174	42	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	174	43	disposal	disposal	NN
13111	174	44	come	come	VBP
13111	174	45	from	from	IN
13111	174	46	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	174	47	derived	derive	VBN
13111	174	48	from	from	IN
13111	174	49	the	the	DT
13111	174	50	structures	structure	NNS
13111	174	51	forming	form	VBG
13111	174	52	the	the	DT
13111	174	53	wall	wall	NN
13111	174	54	of	of	IN
13111	174	55	the	the	DT
13111	174	56	chest	chest	NN
13111	174	57	and	and	CC
13111	174	58	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
13111	174	59	,	,	,
13111	174	60	viz	viz	NNP
13111	174	61	.	.	.
13111	175	1	the	the	DT
13111	175	2	position	position	NN
13111	175	3	of	of	IN
13111	175	4	the	the	DT
13111	175	5	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	175	6	,	,	,
13111	175	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	175	8	degree	degree	NN
13111	175	9	of	of	IN
13111	175	10	elevation	elevation	NN
13111	175	11	and	and	CC
13111	175	12	forward	forward	RB
13111	175	13	protrusion	protrusion	NN
13111	175	14	combined	combine	VBN
13111	175	15	with	with	IN
13111	175	16	the	the	DT
13111	175	17	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	175	18	that	that	IN
13111	175	19	the	the	DT
13111	175	20	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	175	21	are	be	VBP
13111	175	22	falling	fall	VBG
13111	175	23	back	back	RB
13111	175	24	into	into	IN
13111	175	25	the	the	DT
13111	175	26	position	position	NN
13111	175	27	of	of	IN
13111	175	28	rest	rest	NN
13111	175	29	;	;	:
13111	175	30	besides	besides	IN
13111	175	31	there	there	EX
13111	175	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	175	33	the	the	DT
13111	175	34	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	175	35	that	that	IN
13111	175	36	the	the	DT
13111	175	37	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	175	38	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	175	39	can	can	MD
13111	175	40	contract	contract	VB
13111	175	41	no	no	DT
13111	175	42	more	more	JJR
13111	175	43	--	--	:
13111	175	44	a	a	DT
13111	175	45	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	175	46	which	which	WDT
13111	175	47	should	should	MD
13111	175	48	never	never	RB
13111	175	49	be	be	VB
13111	175	50	allowed	allow	VBN
13111	175	51	to	to	TO
13111	175	52	arise	arise	VB
13111	175	53	before	before	IN
13111	175	54	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	175	55	become	become	VBP
13111	175	56	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	175	57	of	of	IN
13111	175	58	the	the	DT
13111	175	59	necessity	necessity	NN
13111	175	60	of	of	IN
13111	175	61	replenishing	replenish	VBG
13111	175	62	the	the	DT
13111	175	63	supply	supply	NN
13111	175	64	of	of	IN
13111	175	65	air	air	NN
13111	175	66	.	.	.
13111	176	1	This	this	DT
13111	176	2	should	should	MD
13111	176	3	be	be	VB
13111	176	4	effected	effect	VBN
13111	176	5	by	by	IN
13111	176	6	quickly	quickly	RB
13111	176	7	drawing	draw	VBG
13111	176	8	in	in	IN
13111	176	9	air	air	NN
13111	176	10	through	through	IN
13111	176	11	the	the	DT
13111	176	12	nostrils	nostril	NNS
13111	176	13	without	without	IN
13111	176	14	apparent	apparent	JJ
13111	176	15	effort	effort	NN
13111	176	16	and	and	CC
13111	176	17	to	to	IN
13111	176	18	as	as	IN
13111	176	19	full	full	JJ
13111	176	20	extent	extent	NN
13111	176	21	as	as	IN
13111	176	22	opportunity	opportunity	NN
13111	176	23	offers	offer	VBZ
13111	176	24	between	between	IN
13111	176	25	the	the	DT
13111	176	26	phrases	phrase	NNS
13111	176	27	.	.	.
13111	177	1	By	by	IN
13111	177	2	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	177	3	and	and	CC
13111	177	4	perseverance	perseverance	NN
13111	177	5	the	the	DT
13111	177	6	guiding	guide	VBG
13111	177	7	sense	sense	NN
13111	177	8	which	which	WDT
13111	177	9	informs	inform	VBZ
13111	177	10	the	the	DT
13111	177	11	singer	singer	NN
13111	177	12	of	of	IN
13111	177	13	the	the	DT
13111	177	14	amount	amount	NN
13111	177	15	of	of	IN
13111	177	16	air	air	NN
13111	177	17	at	at	IN
13111	177	18	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	177	19	disposal	disposal	NN
13111	177	20	,	,	,
13111	177	21	and	and	CC
13111	177	22	when	when	WRB
13111	177	23	and	and	CC
13111	177	24	how	how	WRB
13111	177	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	177	26	should	should	MD
13111	177	27	be	be	VB
13111	177	28	replenished	replenish	VBN
13111	177	29	and	and	CC
13111	177	30	voluntarily	voluntarily	RB
13111	177	31	used	use	VBN
13111	177	32	,	,	,
13111	177	33	is	be	VBZ
13111	177	34	of	of	IN
13111	177	35	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	177	36	importance	importance	NN
13111	177	37	to	to	IN
13111	177	38	good	good	JJ
13111	177	39	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	177	40	.	.	.
13111	178	1	Collar	collar	NN
13111	178	2	-	-	HYPH
13111	178	3	bone	bone	NN
13111	178	4	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	178	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	178	6	deprecated	deprecate	VBN
13111	178	7	by	by	IN
13111	178	8	some	some	DT
13111	178	9	authorities	authority	NNS
13111	178	10	,	,	,
13111	178	11	but	but	CC
13111	178	12	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	178	13	see	see	VBP
13111	178	14	no	no	DT
13111	178	15	reason	reason	NN
13111	178	16	why	why	WRB
13111	178	17	the	the	DT
13111	178	18	apices	apex	NNS
13111	178	19	of	of	IN
13111	178	20	the	the	DT
13111	178	21	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	178	22	should	should	MD
13111	178	23	not	not	RB
13111	178	24	be	be	VB
13111	178	25	expanded	expand	VBN
13111	178	26	,	,	,
13111	178	27	and	and	CC
13111	178	28	seeing	see	VBG
13111	178	29	the	the	DT
13111	178	30	frequency	frequency	NN
13111	178	31	with	with	IN
13111	178	32	which	which	WDT
13111	178	33	tubercle	tubercle	NN
13111	178	34	occurs	occur	VBZ
13111	178	35	in	in	IN
13111	178	36	this	this	DT
13111	178	37	region	region	NN
13111	178	38	,	,	,
13111	178	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	178	40	might	may	MD
13111	178	41	by	by	IN
13111	178	42	improving	improve	VBG
13111	178	43	the	the	DT
13111	178	44	circulation	circulation	NN
13111	178	45	and	and	CC
13111	178	46	nutrition	nutrition	NN
13111	178	47	be	be	VB
13111	178	48	even	even	RB
13111	178	49	beneficial	beneficial	JJ
13111	178	50	.	.	.
13111	179	1	The	the	DT
13111	179	2	proper	proper	JJ
13111	179	3	mode	mode	NN
13111	179	4	of	of	IN
13111	179	5	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	179	6	comes	come	VBZ
13111	179	7	almost	almost	RB
13111	179	8	natural	natural	JJ
13111	179	9	to	to	IN
13111	179	10	some	some	DT
13111	179	11	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	179	12	;	;	:
13111	179	13	to	to	IN
13111	179	14	others	other	NNS
13111	179	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	179	16	requires	require	VBZ
13111	179	17	patient	patient	JJ
13111	179	18	cultivation	cultivation	NN
13111	179	19	under	under	IN
13111	179	20	a	a	DT
13111	179	21	teacher	teacher	NN
13111	179	22	who	who	WP
13111	179	23	understands	understand	VBZ
13111	179	24	the	the	DT
13111	179	25	art	art	NN
13111	179	26	of	of	IN
13111	179	27	singing	singing	NN
13111	179	28	and	and	CC
13111	179	29	the	the	DT
13111	179	30	importance	importance	NN
13111	179	31	of	of	IN
13111	179	32	the	the	DT
13111	179	33	correct	correct	JJ
13111	179	34	methods	method	NNS
13111	179	35	of	of	IN
13111	179	36	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	179	37	.	.	.
13111	180	1	The	the	DT
13111	180	2	more	more	RBR
13111	180	3	powerfully	powerfully	RB
13111	180	4	the	the	DT
13111	180	5	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	180	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	180	7	contract	contract	VBP
13111	180	8	the	the	DT
13111	180	9	laxer	laxer	NN
13111	180	10	must	must	MD
13111	180	11	become	become	VB
13111	180	12	the	the	DT
13111	180	13	diaphragm	diaphragm	NNP
13111	180	14	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	180	15	;	;	:
13111	180	16	and	and	CC
13111	180	17	by	by	IN
13111	180	18	the	the	DT
13111	180	19	law	law	NN
13111	180	20	of	of	IN
13111	180	21	the	the	DT
13111	180	22	reciprocal	reciprocal	JJ
13111	180	23	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	180	24	of	of	IN
13111	180	25	antagonistic	antagonistic	JJ
13111	180	26	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	180	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	180	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	180	29	probable	probable	JJ
13111	180	30	that	that	IN
13111	180	31	with	with	IN
13111	180	32	the	the	DT
13111	180	33	augmented	augment	VBN
13111	180	34	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	180	35	currents	current	NNS
13111	180	36	to	to	IN
13111	180	37	the	the	DT
13111	180	38	expiratory	expiratory	NN
13111	180	39	centre	centre	NN
13111	180	40	of	of	IN
13111	180	41	the	the	DT
13111	180	42	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	180	43	there	there	EX
13111	180	44	is	be	VBZ
13111	180	45	a	a	DT
13111	180	46	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
13111	180	47	inhibition	inhibition	NN
13111	180	48	of	of	IN
13111	180	49	the	the	DT
13111	180	50	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	180	51	currents	current	NNS
13111	180	52	to	to	IN
13111	180	53	the	the	DT
13111	180	54	inspiratory	inspiratory	NN
13111	180	55	centre	centre	NN
13111	180	56	(	(	-LRB-
13111	180	57	_	_	NNP
13111	180	58	vide	vide	NN
13111	180	59	_	_	NNP
13111	180	60	fig	fig	NN
13111	180	61	.	.	.
13111	181	1	18	18	CD
13111	181	2	,	,	,
13111	181	3	page	page	NN
13111	181	4	101	101	CD
13111	181	5	)	)	-RRB-
13111	181	6	.	.	.
13111	182	1	These	these	DT
13111	182	2	centres	centre	NNS
13111	182	3	in	in	IN
13111	182	4	the	the	DT
13111	182	5	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	182	6	preside	preside	NN
13111	182	7	over	over	IN
13111	182	8	the	the	DT
13111	182	9	centres	centre	NNS
13111	182	10	in	in	IN
13111	182	11	the	the	DT
13111	182	12	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	182	13	cord	cord	NN
13111	182	14	which	which	WDT
13111	182	15	are	be	VBP
13111	182	16	in	in	IN
13111	182	17	direct	direct	JJ
13111	182	18	relation	relation	NN
13111	182	19	to	to	IN
13111	182	20	the	the	DT
13111	182	21	inspiratory	inspiratory	NN
13111	182	22	and	and	CC
13111	182	23	expiratory	expiratory	NN
13111	182	24	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	182	25	.	.	.
13111	183	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	183	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	183	3	,	,	,
13111	183	4	however	however	RB
13111	183	5	,	,	,
13111	183	6	probable	probable	JJ
13111	183	7	that	that	IN
13111	183	8	there	there	EX
13111	183	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	183	10	a	a	DT
13111	183	11	direct	direct	JJ
13111	183	12	relation	relation	NN
13111	183	13	between	between	IN
13111	183	14	the	the	DT
13111	183	15	brain	brain	NN
13111	183	16	and	and	CC
13111	183	17	the	the	DT
13111	183	18	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	183	19	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	183	20	centres	centre	NNS
13111	183	21	which	which	WDT
13111	183	22	control	control	VBP
13111	183	23	the	the	DT
13111	183	24	costal	costal	JJ
13111	183	25	and	and	CC
13111	183	26	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	183	27	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	183	28	independently	independently	RB
13111	183	29	of	of	IN
13111	183	30	the	the	DT
13111	183	31	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	183	32	centres	centre	NNS
13111	183	33	of	of	IN
13111	183	34	the	the	DT
13111	183	35	medulla	medulla	NNP
13111	183	36	oblongata	oblongata	NN
13111	183	37	(	(	-LRB-
13111	183	38	_	_	NNP
13111	183	39	vide	vide	NN
13111	183	40	_	_	NNP
13111	183	41	fig	fig	NN
13111	183	42	.	.	.
13111	184	1	18	18	CD
13111	184	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	184	3	.	.	.
13111	185	1	The	the	DT
13111	185	2	best	good	JJS
13111	185	3	method	method	NN
13111	185	4	of	of	IN
13111	185	5	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	185	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	185	7	that	that	DT
13111	185	8	which	which	WDT
13111	185	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	185	10	most	most	RBS
13111	185	11	natural	natural	JJ
13111	185	12	;	;	:
13111	185	13	there	there	EX
13111	185	14	should	should	MD
13111	185	15	not	not	RB
13111	185	16	be	be	VB
13111	185	17	a	a	DT
13111	185	18	protruded	protrude	VBN
13111	185	19	abdomen	abdoman	NNS
13111	185	20	on	on	IN
13111	185	21	the	the	DT
13111	185	22	one	one	CD
13111	185	23	hand	hand	NN
13111	185	24	,	,	,
13111	185	25	nor	nor	CC
13111	185	26	an	an	DT
13111	185	27	unduly	unduly	RB
13111	185	28	inflated	inflated	JJ
13111	185	29	chest	chest	NN
13111	185	30	on	on	IN
13111	185	31	the	the	DT
13111	185	32	other	other	JJ
13111	185	33	hand	hand	NN
13111	185	34	;	;	:
13111	185	35	the	the	DT
13111	185	36	maximum	maximum	JJ
13111	185	37	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	185	38	should	should	MD
13111	185	39	involve	involve	VB
13111	185	40	the	the	DT
13111	185	41	lower	low	JJR
13111	185	42	part	part	NN
13111	185	43	of	of	IN
13111	185	44	the	the	DT
13111	185	45	chest	chest	NN
13111	185	46	and	and	CC
13111	185	47	the	the	DT
13111	185	48	uppermost	uppermost	JJ
13111	185	49	part	part	NN
13111	185	50	of	of	IN
13111	185	51	the	the	DT
13111	185	52	abdomen	abdoman	NNS
13111	185	53	on	on	IN
13111	185	54	a	a	DT
13111	185	55	level	level	NN
13111	185	56	of	of	IN
13111	185	57	an	an	DT
13111	185	58	inch	inch	NN
13111	185	59	or	or	CC
13111	185	60	more	more	JJR
13111	185	61	below	below	IN
13111	185	62	the	the	DT
13111	185	63	tip	tip	NN
13111	185	64	of	of	IN
13111	185	65	the	the	DT
13111	185	66	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	185	67	;	;	:
13111	185	68	the	the	DT
13111	185	69	expansion	expansion	NN
13111	185	70	of	of	IN
13111	185	71	the	the	DT
13111	185	72	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	185	73	should	should	MD
13111	185	74	be	be	VB
13111	185	75	maintained	maintain	VBN
13111	185	76	as	as	RB
13111	185	77	long	long	RB
13111	185	78	as	as	IN
13111	185	79	possible	possible	JJ
13111	185	80	.	.	.
13111	186	1	In	in	IN
13111	186	2	short	short	JJ
13111	186	3	phrases	phrase	NNS
13111	186	4	the	the	DT
13111	186	5	movement	movement	NN
13111	186	6	may	may	MD
13111	186	7	be	be	VB
13111	186	8	limited	limit	VBN
13111	186	9	to	to	IN
13111	186	10	an	an	DT
13111	186	11	ascent	ascent	NN
13111	186	12	of	of	IN
13111	186	13	the	the	DT
13111	186	14	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	186	15	,	,	,
13111	186	16	over	over	IN
13111	186	17	which	which	WDT
13111	186	18	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	186	19	have	have	VBP
13111	186	20	not	not	RB
13111	186	21	the	the	DT
13111	186	22	same	same	JJ
13111	186	23	control	control	NN
13111	186	24	as	as	IN
13111	186	25	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	186	26	have	have	VBP
13111	186	27	of	of	IN
13111	186	28	the	the	DT
13111	186	29	elevation	elevation	NN
13111	186	30	of	of	IN
13111	186	31	the	the	DT
13111	186	32	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	186	33	;	;	:
13111	186	34	but	but	CC
13111	186	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	186	36	is	be	VBZ
13111	186	37	better	well	JJR
13111	186	38	to	to	TO
13111	186	39	reserve	reserve	VB
13111	186	40	the	the	DT
13111	186	41	costal	costal	NN
13111	186	42	air	air	NN
13111	186	43	,	,	,
13111	186	44	over	over	IN
13111	186	45	which	which	WDT
13111	186	46	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	186	47	have	have	VBP
13111	186	48	more	more	RBR
13111	186	49	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	186	50	control	control	NN
13111	186	51	,	,	,
13111	186	52	for	for	IN
13111	186	53	maintaining	maintain	VBG
13111	186	54	a	a	DT
13111	186	55	continuous	continuous	JJ
13111	186	56	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	186	57	and	and	CC
13111	186	58	for	for	IN
13111	186	59	varying	vary	VBG
13111	186	60	the	the	DT
13111	186	61	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	186	62	.	.	.
13111	187	1	II	ii	CD
13111	187	2	.	.	.
13111	188	1	THE	the	DT
13111	188	2	REED	REED	NNP
13111	188	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	188	4	will	will	MD
13111	188	5	now	now	RB
13111	188	6	pass	pass	VB
13111	188	7	on	on	RP
13111	188	8	to	to	IN
13111	188	9	the	the	DT
13111	188	10	consideration	consideration	NN
13111	188	11	of	of	IN
13111	188	12	the	the	DT
13111	188	13	voice	voice	NN
13111	188	14	-	-	HYPH
13111	188	15	box	box	NN
13111	188	16	,	,	,
13111	188	17	or	or	CC
13111	188	18	larynx	larynx	NNP
13111	188	19	,	,	,
13111	188	20	containing	contain	VBG
13111	188	21	the	the	DT
13111	188	22	reed	reed	NN
13111	188	23	portion	portion	NN
13111	188	24	of	of	IN
13111	188	25	the	the	DT
13111	188	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	188	27	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	188	28	.	.	.
13111	189	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	189	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	189	3	:	:	:
13111	189	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	189	5	.	.	.
13111	190	1	4	4	LS
13111	190	2	From	from	IN
13111	190	3	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
13111	190	4	's	's	POS
13111	190	5	"	"	``
13111	190	6	Mechanism	Mechanism	NNP
13111	190	7	of	of	IN
13111	190	8	the	the	DT
13111	190	9	Human	Human	NNP
13111	190	10	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	190	11	"	"	''
13111	190	12	]	]	-RRB-
13111	190	13	[	[	-LRB-
13111	190	14	Description	description	NN
13111	190	15	:	:	:
13111	190	16	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	190	17	.	.	.
13111	191	1	4.--The	4.--the	CD
13111	191	2	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	191	3	of	of	IN
13111	191	4	the	the	DT
13111	191	5	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	191	6	or	or	CC
13111	191	7	voice	voice	NN
13111	191	8	-	-	HYPH
13111	191	9	box	box	NN
13111	191	10	.	.	.
13111	192	1	A	a	DT
13111	192	2	large	large	JJ
13111	192	3	portion	portion	NN
13111	192	4	of	of	IN
13111	192	5	the	the	DT
13111	192	6	shield	shield	NN
13111	192	7	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	192	8	on	on	IN
13111	192	9	the	the	DT
13111	192	10	right	right	JJ
13111	192	11	side	side	NN
13111	192	12	has	have	VBZ
13111	192	13	been	be	VBN
13111	192	14	cut	cut	VBN
13111	192	15	away	away	RB
13111	192	16	,	,	,
13111	192	17	in	in	IN
13111	192	18	order	order	NN
13111	192	19	to	to	TO
13111	192	20	show	show	VB
13111	192	21	the	the	DT
13111	192	22	two	two	CD
13111	192	23	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	192	24	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	192	25	;	;	:
13111	192	26	these	these	DT
13111	192	27	are	be	VBP
13111	192	28	seen	see	VBN
13111	192	29	jointed	joint	VBN
13111	192	30	by	by	IN
13111	192	31	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	192	32	bases	basis	NNS
13111	192	33	with	with	IN
13111	192	34	the	the	DT
13111	192	35	ring	ring	NN
13111	192	36	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	192	37	;	;	:
13111	192	38	anteriorly	anteriorly	RB
13111	192	39	are	be	VBP
13111	192	40	seen	see	VBN
13111	192	41	the	the	DT
13111	192	42	two	two	CD
13111	192	43	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	192	44	processes	process	NNS
13111	192	45	which	which	WDT
13111	192	46	give	give	VBP
13111	192	47	attachment	attachment	NN
13111	192	48	to	to	IN
13111	192	49	the	the	DT
13111	192	50	two	two	CD
13111	192	51	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	192	52	cords	cord	NNS
13111	192	53	(	(	-LRB-
13111	192	54	white	white	JJ
13111	192	55	ligaments	ligament	NNS
13111	192	56	)	)	-RRB-
13111	192	57	,	,	,
13111	192	58	which	which	WDT
13111	192	59	extend	extend	VBP
13111	192	60	across	across	IN
13111	192	61	the	the	DT
13111	192	62	voice	voice	NN
13111	192	63	-	-	HYPH
13111	192	64	box	box	NN
13111	192	65	to	to	TO
13111	192	66	be	be	VB
13111	192	67	inserted	insert	VBN
13111	192	68	in	in	IN
13111	192	69	front	front	NN
13111	192	70	in	in	IN
13111	192	71	the	the	DT
13111	192	72	angle	angle	NN
13111	192	73	of	of	IN
13111	192	74	the	the	DT
13111	192	75	shield	shield	NN
13111	192	76	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	192	77	.	.	.
13111	193	1	Groups	group	NNS
13111	193	2	of	of	IN
13111	193	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	193	4	pull	pull	VBP
13111	193	5	upon	upon	IN
13111	193	6	these	these	DT
13111	193	7	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	193	8	in	in	IN
13111	193	9	such	such	PDT
13111	193	10	a	a	DT
13111	193	11	manner	manner	NN
13111	193	12	as	as	IN
13111	193	13	to	to	TO
13111	193	14	increase	increase	VB
13111	193	15	,	,	,
13111	193	16	or	or	CC
13111	193	17	diminish	diminish	VB
13111	193	18	,	,	,
13111	193	19	the	the	DT
13111	193	20	chink	chink	NN
13111	193	21	between	between	IN
13111	193	22	the	the	DT
13111	193	23	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	193	24	cord	cord	NN
13111	193	25	in	in	IN
13111	193	26	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	193	27	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	193	28	and	and	CC
13111	193	29	expiration	expiration	NN
13111	193	30	;	;	:
13111	193	31	in	in	IN
13111	193	32	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	193	33	a	a	DT
13111	193	34	group	group	NN
13111	193	35	of	of	IN
13111	193	36	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	193	37	approximate	approximate	VBP
13111	193	38	the	the	DT
13111	193	39	cords	cord	NNS
13111	193	40	,	,	,
13111	193	41	while	while	IN
13111	193	42	another	another	DT
13111	193	43	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	193	44	makes	make	VBZ
13111	193	45	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	193	46	tense	tense	JJ
13111	193	47	.	.	.
13111	193	48	]	]	-RRB-
13111	194	1	_	_	NNP
13111	194	2	The	the	DT
13111	194	3	Larynx_.--The	Larynx_.--The	NNP
13111	194	4	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	194	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	194	6	situated	situate	VBN
13111	194	7	at	at	IN
13111	194	8	the	the	DT
13111	194	9	top	top	NN
13111	194	10	of	of	IN
13111	194	11	the	the	DT
13111	194	12	sound	sound	NN
13111	194	13	-	-	HYPH
13111	194	14	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	194	15	(	(	-LRB-
13111	194	16	trachea	trachea	NN
13111	194	17	or	or	CC
13111	194	18	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	194	19	)	)	-RRB-
13111	194	20	,	,	,
13111	194	21	and	and	CC
13111	194	22	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	194	23	of	of	IN
13111	194	24	a	a	DT
13111	194	25	framework	framework	NN
13111	194	26	of	of	IN
13111	194	27	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	194	28	articulated	articulate	VBN
13111	194	29	or	or	CC
13111	194	30	jointed	joint	VBN
13111	194	31	with	with	IN
13111	194	32	one	one	CD
13111	194	33	another	another	DT
13111	194	34	so	so	IN
13111	194	35	as	as	IN
13111	194	36	to	to	TO
13111	194	37	permit	permit	VB
13111	194	38	of	of	IN
13111	194	39	movement	movement	NN
13111	194	40	(	(	-LRB-
13111	194	41	_	_	NNP
13111	194	42	vide	vide	NN
13111	194	43	_	_	NNP
13111	194	44	fig	fig	NN
13111	194	45	.	.	.
13111	195	1	4	4	LS
13111	195	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	195	3	.	.	.
13111	196	1	The	the	DT
13111	196	2	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	196	3	are	be	VBP
13111	196	4	called	call	VBN
13111	196	5	by	by	IN
13111	196	6	names	name	NNS
13111	196	7	which	which	WDT
13111	196	8	indicate	indicate	VBP
13111	196	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	196	10	form	form	NN
13111	196	11	and	and	CC
13111	196	12	shape	shape	NN
13111	196	13	:	:	:
13111	196	14	(	(	-LRB-
13111	196	15	1	1	LS
13111	196	16	)	)	-RRB-
13111	196	17	shield	shield	NN
13111	196	18	or	or	CC
13111	196	19	thyroid	thyroid	NN
13111	196	20	,	,	,
13111	196	21	(	(	-LRB-
13111	196	22	2	2	LS
13111	196	23	)	)	-RRB-
13111	196	24	the	the	DT
13111	196	25	ring	ring	NN
13111	196	26	or	or	CC
13111	196	27	cricoid	cricoid	NN
13111	196	28	,	,	,
13111	196	29	and	and	CC
13111	196	30	(	(	-LRB-
13111	196	31	3	3	LS
13111	196	32	)	)	-RRB-
13111	196	33	a	a	DT
13111	196	34	pair	pair	NN
13111	196	35	of	of	IN
13111	196	36	pyramidal	pyramidal	NN
13111	196	37	or	or	CC
13111	196	38	arytenoid	arytenoid	JJ
13111	196	39	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	196	40	.	.	.
13111	197	1	Besides	besides	IN
13111	197	2	these	these	DT
13111	197	3	there	there	EX
13111	197	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	197	5	the	the	DT
13111	197	6	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
13111	197	7	,	,	,
13111	197	8	which	which	WDT
13111	197	9	from	from	IN
13111	197	10	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	197	11	situation	situation	NN
13111	197	12	above	above	IN
13111	197	13	the	the	DT
13111	197	14	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	197	15	acts	act	VBZ
13111	197	16	more	more	RBR
13111	197	17	or	or	CC
13111	197	18	less	less	JJR
13111	197	19	as	as	IN
13111	197	20	a	a	DT
13111	197	21	lid	lid	NN
13111	197	22	.	.	.
13111	198	1	The	the	DT
13111	198	2	shield	shield	NN
13111	198	3	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	198	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	198	5	attached	attach	VBN
13111	198	6	by	by	IN
13111	198	7	ligaments	ligament	NNS
13111	198	8	and	and	CC
13111	198	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	198	10	to	to	IN
13111	198	11	the	the	DT
13111	198	12	bone	bone	NN
13111	198	13	(	(	-LRB-
13111	198	14	hyoid	hyoid	NN
13111	198	15	)	)	-RRB-
13111	198	16	in	in	IN
13111	198	17	the	the	DT
13111	198	18	root	root	NN
13111	198	19	of	of	IN
13111	198	20	the	the	DT
13111	198	21	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	198	22	,	,	,
13111	198	23	a	a	DT
13111	198	24	pair	pair	NN
13111	198	25	of	of	IN
13111	198	26	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	198	27	also	also	RB
13111	198	28	connect	connect	VBP
13111	198	29	this	this	DT
13111	198	30	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	198	31	with	with	IN
13111	198	32	the	the	DT
13111	198	33	sternum	sternum	NN
13111	198	34	or	or	CC
13111	198	35	breastbone	breastbone	NN
13111	198	36	.	.	.
13111	199	1	The	the	DT
13111	199	2	ring	ring	NN
13111	199	3	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	199	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	199	5	attached	attach	VBN
13111	199	6	to	to	IN
13111	199	7	the	the	DT
13111	199	8	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	199	9	by	by	IN
13111	199	10	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	199	11	lower	low	JJR
13111	199	12	border	border	NN
13111	199	13	;	;	:
13111	199	14	by	by	IN
13111	199	15	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	199	16	upper	upper	JJ
13111	199	17	border	border	NN
13111	199	18	in	in	IN
13111	199	19	front	front	NN
13111	199	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	199	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	199	22	connected	connect	VBN
13111	199	23	with	with	IN
13111	199	24	the	the	DT
13111	199	25	inner	inner	JJ
13111	199	26	surface	surface	NN
13111	199	27	of	of	IN
13111	199	28	the	the	DT
13111	199	29	shield	shield	NN
13111	199	30	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	199	31	by	by	IN
13111	199	32	a	a	DT
13111	199	33	ligament	ligament	NN
13111	199	34	;	;	:
13111	199	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	199	36	is	be	VBZ
13111	199	37	also	also	RB
13111	199	38	jointed	joint	VBN
13111	199	39	on	on	IN
13111	199	40	either	either	DT
13111	199	41	side	side	NN
13111	199	42	with	with	IN
13111	199	43	the	the	DT
13111	199	44	shield	shield	NN
13111	199	45	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	199	46	.	.	.
13111	200	1	The	the	DT
13111	200	2	posterior	posterior	JJ
13111	200	3	part	part	NN
13111	200	4	of	of	IN
13111	200	5	the	the	DT
13111	200	6	ring	ring	NN
13111	200	7	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	200	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	200	9	much	much	RB
13111	200	10	wider	wide	JJR
13111	200	11	than	than	IN
13111	200	12	the	the	DT
13111	200	13	anterior	anterior	NNP
13111	200	14	portion	portion	NN
13111	200	15	,	,	,
13111	200	16	and	and	CC
13111	200	17	seated	seat	VBN
13111	200	18	upon	upon	IN
13111	200	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	200	20	upper	upper	JJ
13111	200	21	and	and	CC
13111	200	22	posterior	posterior	NNP
13111	200	23	rim	rim	NNP
13111	200	24	and	and	CC
13111	200	25	articulated	articulate	VBN
13111	200	26	with	with	IN
13111	200	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	200	28	by	by	IN
13111	200	29	separate	separate	JJ
13111	200	30	joints	joint	NNS
13111	200	31	are	be	VBP
13111	200	32	the	the	DT
13111	200	33	two	two	CD
13111	200	34	pyramidal	pyramidal	JJ
13111	200	35	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	200	36	(	(	-LRB-
13111	200	37	_	_	NNP
13111	200	38	vide	vide	NN
13111	200	39	_	_	NNP
13111	200	40	fig	fig	NN
13111	200	41	.	.	.
13111	201	1	4	4	LS
13111	201	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	201	3	.	.	.
13111	202	1	The	the	DT
13111	202	2	two	two	CD
13111	202	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	202	4	cords	cord	NNS
13111	202	5	as	as	IN
13111	202	6	shown	show	VBN
13111	202	7	in	in	IN
13111	202	8	the	the	DT
13111	202	9	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	202	10	are	be	VBP
13111	202	11	attached	attach	VBN
13111	202	12	to	to	IN
13111	202	13	the	the	DT
13111	202	14	shield	shield	NN
13111	202	15	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	202	16	in	in	IN
13111	202	17	front	front	NN
13111	202	18	,	,	,
13111	202	19	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	202	20	attachments	attachment	NNS
13111	202	21	being	be	VBG
13111	202	22	close	close	RB
13111	202	23	together	together	RB
13111	202	24	;	;	:
13111	202	25	posteriorly	posteriorly	RB
13111	202	26	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	202	27	are	be	VBP
13111	202	28	attached	attach	VBN
13111	202	29	to	to	IN
13111	202	30	the	the	DT
13111	202	31	pyramidal	pyramidal	JJ
13111	202	32	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	202	33	.	.	.
13111	203	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	203	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	203	3	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	203	4	,	,	,
13111	203	5	however	however	RB
13111	203	6	,	,	,
13111	203	7	to	to	TO
13111	203	8	describe	describe	VB
13111	203	9	a	a	DT
13111	203	10	little	little	JJ
13111	203	11	more	more	RBR
13111	203	12	fully	fully	RB
13111	203	13	these	these	DT
13111	203	14	attachments	attachment	NNS
13111	203	15	.	.	.
13111	204	1	Extending	extend	VBG
13111	204	2	forwards	forwards	RB
13111	204	3	from	from	IN
13111	204	4	the	the	DT
13111	204	5	base	base	NN
13111	204	6	of	of	IN
13111	204	7	the	the	DT
13111	204	8	pyramids	pyramid	NNS
13111	204	9	are	be	VBP
13111	204	10	processes	process	NNS
13111	204	11	termed	term	VBD
13111	204	12	the	the	DT
13111	204	13	"	"	``
13111	204	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	204	15	processes	process	NNS
13111	204	16	,	,	,
13111	204	17	"	"	''
13111	204	18	and	and	CC
13111	204	19	these	these	DT
13111	204	20	processes	process	NNS
13111	204	21	give	give	VBP
13111	204	22	attachment	attachment	NN
13111	204	23	to	to	IN
13111	204	24	the	the	DT
13111	204	25	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	204	26	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	204	27	of	of	IN
13111	204	28	which	which	WDT
13111	204	29	the	the	DT
13111	204	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	204	31	cords	cord	NNS
13111	204	32	mainly	mainly	RB
13111	204	33	consist	consist	VBP
13111	204	34	.	.	.
13111	205	1	There	there	EX
13111	205	2	are	be	VBP
13111	205	3	certain	certain	JJ
13111	205	4	groups	group	NNS
13111	205	5	of	of	IN
13111	205	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	205	7	which	which	WDT
13111	205	8	by	by	IN
13111	205	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	205	10	attachment	attachment	NN
13111	205	11	to	to	IN
13111	205	12	the	the	DT
13111	205	13	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	205	14	of	of	IN
13111	205	15	the	the	DT
13111	205	16	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	205	17	and	and	CC
13111	205	18	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	205	19	action	action	NN
13111	205	20	on	on	IN
13111	205	21	the	the	DT
13111	205	22	joints	joint	NNS
13111	205	23	are	be	VBP
13111	205	24	able	able	JJ
13111	205	25	to	to	TO
13111	205	26	separate	separate	VB
13111	205	27	the	the	DT
13111	205	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	205	29	cords	cord	NNS
13111	205	30	or	or	CC
13111	205	31	approximate	approximate	VB
13111	205	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	205	33	;	;	:
13111	205	34	these	these	DT
13111	205	35	are	be	VBP
13111	205	36	termed	term	VBN
13111	205	37	respectively	respectively	RB
13111	205	38	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	205	39	and	and	CC
13111	205	40	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	205	41	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	205	42	(	(	-LRB-
13111	205	43	figs	fig	NNS
13111	205	44	.	.	.
13111	206	1	5	5	CD
13111	206	2	and	and	CC
13111	206	3	6	6	CD
13111	206	4	)	)	-RRB-
13111	206	5	.	.	.
13111	207	1	In	in	IN
13111	207	2	normal	normal	JJ
13111	207	3	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	207	4	the	the	DT
13111	207	5	posterior	posterior	NN
13111	207	6	ring	ring	NN
13111	207	7	-	-	HYPH
13111	207	8	pyramidal	pyramidal	NN
13111	207	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	207	10	contract	contract	VBP
13111	207	11	synergically	synergically	RB
13111	207	12	with	with	IN
13111	207	13	the	the	DT
13111	207	14	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	207	15	of	of	IN
13111	207	16	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	207	17	and	and	CC
13111	207	18	by	by	IN
13111	207	19	separating	separate	VBG
13111	207	20	the	the	DT
13111	207	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	207	22	cords	cord	NNS
13111	207	23	open	open	VB
13111	207	24	wide	wide	RB
13111	207	25	the	the	DT
13111	207	26	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	207	27	,	,	,
13111	207	28	whereby	whereby	WRB
13111	207	29	there	there	EX
13111	207	30	is	be	VBZ
13111	207	31	a	a	DT
13111	207	32	free	free	JJ
13111	207	33	entrance	entrance	NN
13111	207	34	of	of	IN
13111	207	35	air	air	NN
13111	207	36	to	to	IN
13111	207	37	the	the	DT
13111	207	38	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	207	39	;	;	:
13111	207	40	during	during	IN
13111	207	41	expiration	expiration	NN
13111	207	42	this	this	DT
13111	207	43	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	207	44	ceases	cease	VBZ
13111	207	45	to	to	TO
13111	207	46	contract	contract	VB
13111	207	47	and	and	CC
13111	207	48	the	the	DT
13111	207	49	aperture	aperture	NN
13111	207	50	of	of	IN
13111	207	51	the	the	DT
13111	207	52	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	207	53	becomes	become	VBZ
13111	207	54	narrower	narrow	JJR
13111	207	55	(	(	-LRB-
13111	207	56	_	_	NNP
13111	207	57	vide	vide	NN
13111	207	58	_	_	NNP
13111	207	59	fig	fig	NN
13111	207	60	.	.	.
13111	208	1	10	10	LS
13111	208	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	208	3	.	.	.
13111	209	1	But	but	CC
13111	209	2	when	when	WRB
13111	209	3	the	the	DT
13111	209	4	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	209	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	209	6	required	require	VBN
13111	209	7	to	to	TO
13111	209	8	be	be	VB
13111	209	9	raised	raise	VBN
13111	209	10	in	in	IN
13111	209	11	the	the	DT
13111	209	12	air	air	NN
13111	209	13	passages	passage	NNS
13111	209	14	,	,	,
13111	209	15	as	as	IN
13111	209	16	in	in	IN
13111	209	17	the	the	DT
13111	209	18	simple	simple	JJ
13111	209	19	reflex	reflex	NNP
13111	209	20	act	act	NN
13111	209	21	of	of	IN
13111	209	22	coughing	coughing	NNP
13111	209	23	or	or	CC
13111	209	24	in	in	IN
13111	209	25	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	209	26	,	,	,
13111	209	27	the	the	DT
13111	209	28	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	209	29	must	must	MD
13111	209	30	be	be	VB
13111	209	31	closed	close	VBN
13111	209	32	by	by	IN
13111	209	33	approximation	approximation	NN
13111	209	34	of	of	IN
13111	209	35	the	the	DT
13111	209	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	209	37	cords	cord	NNS
13111	209	38	,	,	,
13111	209	39	and	and	CC
13111	209	40	this	this	DT
13111	209	41	is	be	VBZ
13111	209	42	effected	effect	VBN
13111	209	43	by	by	IN
13111	209	44	a	a	DT
13111	209	45	group	group	NN
13111	209	46	of	of	IN
13111	209	47	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	209	48	termed	term	VBD
13111	209	49	the	the	DT
13111	209	50	adductors	adductor	NNS
13111	209	51	,	,	,
13111	209	52	which	which	WDT
13111	209	53	pull	pull	VBP
13111	209	54	on	on	RP
13111	209	55	the	the	DT
13111	209	56	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	209	57	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	209	58	in	in	IN
13111	209	59	such	such	PDT
13111	209	60	a	a	DT
13111	209	61	way	way	NN
13111	209	62	that	that	WDT
13111	209	63	the	the	DT
13111	209	64	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	209	65	processes	process	NNS
13111	209	66	are	be	VBP
13111	209	67	drawn	draw	VBN
13111	209	68	towards	towards	IN
13111	209	69	one	one	CD
13111	209	70	another	another	DT
13111	209	71	in	in	IN
13111	209	72	the	the	DT
13111	209	73	manner	manner	NN
13111	209	74	shown	show	VBN
13111	209	75	in	in	IN
13111	209	76	fig	fig	NN
13111	209	77	.	.	.
13111	210	1	7	7	LS
13111	210	2	.	.	.
13111	211	1	Besides	besides	IN
13111	211	2	the	the	DT
13111	211	3	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	211	4	and	and	CC
13111	211	5	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	211	6	groups	group	NNS
13111	211	7	of	of	IN
13111	211	8	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	211	9	,	,	,
13111	211	10	there	there	EX
13111	211	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	211	12	a	a	DT
13111	211	13	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	211	14	which	which	WDT
13111	211	15	acts	act	VBZ
13111	211	16	in	in	IN
13111	211	17	conjunction	conjunction	NN
13111	211	18	with	with	IN
13111	211	19	the	the	DT
13111	211	20	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	211	21	group	group	NN
13111	211	22	,	,	,
13111	211	23	and	and	CC
13111	211	24	by	by	IN
13111	211	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	211	26	attachments	attachment	NNS
13111	211	27	to	to	IN
13111	211	28	the	the	DT
13111	211	29	shield	shield	NN
13111	211	30	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	211	31	above	above	IN
13111	211	32	and	and	CC
13111	211	33	the	the	DT
13111	211	34	ring	ring	NN
13111	211	35	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	211	36	below	below	RB
13111	211	37	makes	make	VBZ
13111	211	38	tense	tense	JJ
13111	211	39	the	the	DT
13111	211	40	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	211	41	cords	cord	NNS
13111	211	42	(	(	-LRB-
13111	211	43	_	_	NNP
13111	211	44	vide	vide	NN
13111	211	45	_	_	NNP
13111	211	46	fig	fig	NN
13111	211	47	.	.	.
13111	212	1	5	5	LS
13111	212	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	212	3	;	;	:
13111	212	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	212	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	212	6	of	of	IN
13111	212	7	interest	interest	NN
13111	212	8	to	to	TO
13111	212	9	note	note	VB
13111	212	10	that	that	IN
13111	212	11	this	this	DT
13111	212	12	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	212	13	has	have	VBZ
13111	212	14	a	a	DT
13111	212	15	separate	separate	JJ
13111	212	16	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	212	17	supply	supply	NN
13111	212	18	to	to	IN
13111	212	19	that	that	DT
13111	212	20	of	of	IN
13111	212	21	the	the	DT
13111	212	22	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	212	23	and	and	CC
13111	212	24	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	212	25	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	212	26	.	.	.
13111	213	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	213	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	213	3	:	:	:
13111	213	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	213	5	.	.	.
13111	214	1	5	5	CD
13111	214	2	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	214	3	after	after	IN
13111	214	4	Testut	Testut	NNP
13111	214	5	(	(	-LRB-
13111	214	6	modified	modified	NNP
13111	214	7	)	)	-RRB-
13111	214	8	,	,	,
13111	214	9	showing	show	VBG
13111	214	10	the	the	DT
13111	214	11	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	214	12	from	from	IN
13111	214	13	the	the	DT
13111	214	14	front	front	NN
13111	214	15	.	.	.
13111	214	16	]	]	-RRB-
13111	215	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	215	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	215	3	:	:	:
13111	215	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	215	5	.	.	.
13111	216	1	6	6	CD
13111	216	2	Diagram	Diagram	NNP
13111	216	3	after	after	IN
13111	216	4	Testut	Testut	NNP
13111	216	5	(	(	-LRB-
13111	216	6	modified	modified	NNP
13111	216	7	)	)	-RRB-
13111	216	8	,	,	,
13111	216	9	showing	show	VBG
13111	216	10	the	the	DT
13111	216	11	posterior	posterior	JJ
13111	216	12	view	view	NN
13111	216	13	of	of	IN
13111	216	14	the	the	DT
13111	216	15	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	216	16	with	with	IN
13111	216	17	the	the	DT
13111	216	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	216	19	.	.	.
13111	216	20	]	]	-RRB-
13111	217	1	On	on	IN
13111	217	2	the	the	DT
13111	217	3	top	top	NN
13111	217	4	of	of	IN
13111	217	5	the	the	DT
13111	217	6	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	217	7	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	217	8	,	,	,
13111	217	9	in	in	IN
13111	217	10	the	the	DT
13111	217	11	folds	fold	NNS
13111	217	12	of	of	IN
13111	217	13	mucous	mucous	JJ
13111	217	14	membrane	membrane	NN
13111	217	15	which	which	WDT
13111	217	16	cover	cover	VBP
13111	217	17	the	the	DT
13111	217	18	whole	whole	JJ
13111	217	19	inside	inside	NN
13111	217	20	of	of	IN
13111	217	21	the	the	DT
13111	217	22	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	217	23	are	be	VBP
13111	217	24	two	two	CD
13111	217	25	little	little	JJ
13111	217	26	pieces	piece	NNS
13111	217	27	of	of	IN
13111	217	28	yellow	yellow	JJ
13111	217	29	elastic	elastic	JJ
13111	217	30	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	217	31	;	;	:
13111	217	32	and	and	CC
13111	217	33	in	in	IN
13111	217	34	the	the	DT
13111	217	35	folds	fold	NNS
13111	217	36	of	of	IN
13111	217	37	mucous	mucous	JJ
13111	217	38	membrane	membrane	NN
13111	217	39	uniting	unite	VBG
13111	217	40	these	these	DT
13111	217	41	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	217	42	with	with	IN
13111	217	43	the	the	DT
13111	217	44	leaf	leaf	NN
13111	217	45	-	-	HYPH
13111	217	46	like	like	JJ
13111	217	47	lid	lid	JJ
13111	217	48	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	217	49	(	(	-LRB-
13111	217	50	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
13111	217	51	)	)	-RRB-
13111	217	52	is	be	VBZ
13111	217	53	a	a	DT
13111	217	54	thin	thin	JJ
13111	217	55	sheet	sheet	NN
13111	217	56	of	of	IN
13111	217	57	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	217	58	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	217	59	which	which	WDT
13111	217	60	acts	act	VBZ
13111	217	61	in	in	IN
13111	217	62	conjunction	conjunction	NN
13111	217	63	with	with	IN
13111	217	64	the	the	DT
13111	217	65	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	217	66	between	between	IN
13111	217	67	the	the	DT
13111	217	68	two	two	CD
13111	217	69	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	217	70	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	217	71	(	(	-LRB-
13111	217	72	_	_	NNP
13111	217	73	vide	vide	NN
13111	217	74	_	_	NNP
13111	217	75	fig	fig	NN
13111	217	76	.	.	.
13111	218	1	8)	8)	CD
13111	218	2	.	.	.
13111	219	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	219	2	must	must	MD
13111	219	3	also	also	RB
13111	219	4	direct	direct	VB
13111	219	5	especial	especial	JJ
13111	219	6	attention	attention	NN
13111	219	7	to	to	IN
13111	219	8	a	a	DT
13111	219	9	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	219	10	belonging	belong	VBG
13111	219	11	to	to	IN
13111	219	12	the	the	DT
13111	219	13	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	219	14	group	group	NN
13111	219	15	,	,	,
13111	219	16	which	which	WDT
13111	219	17	has	have	VBZ
13111	219	18	another	another	DT
13111	219	19	important	important	JJ
13111	219	20	function	function	NN
13111	219	21	especially	especially	RB
13111	219	22	related	relate	VBN
13111	219	23	to	to	IN
13111	219	24	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	219	25	:	:	:
13111	219	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	219	27	is	be	VBZ
13111	219	28	sometimes	sometimes	RB
13111	219	29	called	call	VBN
13111	219	30	the	the	DT
13111	219	31	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	219	32	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	219	33	;	;	:
13111	219	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	219	35	runs	run	VBZ
13111	219	36	from	from	IN
13111	219	37	the	the	DT
13111	219	38	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	219	39	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	219	40	to	to	IN
13111	219	41	the	the	DT
13111	219	42	shield	shield	NN
13111	219	43	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	219	44	;	;	:
13111	219	45	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	219	46	apparently	apparently	RB
13111	219	47	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	219	48	of	of	IN
13111	219	49	two	two	CD
13111	219	50	portions	portion	NNS
13111	219	51	,	,	,
13111	219	52	an	an	DT
13111	219	53	external	external	JJ
13111	219	54	,	,	,
13111	219	55	which	which	WDT
13111	219	56	acts	act	VBZ
13111	219	57	with	with	IN
13111	219	58	the	the	DT
13111	219	59	lateral	lateral	JJ
13111	219	60	ring	ring	NN
13111	219	61	-	-	HYPH
13111	219	62	shield	shield	NN
13111	219	63	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	219	64	and	and	CC
13111	219	65	helps	help	VBZ
13111	219	66	to	to	TO
13111	219	67	approximate	approximate	VB
13111	219	68	the	the	DT
13111	219	69	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	219	70	cords	cord	NNS
13111	219	71	;	;	:
13111	219	72	and	and	CC
13111	219	73	another	another	DT
13111	219	74	portion	portion	NN
13111	219	75	situated	situate	VBN
13111	219	76	within	within	IN
13111	219	77	the	the	DT
13111	219	78	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	219	79	cord	cord	NN
13111	219	80	itself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	219	81	,	,	,
13111	219	82	which	which	WDT
13111	219	83	by	by	IN
13111	219	84	contracting	contracting	NN
13111	219	85	shortens	shorten	VBZ
13111	219	86	the	the	DT
13111	219	87	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	219	88	cord	cord	NN
13111	219	89	and	and	CC
13111	219	90	probably	probably	RB
13111	219	91	allows	allow	VBZ
13111	219	92	only	only	RB
13111	219	93	the	the	DT
13111	219	94	free	free	JJ
13111	219	95	edge	edge	NN
13111	219	96	to	to	TO
13111	219	97	vibrate	vibrate	VB
13111	219	98	;	;	:
13111	219	99	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	219	100	,	,	,
13111	219	101	when	when	WRB
13111	219	102	not	not	RB
13111	219	103	contracting	contract	VBG
13111	219	104	,	,	,
13111	219	105	by	by	IN
13111	219	106	virtue	virtue	NN
13111	219	107	of	of	IN
13111	219	108	the	the	DT
13111	219	109	perfect	perfect	JJ
13111	219	110	elasticity	elasticity	NN
13111	219	111	of	of	IN
13111	219	112	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	219	113	the	the	DT
13111	219	114	whole	whole	JJ
13111	219	115	thickness	thickness	NN
13111	219	116	of	of	IN
13111	219	117	the	the	DT
13111	219	118	cord	cord	NN
13111	219	119	,	,	,
13111	219	120	including	include	VBG
13111	219	121	this	this	DT
13111	219	122	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	219	123	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	219	124	,	,	,
13111	219	125	can	can	MD
13111	219	126	be	be	VB
13111	219	127	stretched	stretch	VBN
13111	219	128	and	and	CC
13111	219	129	thrown	throw	VBN
13111	219	130	into	into	IN
13111	219	131	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	219	132	(	(	-LRB-
13111	219	133	_	_	NNP
13111	219	134	vide	vide	NN
13111	219	135	_	_	NNP
13111	219	136	fig	fig	NN
13111	219	137	.	.	.
13111	220	1	8)	8)	CD
13111	220	2	.	.	.
13111	221	1	In	in	IN
13111	221	2	the	the	DT
13111	221	3	production	production	NN
13111	221	4	of	of	IN
13111	221	5	chest	chest	NN
13111	221	6	notes	note	VBZ
13111	221	7	the	the	DT
13111	221	8	whole	whole	JJ
13111	221	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	221	10	cord	cord	NN
13111	221	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	221	12	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
13111	221	13	,	,	,
13111	221	14	the	the	DT
13111	221	15	difference	difference	NN
13111	221	16	in	in	IN
13111	221	17	the	the	DT
13111	221	18	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	221	19	depending	depend	VBG
13111	221	20	upon	upon	IN
13111	221	21	the	the	DT
13111	221	22	tension	tension	NN
13111	221	23	produced	produce	VBN
13111	221	24	by	by	IN
13111	221	25	the	the	DT
13111	221	26	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	221	27	of	of	IN
13111	221	28	the	the	DT
13111	221	29	tensor	tensor	NN
13111	221	30	(	(	-LRB-
13111	221	31	ring	ring	NN
13111	221	32	-	-	HYPH
13111	221	33	shield	shield	NN
13111	221	34	)	)	-RRB-
13111	221	35	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	221	36	.	.	.
13111	222	1	When	when	WRB
13111	222	2	,	,	,
13111	222	3	however	however	RB
13111	222	4	,	,	,
13111	222	5	the	the	DT
13111	222	6	change	change	NN
13111	222	7	from	from	IN
13111	222	8	the	the	DT
13111	222	9	lower	low	JJR
13111	222	10	to	to	IN
13111	222	11	the	the	DT
13111	222	12	upper	upper	JJ
13111	222	13	register	register	NN
13111	222	14	occurs	occur	VBZ
13111	222	15	,	,	,
13111	222	16	as	as	IN
13111	222	17	the	the	DT
13111	222	18	photographs	photograph	NNS
13111	222	19	taken	take	VBN
13111	222	20	by	by	IN
13111	222	21	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	222	22	French	French	NNP
13111	222	23	and	and	CC
13111	222	24	reproduced	reproduce	VBD
13111	222	25	in	in	IN
13111	222	26	a	a	DT
13111	222	27	lecture	lecture	NN
13111	222	28	at	at	IN
13111	222	29	the	the	DT
13111	222	30	Royal	Royal	NNP
13111	222	31	Institution	Institution	NNP
13111	222	32	by	by	IN
13111	222	33	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	222	34	Felix	Felix	NNP
13111	222	35	Semon	Semon	NNP
13111	222	36	show	show	NN
13111	222	37	,	,	,
13111	222	38	the	the	DT
13111	222	39	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	222	40	cords	cord	NNS
13111	222	41	become	become	VBP
13111	222	42	shorter	short	JJR
13111	222	43	,	,	,
13111	222	44	thicker	thick	JJR
13111	222	45	,	,	,
13111	222	46	and	and	CC
13111	222	47	rounder	rounder	NN
13111	222	48	;	;	:
13111	222	49	and	and	CC
13111	222	50	this	this	DT
13111	222	51	can	can	MD
13111	222	52	be	be	VB
13111	222	53	explained	explain	VBN
13111	222	54	by	by	IN
13111	222	55	supposing	suppose	VBG
13111	222	56	that	that	IN
13111	222	57	the	the	DT
13111	222	58	inner	inner	JJ
13111	222	59	portion	portion	NN
13111	222	60	of	of	IN
13111	222	61	the	the	DT
13111	222	62	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	222	63	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	222	64	contracts	contract	NNS
13111	222	65	at	at	IN
13111	222	66	the	the	DT
13111	222	67	break	break	NN
13111	222	68	from	from	IN
13111	222	69	the	the	DT
13111	222	70	lower	low	JJR
13111	222	71	to	to	IN
13111	222	72	the	the	DT
13111	222	73	upper	upper	JJ
13111	222	74	register	register	NN
13111	222	75	(	(	-LRB-
13111	222	76	_	_	NNP
13111	222	77	vide	vide	NN
13111	222	78	_	_	NNP
13111	222	79	fig	fig	NN
13111	222	80	.	.	.
13111	223	1	11	11	CD
13111	223	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	223	3	;	;	:
13111	223	4	and	and	CC
13111	223	5	that	that	IN
13111	223	6	as	as	IN
13111	223	7	a	a	DT
13111	223	8	result	result	NN
13111	223	9	only	only	RB
13111	223	10	the	the	DT
13111	223	11	free	free	JJ
13111	223	12	edges	edge	NNS
13111	223	13	of	of	IN
13111	223	14	the	the	DT
13111	223	15	cords	cord	NNS
13111	223	16	vibrate	vibrate	NN
13111	223	17	,	,	,
13111	223	18	causing	cause	VBG
13111	223	19	a	a	DT
13111	223	20	change	change	NN
13111	223	21	in	in	IN
13111	223	22	the	the	DT
13111	223	23	quality	quality	NN
13111	223	24	of	of	IN
13111	223	25	the	the	DT
13111	223	26	tone	tone	NN
13111	223	27	.	.	.
13111	224	1	As	as	IN
13111	224	2	the	the	DT
13111	224	3	scale	scale	NN
13111	224	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	224	5	ascended	ascend	VBN
13111	224	6	the	the	DT
13111	224	7	photographs	photograph	NNS
13111	224	8	show	show	VBP
13111	224	9	that	that	IN
13111	224	10	the	the	DT
13111	224	11	cords	cord	NNS
13111	224	12	become	become	VBP
13111	224	13	longer	long	JJR
13111	224	14	and	and	CC
13111	224	15	tenser	tense	JJR
13111	224	16	,	,	,
13111	224	17	which	which	WDT
13111	224	18	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	224	19	may	may	MD
13111	224	20	presume	presume	VB
13111	224	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	224	22	due	due	JJ
13111	224	23	to	to	IN
13111	224	24	the	the	DT
13111	224	25	continued	continue	VBN
13111	224	26	action	action	NN
13111	224	27	of	of	IN
13111	224	28	the	the	DT
13111	224	29	tensor	tensor	NN
13111	224	30	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	224	31	.	.	.
13111	225	1	Another	another	DT
13111	225	2	explanation	explanation	NN
13111	225	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	225	4	possible	possible	JJ
13111	225	5	,	,	,
13111	225	6	viz	viz	NN
13111	225	7	.	.	.
13111	226	1	that	that	IN
13111	226	2	in	in	IN
13111	226	3	the	the	DT
13111	226	4	lower	low	JJR
13111	226	5	register	register	VB
13111	226	6	the	the	DT
13111	226	7	two	two	CD
13111	226	8	edges	edge	NNS
13111	226	9	of	of	IN
13111	226	10	the	the	DT
13111	226	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	226	12	cords	cord	NNS
13111	226	13	are	be	VBP
13111	226	14	comparatively	comparatively	RB
13111	226	15	thick	thick	JJ
13111	226	16	strings	string	NNS
13111	226	17	.	.	.
13111	227	1	When	when	WRB
13111	227	2	the	the	DT
13111	227	3	break	break	NN
13111	227	4	occurs	occur	VBZ
13111	227	5	,	,	,
13111	227	6	owing	owe	VBG
13111	227	7	to	to	IN
13111	227	8	the	the	DT
13111	227	9	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	227	10	of	of	IN
13111	227	11	the	the	DT
13111	227	12	inner	inner	JJ
13111	227	13	portion	portion	NN
13111	227	14	of	of	IN
13111	227	15	the	the	DT
13111	227	16	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	227	17	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	227	18	,	,	,
13111	227	19	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	227	20	have	have	VBP
13111	227	21	a	a	DT
13111	227	22	transformation	transformation	NN
13111	227	23	into	into	IN
13111	227	24	thin	thin	JJ
13111	227	25	strings	string	NNS
13111	227	26	,	,	,
13111	227	27	at	at	IN
13111	227	28	first	first	JJ
13111	227	29	short	short	JJ
13111	227	30	,	,	,
13111	227	31	but	but	CC
13111	227	32	as	as	IN
13111	227	33	the	the	DT
13111	227	34	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	227	35	of	of	IN
13111	227	36	the	the	DT
13111	227	37	note	note	NN
13111	227	38	rises	rise	VBZ
13111	227	39	,	,	,
13111	227	40	the	the	DT
13111	227	41	thin	thin	JJ
13111	227	42	string	string	NN
13111	227	43	formed	form	VBN
13111	227	44	by	by	IN
13111	227	45	the	the	DT
13111	227	46	edge	edge	NN
13111	227	47	of	of	IN
13111	227	48	the	the	DT
13111	227	49	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	227	50	cord	cord	NN
13111	227	51	is	be	VBZ
13111	227	52	stretched	stretch	VBN
13111	227	53	and	and	CC
13111	227	54	made	make	VBN
13111	227	55	longer	long	RBR
13111	227	56	by	by	IN
13111	227	57	the	the	DT
13111	227	58	tensor	tensor	NN
13111	227	59	.	.	.
13111	228	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	228	2	should	should	MD
13111	228	3	be	be	VB
13111	228	4	mentioned	mention	VBN
13111	228	5	that	that	IN
13111	228	6	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	228	7	and	and	CC
13111	228	8	many	many	JJ
13111	228	9	other	other	JJ
13111	228	10	good	good	JJ
13111	228	11	authorities	authority	NNS
13111	228	12	do	do	VBP
13111	228	13	not	not	RB
13111	228	14	hold	hold	VB
13111	228	15	this	this	DT
13111	228	16	view	view	NN
13111	228	17	.	.	.
13111	229	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	229	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	229	3	:	:	:
13111	229	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	229	5	.	.	.
13111	230	1	7	7	CD
13111	230	2	A	A	NNP
13111	230	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	230	4	A	a	NN
13111	230	5	'	'	''
13111	230	6	,	,	,
13111	230	7	Ring	Ring	NNP
13111	230	8	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	230	9	.	.	.
13111	231	1	B	b	NN
13111	231	2	,	,	,
13111	231	3	Shield	Shield	NNP
13111	231	4	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	231	5	.	.	.
13111	232	1	1	1	LS
13111	232	2	,	,	,
13111	232	3	Pyramid	Pyramid	NNP
13111	232	4	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	232	5	.	.	.
13111	233	1	2	2	CD
13111	233	2	,	,	,
13111	233	3	Vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	233	4	process	process	NN
13111	233	5	,	,	,
13111	233	6	with	with	IN
13111	233	7	2	2	CD
13111	233	8	'	'	''
13111	233	9	,	,	,
13111	233	10	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	233	11	position	position	NN
13111	233	12	after	after	IN
13111	233	13	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	233	14	of	of	IN
13111	233	15	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	233	16	.	.	.
13111	234	1	3	3	LS
13111	234	2	,	,	,
13111	234	3	Postero	Postero	NNP
13111	234	4	-	-	HYPH
13111	234	5	external	external	JJ
13111	234	6	base	base	NN
13111	234	7	of	of	IN
13111	234	8	pyramid	pyramid	NN
13111	234	9	,	,	,
13111	234	10	giving	give	VBG
13111	234	11	attachment	attachment	NN
13111	234	12	to	to	IN
13111	234	13	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	234	14	and	and	CC
13111	234	15	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	234	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	234	17	at	at	IN
13111	234	18	rest	rest	NN
13111	234	19	,	,	,
13111	234	20	with	with	IN
13111	234	21	3	3	CD
13111	234	22	'	'	POS
13111	234	23	,	,	,
13111	234	24	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	234	25	new	new	JJ
13111	234	26	position	position	NN
13111	234	27	after	after	IN
13111	234	28	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	234	29	of	of	IN
13111	234	30	the	the	DT
13111	234	31	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	234	32	.	.	.
13111	235	1	4	4	LS
13111	235	2	,	,	,
13111	235	3	Centre	Centre	NNP
13111	235	4	of	of	IN
13111	235	5	movement	movement	NN
13111	235	6	of	of	IN
13111	235	7	the	the	DT
13111	235	8	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	235	9	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	235	10	.	.	.
13111	236	1	5	5	LS
13111	236	2	,	,	,
13111	236	3	The	the	DT
13111	236	4	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	236	5	cords	cord	NNS
13111	236	6	at	at	IN
13111	236	7	rest	rest	NN
13111	236	8	.	.	.
13111	237	1	5	5	CD
13111	237	2	'	'	''
13111	237	3	,	,	,
13111	237	4	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	237	5	new	new	JJ
13111	237	6	position	position	NN
13111	237	7	after	after	IN
13111	237	8	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	237	9	of	of	IN
13111	237	10	the	the	DT
13111	237	11	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	237	12	and	and	CC
13111	237	13	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	237	14	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	237	15	,	,	,
13111	237	16	respectively	respectively	RB
13111	237	17	seen	see	VBN
13111	237	18	in	in	IN
13111	237	19	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	237	20	and	and	CC
13111	237	21	II	II	NNP
13111	237	22	.	.	.
13111	238	1	6	6	LS
13111	238	2	,	,	,
13111	238	3	The	the	DT
13111	238	4	interligamentous	interligamentous	JJ
13111	238	5	,	,	,
13111	238	6	with	with	IN
13111	238	7	7	7	CD
13111	238	8	,	,	,
13111	238	9	the	the	DT
13111	238	10	intercartilaginous	intercartilaginous	JJ
13111	238	11	chink	chink	NN
13111	238	12	of	of	IN
13111	238	13	the	the	DT
13111	238	14	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	238	15	.	.	.
13111	239	1	8	8	LS
13111	239	2	,	,	,
13111	239	3	The	the	DT
13111	239	4	arrow	arrow	NN
13111	239	5	indicating	indicate	VBG
13111	239	6	respectively	respectively	RB
13111	239	7	in	in	IN
13111	239	8	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	239	9	and	and	CC
13111	239	10	II	ii	CD
13111	239	11	the	the	DT
13111	239	12	action	action	NN
13111	239	13	of	of	IN
13111	239	14	the	the	DT
13111	239	15	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	239	16	and	and	CC
13111	239	17	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	239	18	in	in	IN
13111	239	19	opening	opening	NN
13111	239	20	and	and	CC
13111	239	21	closing	close	VBG
13111	239	22	the	the	DT
13111	239	23	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	239	24	.	.	.
13111	239	25	]	]	-RRB-
13111	240	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	240	2	Description	description	NN
13111	240	3	:	:	:
13111	240	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	240	5	.	.	.
13111	241	1	7.--Diagram	7.--diagram	NN
13111	241	2	after	after	IN
13111	241	3	Testut	Testut	NNP
13111	241	4	(	(	-LRB-
13111	241	5	modified	modified	NNP
13111	241	6	)	)	-RRB-
13111	241	7	,	,	,
13111	241	8	showing	show	VBG
13111	241	9	:	:	:
13111	241	10	(	(	-LRB-
13111	241	11	i.	i.	NN
13111	241	12	)	)	-RRB-
13111	242	1	the	the	DT
13111	242	2	action	action	NN
13111	242	3	of	of	IN
13111	242	4	the	the	DT
13111	242	5	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	242	6	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	242	7	upon	upon	IN
13111	242	8	the	the	DT
13111	242	9	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	242	10	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	242	11	in	in	IN
13111	242	12	separating	separate	VBG
13111	242	13	the	the	DT
13111	242	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	242	15	cords	cord	NNS
13111	242	16	;	;	,
13111	242	17	(	(	-LRB-
13111	242	18	ii	ii	NNP
13111	242	19	.	.	.
13111	242	20	)	)	-RRB-
13111	243	1	the	the	DT
13111	243	2	action	action	NN
13111	243	3	of	of	IN
13111	243	4	the	the	DT
13111	243	5	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	243	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	243	7	in	in	IN
13111	243	8	approximating	approximate	VBG
13111	243	9	the	the	DT
13111	243	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	243	11	cords	cord	NNS
13111	243	12	.	.	.
13111	243	13	]	]	-RRB-
13111	244	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	244	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	244	3	:	:	:
13111	244	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	244	5	.	.	.
13111	245	1	8	8	LS
13111	245	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	245	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	245	4	Description	description	NN
13111	245	5	:	:	:
13111	245	6	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	245	7	.	.	.
13111	246	1	8.--Diagram	8.--diagram	NN
13111	246	2	after	after	IN
13111	246	3	Testut	Testut	NNP
13111	246	4	(	(	-LRB-
13111	246	5	modified	modify	VBN
13111	246	6	)	)	-RRB-
13111	246	7	with	with	IN
13111	246	8	hinder	hinder	NN
13111	246	9	portion	portion	NN
13111	246	10	of	of	IN
13111	246	11	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	246	12	and	and	CC
13111	246	13	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	246	14	cut	cut	VBN
13111	246	15	away	away	RB
13111	246	16	,	,	,
13111	246	17	showing	show	VBG
13111	246	18	the	the	DT
13111	246	19	conical	conical	JJ
13111	246	20	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	246	21	of	of	IN
13111	246	22	the	the	DT
13111	246	23	sound	sound	NN
13111	246	24	-	-	HYPH
13111	246	25	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	246	26	below	below	IN
13111	246	27	the	the	DT
13111	246	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	246	29	cords	cord	NNS
13111	246	30	.	.	.
13111	247	1	The	the	DT
13111	247	2	ventricle	ventricle	NN
13111	247	3	above	above	IN
13111	247	4	the	the	DT
13111	247	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	247	6	cords	cord	NNS
13111	247	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	247	8	seen	see	VBN
13111	247	9	with	with	IN
13111	247	10	the	the	DT
13111	247	11	surface	surface	NN
13111	247	12	sloping	slope	VBG
13111	247	13	upwards	upwards	RB
13111	247	14	towards	towards	IN
13111	247	15	the	the	DT
13111	247	16	mid	mid	JJ
13111	247	17	line	line	NN
13111	247	18	.	.	.
13111	247	19	]	]	-RRB-
13111	248	1	A	a	DT
13111	248	2	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	248	3	showing	show	VBG
13111	248	4	a	a	DT
13111	248	5	vertical	vertical	JJ
13111	248	6	section	section	NN
13111	248	7	through	through	IN
13111	248	8	the	the	DT
13111	248	9	middle	middle	NN
13111	248	10	of	of	IN
13111	248	11	the	the	DT
13111	248	12	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	248	13	at	at	IN
13111	248	14	right	right	JJ
13111	248	15	angles	angle	NNS
13111	248	16	to	to	IN
13111	248	17	the	the	DT
13111	248	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	248	19	cords	cord	NNS
13111	248	20	shows	show	VBZ
13111	248	21	some	some	DT
13111	248	22	important	important	JJ
13111	248	23	facts	fact	NNS
13111	248	24	in	in	IN
13111	248	25	connection	connection	NN
13111	248	26	with	with	IN
13111	248	27	the	the	DT
13111	248	28	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	248	29	of	of	IN
13111	248	30	this	this	DT
13111	248	31	portion	portion	NN
13111	248	32	of	of	IN
13111	248	33	the	the	DT
13111	248	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	248	35	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	248	36	(	(	-LRB-
13111	248	37	_	_	NNP
13111	248	38	vide	vide	NN
13111	248	39	_	_	NNP
13111	248	40	fig	fig	NN
13111	248	41	.	.	.
13111	249	1	8)	8)	CD
13111	249	2	.	.	.
13111	250	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	250	2	will	will	MD
13111	250	3	be	be	VB
13111	250	4	observed	observe	VBN
13111	250	5	that	that	IN
13111	250	6	the	the	DT
13111	250	7	sound	sound	NN
13111	250	8	-	-	HYPH
13111	250	9	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	250	10	just	just	RB
13111	250	11	beneath	beneath	IN
13111	250	12	the	the	DT
13111	250	13	membranous	membranous	JJ
13111	250	14	reed	reed	NN
13111	250	15	assumes	assume	VBZ
13111	250	16	the	the	DT
13111	250	17	form	form	NN
13111	250	18	of	of	IN
13111	250	19	a	a	DT
13111	250	20	cone	cone	NN
13111	250	21	,	,	,
13111	250	22	thus	thus	RB
13111	250	23	the	the	DT
13111	250	24	expired	expire	VBN
13111	250	25	air	air	NN
13111	250	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	250	27	driven	drive	VBN
13111	250	28	like	like	IN
13111	250	29	a	a	DT
13111	250	30	wedge	wedge	NN
13111	250	31	against	against	IN
13111	250	32	the	the	DT
13111	250	33	closed	closed	JJ
13111	250	34	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	250	35	.	.	.
13111	251	1	Another	another	DT
13111	251	2	fact	fact	NN
13111	251	3	of	of	IN
13111	251	4	importance	importance	NN
13111	251	5	may	may	MD
13111	251	6	be	be	VB
13111	251	7	observed	observe	VBN
13111	251	8	,	,	,
13111	251	9	that	that	IN
13111	251	10	above	above	IN
13111	251	11	the	the	DT
13111	251	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	251	13	cords	cord	NNS
13111	251	14	on	on	IN
13111	251	15	either	either	DT
13111	251	16	side	side	NN
13111	251	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	251	18	a	a	DT
13111	251	19	pouch	pouch	NN
13111	251	20	called	call	VBN
13111	251	21	a	a	DT
13111	251	22	ventricle	ventricle	NN
13111	251	23	,	,	,
13111	251	24	and	and	CC
13111	251	25	the	the	DT
13111	251	26	upper	upper	JJ
13111	251	27	surfaces	surface	NNS
13111	251	28	of	of	IN
13111	251	29	the	the	DT
13111	251	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	251	31	cords	cord	NNS
13111	251	32	slope	slope	VBP
13111	251	33	somewhat	somewhat	RB
13111	251	34	upwards	upwards	RB
13111	251	35	from	from	IN
13111	251	36	without	without	IN
13111	251	37	inwards	inward	NNS
13111	251	38	,	,	,
13111	251	39	so	so	IN
13111	251	40	that	that	IN
13111	251	41	the	the	DT
13111	251	42	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	251	43	of	of	IN
13111	251	44	the	the	DT
13111	251	45	air	air	NN
13111	251	46	from	from	IN
13111	251	47	above	above	RB
13111	251	48	tends	tend	VBZ
13111	251	49	to	to	TO
13111	251	50	press	press	VB
13111	251	51	the	the	DT
13111	251	52	edges	edge	NNS
13111	251	53	together	together	RB
13111	251	54	.	.	.
13111	252	1	The	the	DT
13111	252	2	force	force	NN
13111	252	3	of	of	IN
13111	252	4	the	the	DT
13111	252	5	expiratory	expiratory	NN
13111	252	6	blast	blast	NN
13111	252	7	of	of	IN
13111	252	8	air	air	NN
13111	252	9	from	from	IN
13111	252	10	below	below	RB
13111	252	11	overcomes	overcome	VBZ
13111	252	12	the	the	DT
13111	252	13	forces	force	NNS
13111	252	14	which	which	WDT
13111	252	15	approximate	approximate	VBP
13111	252	16	the	the	DT
13111	252	17	edges	edge	NNS
13111	252	18	of	of	IN
13111	252	19	the	the	DT
13111	252	20	cords	cord	NNS
13111	252	21	and	and	CC
13111	252	22	throws	throw	VBZ
13111	252	23	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	252	24	into	into	IN
13111	252	25	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	252	26	.	.	.
13111	253	1	With	with	IN
13111	253	2	each	each	DT
13111	253	3	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	253	4	of	of	IN
13111	253	5	the	the	DT
13111	253	6	membranous	membranous	JJ
13111	253	7	reeds	reed	VBZ
13111	253	8	the	the	DT
13111	253	9	valve	valve	NN
13111	253	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	253	11	opened	open	VBN
13111	253	12	,	,	,
13111	253	13	and	and	CC
13111	253	14	as	as	IN
13111	253	15	in	in	IN
13111	253	16	the	the	DT
13111	253	17	case	case	NN
13111	253	18	of	of	IN
13111	253	19	the	the	DT
13111	253	20	siren	siren	NN
13111	253	21	a	a	DT
13111	253	22	little	little	JJ
13111	253	23	puff	puff	NN
13111	253	24	of	of	IN
13111	253	25	air	air	NN
13111	253	26	escapes	escape	NNS
13111	253	27	;	;	:
13111	253	28	thus	thus	RB
13111	253	29	successive	successive	JJ
13111	253	30	rhythmical	rhythmical	JJ
13111	253	31	undulations	undulation	NNS
13111	253	32	of	of	IN
13111	253	33	the	the	DT
13111	253	34	air	air	NN
13111	253	35	are	be	VBP
13111	253	36	produced	produce	VBN
13111	253	37	,	,	,
13111	253	38	constituting	constitute	VBG
13111	253	39	the	the	DT
13111	253	40	sound	sound	JJ
13111	253	41	waves	wave	NNS
13111	253	42	.	.	.
13111	254	1	The	the	DT
13111	254	2	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	254	3	of	of	IN
13111	254	4	the	the	DT
13111	254	5	note	note	NN
13111	254	6	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	254	7	upon	upon	IN
13111	254	8	the	the	DT
13111	254	9	number	number	NN
13111	254	10	of	of	IN
13111	254	11	waves	wave	NNS
13111	254	12	per	per	IN
13111	254	13	second	second	NN
13111	254	14	,	,	,
13111	254	15	and	and	CC
13111	254	16	the	the	DT
13111	254	17	_	_	NNP
13111	254	18	register	register	NN
13111	254	19	_	_	NNP
13111	254	20	of	of	IN
13111	254	21	the	the	DT
13111	254	22	voice	voice	NN
13111	254	23	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	254	24	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	254	25	upon	upon	IN
13111	254	26	two	two	CD
13111	254	27	factors	factor	NNS
13111	254	28	:	:	:
13111	254	29	(	(	-LRB-
13111	254	30	1	1	LS
13111	254	31	)	)	-RRB-
13111	254	32	the	the	DT
13111	254	33	size	size	NN
13111	254	34	of	of	IN
13111	254	35	the	the	DT
13111	254	36	voice	voice	NN
13111	254	37	-	-	HYPH
13111	254	38	box	box	NN
13111	254	39	,	,	,
13111	254	40	or	or	CC
13111	254	41	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	254	42	,	,	,
13111	254	43	and	and	CC
13111	254	44	the	the	DT
13111	254	45	length	length	NN
13111	254	46	of	of	IN
13111	254	47	the	the	DT
13111	254	48	cords	cord	NNS
13111	254	49	,	,	,
13111	254	50	and	and	CC
13111	254	51	(	(	-LRB-
13111	254	52	2	2	LS
13111	254	53	)	)	-RRB-
13111	254	54	the	the	DT
13111	254	55	action	action	NN
13111	254	56	of	of	IN
13111	254	57	the	the	DT
13111	254	58	neuro	neuro	NNP
13111	254	59	-	-	HYPH
13111	254	60	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	254	61	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	254	62	whereby	whereby	WRB
13111	254	63	the	the	DT
13111	254	64	length	length	NN
13111	254	65	,	,	,
13111	254	66	approximation	approximation	NN
13111	254	67	,	,	,
13111	254	68	and	and	CC
13111	254	69	tension	tension	NN
13111	254	70	of	of	IN
13111	254	71	the	the	DT
13111	254	72	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	254	73	cords	cord	NNS
13111	254	74	can	can	MD
13111	254	75	be	be	VB
13111	254	76	modified	modify	VBN
13111	254	77	when	when	WRB
13111	254	78	singing	singe	VBG
13111	254	79	from	from	IN
13111	254	80	the	the	DT
13111	254	81	lowest	low	JJS
13111	254	82	note	note	NN
13111	254	83	to	to	IN
13111	254	84	the	the	DT
13111	254	85	highest	high	JJS
13111	254	86	note	note	NN
13111	254	87	of	of	IN
13111	254	88	the	the	DT
13111	254	89	register	register	NN
13111	254	90	.	.	.
13111	255	1	Thus	thus	RB
13111	255	2	the	the	DT
13111	255	3	compass	compass	NN
13111	255	4	of	of	IN
13111	255	5	the--	the--	NNP
13111	255	6	Bass	Bass	NNP
13111	255	7	voice	voice	NN
13111	255	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	255	9	D	d	NN
13111	255	10	to	to	IN
13111	255	11	f	f	XX
13111	255	12	75-	75-	NNP
13111	255	13	354	354	CD
13111	255	14	vibs	vibs	NN
13111	255	15	.	.	.
13111	256	1	per	per	IN
13111	256	2	sec	sec	NNP
13111	256	3	.	.	.
13111	257	1	Tenor	Tenor	NNP
13111	257	2	"	"	``
13111	257	3	c	c	NN
13111	257	4	"	"	``
13111	257	5	c	c	NN
13111	257	6	'	'	''
13111	257	7	'	'	''
13111	257	8	133-	133-	CD
13111	257	9	562	562	CD
13111	257	10	"	"	``
13111	257	11	"	"	``
13111	257	12	Contralto	Contralto	NNP
13111	257	13	"	"	''
13111	257	14	e	e	NN
13111	257	15	"	"	``
13111	257	16	g	g	NN
13111	257	17	'	'	''
13111	257	18	'	'	''
13111	257	19	167-	167-	CD
13111	257	20	795	795	CD
13111	257	21	"	"	''
13111	257	22	"	"	``
13111	257	23	Soprano	Soprano	NNP
13111	257	24	"	"	''
13111	257	25	b	b	NN
13111	257	26	"	"	``
13111	257	27	f	f	NNP
13111	257	28	'	'	''
13111	257	29	'	'	''
13111	257	30	'	'	''
13111	257	31	239	239	CD
13111	257	32	-	-	HYPH
13111	257	33	1417	1417	CD
13111	257	34	"	"	''
13111	257	35	"	"	``
13111	257	36	The	the	DT
13111	257	37	complete	complete	JJ
13111	257	38	compass	compass	NN
13111	257	39	of	of	IN
13111	257	40	the	the	DT
13111	257	41	human	human	JJ
13111	257	42	voice	voice	NN
13111	257	43	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	257	44	ranges	range	VBZ
13111	257	45	from	from	IN
13111	257	46	about	about	IN
13111	257	47	D	D	NNP
13111	257	48	75	75	CD
13111	257	49	to	to	IN
13111	257	50	f	f	LS
13111	257	51	'	'	''
13111	257	52	'	'	''
13111	257	53	'	'	''
13111	257	54	1417	1417	CD
13111	257	55	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	257	56	per	per	IN
13111	257	57	second	second	NN
13111	257	58	,	,	,
13111	257	59	but	but	CC
13111	257	60	the	the	DT
13111	257	61	quality	quality	NN
13111	257	62	of	of	IN
13111	257	63	the	the	DT
13111	257	64	same	same	JJ
13111	257	65	notes	note	NNS
13111	257	66	varies	vary	VBZ
13111	257	67	in	in	IN
13111	257	68	different	different	JJ
13111	257	69	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	257	70	.	.	.
13111	258	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	258	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	258	3	:	:	:
13111	258	4	Fig	Fig	NNP
13111	258	5	.	.	.
13111	259	1	9	9	LS
13111	259	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	259	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	259	4	Description	description	NN
13111	259	5	:	:	:
13111	259	6	Fig	fig	NN
13111	259	7	.	.	.
13111	260	1	9.--_Description	9.--_description	CD
13111	260	2	of	of	IN
13111	260	3	the	the	DT
13111	260	4	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
13111	260	5	and	and	CC
13111	260	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	260	7	mode	mode	NN
13111	260	8	of	of	IN
13111	260	9	use_.--The	use_.--The	NNP
13111	260	10	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
13111	260	11	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	260	12	of	of	IN
13111	260	13	a	a	DT
13111	260	14	concave	concave	NNP
13111	260	15	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	260	16	which	which	WDT
13111	260	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	260	18	fixed	fix	VBN
13111	260	19	on	on	IN
13111	260	20	the	the	DT
13111	260	21	forehead	forehead	NN
13111	260	22	with	with	IN
13111	260	23	a	a	DT
13111	260	24	band	band	NN
13111	260	25	in	in	IN
13111	260	26	such	such	PDT
13111	260	27	a	a	DT
13111	260	28	way	way	NN
13111	260	29	that	that	WDT
13111	260	30	the	the	DT
13111	260	31	right	right	JJ
13111	260	32	eye	eye	NN
13111	260	33	looks	look	VBZ
13111	260	34	through	through	IN
13111	260	35	the	the	DT
13111	260	36	hole	hole	NN
13111	260	37	in	in	IN
13111	260	38	the	the	DT
13111	260	39	middle	middle	NN
13111	260	40	.	.	.
13111	261	1	This	this	DT
13111	261	2	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	261	3	reflects	reflect	VBZ
13111	261	4	the	the	DT
13111	261	5	light	light	NN
13111	261	6	from	from	IN
13111	261	7	a	a	DT
13111	261	8	lamp	lamp	NN
13111	261	9	placed	place	VBN
13111	261	10	behind	behind	IN
13111	261	11	the	the	DT
13111	261	12	right	right	JJ
13111	261	13	side	side	NN
13111	261	14	of	of	IN
13111	261	15	the	the	DT
13111	261	16	patient	patient	NN
13111	261	17	,	,	,
13111	261	18	who	who	WP
13111	261	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	261	20	told	tell	VBN
13111	261	21	to	to	TO
13111	261	22	open	open	VB
13111	261	23	the	the	DT
13111	261	24	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	261	25	and	and	CC
13111	261	26	put	put	VBD
13111	261	27	out	out	RP
13111	261	28	the	the	DT
13111	261	29	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	261	30	.	.	.
13111	262	1	The	the	DT
13111	262	2	observer	observer	NN
13111	262	3	holds	hold	VBZ
13111	262	4	the	the	DT
13111	262	5	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	262	6	out	out	RP
13111	262	7	gently	gently	RB
13111	262	8	with	with	IN
13111	262	9	a	a	DT
13111	262	10	napkin	napkin	NN
13111	262	11	and	and	CC
13111	262	12	reflects	reflect	VBZ
13111	262	13	the	the	DT
13111	262	14	light	light	NN
13111	262	15	from	from	IN
13111	262	16	the	the	DT
13111	262	17	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	262	18	on	on	IN
13111	262	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	262	20	forehead	forehead	NN
13111	262	21	on	on	IN
13111	262	22	to	to	IN
13111	262	23	the	the	DT
13111	262	24	back	back	NN
13111	262	25	of	of	IN
13111	262	26	the	the	DT
13111	262	27	throat	throat	NN
13111	262	28	.	.	.
13111	263	1	The	the	DT
13111	263	2	small	small	JJ
13111	263	3	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	263	4	,	,	,
13111	263	5	set	set	VBN
13111	263	6	at	at	IN
13111	263	7	an	an	DT
13111	263	8	angle	angle	NN
13111	263	9	of	of	IN
13111	263	10	45	45	CD
13111	263	11	°	°	NNS
13111	263	12	with	with	IN
13111	263	13	the	the	DT
13111	263	14	shaft	shaft	NN
13111	263	15	,	,	,
13111	263	16	is	be	VBZ
13111	263	17	of	of	IN
13111	263	18	varying	vary	VBG
13111	263	19	size	size	NN
13111	263	20	,	,	,
13111	263	21	from	from	IN
13111	263	22	half	half	PDT
13111	263	23	an	an	DT
13111	263	24	inch	inch	NN
13111	263	25	to	to	IN
13111	263	26	one	one	CD
13111	263	27	inch	inch	NN
13111	263	28	in	in	IN
13111	263	29	diameter	diameter	NN
13111	263	30	,	,	,
13111	263	31	and	and	CC
13111	263	32	may	may	MD
13111	263	33	be	be	VB
13111	263	34	fixed	fix	VBN
13111	263	35	in	in	IN
13111	263	36	a	a	DT
13111	263	37	handle	handle	NN
13111	263	38	according	accord	VBG
13111	263	39	to	to	IN
13111	263	40	the	the	DT
13111	263	41	size	size	NN
13111	263	42	required	require	VBN
13111	263	43	.	.	.
13111	264	1	The	the	DT
13111	264	2	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	264	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	264	4	warmed	warm	VBN
13111	264	5	to	to	TO
13111	264	6	prevent	prevent	VB
13111	264	7	the	the	DT
13111	264	8	moisture	moisture	NN
13111	264	9	of	of	IN
13111	264	10	the	the	DT
13111	264	11	breath	breath	NN
13111	264	12	obscuring	obscure	VBG
13111	264	13	the	the	DT
13111	264	14	image	image	NN
13111	264	15	,	,	,
13111	264	16	and	and	CC
13111	264	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	264	18	is	be	VBZ
13111	264	19	introduced	introduce	VBN
13111	264	20	into	into	IN
13111	264	21	the	the	DT
13111	264	22	back	back	NN
13111	264	23	of	of	IN
13111	264	24	the	the	DT
13111	264	25	throat	throat	NN
13111	264	26	in	in	IN
13111	264	27	such	such	PDT
13111	264	28	a	a	DT
13111	264	29	manner	manner	NN
13111	264	30	that	that	WDT
13111	264	31	the	the	DT
13111	264	32	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	264	33	appears	appear	VBZ
13111	264	34	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	264	35	in	in	IN
13111	264	36	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	264	37	.	.	.
13111	265	1	The	the	DT
13111	265	2	light	light	NN
13111	265	3	from	from	IN
13111	265	4	the	the	DT
13111	265	5	lamp	lamp	NN
13111	265	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	265	7	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	265	8	by	by	IN
13111	265	9	the	the	DT
13111	265	10	concave	concave	NNP
13111	265	11	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	265	12	on	on	RP
13111	265	13	to	to	IN
13111	265	14	the	the	DT
13111	265	15	small	small	JJ
13111	265	16	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	265	17	,	,	,
13111	265	18	which	which	WDT
13111	265	19	,	,	,
13111	265	20	owing	owe	VBG
13111	265	21	to	to	IN
13111	265	22	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	265	23	angle	angle	NN
13111	265	24	of	of	IN
13111	265	25	45	45	CD
13111	265	26	°	°	NNS
13111	265	27	,	,	,
13111	265	28	illuminates	illuminate	VBZ
13111	265	29	the	the	DT
13111	265	30	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	265	31	and	and	CC
13111	265	32	reflects	reflect	VBZ
13111	265	33	the	the	DT
13111	265	34	image	image	NN
13111	265	35	of	of	IN
13111	265	36	the	the	DT
13111	265	37	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	265	38	with	with	IN
13111	265	39	the	the	DT
13111	265	40	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	265	41	cords	cord	NNS
13111	265	42	.	.	.
13111	265	43	]	]	-RRB-
13111	266	1	The	the	DT
13111	266	2	discovery	discovery	NN
13111	266	3	of	of	IN
13111	266	4	the	the	DT
13111	266	5	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
13111	266	6	by	by	IN
13111	266	7	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
13111	266	8	enabled	enable	VBD
13111	266	9	him	-PRON-	PRP
13111	266	10	by	by	IN
13111	266	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	266	12	means	mean	NNS
13111	266	13	to	to	TO
13111	266	14	see	see	VB
13111	266	15	the	the	DT
13111	266	16	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	266	17	cords	cord	NNS
13111	266	18	in	in	IN
13111	266	19	action	action	NN
13111	266	20	and	and	CC
13111	266	21	how	how	WRB
13111	266	22	the	the	DT
13111	266	23	reed	reed	NN
13111	266	24	portion	portion	NN
13111	266	25	of	of	IN
13111	266	26	the	the	DT
13111	266	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	266	28	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	266	29	works	work	VBZ
13111	266	30	(	(	-LRB-
13111	266	31	_	_	NNP
13111	266	32	vide	vide	NN
13111	266	33	_	_	NNP
13111	266	34	fig	fig	NN
13111	266	35	.	.	.
13111	267	1	9	9	CD
13111	267	2	and	and	CC
13111	267	3	description	description	NN
13111	267	4	)	)	-RRB-
13111	267	5	.	.	.
13111	268	1	The	the	DT
13111	268	2	chink	chink	NN
13111	268	3	of	of	IN
13111	268	4	the	the	DT
13111	268	5	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	268	6	or	or	CC
13111	268	7	the	the	DT
13111	268	8	opening	opening	NN
13111	268	9	between	between	IN
13111	268	10	the	the	DT
13111	268	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	268	12	cords	cord	NNS
13111	268	13	as	as	IN
13111	268	14	seen	see	VBN
13111	268	15	in	in	IN
13111	268	16	the	the	DT
13111	268	17	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	268	18	of	of	IN
13111	268	19	the	the	DT
13111	268	20	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	JJ
13111	268	21	varies	varie	NNS
13111	268	22	in	in	IN
13111	268	23	size	size	NN
13111	268	24	.	.	.
13111	269	1	The	the	DT
13111	269	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	269	3	cords	cord	NNS
13111	269	4	or	or	CC
13111	269	5	ligaments	ligament	NNS
13111	269	6	appear	appear	VBP
13111	269	7	dead	dead	JJ
13111	269	8	white	white	JJ
13111	269	9	and	and	CC
13111	269	10	contrast	contrast	NN
13111	269	11	with	with	IN
13111	269	12	the	the	DT
13111	269	13	surrounding	surround	VBG
13111	269	14	pink	pink	JJ
13111	269	15	mucous	mucous	JJ
13111	269	16	membrane	membrane	NN
13111	269	17	covering	cover	VBG
13111	269	18	the	the	DT
13111	269	19	remaining	remain	VBG
13111	269	20	structures	structure	NNS
13111	269	21	of	of	IN
13111	269	22	the	the	DT
13111	269	23	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	269	24	.	.	.
13111	270	1	Fig	fig	NN
13111	270	2	.	.	.
13111	271	1	10	10	CD
13111	271	2	shows	show	VBZ
13111	271	3	the	the	DT
13111	271	4	appearance	appearance	NN
13111	271	5	of	of	IN
13111	271	6	the	the	DT
13111	271	7	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	271	8	in	in	IN
13111	271	9	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	271	10	and	and	CC
13111	271	11	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	271	12	.	.	.
13111	272	1	The	the	DT
13111	272	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	272	3	cords	cord	NNS
13111	272	4	of	of	IN
13111	272	5	a	a	DT
13111	272	6	man	man	NN
13111	272	7	are	be	VBP
13111	272	8	about	about	RB
13111	272	9	seven	seven	CD
13111	272	10	-	-	HYPH
13111	272	11	twelfths	twelfth	NNS
13111	272	12	of	of	IN
13111	272	13	an	an	DT
13111	272	14	inch	inch	NN
13111	272	15	in	in	IN
13111	272	16	length	length	NN
13111	272	17	,	,	,
13111	272	18	and	and	CC
13111	272	19	those	those	DT
13111	272	20	of	of	IN
13111	272	21	a	a	DT
13111	272	22	boy	boy	NN
13111	272	23	(	(	-LRB-
13111	272	24	before	before	IN
13111	272	25	the	the	DT
13111	272	26	voice	voice	NN
13111	272	27	breaks	break	VBZ
13111	272	28	)	)	-RRB-
13111	272	29	or	or	CC
13111	272	30	of	of	IN
13111	272	31	a	a	DT
13111	272	32	woman	woman	NN
13111	272	33	are	be	VBP
13111	272	34	about	about	RB
13111	272	35	five	five	CD
13111	272	36	-	-	HYPH
13111	272	37	twelfths	twelfth	NNS
13111	272	38	of	of	IN
13111	272	39	an	an	DT
13111	272	40	inch	inch	NN
13111	272	41	;	;	:
13111	272	42	and	and	CC
13111	272	43	there	there	EX
13111	272	44	is	be	VBZ
13111	272	45	a	a	DT
13111	272	46	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
13111	272	47	difference	difference	NN
13111	272	48	in	in	IN
13111	272	49	size	size	NN
13111	272	50	of	of	IN
13111	272	51	the	the	DT
13111	272	52	voice	voice	NN
13111	272	53	-	-	HYPH
13111	272	54	box	box	NN
13111	272	55	or	or	CC
13111	272	56	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	272	57	.	.	.
13111	273	1	This	this	DT
13111	273	2	difference	difference	NN
13111	273	3	in	in	IN
13111	273	4	length	length	NN
13111	273	5	of	of	IN
13111	273	6	the	the	DT
13111	273	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	273	8	cords	cord	NNS
13111	273	9	accounts	account	VBZ
13111	273	10	for	for	IN
13111	273	11	the	the	DT
13111	273	12	difference	difference	NN
13111	273	13	in	in	IN
13111	273	14	the	the	DT
13111	273	15	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	273	16	of	of	IN
13111	273	17	the	the	DT
13111	273	18	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	273	19	voice	voice	NN
13111	273	20	and	and	CC
13111	273	21	the	the	DT
13111	273	22	register	register	NN
13111	273	23	of	of	IN
13111	273	24	the	the	DT
13111	273	25	singing	singing	NN
13111	273	26	voice	voice	NN
13111	273	27	of	of	IN
13111	273	28	the	the	DT
13111	273	29	two	two	CD
13111	273	30	sexes	sex	NNS
13111	273	31	.	.	.
13111	274	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
13111	274	2	should	should	MD
13111	274	3	also	also	RB
13111	274	4	expect	expect	VB
13111	274	5	a	a	DT
13111	274	6	constant	constant	JJ
13111	274	7	difference	difference	NN
13111	274	8	in	in	IN
13111	274	9	the	the	DT
13111	274	10	length	length	NN
13111	274	11	of	of	IN
13111	274	12	the	the	DT
13111	274	13	cords	cord	NNS
13111	274	14	of	of	IN
13111	274	15	a	a	DT
13111	274	16	tenor	tenor	NN
13111	274	17	and	and	CC
13111	274	18	a	a	DT
13111	274	19	bass	bass	NN
13111	274	20	in	in	IN
13111	274	21	the	the	DT
13111	274	22	male	male	NN
13111	274	23	,	,	,
13111	274	24	and	and	CC
13111	274	25	of	of	IN
13111	274	26	the	the	DT
13111	274	27	contralto	contralto	NN
13111	274	28	and	and	CC
13111	274	29	soprano	soprano	NN
13111	274	30	in	in	IN
13111	274	31	the	the	DT
13111	274	32	female	female	NN
13111	274	33	,	,	,
13111	274	34	but	but	CC
13111	274	35	such	such	JJ
13111	274	36	is	be	VBZ
13111	274	37	not	not	RB
13111	274	38	the	the	DT
13111	274	39	case	case	NN
13111	274	40	.	.	.
13111	275	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	275	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	275	3	not	not	RB
13111	275	4	possible	possible	JJ
13111	275	5	to	to	TO
13111	275	6	determine	determine	VB
13111	275	7	by	by	IN
13111	275	8	laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	NN
13111	275	9	examination	examination	NN
13111	275	10	what	what	WP
13111	275	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	275	12	the	the	DT
13111	275	13	natural	natural	JJ
13111	275	14	register	register	NN
13111	275	15	of	of	IN
13111	275	16	an	an	DT
13111	275	17	individual	individual	NN
13111	275	18	's	's	POS
13111	275	19	voice	voice	NN
13111	275	20	.	.	.
13111	276	1	The	the	DT
13111	276	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	276	3	cords	cord	NNS
13111	276	4	may	may	MD
13111	276	5	be	be	VB
13111	276	6	as	as	RB
13111	276	7	long	long	RB
13111	276	8	in	in	IN
13111	276	9	the	the	DT
13111	276	10	tenor	tenor	NN
13111	276	11	as	as	IN
13111	276	12	in	in	IN
13111	276	13	the	the	DT
13111	276	14	bass	bass	NN
13111	276	15	;	;	:
13111	276	16	this	this	DT
13111	276	17	shows	show	VBZ
13111	276	18	what	what	WP
13111	276	19	an	an	DT
13111	276	20	important	important	JJ
13111	276	21	part	part	NN
13111	276	22	the	the	DT
13111	276	23	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	276	24	plays	play	VBZ
13111	276	25	in	in	IN
13111	276	26	the	the	DT
13111	276	27	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	276	28	or	or	CC
13111	276	29	quality	quality	NN
13111	276	30	of	of	IN
13111	276	31	the	the	DT
13111	276	32	voice	voice	NN
13111	276	33	.	.	.
13111	277	1	Still	still	RB
13111	277	2	,	,	,
13111	277	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	277	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	277	5	generally	generally	RB
13111	277	6	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	277	7	true	true	JJ
13111	277	8	,	,	,
13111	277	9	that	that	IN
13111	277	10	a	a	DT
13111	277	11	small	small	JJ
13111	277	12	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	277	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	277	14	more	more	RBR
13111	277	15	often	often	RB
13111	277	16	associated	associate	VBN
13111	277	17	with	with	IN
13111	277	18	a	a	DT
13111	277	19	higher	high	JJR
13111	277	20	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	277	21	of	of	IN
13111	277	22	voice	voice	NN
13111	277	23	than	than	IN
13111	277	24	a	a	DT
13111	277	25	large	large	JJ
13111	277	26	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	277	27	.	.	.
13111	278	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	278	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	278	3	:	:	:
13111	278	4	Fig	Fig	NNP
13111	278	5	.	.	.
13111	279	1	10	10	LS
13111	279	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	279	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	279	4	Description	description	NN
13111	279	5	:	:	:
13111	279	6	Fig	fig	NN
13111	279	7	.	.	.
13111	280	1	10.--Diagram	10.--Diagram	NNP
13111	280	2	(	(	-LRB-
13111	280	3	modified	modify	VBN
13111	280	4	from	from	IN
13111	280	5	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	280	6	)	)	-RRB-
13111	280	7	illustrating	illustrate	VBG
13111	280	8	the	the	DT
13111	280	9	condition	condition	NN
13111	280	10	of	of	IN
13111	280	11	the	the	DT
13111	280	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	280	13	cords	cord	NNS
13111	280	14	in	in	IN
13111	280	15	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	280	16	,	,	,
13111	280	17	whispering	whispering	NN
13111	280	18	,	,	,
13111	280	19	and	and	CC
13111	280	20	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	280	21	.	.	.
13111	281	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	281	2	1	1	LS
13111	281	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	281	4	Ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	281	5	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	281	6	;	;	:
13111	281	7	the	the	DT
13111	281	8	cords	cord	NNS
13111	281	9	are	be	VBP
13111	281	10	separated	separate	VBN
13111	281	11	and	and	CC
13111	281	12	the	the	DT
13111	281	13	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	281	14	can	can	MD
13111	281	15	be	be	VB
13111	281	16	seen	see	VBN
13111	281	17	.	.	.
13111	282	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	282	2	2	2	LS
13111	282	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	282	4	Deep	deep	JJ
13111	282	5	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	282	6	;	;	:
13111	282	7	the	the	DT
13111	282	8	cords	cord	NNS
13111	282	9	are	be	VBP
13111	282	10	widely	widely	RB
13111	282	11	separated	separate	VBN
13111	282	12	and	and	CC
13111	282	13	a	a	DT
13111	282	14	greater	great	JJR
13111	282	15	extent	extent	NN
13111	282	16	of	of	IN
13111	282	17	the	the	DT
13111	282	18	windpipe	windpipe	NN
13111	282	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	282	20	visible	visible	JJ
13111	282	21	.	.	.
13111	283	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	283	2	3	3	LS
13111	283	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	283	4	During	during	IN
13111	283	5	the	the	DT
13111	283	6	whisper	whisper	NN
13111	283	7	the	the	DT
13111	283	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	283	9	cords	cord	NNS
13111	283	10	are	be	VBP
13111	283	11	separated	separate	VBN
13111	283	12	,	,	,
13111	283	13	leaving	leave	VBG
13111	283	14	free	free	JJ
13111	283	15	vent	vent	NN
13111	283	16	for	for	IN
13111	283	17	air	air	NN
13111	283	18	through	through	IN
13111	283	19	the	the	DT
13111	283	20	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	283	21	;	;	:
13111	283	22	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	283	23	there	there	EX
13111	283	24	is	be	VBZ
13111	283	25	no	no	DT
13111	283	26	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	283	27	and	and	CC
13111	283	28	no	no	DT
13111	283	29	sound	sound	NN
13111	283	30	produced	produce	VBN
13111	283	31	by	by	IN
13111	283	32	the	the	DT
13111	283	33	cords	cord	NNS
13111	283	34	.	.	.
13111	284	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	284	2	4	4	LS
13111	284	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	284	4	The	the	DT
13111	284	5	soft	soft	JJ
13111	284	6	vocal	vocal	NN
13111	284	7	note	note	NN
13111	284	8	,	,	,
13111	284	9	or	or	CC
13111	284	10	aspirate	aspirate	VBP
13111	284	11	,	,	,
13111	284	12	shows	show	VBZ
13111	284	13	that	that	IN
13111	284	14	the	the	DT
13111	284	15	chink	chink	NN
13111	284	16	of	of	IN
13111	284	17	the	the	DT
13111	284	18	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	284	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	284	20	not	not	RB
13111	284	21	completely	completely	RB
13111	284	22	closed	closed	JJ
13111	284	23	,	,	,
13111	284	24	and	and	CC
13111	284	25	especially	especially	RB
13111	284	26	the	the	DT
13111	284	27	rima	rima	NNP
13111	284	28	respiratoria	respiratoria	NNP
13111	284	29	(	(	-LRB-
13111	284	30	the	the	DT
13111	284	31	space	space	NN
13111	284	32	between	between	IN
13111	284	33	the	the	DT
13111	284	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	284	35	processes	process	NNS
13111	284	36	of	of	IN
13111	284	37	the	the	DT
13111	284	38	pyramidal	pyramidal	JJ
13111	284	39	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	284	40	.	.	.
13111	284	41	)	)	-RRB-
13111	285	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	285	2	5	5	LS
13111	285	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	285	4	Strong	strong	JJ
13111	285	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	285	6	note	note	NN
13111	285	7	,	,	,
13111	285	8	produced	produce	VBN
13111	285	9	in	in	IN
13111	285	10	singing	singe	VBG
13111	285	11	notes	note	NNS
13111	285	12	of	of	IN
13111	285	13	the	the	DT
13111	285	14	lower	low	JJR
13111	285	15	register	register	NN
13111	285	16	.	.	.
13111	286	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	286	2	6	6	CD
13111	286	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	286	4	Strong	strong	JJ
13111	286	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	286	6	note	note	NN
13111	286	7	,	,	,
13111	286	8	produced	produce	VBN
13111	286	9	in	in	IN
13111	286	10	singing	singe	VBG
13111	286	11	notes	note	NNS
13111	286	12	of	of	IN
13111	286	13	the	the	DT
13111	286	14	higher	high	JJR
13111	286	15	register	register	NN
13111	286	16	.	.	.
13111	286	17	]	]	-RRB-
13111	287	1	Musical	musical	JJ
13111	287	2	notes	note	NNS
13111	287	3	are	be	VBP
13111	287	4	comprised	comprise	VBN
13111	287	5	between	between	IN
13111	287	6	27	27	CD
13111	287	7	and	and	CC
13111	287	8	4000	4000	CD
13111	287	9	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	287	10	per	per	IN
13111	287	11	second	second	NN
13111	287	12	.	.	.
13111	288	1	The	the	DT
13111	288	2	extent	extent	NN
13111	288	3	and	and	CC
13111	288	4	limit	limit	NN
13111	288	5	of	of	IN
13111	288	6	the	the	DT
13111	288	7	voice	voice	NN
13111	288	8	may	may	MD
13111	288	9	be	be	VB
13111	288	10	given	give	VBN
13111	288	11	as	as	IN
13111	288	12	between	between	IN
13111	288	13	C	C	NNP
13111	288	14	65	65	CD
13111	288	15	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	288	16	per	per	IN
13111	288	17	second	second	NN
13111	288	18	and	and	CC
13111	288	19	f	f	NN
13111	288	20	'	'	''
13111	288	21	'	'	''
13111	288	22	'	'	''
13111	288	23	1417	1417	CD
13111	288	24	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	288	25	per	per	IN
13111	288	26	second	second	NN
13111	288	27	,	,	,
13111	288	28	but	but	CC
13111	288	29	this	this	DT
13111	288	30	is	be	VBZ
13111	288	31	most	most	RBS
13111	288	32	exceptional	exceptional	JJ
13111	288	33	,	,	,
13111	288	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	288	35	is	be	VBZ
13111	288	36	seldom	seldom	RB
13111	288	37	above	above	IN
13111	288	38	c	c	NN
13111	288	39	'	'	''
13111	288	40	'	'	''
13111	288	41	'	'	''
13111	288	42	1044	1044	CD
13111	288	43	per	per	IN
13111	288	44	second	second	NN
13111	288	45	.	.	.
13111	289	1	The	the	DT
13111	289	2	compass	compass	NN
13111	289	3	of	of	IN
13111	289	4	a	a	DT
13111	289	5	well	well	RB
13111	289	6	-	-	HYPH
13111	289	7	developed	develop	VBN
13111	289	8	singer	singer	NN
13111	289	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	289	10	about	about	RB
13111	289	11	two	two	CD
13111	289	12	to	to	TO
13111	289	13	two	two	CD
13111	289	14	and	and	CC
13111	289	15	a	a	DT
13111	289	16	half	half	NN
13111	289	17	octaves	octave	NNS
13111	289	18	.	.	.
13111	290	1	The	the	DT
13111	290	2	normal	normal	JJ
13111	290	3	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	290	4	,	,	,
13111	290	5	usually	usually	RB
13111	290	6	called	call	VBD
13111	290	7	the	the	DT
13111	290	8	"	"	``
13111	290	9	diapason	diapason	NNP
13111	290	10	normal	normal	JJ
13111	290	11	,	,	,
13111	290	12	"	"	''
13111	290	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	290	14	that	that	DT
13111	290	15	of	of	IN
13111	290	16	a	a	DT
13111	290	17	tuning	tuning	NN
13111	290	18	-	-	HYPH
13111	290	19	fork	fork	NN
13111	290	20	giving	give	VBG
13111	290	21	433	433	CD
13111	290	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	290	23	per	per	IN
13111	290	24	second	second	NN
13111	290	25	.	.	.
13111	291	1	Now	now	RB
13111	291	2	what	what	WP
13111	291	3	does	do	VBZ
13111	291	4	the	the	DT
13111	291	5	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	JJ
13111	291	6	teach	teach	VB
13111	291	7	regarding	regard	VBG
13111	291	8	the	the	DT
13111	291	9	change	change	NN
13111	291	10	occurring	occur	VBG
13111	291	11	in	in	IN
13111	291	12	the	the	DT
13111	291	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	291	14	cords	cord	NNS
13111	291	15	during	during	IN
13111	291	16	the	the	DT
13111	291	17	singing	singing	NN
13111	291	18	of	of	IN
13111	291	19	the	the	DT
13111	291	20	two	two	CD
13111	291	21	to	to	TO
13111	291	22	two	two	CD
13111	291	23	and	and	CC
13111	291	24	a	a	DT
13111	291	25	half	half	NN
13111	291	26	octaves	octave	NNS
13111	291	27	?	?	.
13111	292	1	If	if	IN
13111	292	2	the	the	DT
13111	292	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	292	4	cords	cord	NNS
13111	292	5	are	be	VBP
13111	292	6	observed	observe	VBN
13111	292	7	by	by	IN
13111	292	8	means	mean	NNS
13111	292	9	of	of	IN
13111	292	10	the	the	DT
13111	292	11	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
13111	292	12	during	during	IN
13111	292	13	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	292	14	,	,	,
13111	292	15	no	no	DT
13111	292	16	change	change	NN
13111	292	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	292	18	_	_	NNP
13111	292	19	seen	see	VBN
13111	292	20	_	_	NNP
13111	292	21	,	,	,
13111	292	22	owing	owe	VBG
13111	292	23	to	to	IN
13111	292	24	the	the	DT
13111	292	25	rapidity	rapidity	NN
13111	292	26	of	of	IN
13111	292	27	the	the	DT
13111	292	28	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	292	29	,	,	,
13111	292	30	although	although	IN
13111	292	31	a	a	DT
13111	292	32	scale	scale	NN
13111	292	33	of	of	IN
13111	292	34	an	an	DT
13111	292	35	octave	octave	NN
13111	292	36	may	may	MD
13111	292	37	be	be	VB
13111	292	38	sung	sing	VBN
13111	292	39	;	;	:
13111	292	40	in	in	IN
13111	292	41	the	the	DT
13111	292	42	lower	low	JJR
13111	292	43	notes	note	NNS
13111	292	44	,	,	,
13111	292	45	however	however	RB
13111	292	46	,	,	,
13111	292	47	the	the	DT
13111	292	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	292	49	cords	cord	NNS
13111	292	50	are	be	VBP
13111	292	51	seen	see	VBN
13111	292	52	not	not	RB
13111	292	53	so	so	RB
13111	292	54	closely	closely	RB
13111	292	55	approximated	approximate	VBN
13111	292	56	as	as	IN
13111	292	57	in	in	IN
13111	292	58	the	the	DT
13111	292	59	very	very	RB
13111	292	60	high	high	JJ
13111	292	61	notes	note	NNS
13111	292	62	.	.	.
13111	293	1	This	this	DT
13111	293	2	may	may	MD
13111	293	3	account	account	VB
13111	293	4	for	for	IN
13111	293	5	the	the	DT
13111	293	6	difficulty	difficulty	NN
13111	293	7	experienced	experience	VBN
13111	293	8	in	in	IN
13111	293	9	singing	singe	VBG
13111	293	10	high	high	JJ
13111	293	11	notes	note	NNS
13111	293	12	piano	piano	NN
13111	293	13	.	.	.
13111	294	1	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	294	2	Felix	Felix	NNP
13111	294	3	Semon	Semon	NNP
13111	294	4	in	in	IN
13111	294	5	a	a	DT
13111	294	6	Friday	Friday	NNP
13111	294	7	evening	evening	NN
13111	294	8	lecture	lecture	NN
13111	294	9	at	at	IN
13111	294	10	the	the	DT
13111	294	11	Royal	Royal	NNP
13111	294	12	Institution	Institution	NNP
13111	294	13	showed	show	VBD
13111	294	14	some	some	DT
13111	294	15	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
13111	294	16	photographs	photograph	NNS
13111	294	17	,	,	,
13111	294	18	by	by	IN
13111	294	19	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	294	20	French	French	NNP
13111	294	21	,	,	,
13111	294	22	of	of	IN
13111	294	23	the	the	DT
13111	294	24	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	294	25	of	of	IN
13111	294	26	two	two	CD
13111	294	27	great	great	JJ
13111	294	28	singers	singer	NNS
13111	294	29	,	,	,
13111	294	30	a	a	DT
13111	294	31	contralto	contralto	NN
13111	294	32	and	and	CC
13111	294	33	a	a	DT
13111	294	34	high	high	JJ
13111	294	35	soprano	soprano	NN
13111	294	36	,	,	,
13111	294	37	during	during	IN
13111	294	38	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	294	39	,	,	,
13111	294	40	which	which	WDT
13111	294	41	exhibit	exhibit	NN
13111	294	42	changes	change	NNS
13111	294	43	in	in	IN
13111	294	44	the	the	DT
13111	294	45	length	length	NN
13111	294	46	of	of	IN
13111	294	47	the	the	DT
13111	294	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	294	49	cords	cord	NNS
13111	294	50	and	and	CC
13111	294	51	in	in	IN
13111	294	52	the	the	DT
13111	294	53	size	size	NN
13111	294	54	of	of	IN
13111	294	55	the	the	DT
13111	294	56	slit	slit	NN
13111	294	57	between	between	IN
13111	294	58	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	294	59	.	.	.
13111	295	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
13111	295	2	,	,	,
13111	295	3	the	the	DT
13111	295	4	photographs	photograph	NNS
13111	295	5	show	show	VBP
13111	295	6	that	that	IN
13111	295	7	the	the	DT
13111	295	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	295	9	cords	cord	NNS
13111	295	10	at	at	IN
13111	295	11	the	the	DT
13111	295	12	break	break	NN
13111	295	13	from	from	IN
13111	295	14	the	the	DT
13111	295	15	lower	low	JJR
13111	295	16	to	to	IN
13111	295	17	the	the	DT
13111	295	18	upper	upper	JJ
13111	295	19	register	register	NN
13111	295	20	exhibit	exhibit	NN
13111	295	21	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
13111	295	22	changes	change	NNS
13111	295	23	.	.	.
13111	296	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	296	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	296	3	:	:	:
13111	296	4	Fig	Fig	NNP
13111	296	5	.	.	.
13111	297	1	11	11	LS
13111	297	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	297	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	297	4	Description	description	NN
13111	297	5	:	:	:
13111	297	6	Fig	fig	NN
13111	297	7	.	.	.
13111	298	1	11.--Drawings	11.--drawings	CD
13111	298	2	after	after	IN
13111	298	3	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	298	4	French	French	NNP
13111	298	5	's	's	POS
13111	298	6	photographs	photograph	NNS
13111	298	7	in	in	IN
13111	298	8	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	298	9	Felix	Felix	NNP
13111	298	10	Semon	Semon	NNP
13111	298	11	's	's	POS
13111	298	12	lecture	lecture	NN
13111	298	13	on	on	IN
13111	298	14	the	the	DT
13111	298	15	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	298	16	,	,	,
13111	298	17	(	(	-LRB-
13111	298	18	1	1	LS
13111	298	19	)	)	-RRB-
13111	298	20	Appearance	appearance	NN
13111	298	21	of	of	IN
13111	298	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	298	23	cords	cord	NNS
13111	298	24	of	of	IN
13111	298	25	contralto	contralto	NN
13111	298	26	singer	singer	NN
13111	298	27	when	when	WRB
13111	298	28	singing	singe	VBG
13111	298	29	F	F	NNP
13111	298	30	#	#	$
13111	298	31	to	to	IN
13111	298	32	D	d	NN
13111	298	33	;	;	:
13111	298	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	298	35	will	will	MD
13111	298	36	be	be	VB
13111	298	37	observed	observe	VBN
13111	298	38	that	that	IN
13111	298	39	the	the	DT
13111	298	40	cords	cord	NNS
13111	298	41	increase	increase	VBP
13111	298	42	in	in	IN
13111	298	43	length	length	NN
13111	298	44	with	with	IN
13111	298	45	the	the	DT
13111	298	46	rise	rise	NN
13111	298	47	of	of	IN
13111	298	48	the	the	DT
13111	298	49	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	298	50	,	,	,
13111	298	51	presumably	presumably	RB
13111	298	52	the	the	DT
13111	298	53	whole	whole	JJ
13111	298	54	cord	cord	NN
13111	298	55	is	be	VBZ
13111	298	56	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
13111	298	57	,	,	,
13111	298	58	including	include	VBG
13111	298	59	the	the	DT
13111	298	60	inner	inner	JJ
13111	298	61	strand	strand	NN
13111	298	62	of	of	IN
13111	298	63	the	the	DT
13111	298	64	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	298	65	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	298	66	.	.	.
13111	299	1	At	at	IN
13111	299	2	the	the	DT
13111	299	3	break	break	NN
13111	299	4	from	from	IN
13111	299	5	D	d	NN
13111	299	6	to	to	IN
13111	299	7	E	e	NN
13111	299	8	(	(	-LRB-
13111	299	9	3	3	CD
13111	299	10	and	and	CC
13111	299	11	4	4	CD
13111	299	12	)	)	-RRB-
13111	299	13	the	the	DT
13111	299	14	cords	cord	NNS
13111	299	15	suddenly	suddenly	RB
13111	299	16	become	become	VBP
13111	299	17	shorter	short	JJR
13111	299	18	and	and	CC
13111	299	19	thicker	thick	JJR
13111	299	20	;	;	:
13111	299	21	presumably	presumably	RB
13111	299	22	the	the	DT
13111	299	23	inner	inner	JJ
13111	299	24	portion	portion	NN
13111	299	25	of	of	IN
13111	299	26	the	the	DT
13111	299	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	299	28	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	299	29	(	(	-LRB-
13111	299	30	thyro	thyro	NNP
13111	299	31	-	-	HYPH
13111	299	32	arytenoid	arytenoid	NN
13111	299	33	)	)	-RRB-
13111	299	34	is	be	VBZ
13111	299	35	contracting	contract	VBG
13111	299	36	strongly	strongly	RB
13111	299	37	,	,	,
13111	299	38	permitting	permit	VBG
13111	299	39	only	only	RB
13111	299	40	the	the	DT
13111	299	41	edge	edge	NN
13111	299	42	of	of	IN
13111	299	43	the	the	DT
13111	299	44	cord	cord	NN
13111	299	45	to	to	TO
13111	299	46	vibrate	vibrate	VB
13111	299	47	.	.	.
13111	300	1	For	for	IN
13111	300	2	the	the	DT
13111	300	3	next	next	JJ
13111	300	4	octave	octave	NN
13111	300	5	the	the	DT
13111	300	6	cords	cord	NNS
13111	300	7	are	be	VBP
13111	300	8	stretched	stretch	VBN
13111	300	9	longer	long	RBR
13111	300	10	and	and	CC
13111	300	11	longer	long	RBR
13111	300	12	;	;	:
13111	300	13	this	this	DT
13111	300	14	may	may	MD
13111	300	15	be	be	VB
13111	300	16	explained	explain	VBN
13111	300	17	by	by	IN
13111	300	18	the	the	DT
13111	300	19	increasing	increase	VBG
13111	300	20	force	force	NN
13111	300	21	of	of	IN
13111	300	22	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	300	23	of	of	IN
13111	300	24	the	the	DT
13111	300	25	tensor	tensor	NN
13111	300	26	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	300	27	stretching	stretch	VBG
13111	300	28	the	the	DT
13111	300	29	cords	cord	NNS
13111	300	30	and	and	CC
13111	300	31	the	the	DT
13111	300	32	contained	contain	VBN
13111	300	33	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	300	34	,	,	,
13111	300	35	which	which	WDT
13111	300	36	is	be	VBZ
13111	300	37	also	also	RB
13111	300	38	contracted	contract	VBN
13111	300	39	.	.	.
13111	300	40	]	]	-RRB-
13111	301	1	When	when	WRB
13111	301	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	301	3	desire	desire	VBP
13111	301	4	to	to	TO
13111	301	5	produce	produce	VB
13111	301	6	a	a	DT
13111	301	7	particular	particular	JJ
13111	301	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	301	9	sound	sound	NN
13111	301	10	,	,	,
13111	301	11	a	a	DT
13111	301	12	mental	mental	JJ
13111	301	13	perception	perception	NN
13111	301	14	of	of	IN
13111	301	15	the	the	DT
13111	301	16	sound	sound	NN
13111	301	17	,	,	,
13111	301	18	which	which	WDT
13111	301	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	301	20	almost	almost	RB
13111	301	21	instinctive	instinctive	JJ
13111	301	22	in	in	IN
13111	301	23	a	a	DT
13111	301	24	person	person	NN
13111	301	25	with	with	IN
13111	301	26	a	a	DT
13111	301	27	musical	musical	JJ
13111	301	28	ear	ear	NN
13111	301	29	,	,	,
13111	301	30	awakens	awakens	NNP
13111	301	31	by	by	IN
13111	301	32	association	association	NNP
13111	301	33	motor	motor	NN
13111	301	34	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	301	35	in	in	IN
13111	301	36	the	the	DT
13111	301	37	brain	brain	NN
13111	301	38	that	that	WDT
13111	301	39	preside	preside	NN
13111	301	40	over	over	IN
13111	301	41	the	the	DT
13111	301	42	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	301	43	currents	current	NNS
13111	301	44	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	301	45	for	for	IN
13111	301	46	the	the	DT
13111	301	47	approximation	approximation	NN
13111	301	48	and	and	CC
13111	301	49	minute	minute	NN
13111	301	50	alterations	alteration	NNS
13111	301	51	in	in	IN
13111	301	52	the	the	DT
13111	301	53	tensions	tension	NNS
13111	301	54	of	of	IN
13111	301	55	the	the	DT
13111	301	56	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	301	57	cords	cord	NNS
13111	301	58	requisite	requisite	JJ
13111	301	59	for	for	IN
13111	301	60	the	the	DT
13111	301	61	production	production	NN
13111	301	62	of	of	IN
13111	301	63	a	a	DT
13111	301	64	particular	particular	JJ
13111	301	65	note	note	NN
13111	301	66	.	.	.
13111	302	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
13111	302	2	are	be	VBP
13111	302	3	not	not	RB
13111	302	4	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	302	5	of	of	IN
13111	302	6	any	any	DT
13111	302	7	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	302	8	(	(	-LRB-
13111	302	9	sense	sense	NN
13111	302	10	of	of	IN
13111	302	11	movement	movement	NN
13111	302	12	)	)	-RRB-
13111	302	13	guiding	guide	VBG
13111	302	14	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	302	15	from	from	IN
13111	302	16	the	the	DT
13111	302	17	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
13111	302	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	302	19	,	,	,
13111	302	20	but	but	CC
13111	302	21	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	302	22	are	be	VBP
13111	302	23	of	of	IN
13111	302	24	the	the	DT
13111	302	25	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	302	26	of	of	IN
13111	302	27	the	the	DT
13111	302	28	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	302	29	,	,	,
13111	302	30	lips	lip	NNS
13111	302	31	,	,	,
13111	302	32	and	and	CC
13111	302	33	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	302	34	in	in	IN
13111	302	35	the	the	DT
13111	302	36	production	production	NN
13111	302	37	of	of	IN
13111	302	38	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	302	39	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	302	40	.	.	.
13111	303	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	303	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	303	3	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
13111	303	4	that	that	IN
13111	303	5	there	there	EX
13111	303	6	are	be	VBP
13111	303	7	hardly	hardly	RB
13111	303	8	any	any	DT
13111	303	9	sensory	sensory	JJ
13111	303	10	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	303	11	endings	ending	NNS
13111	303	12	in	in	IN
13111	303	13	the	the	DT
13111	303	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	303	15	cords	cord	NNS
13111	303	16	and	and	CC
13111	303	17	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	303	18	of	of	IN
13111	303	19	the	the	DT
13111	303	20	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	303	21	,	,	,
13111	303	22	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	303	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	303	24	is	be	VBZ
13111	303	25	not	not	RB
13111	303	26	surprising	surprising	JJ
13111	303	27	to	to	TO
13111	303	28	find	find	VB
13111	303	29	that	that	IN
13111	303	30	the	the	DT
13111	303	31	ear	ear	NN
13111	303	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	303	33	the	the	DT
13111	303	34	guiding	guide	VBG
13111	303	35	sense	sense	NN
13111	303	36	for	for	IN
13111	303	37	correct	correct	JJ
13111	303	38	modulation	modulation	NN
13111	303	39	of	of	IN
13111	303	40	the	the	DT
13111	303	41	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	303	42	and	and	CC
13111	303	43	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	303	44	of	of	IN
13111	303	45	the	the	DT
13111	303	46	speaking	speaking	NN
13111	303	47	as	as	RB
13111	303	48	well	well	RB
13111	303	49	as	as	IN
13111	303	50	the	the	DT
13111	303	51	singing	singing	NN
13111	303	52	voice	voice	NN
13111	303	53	.	.	.
13111	304	1	In	in	IN
13111	304	2	reading	read	VBG
13111	304	3	music	music	NN
13111	304	4	,	,	,
13111	304	5	visual	visual	JJ
13111	304	6	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	304	7	produced	produce	VBN
13111	304	8	by	by	IN
13111	304	9	one	one	CD
13111	304	10	individual	individual	NN
13111	304	11	awakens	awaken	NNS
13111	304	12	in	in	IN
13111	304	13	the	the	DT
13111	304	14	mind	mind	NN
13111	304	15	of	of	IN
13111	304	16	another	another	DT
13111	304	17	mental	mental	JJ
13111	304	18	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	304	19	perceptions	perception	NNS
13111	304	20	of	of	IN
13111	304	21	sound	sound	JJ
13111	304	22	varying	varying	NN
13111	304	23	in	in	IN
13111	304	24	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	304	25	,	,	,
13111	304	26	duration	duration	NN
13111	304	27	,	,	,
13111	304	28	and	and	CC
13111	304	29	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	304	30	.	.	.
13111	305	1	Complex	complex	JJ
13111	305	2	neuro	neuro	NN
13111	305	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	305	4	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	305	5	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
13111	305	6	preside	preside	VBP
13111	305	7	over	over	IN
13111	305	8	these	these	DT
13111	305	9	two	two	CD
13111	305	10	functions	function	NNS
13111	305	11	of	of	IN
13111	305	12	the	the	DT
13111	305	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	305	14	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	305	15	.	.	.
13111	306	1	The	the	DT
13111	306	2	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	306	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	306	4	under	under	IN
13111	306	5	the	the	DT
13111	306	6	control	control	NN
13111	306	7	of	of	IN
13111	306	8	the	the	DT
13111	306	9	will	will	NN
13111	306	10	as	as	IN
13111	306	11	regards	regard	VBZ
13111	306	12	the	the	DT
13111	306	13	production	production	NN
13111	306	14	of	of	IN
13111	306	15	the	the	DT
13111	306	16	notes	note	NNS
13111	306	17	in	in	IN
13111	306	18	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	306	19	and	and	CC
13111	306	20	duration	duration	NN
13111	306	21	,	,	,
13111	306	22	but	but	CC
13111	306	23	not	not	RB
13111	306	24	so	so	RB
13111	306	25	as	as	IN
13111	306	26	regards	regard	VBZ
13111	306	27	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	306	28	;	;	:
13111	306	29	for	for	IN
13111	306	30	without	without	IN
13111	306	31	the	the	DT
13111	306	32	untaught	untaught	JJ
13111	306	33	instinctive	instinctive	JJ
13111	306	34	sense	sense	NN
13111	306	35	of	of	IN
13111	306	36	the	the	DT
13111	306	37	mental	mental	JJ
13111	306	38	perception	perception	NN
13111	306	39	of	of	IN
13111	306	40	musical	musical	JJ
13111	306	41	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	306	42	correct	correct	JJ
13111	306	43	intonation	intonation	NN
13111	306	44	can	can	MD
13111	306	45	not	not	RB
13111	306	46	be	be	VB
13111	306	47	obtained	obtain	VBN
13111	306	48	by	by	IN
13111	306	49	any	any	DT
13111	306	50	effort	effort	NN
13111	306	51	of	of	IN
13111	306	52	the	the	DT
13111	306	53	will	will	NN
13111	306	54	.	.	.
13111	307	1	The	the	DT
13111	307	2	untaught	untaught	JJ
13111	307	3	ability	ability	NN
13111	307	4	of	of	IN
13111	307	5	correct	correct	JJ
13111	307	6	appreciation	appreciation	NN
13111	307	7	of	of	IN
13111	307	8	variations	variation	NNS
13111	307	9	in	in	IN
13111	307	10	the	the	DT
13111	307	11	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	307	12	of	of	IN
13111	307	13	notes	note	NNS
13111	307	14	and	and	CC
13111	307	15	the	the	DT
13111	307	16	memorising	memorise	VBG
13111	307	17	and	and	CC
13111	307	18	producing	produce	VBG
13111	307	19	of	of	IN
13111	307	20	the	the	DT
13111	307	21	same	same	JJ
13111	307	22	vocally	vocally	RB
13111	307	23	are	be	VBP
13111	307	24	termed	term	VBN
13111	307	25	a	a	DT
13111	307	26	musical	musical	JJ
13111	307	27	ear	ear	NN
13111	307	28	.	.	.
13111	308	1	A	a	DT
13111	308	2	gift	gift	NN
13111	308	3	even	even	RB
13111	308	4	to	to	IN
13111	308	5	a	a	DT
13111	308	6	number	number	NN
13111	308	7	of	of	IN
13111	308	8	people	people	NNS
13111	308	9	of	of	IN
13111	308	10	poor	poor	JJ
13111	308	11	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	308	12	,	,	,
13111	308	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	308	14	may	may	MD
13111	308	15	or	or	CC
13111	308	16	may	may	MD
13111	308	17	not	not	RB
13111	308	18	be	be	VB
13111	308	19	associated	associate	VBN
13111	308	20	with	with	IN
13111	308	21	the	the	DT
13111	308	22	sense	sense	NN
13111	308	23	of	of	IN
13111	308	24	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	308	25	,	,	,
13111	308	26	which	which	WDT
13111	308	27	,	,	,
13111	308	28	as	as	IN
13111	308	29	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	308	30	have	have	VBP
13111	308	31	seen	see	VBN
13111	308	32	,	,	,
13111	308	33	is	be	VBZ
13111	308	34	dependent	dependent	JJ
13111	308	35	upon	upon	IN
13111	308	36	the	the	DT
13111	308	37	mental	mental	JJ
13111	308	38	perception	perception	NN
13111	308	39	of	of	IN
13111	308	40	successive	successive	JJ
13111	308	41	movements	movement	NNS
13111	308	42	associated	associate	VBN
13111	308	43	with	with	IN
13111	308	44	a	a	DT
13111	308	45	sound	sound	NN
13111	308	46	.	.	.
13111	309	1	Both	both	DT
13111	309	2	correct	correct	JJ
13111	309	3	modulation	modulation	NN
13111	309	4	and	and	CC
13111	309	5	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	309	6	are	be	VBP
13111	309	7	essential	essential	JJ
13111	309	8	for	for	IN
13111	309	9	melody	melody	NN
13111	309	10	.	.	.
13111	310	1	The	the	DT
13111	310	2	sense	sense	NN
13111	310	3	of	of	IN
13111	310	4	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	310	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	310	6	the	the	DT
13111	310	7	primary	primary	JJ
13111	310	8	incitation	incitation	NN
13111	310	9	to	to	IN
13111	310	10	the	the	DT
13111	310	11	voice	voice	NN
13111	310	12	.	.	.
13111	311	1	This	this	DT
13111	311	2	accounts	account	VBZ
13111	311	3	for	for	IN
13111	311	4	the	the	DT
13111	311	5	fact	fact	NN
13111	311	6	that	that	IN
13111	311	7	children	child	NNS
13111	311	8	who	who	WP
13111	311	9	have	have	VBP
13111	311	10	learnt	learn	VBN
13111	311	11	to	to	TO
13111	311	12	speak	speak	VB
13111	311	13	,	,	,
13111	311	14	and	and	CC
13111	311	15	suffer	suffer	VBP
13111	311	16	in	in	IN
13111	311	17	early	early	JJ
13111	311	18	life	life	NN
13111	311	19	with	with	IN
13111	311	20	ear	ear	NN
13111	311	21	disease	disease	NN
13111	311	22	,	,	,
13111	311	23	lose	lose	VB
13111	311	24	the	the	DT
13111	311	25	use	use	NN
13111	311	26	of	of	IN
13111	311	27	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	311	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	311	29	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	311	30	unless	unless	IN
13111	311	31	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	311	32	are	be	VBP
13111	311	33	trained	train	VBN
13111	311	34	by	by	IN
13111	311	35	lip	lip	NN
13111	311	36	language	language	NN
13111	311	37	and	and	CC
13111	311	38	imitation	imitation	NN
13111	311	39	to	to	TO
13111	311	40	speak	speak	VB
13111	311	41	.	.	.
13111	312	1	The	the	DT
13111	312	2	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
13111	312	3	case	case	NN
13111	312	4	of	of	IN
13111	312	5	Helen	Helen	NNP
13111	312	6	Keller	Keller	NNP
13111	312	7	,	,	,
13111	312	8	who	who	WP
13111	312	9	was	be	VBD
13111	312	10	born	bear	VBN
13111	312	11	blind	blind	JJ
13111	312	12	and	and	CC
13111	312	13	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	312	14	,	,	,
13111	312	15	and	and	CC
13111	312	16	yet	yet	RB
13111	312	17	learned	learn	VBN
13111	312	18	by	by	IN
13111	312	19	the	the	DT
13111	312	20	tactile	tactile	NNP
13111	312	21	motor	motor	NN
13111	312	22	sensibility	sensibility	NN
13111	312	23	of	of	IN
13111	312	24	the	the	DT
13111	312	25	fingers	finger	NNS
13111	312	26	to	to	TO
13111	312	27	feel	feel	VB
13111	312	28	the	the	DT
13111	312	29	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	312	30	of	of	IN
13111	312	31	the	the	DT
13111	312	32	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	312	33	organ	organ	NN
13111	312	34	and	and	CC
13111	312	35	translate	translate	VB
13111	312	36	the	the	DT
13111	312	37	perceptions	perception	NNS
13111	312	38	of	of	IN
13111	312	39	these	these	DT
13111	312	40	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	312	41	into	into	IN
13111	312	42	movements	movement	NNS
13111	312	43	of	of	IN
13111	312	44	the	the	DT
13111	312	45	lips	lip	NNS
13111	312	46	and	and	CC
13111	312	47	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	312	48	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	312	49	for	for	IN
13111	312	50	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	312	51	,	,	,
13111	312	52	is	be	VBZ
13111	312	53	one	one	CD
13111	312	54	of	of	IN
13111	312	55	the	the	DT
13111	312	56	most	most	RBS
13111	312	57	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
13111	312	58	facts	fact	NNS
13111	312	59	in	in	IN
13111	312	60	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	312	61	psychology	psychology	NN
13111	312	62	.	.	.
13111	313	1	Her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	313	2	voice	voice	NN
13111	313	3	,	,	,
13111	313	4	however	however	RB
13111	313	5	,	,	,
13111	313	6	was	be	VBD
13111	313	7	monotonous	monotonous	JJ
13111	313	8	,	,	,
13111	313	9	and	and	CC
13111	313	10	lacked	lack	VBD
13111	313	11	the	the	DT
13111	313	12	modulation	modulation	NN
13111	313	13	in	in	IN
13111	313	14	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	313	15	of	of	IN
13111	313	16	a	a	DT
13111	313	17	musical	musical	JJ
13111	313	18	voice	voice	NN
13111	313	19	.	.	.
13111	314	1	Music	music	NN
13111	314	2	meant	mean	VBD
13111	314	3	little	little	JJ
13111	314	4	to	to	IN
13111	314	5	her	-PRON-	PRP
13111	314	6	but	but	CC
13111	314	7	beat	beat	NN
13111	314	8	and	and	CC
13111	314	9	pulsation	pulsation	NN
13111	314	10	.	.	.
13111	315	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
13111	315	2	could	could	MD
13111	315	3	not	not	RB
13111	315	4	sing	sing	VB
13111	315	5	and	and	CC
13111	315	6	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	315	7	could	could	MD
13111	315	8	not	not	RB
13111	315	9	play	play	VB
13111	315	10	the	the	DT
13111	315	11	piano	piano	NN
13111	315	12	.	.	.
13111	316	1	The	the	DT
13111	316	2	fact	fact	NN
13111	316	3	that	that	IN
13111	316	4	Beethoven	Beethoven	NNP
13111	316	5	composed	compose	VBD
13111	316	6	some	some	DT
13111	316	7	of	of	IN
13111	316	8	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	316	9	grandest	grand	JJS
13111	316	10	symphonies	symphony	NNS
13111	316	11	when	when	WRB
13111	316	12	stone	stone	NN
13111	316	13	deaf	deaf	NNP
13111	316	14	shows	show	VBZ
13111	316	15	the	the	DT
13111	316	16	extraordinary	extraordinary	JJ
13111	316	17	musical	musical	JJ
13111	316	18	faculty	faculty	NN
13111	316	19	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	316	20	must	must	MD
13111	316	21	have	have	VB
13111	316	22	preserved	preserve	VBN
13111	316	23	to	to	TO
13111	316	24	bear	bear	VB
13111	316	25	in	in	IN
13111	316	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	316	27	mind	mind	NN
13111	316	28	the	the	DT
13111	316	29	grand	grand	JJ
13111	316	30	harmonies	harmony	NNS
13111	316	31	that	that	WDT
13111	316	32	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	316	33	associated	associate	VBD
13111	316	34	with	with	IN
13111	316	35	visual	visual	JJ
13111	316	36	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	316	37	.	.	.
13111	317	1	Still	still	RB
13111	317	2	,	,	,
13111	317	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	317	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	317	5	impossible	impossible	JJ
13111	317	6	that	that	IN
13111	317	7	Beethoven	Beethoven	NNP
13111	317	8	,	,	,
13111	317	9	had	have	VBD
13111	317	10	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	317	11	been	be	VBN
13111	317	12	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	317	13	in	in	IN
13111	317	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	317	15	early	early	JJ
13111	317	16	childhood	childhood	NN
13111	317	17	,	,	,
13111	317	18	could	could	MD
13111	317	19	ever	ever	RB
13111	317	20	have	have	VB
13111	317	21	developed	develop	VBN
13111	317	22	into	into	IN
13111	317	23	the	the	DT
13111	317	24	great	great	JJ
13111	317	25	musical	musical	JJ
13111	317	26	genius	genius	NN
13111	317	27	that	that	WDT
13111	317	28	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	317	29	became	become	VBD
13111	317	30	.	.	.
13111	318	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	318	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	318	3	:	:	:
13111	318	4	Fig	Fig	NNP
13111	318	5	.	.	.
13111	319	1	12	12	CD
13111	319	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	319	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	319	4	Description	description	NN
13111	319	5	:	:	:
13111	319	6	Fig	fig	NN
13111	319	7	.	.	.
13111	320	1	12.--Diagram	12.--diagram	VB
13111	320	2	showing	show	VBG
13111	320	3	the	the	DT
13111	320	4	position	position	NN
13111	320	5	of	of	IN
13111	320	6	the	the	DT
13111	320	7	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	320	8	in	in	IN
13111	320	9	respect	respect	NN
13111	320	10	to	to	IN
13111	320	11	the	the	DT
13111	320	12	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	320	13	and	and	CC
13111	320	14	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	320	15	.	.	.
13111	321	1	The	the	DT
13111	321	2	position	position	NN
13111	321	3	of	of	IN
13111	321	4	the	the	DT
13111	321	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	321	6	cords	cord	NNS
13111	321	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	321	8	shown	show	VBN
13111	321	9	,	,	,
13111	321	10	but	but	CC
13111	321	11	really	really	RB
13111	321	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	321	13	would	would	MD
13111	321	14	not	not	RB
13111	321	15	be	be	VB
13111	321	16	seen	see	VBN
13111	321	17	unless	unless	IN
13111	321	18	one	one	CD
13111	321	19	half	half	NN
13111	321	20	of	of	IN
13111	321	21	the	the	DT
13111	321	22	shield	shield	NN
13111	321	23	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	321	24	were	be	VBD
13111	321	25	cut	cut	VBN
13111	321	26	away	away	RB
13111	321	27	so	so	IN
13111	321	28	as	as	IN
13111	321	29	to	to	TO
13111	321	30	show	show	VB
13111	321	31	the	the	DT
13111	321	32	interior	interior	NN
13111	321	33	of	of	IN
13111	321	34	the	the	DT
13111	321	35	voice	voice	NN
13111	321	36	-	-	HYPH
13111	321	37	box	box	NN
13111	321	38	.	.	.
13111	322	1	Sound	sound	JJ
13111	322	2	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	322	3	are	be	VBP
13111	322	4	represented	represent	VBN
13111	322	5	issuing	issue	VBG
13111	322	6	from	from	IN
13111	322	7	the	the	DT
13111	322	8	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	322	9	,	,	,
13111	322	10	and	and	CC
13111	322	11	here	here	RB
13111	322	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	322	13	become	become	VBP
13111	322	14	modified	modify	VBN
13111	322	15	by	by	IN
13111	322	16	the	the	DT
13111	322	17	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	322	18	;	;	:
13111	322	19	the	the	DT
13111	322	20	throat	throat	NN
13111	322	21	portion	portion	NN
13111	322	22	of	of	IN
13111	322	23	the	the	DT
13111	322	24	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	322	25	is	be	VBZ
13111	322	26	shown	show	VBN
13111	322	27	continuous	continuous	JJ
13111	322	28	with	with	IN
13111	322	29	the	the	DT
13111	322	30	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	322	31	passages	passage	NNS
13111	322	32	;	;	:
13111	322	33	the	the	DT
13111	322	34	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	322	35	portion	portion	NN
13111	322	36	of	of	IN
13111	322	37	the	the	DT
13111	322	38	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	322	39	is	be	VBZ
13111	322	40	not	not	RB
13111	322	41	in	in	IN
13111	322	42	action	action	NN
13111	322	43	,	,	,
13111	322	44	owing	owe	VBG
13111	322	45	to	to	IN
13111	322	46	the	the	DT
13111	322	47	closure	closure	NN
13111	322	48	of	of	IN
13111	322	49	the	the	DT
13111	322	50	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	322	51	and	and	CC
13111	322	52	lips	lip	NNS
13111	322	53	.	.	.
13111	323	1	The	the	DT
13111	323	2	white	white	JJ
13111	323	3	spaces	space	NNS
13111	323	4	in	in	IN
13111	323	5	the	the	DT
13111	323	6	bones	bone	NNS
13111	323	7	of	of	IN
13111	323	8	the	the	DT
13111	323	9	skull	skull	NN
13111	323	10	are	be	VBP
13111	323	11	air	air	NN
13111	323	12	sinuses	sinus	NNS
13111	323	13	.	.	.
13111	324	1	In	in	IN
13111	324	2	such	such	PDT
13111	324	3	a	a	DT
13111	324	4	condition	condition	NN
13111	324	5	of	of	IN
13111	324	6	the	the	DT
13111	324	7	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	324	8	,	,	,
13111	324	9	as	as	IN
13111	324	10	in	in	IN
13111	324	11	humming	hum	VBG
13111	324	12	a	a	DT
13111	324	13	tune	tune	NN
13111	324	14	,	,	,
13111	324	15	the	the	DT
13111	324	16	sound	sound	JJ
13111	324	17	waves	wave	NNS
13111	324	18	must	must	MD
13111	324	19	issue	issue	VB
13111	324	20	by	by	IN
13111	324	21	the	the	DT
13111	324	22	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	324	23	passages	passage	NNS
13111	324	24	,	,	,
13111	324	25	and	and	CC
13111	324	26	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	324	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	324	28	acquire	acquire	VBP
13111	324	29	a	a	DT
13111	324	30	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	324	31	character	character	NN
13111	324	32	.	.	.
13111	324	33	]	]	-RRB-
13111	325	1	III	iii	CD
13111	325	2	.	.	.
13111	326	1	THE	the	DT
13111	326	2	RESONATOR	RESONATOR	NNP
13111	326	3	AND	and	CC
13111	326	4	ARTICULATOR	ARTICULATOR	NNP
13111	326	5	_	_	NNP
13111	326	6	The	the	DT
13111	326	7	Resonator_.--The	Resonator_.--The	NNP
13111	326	8	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	326	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	326	10	an	an	DT
13111	326	11	irregular	irregular	RB
13111	326	12	-	-	HYPH
13111	326	13	shaped	shaped	JJ
13111	326	14	tube	tube	NN
13111	326	15	with	with	IN
13111	326	16	a	a	DT
13111	326	17	bend	bend	NN
13111	326	18	in	in	IN
13111	326	19	the	the	DT
13111	326	20	middle	middle	NN
13111	326	21	;	;	:
13111	326	22	the	the	DT
13111	326	23	vertical	vertical	JJ
13111	326	24	portion	portion	NN
13111	326	25	is	be	VBZ
13111	326	26	formed	form	VBN
13111	326	27	by	by	IN
13111	326	28	the	the	DT
13111	326	29	larynx	larynx	NNP
13111	326	30	and	and	CC
13111	326	31	pharynx	pharynx	NNP
13111	326	32	,	,	,
13111	326	33	the	the	DT
13111	326	34	horizontal	horizontal	JJ
13111	326	35	by	by	IN
13111	326	36	the	the	DT
13111	326	37	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	326	38	.	.	.
13111	327	1	The	the	DT
13111	327	2	length	length	NN
13111	327	3	of	of	IN
13111	327	4	the	the	DT
13111	327	5	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	327	6	,	,	,
13111	327	7	from	from	IN
13111	327	8	the	the	DT
13111	327	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	327	10	cords	cord	NNS
13111	327	11	to	to	IN
13111	327	12	the	the	DT
13111	327	13	lips	lip	NNS
13111	327	14	,	,	,
13111	327	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	327	16	about	about	IN
13111	327	17	6.5	6.5	CD
13111	327	18	to	to	TO
13111	327	19	7	7	CD
13111	327	20	inches	inch	NNS
13111	327	21	(	(	-LRB-
13111	327	22	_	_	NNP
13111	327	23	vide	vide	NN
13111	327	24	_	_	NNP
13111	327	25	fig	fig	NN
13111	327	26	.	.	.
13111	328	1	12	12	CD
13111	328	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	328	3	.	.	.
13111	329	1	The	the	DT
13111	329	2	walls	wall	NNS
13111	329	3	of	of	IN
13111	329	4	the	the	DT
13111	329	5	vertical	vertical	JJ
13111	329	6	portion	portion	NN
13111	329	7	are	be	VBP
13111	329	8	formed	form	VBN
13111	329	9	by	by	IN
13111	329	10	the	the	DT
13111	329	11	vertebral	vertebral	JJ
13111	329	12	column	column	NN
13111	329	13	and	and	CC
13111	329	14	the	the	DT
13111	329	15	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	329	16	of	of	IN
13111	329	17	the	the	DT
13111	329	18	pharynx	pharynx	NN
13111	329	19	behind	behind	RB
13111	329	20	,	,	,
13111	329	21	the	the	DT
13111	329	22	cartilages	cartilage	NNS
13111	329	23	of	of	IN
13111	329	24	the	the	DT
13111	329	25	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	329	26	and	and	CC
13111	329	27	the	the	DT
13111	329	28	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	329	29	of	of	IN
13111	329	30	the	the	DT
13111	329	31	pharynx	pharynx	NN
13111	329	32	at	at	IN
13111	329	33	the	the	DT
13111	329	34	sides	side	NNS
13111	329	35	,	,	,
13111	329	36	and	and	CC
13111	329	37	the	the	DT
13111	329	38	thyroid	thyroid	NN
13111	329	39	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	329	40	,	,	,
13111	329	41	the	the	DT
13111	329	42	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
13111	329	43	,	,	,
13111	329	44	and	and	CC
13111	329	45	the	the	DT
13111	329	46	root	root	NN
13111	329	47	of	of	IN
13111	329	48	the	the	DT
13111	329	49	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	329	50	in	in	IN
13111	329	51	front	front	NN
13111	329	52	;	;	:
13111	329	53	these	these	DT
13111	329	54	structures	structure	NNS
13111	329	55	form	form	VBP
13111	329	56	the	the	DT
13111	329	57	walls	wall	NNS
13111	329	58	of	of	IN
13111	329	59	the	the	DT
13111	329	60	throat	throat	NN
13111	329	61	and	and	CC
13111	329	62	are	be	VBP
13111	329	63	all	all	DT
13111	329	64	covered	cover	VBN
13111	329	65	with	with	IN
13111	329	66	a	a	DT
13111	329	67	mucous	mucous	JJ
13111	329	68	membrane	membrane	NN
13111	329	69	.	.	.
13111	330	1	This	this	DT
13111	330	2	portion	portion	NN
13111	330	3	of	of	IN
13111	330	4	the	the	DT
13111	330	5	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	330	6	passage	passage	NN
13111	330	7	can	can	MD
13111	330	8	be	be	VB
13111	330	9	enlarged	enlarge	VBN
13111	330	10	to	to	IN
13111	330	11	a	a	DT
13111	330	12	slight	slight	JJ
13111	330	13	degree	degree	NN
13111	330	14	by	by	IN
13111	330	15	traction	traction	NN
13111	330	16	upon	upon	IN
13111	330	17	the	the	DT
13111	330	18	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	330	19	below	below	IN
13111	330	20	(	(	-LRB-
13111	330	21	sterno	sterno	NNP
13111	330	22	-	-	HYPH
13111	330	23	thyroid	thyroid	NN
13111	330	24	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	330	25	)	)	-RRB-
13111	330	26	,	,	,
13111	330	27	by	by	IN
13111	330	28	looseness	looseness	NN
13111	330	29	of	of	IN
13111	330	30	the	the	DT
13111	330	31	pharyngeal	pharyngeal	NN
13111	330	32	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	330	33	,	,	,
13111	330	34	and	and	CC
13111	330	35	still	still	RB
13111	330	36	more	more	JJR
13111	330	37	by	by	IN
13111	330	38	the	the	DT
13111	330	39	forward	forward	JJ
13111	330	40	placement	placement	NN
13111	330	41	of	of	IN
13111	330	42	the	the	DT
13111	330	43	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	330	44	;	;	:
13111	330	45	the	the	DT
13111	330	46	converse	converse	NN
13111	330	47	is	be	VBZ
13111	330	48	true	true	JJ
13111	330	49	as	as	IN
13111	330	50	regards	regard	VBZ
13111	330	51	diminution	diminution	NN
13111	330	52	in	in	IN
13111	330	53	size	size	NN
13111	330	54	.	.	.
13111	331	1	The	the	DT
13111	331	2	horizontal	horizontal	JJ
13111	331	3	portion	portion	NN
13111	331	4	of	of	IN
13111	331	5	the	the	DT
13111	331	6	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	331	7	tube	tube	NN
13111	331	8	(	(	-LRB-
13111	331	9	the	the	DT
13111	331	10	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	331	11	)	)	-RRB-
13111	331	12	has	have	VBZ
13111	331	13	for	for	IN
13111	331	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	331	15	roof	roof	NN
13111	331	16	the	the	DT
13111	331	17	soft	soft	JJ
13111	331	18	palate	palate	NN
13111	331	19	and	and	CC
13111	331	20	the	the	DT
13111	331	21	hard	hard	JJ
13111	331	22	palate	palate	NN
13111	331	23	,	,	,
13111	331	24	the	the	DT
13111	331	25	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	331	26	for	for	IN
13111	331	27	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	331	28	floor	floor	NN
13111	331	29	,	,	,
13111	331	30	and	and	CC
13111	331	31	cheeks	cheek	NNS
13111	331	32	,	,	,
13111	331	33	lips	lip	NNS
13111	331	34	,	,	,
13111	331	35	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	331	36	,	,	,
13111	331	37	and	and	CC
13111	331	38	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	331	39	for	for	IN
13111	331	40	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	331	41	walls	wall	NNS
13111	331	42	.	.	.
13111	332	1	The	the	DT
13111	332	2	interior	interior	JJ
13111	332	3	dimensions	dimension	NNS
13111	332	4	of	of	IN
13111	332	5	this	this	DT
13111	332	6	portion	portion	NN
13111	332	7	of	of	IN
13111	332	8	the	the	DT
13111	332	9	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	332	10	can	can	MD
13111	332	11	be	be	VB
13111	332	12	greatly	greatly	RB
13111	332	13	modified	modify	VBN
13111	332	14	by	by	IN
13111	332	15	movements	movement	NNS
13111	332	16	of	of	IN
13111	332	17	the	the	DT
13111	332	18	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	332	19	,	,	,
13111	332	20	the	the	DT
13111	332	21	soft	soft	JJ
13111	332	22	palate	palate	NN
13111	332	23	,	,	,
13111	332	24	and	and	CC
13111	332	25	the	the	DT
13111	332	26	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	332	27	,	,	,
13111	332	28	while	while	IN
13111	332	29	the	the	DT
13111	332	30	shape	shape	NN
13111	332	31	and	and	CC
13111	332	32	form	form	NN
13111	332	33	of	of	IN
13111	332	34	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	332	35	orifice	orifice	NN
13111	332	36	is	be	VBZ
13111	332	37	modified	modify	VBN
13111	332	38	by	by	IN
13111	332	39	the	the	DT
13111	332	40	lips	lip	NNS
13111	332	41	.	.	.
13111	333	1	There	there	EX
13111	333	2	are	be	VBP
13111	333	3	accessory	accessory	JJ
13111	333	4	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	333	5	cavities	cavity	NNS
13111	333	6	,	,	,
13111	333	7	and	and	CC
13111	333	8	the	the	DT
13111	333	9	most	most	RBS
13111	333	10	important	important	JJ
13111	333	11	of	of	IN
13111	333	12	these	these	DT
13111	333	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	333	14	the	the	DT
13111	333	15	nose	nose	NN
13111	333	16	;	;	:
13111	333	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	333	18	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	333	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	333	20	entirely	entirely	RB
13111	333	21	enclosed	enclose	VBN
13111	333	22	in	in	IN
13111	333	23	bone	bone	NN
13111	333	24	and	and	CC
13111	333	25	cartilage	cartilage	NN
13111	333	26	,	,	,
13111	333	27	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	333	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	333	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	333	30	immovable	immovable	JJ
13111	333	31	;	;	:
13111	333	32	this	this	DT
13111	333	33	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	333	34	may	may	MD
13111	333	35	or	or	CC
13111	333	36	may	may	MD
13111	333	37	not	not	RB
13111	333	38	be	be	VB
13111	333	39	closed	close	VBN
13111	333	40	to	to	IN
13111	333	41	the	the	DT
13111	333	42	sonorous	sonorous	JJ
13111	333	43	waves	wave	NNS
13111	333	44	by	by	IN
13111	333	45	the	the	DT
13111	333	46	elevation	elevation	NN
13111	333	47	of	of	IN
13111	333	48	the	the	DT
13111	333	49	soft	soft	JJ
13111	333	50	palate	palate	NN
13111	333	51	.	.	.
13111	334	1	When	when	WRB
13111	334	2	the	the	DT
13111	334	3	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	334	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	334	5	closed	closed	JJ
13111	334	6	,	,	,
13111	334	7	as	as	IN
13111	334	8	in	in	IN
13111	334	9	the	the	DT
13111	334	10	production	production	NN
13111	334	11	of	of	IN
13111	334	12	the	the	DT
13111	334	13	consonant	consonant	NN
13111	334	14	m	m	NNP
13111	334	15	,	,	,
13111	334	16	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	335	1	in	in	IN
13111	335	2	singing	singe	VBG
13111	335	3	_	_	NNP
13111	335	4	me	-PRON-	PRP
13111	335	5	_	_	NNP
13111	335	6	,	,	,
13111	335	7	a	a	DT
13111	335	8	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	335	9	quality	quality	NN
13111	335	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	335	11	imparted	impart	VBN
13111	335	12	to	to	IN
13111	335	13	the	the	DT
13111	335	14	voice	voice	NN
13111	335	15	,	,	,
13111	335	16	and	and	CC
13111	335	17	if	if	IN
13111	335	18	a	a	DT
13111	335	19	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	335	20	be	be	VB
13111	335	21	placed	place	VBN
13111	335	22	under	under	IN
13111	335	23	the	the	DT
13111	335	24	nostrils	nostril	NNS
13111	335	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	335	26	will	will	MD
13111	335	27	be	be	VB
13111	335	28	seen	see	VBN
13111	335	29	by	by	IN
13111	335	30	the	the	DT
13111	335	31	vapour	vapour	NN
13111	335	32	on	on	IN
13111	335	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	335	34	that	that	IN
13111	335	35	the	the	DT
13111	335	36	sound	sound	NN
13111	335	37	waves	wave	NNS
13111	335	38	have	have	VBP
13111	335	39	issued	issue	VBN
13111	335	40	from	from	IN
13111	335	41	the	the	DT
13111	335	42	nose	nose	NN
13111	335	43	;	;	:
13111	335	44	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	335	45	the	the	DT
13111	335	46	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	335	47	portion	portion	NN
13111	335	48	of	of	IN
13111	335	49	the	the	DT
13111	335	50	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	335	51	has	have	VBZ
13111	335	52	imparted	impart	VBN
13111	335	53	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	335	54	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
13111	335	55	quality	quality	NN
13111	335	56	to	to	IN
13111	335	57	the	the	DT
13111	335	58	sound	sound	NN
13111	335	59	.	.	.
13111	336	1	The	the	DT
13111	336	2	air	air	NN
13111	336	3	sinuses	sinuse	VBZ
13111	336	4	in	in	IN
13111	336	5	the	the	DT
13111	336	6	upper	upper	JJ
13111	336	7	jaws	jaws	NN
13111	336	8	,	,	,
13111	336	9	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	336	10	bones	bone	NNS
13111	336	11	,	,	,
13111	336	12	and	and	CC
13111	336	13	sphenoid	sphenoid	NN
13111	336	14	bones	bone	NNS
13111	336	15	act	act	VBP
13111	336	16	as	as	IN
13111	336	17	accessory	accessory	JJ
13111	336	18	resonators	resonator	NNS
13111	336	19	;	;	:
13111	336	20	likewise	likewise	RB
13111	336	21	the	the	DT
13111	336	22	bronchi	bronchi	NN
13111	336	23	,	,	,
13111	336	24	windpipe	windpipe	UH
13111	336	25	,	,	,
13111	336	26	and	and	CC
13111	336	27	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	336	28	;	;	:
13111	336	29	but	but	CC
13111	336	30	all	all	PDT
13111	336	31	these	these	DT
13111	336	32	are	be	VBP
13111	336	33	of	of	IN
13111	336	34	lesser	less	JJR
13111	336	35	importance	importance	NN
13111	336	36	compared	compare	VBN
13111	336	37	with	with	IN
13111	336	38	the	the	DT
13111	336	39	principal	principal	JJ
13111	336	40	resonating	resonate	VBG
13111	336	41	chamber	chamber	NN
13111	336	42	of	of	IN
13111	336	43	the	the	DT
13111	336	44	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	336	45	and	and	CC
13111	336	46	throat	throat	NN
13111	336	47	.	.	.
13111	337	1	If	if	IN
13111	337	2	the	the	DT
13111	337	3	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	337	4	be	be	VB
13111	337	5	closed	close	VBN
13111	337	6	and	and	CC
13111	337	7	a	a	DT
13111	337	8	tune	tune	NN
13111	337	9	be	be	VB
13111	337	10	hummed	hum	VBN
13111	337	11	the	the	DT
13111	337	12	whole	whole	NN
13111	337	13	of	of	IN
13111	337	14	the	the	DT
13111	337	15	resonating	resonate	VBG
13111	337	16	chambers	chamber	NNS
13111	337	17	are	be	VBP
13111	337	18	in	in	IN
13111	337	19	action	action	NN
13111	337	20	,	,	,
13111	337	21	and	and	CC
13111	337	22	the	the	DT
13111	337	23	sound	sound	NN
13111	337	24	being	be	VBG
13111	337	25	emitted	emit	VBN
13111	337	26	from	from	IN
13111	337	27	the	the	DT
13111	337	28	nose	nose	NN
13111	337	29	the	the	DT
13111	337	30	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	337	31	quality	quality	NN
13111	337	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	337	33	especially	especially	RB
13111	337	34	marked	mark	VBN
13111	337	35	.	.	.
13111	338	1	But	but	CC
13111	338	2	no	no	DT
13111	338	3	sound	sound	JJ
13111	338	4	waves	wave	NNS
13111	338	5	are	be	VBP
13111	338	6	produced	produce	VBN
13111	338	7	unless	unless	IN
13111	338	8	the	the	DT
13111	338	9	air	air	NN
13111	338	10	finds	find	VBZ
13111	338	11	an	an	DT
13111	338	12	exit	exit	NN
13111	338	13	;	;	:
13111	338	14	thus	thus	RB
13111	338	15	a	a	DT
13111	338	16	tune	tune	NN
13111	338	17	can	can	MD
13111	338	18	not	not	RB
13111	338	19	be	be	VB
13111	338	20	hummed	hum	VBN
13111	338	21	if	if	IN
13111	338	22	both	both	DT
13111	338	23	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	338	24	and	and	CC
13111	338	25	nostrils	nostril	NNS
13111	338	26	are	be	VBP
13111	338	27	closed	close	VBN
13111	338	28	.	.	.
13111	339	1	From	from	IN
13111	339	2	the	the	DT
13111	339	3	description	description	NN
13111	339	4	that	that	WDT
13111	339	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	339	6	have	have	VBP
13111	339	7	given	give	VBN
13111	339	8	above	above	RB
13111	339	9	,	,	,
13111	339	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	339	11	will	will	MD
13111	339	12	be	be	VB
13111	339	13	observed	observe	VBN
13111	339	14	that	that	IN
13111	339	15	the	the	DT
13111	339	16	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	339	17	,	,	,
13111	339	18	controlled	control	VBN
13111	339	19	by	by	IN
13111	339	20	the	the	DT
13111	339	21	movements	movement	NNS
13111	339	22	of	of	IN
13111	339	23	the	the	DT
13111	339	24	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	339	25	,	,	,
13111	339	26	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	339	27	,	,	,
13111	339	28	and	and	CC
13111	339	29	lips	lip	NNS
13111	339	30	,	,	,
13111	339	31	is	be	VBZ
13111	339	32	best	well	RBS
13111	339	33	adapted	adapt	VBN
13111	339	34	for	for	IN
13111	339	35	the	the	DT
13111	339	36	purpose	purpose	NN
13111	339	37	of	of	IN
13111	339	38	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	339	39	speech	speech	NN
13111	339	40	;	;	:
13111	339	41	and	and	CC
13111	339	42	that	that	IN
13111	339	43	the	the	DT
13111	339	44	throat	throat	NN
13111	339	45	,	,	,
13111	339	46	which	which	WDT
13111	339	47	is	be	VBZ
13111	339	48	less	less	RBR
13111	339	49	actively	actively	RB
13111	339	50	movable	movable	JJ
13111	339	51	and	and	CC
13111	339	52	contains	contain	VBZ
13111	339	53	the	the	DT
13111	339	54	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	339	55	cords	cord	NNS
13111	339	56	,	,	,
13111	339	57	must	must	MD
13111	339	58	have	have	VB
13111	339	59	greater	great	JJR
13111	339	60	influence	influence	NN
13111	339	61	on	on	IN
13111	339	62	the	the	DT
13111	339	63	sound	sound	JJ
13111	339	64	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	339	65	without	without	IN
13111	339	66	participating	participate	VBG
13111	339	67	in	in	IN
13111	339	68	the	the	DT
13111	339	69	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	339	70	of	of	IN
13111	339	71	words	word	NNS
13111	339	72	.	.	.
13111	340	1	While	while	IN
13111	340	2	the	the	DT
13111	340	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	340	4	cords	cord	NNS
13111	340	5	serve	serve	VBP
13111	340	6	the	the	DT
13111	340	7	purpose	purpose	NN
13111	340	8	of	of	IN
13111	340	9	the	the	DT
13111	340	10	reed	reed	NN
13111	340	11	,	,	,
13111	340	12	the	the	DT
13111	340	13	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	340	14	forms	form	VBZ
13111	340	15	the	the	DT
13111	340	16	body	body	NN
13111	340	17	of	of	IN
13111	340	18	the	the	DT
13111	340	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	340	20	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	340	21	.	.	.
13111	341	1	Every	every	DT
13111	341	2	sound	sound	NN
13111	341	3	passes	pass	VBZ
13111	341	4	through	through	IN
13111	341	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	341	6	;	;	:
13111	341	7	every	every	DT
13111	341	8	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	341	9	and	and	CC
13111	341	10	consonant	consonant	NN
13111	341	11	in	in	IN
13111	341	12	the	the	DT
13111	341	13	production	production	NN
13111	341	14	of	of	IN
13111	341	15	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	341	16	and	and	CC
13111	341	17	words	word	NNS
13111	341	18	must	must	MD
13111	341	19	be	be	VB
13111	341	20	formed	form	VBN
13111	341	21	by	by	IN
13111	341	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	341	23	,	,	,
13111	341	24	and	and	CC
13111	341	25	the	the	DT
13111	341	26	whole	whole	JJ
13111	341	27	character	character	NN
13111	341	28	and	and	CC
13111	341	29	individual	individual	JJ
13111	341	30	qualities	quality	NNS
13111	341	31	of	of	IN
13111	341	32	the	the	DT
13111	341	33	speaking	speaking	NN
13111	341	34	as	as	RB
13111	341	35	well	well	RB
13111	341	36	as	as	IN
13111	341	37	the	the	DT
13111	341	38	singing	singing	NN
13111	341	39	voice	voice	NN
13111	341	40	depend	depend	VBP
13111	341	41	in	in	IN
13111	341	42	great	great	JJ
13111	341	43	part	part	NN
13111	341	44	upon	upon	IN
13111	341	45	the	the	DT
13111	341	46	manner	manner	NN
13111	341	47	in	in	IN
13111	341	48	which	which	WDT
13111	341	49	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	341	50	is	be	VBZ
13111	341	51	used	use	VBN
13111	341	52	.	.	.
13111	342	1	The	the	DT
13111	342	2	acoustic	acoustic	JJ
13111	342	3	effect	effect	NN
13111	342	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	342	5	due	due	JJ
13111	342	6	to	to	IN
13111	342	7	the	the	DT
13111	342	8	resonances	resonance	NNS
13111	342	9	generated	generate	VBN
13111	342	10	by	by	IN
13111	342	11	hollow	hollow	JJ
13111	342	12	spaces	space	NNS
13111	342	13	of	of	IN
13111	342	14	the	the	DT
13111	342	15	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	342	16	,	,	,
13111	342	17	and	and	CC
13111	342	18	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	342	19	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	342	20	,	,	,
13111	342	21	in	in	IN
13111	342	22	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	342	23	work	work	NN
13111	342	24	on	on	IN
13111	342	25	"	"	``
13111	342	26	The	the	DT
13111	342	27	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	342	28	,	,	,
13111	342	29	"	"	''
13111	342	30	points	point	VBZ
13111	342	31	out	out	RP
13111	342	32	that	that	IN
13111	342	33	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	342	34	can	can	MD
13111	342	35	study	study	VB
13111	342	36	the	the	DT
13111	342	37	resonances	resonance	NNS
13111	342	38	yielded	yield	VBN
13111	342	39	by	by	IN
13111	342	40	these	these	DT
13111	342	41	hollow	hollow	JJ
13111	342	42	spaces	space	NNS
13111	342	43	by	by	IN
13111	342	44	whispering	whisper	VBG
13111	342	45	the	the	DT
13111	342	46	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	342	47	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	342	48	;	;	:
13111	342	49	but	but	CC
13111	342	50	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	342	51	is	be	VBZ
13111	342	52	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	342	53	to	to	TO
13111	342	54	put	put	VB
13111	342	55	the	the	DT
13111	342	56	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	342	57	under	under	IN
13111	342	58	favourable	favourable	JJ
13111	342	59	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	342	60	for	for	IN
13111	342	61	the	the	DT
13111	342	62	most	most	RBS
13111	342	63	efficient	efficient	JJ
13111	342	64	production	production	NN
13111	342	65	.	.	.
13111	343	1	When	when	WRB
13111	343	2	a	a	DT
13111	343	3	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	343	4	sound	sound	NN
13111	343	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	343	6	whispered	whisper	VBN
13111	343	7	the	the	DT
13111	343	8	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	343	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	343	10	open	open	JJ
13111	343	11	(	(	-LRB-
13111	343	12	_	_	NNP
13111	343	13	vide	vide	NN
13111	343	14	_	_	NNP
13111	343	15	fig	fig	NN
13111	343	16	.	.	.
13111	344	1	10	10	LS
13111	344	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	344	3	and	and	CC
13111	344	4	the	the	DT
13111	344	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	344	6	cords	cord	NNS
13111	344	7	are	be	VBP
13111	344	8	not	not	RB
13111	344	9	thrown	throw	VBN
13111	344	10	into	into	IN
13111	344	11	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	344	12	;	;	:
13111	344	13	yet	yet	CC
13111	344	14	each	each	DT
13111	344	15	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	344	16	sound	sound	NN
13111	344	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	344	18	associated	associate	VBN
13111	344	19	with	with	IN
13111	344	20	a	a	DT
13111	344	21	distinct	distinct	JJ
13111	344	22	musical	musical	JJ
13111	344	23	note	note	NN
13111	344	24	,	,	,
13111	344	25	and	and	CC
13111	344	26	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	344	27	can	can	MD
13111	344	28	produce	produce	VB
13111	344	29	a	a	DT
13111	344	30	whole	whole	JJ
13111	344	31	octave	octave	NN
13111	344	32	by	by	IN
13111	344	33	alteration	alteration	NN
13111	344	34	of	of	IN
13111	344	35	the	the	DT
13111	344	36	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	344	37	in	in	IN
13111	344	38	whispering	whisper	VBG
13111	344	39	the	the	DT
13111	344	40	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	344	41	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	344	42	.	.	.
13111	345	1	In	in	IN
13111	345	2	order	order	NN
13111	345	3	to	to	TO
13111	345	4	do	do	VB
13111	345	5	this	this	DT
13111	345	6	efficiently	efficiently	RB
13111	345	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	345	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	345	9	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	345	10	to	to	TO
13111	345	11	use	use	VB
13111	345	12	the	the	DT
13111	345	13	bellows	bellow	NNS
13111	345	14	and	and	CC
13111	345	15	the	the	DT
13111	345	16	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	345	17	to	to	IN
13111	345	18	the	the	DT
13111	345	19	best	good	JJS
13111	345	20	advantage	advantage	NN
13111	345	21	;	;	:
13111	345	22	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	345	23	,	,	,
13111	345	24	after	after	IN
13111	345	25	taking	take	VBG
13111	345	26	a	a	DT
13111	345	27	deep	deep	JJ
13111	345	28	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	345	29	in	in	IN
13111	345	30	the	the	DT
13111	345	31	manner	manner	NN
13111	345	32	previously	previously	RB
13111	345	33	described	describe	VBN
13111	345	34	,	,	,
13111	345	35	the	the	DT
13111	345	36	air	air	NN
13111	345	37	is	be	VBZ
13111	345	38	expelled	expel	VBN
13111	345	39	through	through	IN
13111	345	40	the	the	DT
13111	345	41	open	open	JJ
13111	345	42	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	345	43	into	into	IN
13111	345	44	the	the	DT
13111	345	45	resonating	resonate	VBG
13111	345	46	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	345	47	,	,	,
13111	345	48	which	which	WDT
13111	345	49	(	(	-LRB-
13111	345	50	as	as	IN
13111	345	51	fig	fig	NN
13111	345	52	.	.	.
13111	346	1	13	13	CD
13111	346	2	shows	show	NNS
13111	346	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	346	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	346	5	placed	place	VBN
13111	346	6	under	under	IN
13111	346	7	different	different	JJ
13111	346	8	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	346	9	according	accord	VBG
13111	346	10	to	to	IN
13111	346	11	the	the	DT
13111	346	12	particular	particular	JJ
13111	346	13	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	346	14	sound	sound	NN
13111	346	15	whispered	whisper	VBD
13111	346	16	.	.	.
13111	347	1	In	in	IN
13111	347	2	all	all	DT
13111	347	3	cases	case	NNS
13111	347	4	the	the	DT
13111	347	5	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	347	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	347	7	opened	open	VBN
13111	347	8	,	,	,
13111	347	9	keeping	keep	VBG
13111	347	10	the	the	DT
13111	347	11	front	front	JJ
13111	347	12	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	347	13	about	about	IN
13111	347	14	one	one	CD
13111	347	15	inch	inch	NN
13111	347	16	apart	apart	RB
13111	347	17	;	;	:
13111	347	18	the	the	DT
13111	347	19	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	347	20	should	should	MD
13111	347	21	be	be	VB
13111	347	22	in	in	IN
13111	347	23	contact	contact	NN
13111	347	24	with	with	IN
13111	347	25	the	the	DT
13111	347	26	lower	low	JJR
13111	347	27	dental	dental	JJ
13111	347	28	arch	arch	NN
13111	347	29	and	and	CC
13111	347	30	lie	lie	VB
13111	347	31	as	as	RB
13111	347	32	flat	flat	JJ
13111	347	33	on	on	IN
13111	347	34	the	the	DT
13111	347	35	floor	floor	NN
13111	347	36	of	of	IN
13111	347	37	the	the	DT
13111	347	38	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	347	39	as	as	IN
13111	347	40	the	the	DT
13111	347	41	production	production	NN
13111	347	42	of	of	IN
13111	347	43	the	the	DT
13111	347	44	particular	particular	JJ
13111	347	45	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	347	46	sound	sound	NN
13111	347	47	will	will	MD
13111	347	48	permit	permit	VB
13111	347	49	.	.	.
13111	348	1	When	when	WRB
13111	348	2	this	this	DT
13111	348	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	348	4	done	do	VBN
13111	348	5	,	,	,
13111	348	6	and	and	CC
13111	348	7	a	a	DT
13111	348	8	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	348	9	sound	sound	NN
13111	348	10	whispered	whisper	VBN
13111	348	11	,	,	,
13111	348	12	a	a	DT
13111	348	13	distinctly	distinctly	RB
13111	348	14	resonant	resonant	JJ
13111	348	15	note	note	NN
13111	348	16	can	can	MD
13111	348	17	be	be	VB
13111	348	18	heard	hear	VBN
13111	348	19	.	.	.
13111	349	1	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
13111	349	2	and	and	CC
13111	349	3	a	a	DT
13111	349	4	number	number	NN
13111	349	5	of	of	IN
13111	349	6	distinguished	distinguished	JJ
13111	349	7	German	german	JJ
13111	349	8	physicists	physicist	NNS
13111	349	9	and	and	CC
13111	349	10	physiologists	physiologist	NNS
13111	349	11	have	have	VBP
13111	349	12	analysed	analyse	VBN
13111	349	13	the	the	DT
13111	349	14	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	349	15	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	349	16	in	in	IN
13111	349	17	the	the	DT
13111	349	18	whispering	whispering	NN
13111	349	19	voice	voice	NN
13111	349	20	and	and	CC
13111	349	21	obtained	obtain	VBD
13111	349	22	very	very	RB
13111	349	23	different	different	JJ
13111	349	24	results	result	NNS
13111	349	25	.	.	.
13111	350	1	If	if	IN
13111	350	2	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	350	3	experiments	experiment	NNS
13111	350	4	show	show	VBP
13111	350	5	nothing	nothing	NN
13111	350	6	else	else	RB
13111	350	7	,	,	,
13111	350	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	350	9	certainly	certainly	RB
13111	350	10	indicate	indicate	VBP
13111	350	11	that	that	IN
13111	350	12	there	there	EX
13111	350	13	are	be	VBP
13111	350	14	no	no	DT
13111	350	15	universally	universally	RB
13111	350	16	fixed	fix	VBN
13111	350	17	resonances	resonance	NNS
13111	350	18	for	for	IN
13111	350	19	any	any	DT
13111	350	20	particular	particular	JJ
13111	350	21	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	350	22	sound	sound	NN
13111	350	23	.	.	.
13111	351	1	Some	some	DT
13111	351	2	of	of	IN
13111	351	3	the	the	DT
13111	351	4	discrepancies	discrepancy	NNS
13111	351	5	may	may	MD
13111	351	6	(	(	-LRB-
13111	351	7	as	as	IN
13111	351	8	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	351	9	points	point	VBZ
13111	351	10	out	out	RP
13111	351	11	)	)	-RRB-
13111	351	12	be	be	VB
13111	351	13	due	due	IN
13111	351	14	to	to	IN
13111	351	15	the	the	DT
13111	351	16	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	351	17	of	of	IN
13111	351	18	the	the	DT
13111	351	19	experiment	experiment	NN
13111	351	20	not	not	RB
13111	351	21	being	be	VBG
13111	351	22	conducted	conduct	VBN
13111	351	23	under	under	IN
13111	351	24	the	the	DT
13111	351	25	same	same	JJ
13111	351	26	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	351	27	.	.	.
13111	352	1	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	352	2	,	,	,
13111	352	3	indeed	indeed	RB
13111	352	4	,	,	,
13111	352	5	asserts	assert	VBZ
13111	352	6	that	that	IN
13111	352	7	if	if	IN
13111	352	8	the	the	DT
13111	352	9	directions	direction	NNS
13111	352	10	given	give	VBN
13111	352	11	above	above	RB
13111	352	12	be	be	VB
13111	352	13	fulfilled	fulfil	VBN
13111	352	14	,	,	,
13111	352	15	there	there	EX
13111	352	16	will	will	MD
13111	352	17	be	be	VB
13111	352	18	variations	variation	NNS
13111	352	19	between	between	IN
13111	352	20	full	full	RB
13111	352	21	-	-	HYPH
13111	352	22	grown	grow	VBN
13111	352	23	men	man	NNS
13111	352	24	and	and	CC
13111	352	25	women	woman	NNS
13111	352	26	of	of	IN
13111	352	27	one	one	CD
13111	352	28	or	or	CC
13111	352	29	two	two	CD
13111	352	30	tones	tone	NNS
13111	352	31	,	,	,
13111	352	32	and	and	CC
13111	352	33	between	between	IN
13111	352	34	different	different	JJ
13111	352	35	men	man	NNS
13111	352	36	and	and	CC
13111	352	37	different	different	JJ
13111	352	38	women	woman	NNS
13111	352	39	of	of	IN
13111	352	40	one	one	CD
13111	352	41	or	or	CC
13111	352	42	two	two	CD
13111	352	43	semi	semi	NNS
13111	352	44	-	-	NNS
13111	352	45	tones	tone	NNS
13111	352	46	,	,	,
13111	352	47	and	and	CC
13111	352	48	not	not	RB
13111	352	49	much	much	RB
13111	352	50	more	more	JJR
13111	352	51	.	.	.
13111	353	1	As	as	IN
13111	353	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	353	3	truly	truly	RB
13111	353	4	affirms	affirm	VBZ
13111	353	5	,	,	,
13111	353	6	if	if	IN
13111	353	7	the	the	DT
13111	353	8	tube	tube	NN
13111	353	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	353	10	six	six	CD
13111	353	11	inches	inch	NNS
13111	353	12	long	long	RB
13111	353	13	a	a	DT
13111	353	14	variation	variation	NN
13111	353	15	of	of	IN
13111	353	16	three	three	CD
13111	353	17	-	-	HYPH
13111	353	18	quarters	quarter	NNS
13111	353	19	of	of	IN
13111	353	20	an	an	DT
13111	353	21	inch	inch	NN
13111	353	22	could	could	MD
13111	353	23	only	only	RB
13111	353	24	make	make	VB
13111	353	25	a	a	DT
13111	353	26	difference	difference	NN
13111	353	27	of	of	IN
13111	353	28	a	a	DT
13111	353	29	whole	whole	JJ
13111	353	30	tone	tone	NN
13111	353	31	in	in	IN
13111	353	32	the	the	DT
13111	353	33	resonance	resonance	NN
13111	353	34	,	,	,
13111	353	35	and	and	CC
13111	353	36	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	353	37	implies	imply	VBZ
13111	353	38	that	that	IN
13111	353	39	the	the	DT
13111	353	40	different	different	JJ
13111	353	41	results	result	NNS
13111	353	42	obtained	obtain	VBN
13111	353	43	by	by	IN
13111	353	44	these	these	DT
13111	353	45	different	different	JJ
13111	353	46	experimenters	experimenter	NNS
13111	353	47	were	be	VBD
13111	353	48	due	due	JJ
13111	353	49	to	to	IN
13111	353	50	the	the	DT
13111	353	51	faulty	faulty	JJ
13111	353	52	use	use	NN
13111	353	53	of	of	IN
13111	353	54	the	the	DT
13111	353	55	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	353	56	.	.	.
13111	354	1	In	in	IN
13111	354	2	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	354	3	conversation	conversation	NN
13111	354	4	much	much	JJ
13111	354	5	faulty	faulty	JJ
13111	354	6	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
13111	354	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	354	8	overlooked	overlook	VBN
13111	354	9	so	so	RB
13111	354	10	long	long	RB
13111	354	11	as	as	IN
13111	354	12	the	the	DT
13111	354	13	words	word	NNS
13111	354	14	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
13111	354	15	are	be	VBP
13111	354	16	intelligible	intelligible	JJ
13111	354	17	,	,	,
13111	354	18	but	but	CC
13111	354	19	in	in	IN
13111	354	20	singing	singing	NN
13111	354	21	and	and	CC
13111	354	22	public	public	JJ
13111	354	23	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	354	24	every	every	DT
13111	354	25	misuse	misuse	NN
13111	354	26	of	of	IN
13111	354	27	the	the	DT
13111	354	28	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	354	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	354	30	magnified	magnify	VBN
13111	354	31	and	and	CC
13111	354	32	does	do	VBZ
13111	354	33	not	not	RB
13111	354	34	pass	pass	VB
13111	354	35	unnoticed	unnoticed	JJ
13111	354	36	.	.	.
13111	355	1	Increased	increase	VBN
13111	355	2	loudness	loudness	NN
13111	355	3	of	of	IN
13111	355	4	the	the	DT
13111	355	5	voice	voice	NN
13111	355	6	will	will	MD
13111	355	7	not	not	RB
13111	355	8	improve	improve	VB
13111	355	9	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	355	10	carrying	carry	VBG
13111	355	11	power	power	NN
13111	355	12	if	if	IN
13111	355	13	the	the	DT
13111	355	14	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	355	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	355	16	improperly	improperly	RB
13111	355	17	used	use	VBN
13111	355	18	;	;	:
13111	355	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	355	20	will	will	MD
13111	355	21	often	often	RB
13111	355	22	lead	lead	VB
13111	355	23	to	to	IN
13111	355	24	a	a	DT
13111	355	25	rise	rise	NN
13111	355	26	of	of	IN
13111	355	27	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	355	28	and	and	CC
13111	355	29	the	the	DT
13111	355	30	production	production	NN
13111	355	31	of	of	IN
13111	355	32	a	a	DT
13111	355	33	harsh	harsh	JJ
13111	355	34	,	,	,
13111	355	35	shrill	shrill	NNP
13111	355	36	tone	tone	NN
13111	355	37	associated	associate	VBN
13111	355	38	with	with	IN
13111	355	39	a	a	DT
13111	355	40	sense	sense	NN
13111	355	41	of	of	IN
13111	355	42	strain	strain	NN
13111	355	43	and	and	CC
13111	355	44	effort	effort	NN
13111	355	45	.	.	.
13111	356	1	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	356	2	claims	claim	VBZ
13111	356	3	that	that	IN
13111	356	4	by	by	IN
13111	356	5	studying	study	VBG
13111	356	6	the	the	DT
13111	356	7	whispering	whispering	NN
13111	356	8	voice	voice	NN
13111	356	9	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	356	10	can	can	MD
13111	356	11	find	find	VB
13111	356	12	for	for	IN
13111	356	13	every	every	DT
13111	356	14	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	356	15	sound	sound	NN
13111	356	16	that	that	DT
13111	356	17	position	position	NN
13111	356	18	of	of	IN
13111	356	19	the	the	DT
13111	356	20	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	356	21	which	which	WDT
13111	356	22	gives	give	VBZ
13111	356	23	us	-PRON-	PRP
13111	356	24	the	the	DT
13111	356	25	maximum	maximum	NN
13111	356	26	of	of	IN
13111	356	27	resonance	resonance	NN
13111	356	28	.	.	.
13111	357	1	By	by	IN
13111	357	2	percussing[A	percussing[a	CD
13111	357	3	]	]	-RRB-
13111	357	4	the	the	DT
13111	357	5	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	357	6	in	in	IN
13111	357	7	the	the	DT
13111	357	8	position	position	NN
13111	357	9	for	for	IN
13111	357	10	the	the	DT
13111	357	11	production	production	NN
13111	357	12	of	of	IN
13111	357	13	the	the	DT
13111	357	14	various	various	JJ
13111	357	15	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	357	16	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	357	17	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	357	18	will	will	MD
13111	357	19	observe	observe	VB
13111	357	20	a	a	DT
13111	357	21	distinct	distinct	JJ
13111	357	22	difference	difference	NN
13111	357	23	in	in	IN
13111	357	24	the	the	DT
13111	357	25	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	357	26	of	of	IN
13111	357	27	the	the	DT
13111	357	28	note	note	NN
13111	357	29	produced	produce	VBD
13111	357	30	.	.	.
13111	358	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	358	2	will	will	MD
13111	358	3	first	first	RB
13111	358	4	produce	produce	VB
13111	358	5	the	the	DT
13111	358	6	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	358	7	sound	sound	NN
13111	358	8	_	_	NNP
13111	358	9	oo	oo	NNP
13111	358	10	_	_	NNP
13111	358	11	and	and	CC
13111	358	12	proceed	proceed	VB
13111	358	13	with	with	IN
13111	358	14	the	the	DT
13111	358	15	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	358	16	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	358	17	to	to	IN
13111	358	18	_	_	NNP
13111	358	19	i	i	PRP
13111	358	20	_	_	NNP
13111	358	21	;	;	:
13111	358	22	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	358	23	will	will	MD
13111	358	24	observe	observe	VB
13111	358	25	that	that	IN
13111	358	26	the	the	DT
13111	358	27	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	358	28	rises	rise	VBZ
13111	358	29	an	an	DT
13111	358	30	octave	octave	NN
13111	358	31	;	;	:
13111	358	32	that	that	IN
13111	358	33	this	this	DT
13111	358	34	is	be	VBZ
13111	358	35	due	due	JJ
13111	358	36	to	to	IN
13111	358	37	the	the	DT
13111	358	38	changes	change	NNS
13111	358	39	in	in	IN
13111	358	40	the	the	DT
13111	358	41	form	form	NN
13111	358	42	of	of	IN
13111	358	43	the	the	DT
13111	358	44	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	358	45	is	be	VBZ
13111	358	46	shown	show	VBN
13111	358	47	when	when	WRB
13111	358	48	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	358	49	percuss	percuss	VBP
13111	358	50	the	the	DT
13111	358	51	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	358	52	in	in	IN
13111	358	53	the	the	DT
13111	358	54	position	position	NN
13111	358	55	of	of	IN
13111	358	56	the	the	DT
13111	358	57	different	different	JJ
13111	358	58	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	358	59	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	358	60	.	.	.
13111	359	1	You	-PRON-	PRP
13111	359	2	will	will	MD
13111	359	3	observe	observe	VB
13111	359	4	that	that	IN
13111	359	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	359	6	start	start	VBP
13111	359	7	the	the	DT
13111	359	8	scale	scale	NN
13111	359	9	of	of	IN
13111	359	10	C	c	NN
13111	359	11	with	with	IN
13111	359	12	_	_	NNP
13111	359	13	oo	oo	NNP
13111	359	14	_	_	NNP
13111	359	15	on	on	IN
13111	359	16	f	f	NNP
13111	359	17	and	and	CC
13111	359	18	proceed	proceed	VB
13111	359	19	through	through	IN
13111	359	20	a	a	DT
13111	359	21	series	series	NN
13111	359	22	of	of	IN
13111	359	23	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	359	24	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	359	25	as	as	IN
13111	359	26	in	in	IN
13111	359	27	whispering	whisper	VBG
13111	359	28	_	_	NNP
13111	359	29	who	who	WP
13111	359	30	_	_	NNP
13111	359	31	,	,	,
13111	359	32	_	_	NNP
13111	359	33	owe	owe	NNP
13111	359	34	_	_	NNP
13111	359	35	,	,	,
13111	359	36	_	_	NNP
13111	359	37	or	or	CC
13111	359	38	_	_	NNP
13111	359	39	,	,	,
13111	359	40	_	_	NNP
13111	359	41	on	on	IN
13111	359	42	_	_	NNP
13111	359	43	,	,	,
13111	359	44	_	_	NNP
13111	359	45	ah	ah	UH
13111	359	46	_	_	NNP
13111	359	47	.	.	.
13111	360	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	360	2	rise	rise	VBP
13111	360	3	a	a	DT
13111	360	4	fifth	fifth	NN
13111	360	5	from	from	IN
13111	360	6	f	f	NNP
13111	360	7	to	to	IN
13111	360	8	c	c	NNP
13111	360	9	,	,	,
13111	360	10	and	and	CC
13111	360	11	the	the	DT
13111	360	12	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	360	13	shows	show	VBZ
13111	360	14	the	the	DT
13111	360	15	change	change	NN
13111	360	16	in	in	IN
13111	360	17	the	the	DT
13111	360	18	form	form	NN
13111	360	19	of	of	IN
13111	360	20	the	the	DT
13111	360	21	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	360	22	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	360	23	to	to	TO
13111	360	24	be	be	VB
13111	360	25	mainly	mainly	RB
13111	360	26	due	due	JJ
13111	360	27	to	to	IN
13111	360	28	the	the	DT
13111	360	29	position	position	NN
13111	360	30	of	of	IN
13111	360	31	the	the	DT
13111	360	32	dorsum	dorsum	NN
13111	360	33	of	of	IN
13111	360	34	the	the	DT
13111	360	35	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	360	36	.	.	.
13111	361	1	Proceeding	proceed	VBG
13111	361	2	from	from	IN
13111	361	3	_	_	NNP
13111	361	4	ah	ah	UH
13111	361	5	_	_	NNP
13111	361	6	to	to	IN
13111	361	7	the	the	DT
13111	361	8	middle	middle	JJ
13111	361	9	tone	tone	NN
13111	361	10	of	of	IN
13111	361	11	the	the	DT
13111	361	12	speaking	speaking	NN
13111	361	13	register	register	NN
13111	361	14	,	,	,
13111	361	15	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	361	16	ascend	ascend	VBP
13111	361	17	the	the	DT
13111	361	18	scale	scale	NN
13111	361	19	to	to	IN
13111	361	20	_	_	NNP
13111	361	21	i	i	PRP
13111	361	22	_	_	NNP
13111	361	23	as	as	IN
13111	361	24	in	in	IN
13111	361	25	_	_	NNP
13111	361	26	me	-PRON-	PRP
13111	361	27	_	_	NNP
13111	361	28	,	,	,
13111	361	29	and	and	CC
13111	361	30	the	the	DT
13111	361	31	dorsum	dorsum	NN
13111	361	32	of	of	IN
13111	361	33	the	the	DT
13111	361	34	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	361	35	now	now	RB
13111	361	36	reaches	reach	VBZ
13111	361	37	the	the	DT
13111	361	38	roof	roof	NN
13111	361	39	of	of	IN
13111	361	40	the	the	DT
13111	361	41	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	361	42	;	;	:
13111	361	43	but	but	CC
13111	361	44	the	the	DT
13111	361	45	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	361	46	not	not	RB
13111	361	47	only	only	RB
13111	361	48	rises	rise	VBZ
13111	361	49	,	,	,
13111	361	50	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	361	51	comes	come	VBZ
13111	361	52	forward	forward	RB
13111	361	53	,	,	,
13111	361	54	and	and	CC
13111	361	55	the	the	DT
13111	361	56	front	front	JJ
13111	361	57	segment	segment	NN
13111	361	58	of	of	IN
13111	361	59	the	the	DT
13111	361	60	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	361	61	is	be	VBZ
13111	361	62	made	make	VBN
13111	361	63	a	a	DT
13111	361	64	little	little	JJ
13111	361	65	smaller	small	JJR
13111	361	66	at	at	IN
13111	361	67	every	every	DT
13111	361	68	step	step	NN
13111	361	69	of	of	IN
13111	361	70	the	the	DT
13111	361	71	scale	scale	NN
13111	361	72	while	while	IN
13111	361	73	the	the	DT
13111	361	74	back	back	JJ
13111	361	75	segment	segment	NN
13111	361	76	becomes	become	VBZ
13111	361	77	a	a	DT
13111	361	78	little	little	RB
13111	361	79	larger	large	JJR
13111	361	80	.	.	.
13111	362	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	362	2	consider	consider	VBP
13111	362	3	this	this	DT
13111	362	4	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	362	5	of	of	IN
13111	362	6	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	362	7	to	to	TO
13111	362	8	be	be	VB
13111	362	9	more	more	RBR
13111	362	10	representative	representative	JJ
13111	362	11	of	of	IN
13111	362	12	the	the	DT
13111	362	13	changes	change	NNS
13111	362	14	in	in	IN
13111	362	15	the	the	DT
13111	362	16	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	362	17	than	than	IN
13111	362	18	the	the	DT
13111	362	19	description	description	NN
13111	362	20	of	of	IN
13111	362	21	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
13111	362	22	,	,	,
13111	362	23	who	who	WP
13111	362	24	stated	state	VBD
13111	362	25	that	that	IN
13111	362	26	the	the	DT
13111	362	27	form	form	NN
13111	362	28	of	of	IN
13111	362	29	the	the	DT
13111	362	30	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	362	31	during	during	IN
13111	362	32	the	the	DT
13111	362	33	production	production	NN
13111	362	34	of	of	IN
13111	362	35	the	the	DT
13111	362	36	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	362	37	sound	sound	NN
13111	362	38	_	_	NNP
13111	362	39	u	u	NNP
13111	362	40	_	_	NNP
13111	362	41	and	and	CC
13111	362	42	_	_	NNP
13111	362	43	o	o	NNP
13111	362	44	_	_	NNP
13111	362	45	is	be	VBZ
13111	362	46	that	that	DT
13111	362	47	of	of	IN
13111	362	48	a	a	DT
13111	362	49	globular	globular	JJ
13111	362	50	flask	flask	NN
13111	362	51	with	with	IN
13111	362	52	a	a	DT
13111	362	53	short	short	JJ
13111	362	54	neck	neck	NN
13111	362	55	;	;	:
13111	362	56	during	during	IN
13111	362	57	the	the	DT
13111	362	58	production	production	NN
13111	362	59	of	of	IN
13111	362	60	_	_	NNP
13111	362	61	a	a	DT
13111	362	62	_	_	NNP
13111	362	63	that	that	DT
13111	362	64	of	of	IN
13111	362	65	a	a	DT
13111	362	66	funnel	funnel	NN
13111	362	67	with	with	IN
13111	362	68	the	the	DT
13111	362	69	wide	wide	JJ
13111	362	70	extremity	extremity	NN
13111	362	71	directed	direct	VBN
13111	362	72	forward	forward	RB
13111	362	73	;	;	:
13111	362	74	of	of	IN
13111	362	75	_	_	NNP
13111	362	76	e	e	NNP
13111	362	77	_	_	NNP
13111	362	78	and	and	CC
13111	362	79	_	_	NNP
13111	362	80	i	i	PRP
13111	362	81	_	_	VBP
13111	362	82	that	that	DT
13111	362	83	of	of	IN
13111	362	84	a	a	DT
13111	362	85	globular	globular	JJ
13111	362	86	flask	flask	NN
13111	362	87	with	with	IN
13111	362	88	a	a	DT
13111	362	89	long	long	JJ
13111	362	90	narrow	narrow	JJ
13111	362	91	neck	neck	NN
13111	362	92	.	.	.
13111	363	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	363	2	Footnote	Footnote	NNP
13111	363	3	A	A	NNP
13111	363	4	:	:	:
13111	363	5	This	this	DT
13111	363	6	was	be	VBD
13111	363	7	done	do	VBN
13111	363	8	by	by	IN
13111	363	9	the	the	DT
13111	363	10	lecturer	lecturer	NN
13111	363	11	placing	place	VBG
13111	363	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	363	13	left	left	JJ
13111	363	14	forefinger	forefinger	NN
13111	363	15	on	on	IN
13111	363	16	the	the	DT
13111	363	17	outside	outside	NN
13111	363	18	of	of	IN
13111	363	19	the	the	DT
13111	363	20	right	right	JJ
13111	363	21	cheek	cheek	NN
13111	363	22	,	,	,
13111	363	23	then	then	RB
13111	363	24	striking	strike	VBG
13111	363	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	363	26	with	with	IN
13111	363	27	the	the	DT
13111	363	28	tip	tip	NN
13111	363	29	of	of	IN
13111	363	30	the	the	DT
13111	363	31	middle	middle	JJ
13111	363	32	finger	finger	NN
13111	363	33	of	of	IN
13111	363	34	the	the	DT
13111	363	35	right	right	JJ
13111	363	36	hand	hand	NN
13111	363	37	,	,	,
13111	363	38	just	just	RB
13111	363	39	in	in	IN
13111	363	40	the	the	DT
13111	363	41	same	same	JJ
13111	363	42	way	way	NN
13111	363	43	as	as	IN
13111	363	44	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	363	45	would	would	MD
13111	363	46	percuss	percuss	VB
13111	363	47	the	the	DT
13111	363	48	chest.--F.W.M.	chest.--F.W.M.	NNP
13111	363	49	]	]	-RRB-
13111	364	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	364	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	364	3	:	:	:
13111	364	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	364	5	.	.	.
13111	365	1	13	13	CD
13111	365	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	365	3	&	&	CC
13111	365	4	II	II	NNP
13111	365	5	To	to	TO
13111	365	6	face	face	VB
13111	365	7	page	page	NN
13111	365	8	47	47	CD
13111	365	9	]	]	-RRB-
13111	365	10	[	[	-LRB-
13111	365	11	Description	description	NN
13111	365	12	:	:	:
13111	365	13	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	365	14	.	.	.
13111	366	1	13.--Diagram	13.--diagram	CD
13111	366	2	after	after	IN
13111	366	3	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	366	4	.	.	.
13111	367	1	1	1	LS
13111	367	2	.	.	.
13111	368	1	To	to	TO
13111	368	2	show	show	VB
13111	368	3	position	position	NN
13111	368	4	of	of	IN
13111	368	5	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	368	6	and	and	CC
13111	368	7	lips	lip	NNS
13111	368	8	in	in	IN
13111	368	9	the	the	DT
13111	368	10	production	production	NN
13111	368	11	of	of	IN
13111	368	12	the	the	DT
13111	368	13	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	368	14	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	368	15	_	_	NNP
13111	368	16	a	a	NNP
13111	368	17	,	,	,
13111	368	18	o	o	XX
13111	368	19	,	,	,
13111	368	20	oo	oo	JJ
13111	368	21	_	_	NNP
13111	368	22	.	.	.
13111	369	1	2	2	LS
13111	369	2	.	.	.
13111	370	1	To	to	TO
13111	370	2	show	show	VB
13111	370	3	successive	successive	JJ
13111	370	4	positions	position	NNS
13111	370	5	of	of	IN
13111	370	6	the	the	DT
13111	370	7	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	370	8	in	in	IN
13111	370	9	the	the	DT
13111	370	10	production	production	NN
13111	370	11	of	of	IN
13111	370	12	the	the	DT
13111	370	13	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	370	14	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	370	15	_	_	NNP
13111	370	16	a	a	NNP
13111	370	17	,	,	,
13111	370	18	ei	ei	NNP
13111	370	19	,	,	,
13111	370	20	e	e	NNP
13111	370	21	,	,	,
13111	370	22	i	i	PRP
13111	370	23	_	_	NNP
13111	370	24	.	.	.
13111	370	25	]	]	-RRB-
13111	371	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	371	2	have	have	VBP
13111	371	3	already	already	RB
13111	371	4	said	say	VBN
13111	371	5	that	that	IN
13111	371	6	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
13111	371	7	showed	show	VBD
13111	371	8	that	that	IN
13111	371	9	each	each	DT
13111	371	10	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	371	11	sound	sound	NN
13111	371	12	has	have	VBZ
13111	371	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	371	14	particular	particular	JJ
13111	371	15	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	371	16	,	,	,
13111	371	17	and	and	CC
13111	371	18	the	the	DT
13111	371	19	quality	quality	NN
13111	371	20	or	or	CC
13111	371	21	"	"	``
13111	371	22	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	371	23	"	"	''
13111	371	24	of	of	IN
13111	371	25	the	the	DT
13111	371	26	voice	voice	NN
13111	371	27	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	371	28	upon	upon	IN
13111	371	29	the	the	DT
13111	371	30	proportional	proportional	JJ
13111	371	31	strength	strength	NN
13111	371	32	of	of	IN
13111	371	33	these	these	DT
13111	371	34	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	371	35	.	.	.
13111	372	1	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
13111	372	2	was	be	VBD
13111	372	3	able	able	JJ
13111	372	4	by	by	IN
13111	372	5	means	mean	NNS
13111	372	6	of	of	IN
13111	372	7	resonators	resonator	NNS
13111	372	8	to	to	TO
13111	372	9	find	find	VB
13111	372	10	out	out	RP
13111	372	11	what	what	WP
13111	372	12	were	be	VBD
13111	372	13	the	the	DT
13111	372	14	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	372	15	for	for	IN
13111	372	16	each	each	DT
13111	372	17	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	372	18	sound	sound	NN
13111	372	19	when	when	WRB
13111	372	20	a	a	DT
13111	372	21	particular	particular	JJ
13111	372	22	note	note	NN
13111	372	23	was	be	VBD
13111	372	24	sung	sung	JJ
13111	372	25	.	.	.
13111	373	1	The	the	DT
13111	373	2	flame	flame	NN
13111	373	3	manometer	manometer	NN
13111	373	4	of	of	IN
13111	373	5	König	König	NNP
13111	373	6	(	(	-LRB-
13111	373	7	_	_	NNP
13111	373	8	vide	vide	NN
13111	373	9	_	_	NNP
13111	373	10	fig	fig	NN
13111	373	11	.	.	.
13111	374	1	14	14	CD
13111	374	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	374	3	shows	show	VBZ
13111	374	4	that	that	IN
13111	374	5	if	if	IN
13111	374	6	the	the	DT
13111	374	7	same	same	JJ
13111	374	8	note	note	NN
13111	374	9	be	be	VB
13111	374	10	sung	sing	VBN
13111	374	11	with	with	IN
13111	374	12	different	different	JJ
13111	374	13	vowels	vowel	NNS
13111	374	14	the	the	DT
13111	374	15	serrated	serrated	JJ
13111	374	16	flame	flame	NN
13111	374	17	image	image	NN
13111	374	18	in	in	IN
13111	374	19	the	the	DT
13111	374	20	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	374	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	374	22	different	different	JJ
13111	374	23	for	for	IN
13111	374	24	each	each	DT
13111	374	25	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	374	26	,	,	,
13111	374	27	and	and	CC
13111	374	28	if	if	IN
13111	374	29	a	a	DT
13111	374	30	more	more	RBR
13111	374	31	complicated	complicated	JJ
13111	374	32	form	form	NN
13111	374	33	of	of	IN
13111	374	34	this	this	DT
13111	374	35	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	374	36	be	be	VB
13111	374	37	used	use	VBN
13111	374	38	(	(	-LRB-
13111	374	39	such	such	JJ
13111	374	40	as	as	IN
13111	374	41	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	374	42	show	show	VBP
13111	374	43	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	374	44	in	in	IN
13111	374	45	a	a	DT
13111	374	46	picture	picture	NN
13111	374	47	on	on	IN
13111	374	48	the	the	DT
13111	374	49	screen	screen	NN
13111	374	50	)	)	-RRB-
13111	374	51	the	the	DT
13111	374	52	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	374	53	of	of	IN
13111	374	54	the	the	DT
13111	374	55	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	374	56	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	374	57	can	can	MD
13111	374	58	be	be	VB
13111	374	59	analysed	analyse	VBN
13111	374	60	.	.	.
13111	375	1	You	-PRON-	PRP
13111	375	2	will	will	MD
13111	375	3	observe	observe	VB
13111	375	4	that	that	IN
13111	375	5	this	this	DT
13111	375	6	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	375	7	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	375	8	of	of	IN
13111	375	9	a	a	DT
13111	375	10	number	number	NN
13111	375	11	of	of	IN
13111	375	12	resonators	resonator	NNS
13111	375	13	placed	place	VBN
13111	375	14	in	in	IN
13111	375	15	front	front	NN
13111	375	16	of	of	IN
13111	375	17	a	a	DT
13111	375	18	series	series	NN
13111	375	19	of	of	IN
13111	375	20	membranes	membrane	NNS
13111	375	21	which	which	WDT
13111	375	22	cover	cover	VBP
13111	375	23	capsules	capsule	NNS
13111	375	24	,	,	,
13111	375	25	each	each	DT
13111	375	26	capsule	capsule	NN
13111	375	27	being	be	VBG
13111	375	28	connected	connect	VBN
13111	375	29	with	with	IN
13111	375	30	a	a	DT
13111	375	31	jet	jet	NN
13111	375	32	of	of	IN
13111	375	33	gas	gas	NN
13111	375	34	.	.	.
13111	376	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	376	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	376	3	:	:	:
13111	376	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	376	5	.	.	.
13111	377	1	14	14	CD
13111	377	2	Four	four	CD
13111	377	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	377	4	sided	sided	JJ
13111	377	5	revolving	revolving	JJ
13111	377	6	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	377	7	Images	image	NNS
13111	377	8	of	of	IN
13111	377	9	gas	gas	NN
13111	377	10	jets	jet	NNS
13111	377	11	Resonators	Resonators	NNPS
13111	377	12	,	,	,
13111	377	13	with	with	IN
13111	377	14	capsules	capsule	NNS
13111	377	15	connected	connect	VBN
13111	377	16	with	with	IN
13111	377	17	gas	gas	NN
13111	377	18	jets	jet	NNS
13111	377	19	]	]	-RRB-
13111	377	20	[	[	-LRB-
13111	377	21	Description	description	NN
13111	377	22	:	:	:
13111	377	23	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	377	24	.	.	.
13111	378	1	14.--König	14.--König	NNP
13111	378	2	's	's	POS
13111	378	3	flame	flame	NN
13111	378	4	manometer	manometer	NN
13111	378	5	.	.	.
13111	379	1	The	the	DT
13111	379	2	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	379	3	note	note	NN
13111	379	4	C	C	NNP
13111	379	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	379	6	sung	sing	VBN
13111	379	7	on	on	IN
13111	379	8	a	a	DT
13111	379	9	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	379	10	sound	sound	NN
13111	379	11	in	in	IN
13111	379	12	front	front	NN
13111	379	13	of	of	IN
13111	379	14	the	the	DT
13111	379	15	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	379	16	;	;	:
13111	379	17	the	the	DT
13111	379	18	lowest	low	JJS
13111	379	19	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	379	20	is	be	VBZ
13111	379	21	proper	proper	JJ
13111	379	22	to	to	IN
13111	379	23	that	that	DT
13111	379	24	note	note	NN
13111	379	25	and	and	CC
13111	379	26	the	the	DT
13111	379	27	air	air	NN
13111	379	28	in	in	IN
13111	379	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	379	30	is	be	VBZ
13111	379	31	thrown	throw	VBN
13111	379	32	into	into	IN
13111	379	33	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	379	34	periodic	periodic	JJ
13111	379	35	rhythmical	rhythmical	JJ
13111	379	36	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	379	37	,	,	,
13111	379	38	which	which	WDT
13111	379	39	are	be	VBP
13111	379	40	communicated	communicate	VBN
13111	379	41	through	through	IN
13111	379	42	an	an	DT
13111	379	43	intervening	intervene	VBG
13111	379	44	membrane	membrane	NN
13111	379	45	to	to	IN
13111	379	46	the	the	DT
13111	379	47	gas	gas	NN
13111	379	48	in	in	IN
13111	379	49	the	the	DT
13111	379	50	capsule	capsule	NN
13111	379	51	at	at	IN
13111	379	52	the	the	DT
13111	379	53	back	back	NN
13111	379	54	of	of	IN
13111	379	55	the	the	DT
13111	379	56	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	379	57	;	;	:
13111	379	58	but	but	CC
13111	379	59	the	the	DT
13111	379	60	gas	gas	NN
13111	379	61	is	be	VBZ
13111	379	62	connected	connect	VBN
13111	379	63	with	with	IN
13111	379	64	the	the	DT
13111	379	65	lighted	light	VBN
13111	379	66	jet	jet	NN
13111	379	67	,	,	,
13111	379	68	the	the	DT
13111	379	69	flame	flame	NN
13111	379	70	of	of	IN
13111	379	71	which	which	WDT
13111	379	72	is	be	VBZ
13111	379	73	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	379	74	in	in	IN
13111	379	75	the	the	DT
13111	379	76	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	379	77	,	,	,
13111	379	78	the	the	DT
13111	379	79	result	result	NN
13111	379	80	being	be	VBG
13111	379	81	that	that	IN
13111	379	82	the	the	DT
13111	379	83	flame	flame	NN
13111	379	84	vibrates	vibrate	VBZ
13111	379	85	.	.	.
13111	380	1	When	when	WRB
13111	380	2	the	the	DT
13111	380	3	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	380	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	380	5	made	make	VBN
13111	380	6	to	to	TO
13111	380	7	revolve	revolve	VB
13111	380	8	by	by	IN
13111	380	9	turning	turn	VBG
13111	380	10	the	the	DT
13111	380	11	handle	handle	NN
13111	380	12	the	the	DT
13111	380	13	reflected	reflect	VBN
13111	380	14	image	image	NN
13111	380	15	shows	show	VBZ
13111	380	16	a	a	DT
13111	380	17	number	number	NN
13111	380	18	of	of	IN
13111	380	19	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	380	20	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	380	21	to	to	IN
13111	380	22	the	the	DT
13111	380	23	number	number	NN
13111	380	24	of	of	IN
13111	380	25	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	380	26	produced	produce	VBN
13111	380	27	by	by	IN
13111	380	28	the	the	DT
13111	380	29	note	note	NN
13111	380	30	which	which	WDT
13111	380	31	was	be	VBD
13111	380	32	sung	sing	VBN
13111	380	33	.	.	.
13111	381	1	The	the	DT
13111	381	2	remaining	remain	VBG
13111	381	3	resonators	resonator	NNS
13111	381	4	of	of	IN
13111	381	5	the	the	DT
13111	381	6	harmonic	harmonic	JJ
13111	381	7	series	series	NN
13111	381	8	with	with	IN
13111	381	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	381	10	capsules	capsule	NNS
13111	381	11	and	and	CC
13111	381	12	gas	gas	NN
13111	381	13	-	-	HYPH
13111	381	14	jets	jet	NNS
13111	381	15	respond	respond	VBP
13111	381	16	in	in	IN
13111	381	17	the	the	DT
13111	381	18	same	same	JJ
13111	381	19	manner	manner	NN
13111	381	20	to	to	IN
13111	381	21	the	the	DT
13111	381	22	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	381	23	proper	proper	JJ
13111	381	24	to	to	IN
13111	381	25	each	each	DT
13111	381	26	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	381	27	sound	sound	NN
13111	381	28	when	when	WRB
13111	381	29	the	the	DT
13111	381	30	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	381	31	note	note	NN
13111	381	32	is	be	VBZ
13111	381	33	sung	sung	JJ
13111	381	34	.	.	.
13111	381	35	]	]	-RRB-
13111	382	1	Each	each	DT
13111	382	2	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	382	3	corresponds	correspond	VBZ
13111	382	4	from	from	IN
13111	382	5	below	below	IN
13111	382	6	upwards	upwards	RB
13111	382	7	to	to	IN
13111	382	8	the	the	DT
13111	382	9	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	382	10	of	of	IN
13111	382	11	the	the	DT
13111	382	12	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	382	13	note	note	NN
13111	382	14	c.	c.	NN
13111	382	15	In	in	IN
13111	382	16	order	order	NN
13111	382	17	to	to	TO
13111	382	18	know	know	VB
13111	382	19	if	if	IN
13111	382	20	the	the	DT
13111	382	21	sound	sound	NN
13111	382	22	of	of	IN
13111	382	23	the	the	DT
13111	382	24	voice	voice	NN
13111	382	25	contains	contain	VBZ
13111	382	26	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	382	27	and	and	CC
13111	382	28	what	what	WP
13111	382	29	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	382	30	are	be	VBP
13111	382	31	,	,	,
13111	382	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	382	33	is	be	VBZ
13111	382	34	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	382	35	to	to	TO
13111	382	36	sing	sing	VB
13111	382	37	the	the	DT
13111	382	38	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	382	39	note	note	NN
13111	382	40	c	c	NNP
13111	382	41	on	on	IN
13111	382	42	some	some	DT
13111	382	43	particular	particular	JJ
13111	382	44	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	382	45	sound	sound	NN
13111	382	46	;	;	:
13111	382	47	the	the	DT
13111	382	48	resonators	resonator	NNS
13111	382	49	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	382	50	to	to	IN
13111	382	51	the	the	DT
13111	382	52	particular	particular	JJ
13111	382	53	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	382	54	of	of	IN
13111	382	55	the	the	DT
13111	382	56	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	382	57	sound	sound	NN
13111	382	58	are	be	VBP
13111	382	59	thus	thus	RB
13111	382	60	set	set	VBN
13111	382	61	in	in	IN
13111	382	62	action	action	NN
13111	382	63	,	,	,
13111	382	64	and	and	CC
13111	382	65	a	a	DT
13111	382	66	glance	glance	NN
13111	382	67	at	at	IN
13111	382	68	the	the	DT
13111	382	69	revolving	revolving	JJ
13111	382	70	mirror	mirror	NN
13111	382	71	shows	show	NNS
13111	382	72	which	which	WDT
13111	382	73	particular	particular	JJ
13111	382	74	gas	gas	NN
13111	382	75	jets	jet	NNS
13111	382	76	vibrate	vibrate	VBP
13111	382	77	.	.	.
13111	383	1	Experiments	experiment	NNS
13111	383	2	conducted	conduct	VBN
13111	383	3	with	with	IN
13111	383	4	this	this	DT
13111	383	5	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	383	6	show	show	NN
13111	383	7	that	that	IN
13111	383	8	the	the	DT
13111	383	9	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	383	10	_	_	NNP
13111	383	11	U	U	NNP
13111	383	12	=	=	NNP
13111	383	13	oo	oo	NN
13111	383	14	_	_	NNP
13111	383	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	383	16	composed	compose	VBN
13111	383	17	of	of	IN
13111	383	18	the	the	DT
13111	383	19	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	383	20	note	note	NN
13111	383	21	very	very	RB
13111	383	22	strong	strong	JJ
13111	383	23	and	and	CC
13111	383	24	the	the	DT
13111	383	25	third	third	JJ
13111	383	26	harmonic	harmonic	NNP
13111	383	27	(	(	-LRB-
13111	383	28	viz	viz	NNP
13111	383	29	.	.	.
13111	384	1	g	g	LS
13111	384	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	384	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	384	4	fairly	fairly	RB
13111	384	5	pronounced	pronounce	VBN
13111	384	6	.	.	.
13111	385	1	_	_	NNP
13111	385	2	O	O	NNP
13111	385	3	_	_	NNP
13111	385	4	(	(	-LRB-
13111	385	5	_	_	NNP
13111	385	6	on	on	IN
13111	385	7	_	_	NNP
13111	385	8	)	)	-RRB-
13111	385	9	contains	contain	VBZ
13111	385	10	the	the	DT
13111	385	11	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	385	12	note	note	NN
13111	385	13	,	,	,
13111	385	14	the	the	DT
13111	385	15	second	second	JJ
13111	385	16	harmonic	harmonic	NNP
13111	385	17	(	(	-LRB-
13111	385	18	the	the	DT
13111	385	19	octave	octave	NN
13111	385	20	c	c	NNP
13111	385	21	'	'	''
13111	385	22	)	)	-RRB-
13111	385	23	very	very	RB
13111	385	24	strong	strong	JJ
13111	385	25	,	,	,
13111	385	26	and	and	CC
13111	385	27	the	the	DT
13111	385	28	third	third	JJ
13111	385	29	and	and	CC
13111	385	30	fourth	fourth	JJ
13111	385	31	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	385	32	but	but	CC
13111	385	33	weak	weak	JJ
13111	385	34	.	.	.
13111	386	1	The	the	DT
13111	386	2	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	386	3	_	_	NNP
13111	386	4	A	A	NNP
13111	386	5	_	_	NNP
13111	386	6	(	(	-LRB-
13111	386	7	_	_	NNP
13111	386	8	ah	ah	UH
13111	386	9	_	_	NNP
13111	386	10	)	)	-RRB-
13111	386	11	contains	contain	VBZ
13111	386	12	besides	besides	IN
13111	386	13	the	the	DT
13111	386	14	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	386	15	note	note	NN
13111	386	16	,	,	,
13111	386	17	the	the	DT
13111	386	18	second	second	JJ
13111	386	19	harmonic	harmonic	JJ
13111	386	20	,	,	,
13111	386	21	weak	weak	JJ
13111	386	22	;	;	:
13111	386	23	the	the	DT
13111	386	24	third	third	JJ
13111	386	25	,	,	,
13111	386	26	strong	strong	JJ
13111	386	27	;	;	:
13111	386	28	and	and	CC
13111	386	29	the	the	DT
13111	386	30	fourth	fourth	JJ
13111	386	31	,	,	,
13111	386	32	weak	weak	JJ
13111	386	33	.	.	.
13111	387	1	The	the	DT
13111	387	2	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	387	3	_	_	NNP
13111	387	4	E	E	NNP
13111	387	5	_	_	NNP
13111	387	6	(	(	-LRB-
13111	387	7	_	_	NNP
13111	387	8	a	a	DT
13111	387	9	_	_	NNP
13111	387	10	)	)	-RRB-
13111	387	11	has	have	VBZ
13111	387	12	relatively	relatively	RB
13111	387	13	a	a	DT
13111	387	14	feeble	feeble	JJ
13111	387	15	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	387	16	note	note	NN
13111	387	17	,	,	,
13111	387	18	the	the	DT
13111	387	19	octave	octave	NN
13111	387	20	above	above	RB
13111	387	21	,	,	,
13111	387	22	the	the	DT
13111	387	23	second	second	JJ
13111	387	24	harmonic	harmonic	NNP
13111	387	25	,	,	,
13111	387	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	387	27	weak	weak	JJ
13111	387	28	,	,	,
13111	387	29	and	and	CC
13111	387	30	the	the	DT
13111	387	31	third	third	JJ
13111	387	32	weak	weak	JJ
13111	387	33	;	;	:
13111	387	34	whereas	whereas	IN
13111	387	35	the	the	DT
13111	387	36	fourth	fourth	JJ
13111	387	37	is	be	VBZ
13111	387	38	very	very	RB
13111	387	39	strong	strong	JJ
13111	387	40	,	,	,
13111	387	41	and	and	CC
13111	387	42	the	the	DT
13111	387	43	fifth	fifth	JJ
13111	387	44	weak	weak	JJ
13111	387	45	.	.	.
13111	388	1	The	the	DT
13111	388	2	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	388	3	_	_	NNP
13111	388	4	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	388	5	_	_	NNP
13111	388	6	(	(	-LRB-
13111	388	7	_	_	NNP
13111	388	8	ee	ee	NNP
13111	388	9	_	_	NNP
13111	388	10	)	)	-RRB-
13111	388	11	has	have	VBZ
13111	388	12	very	very	RB
13111	388	13	high	high	JJ
13111	388	14	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	388	15	,	,	,
13111	388	16	especially	especially	RB
13111	388	17	the	the	DT
13111	388	18	fifth	fifth	JJ
13111	388	19	,	,	,
13111	388	20	which	which	WDT
13111	388	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	388	22	strongly	strongly	RB
13111	388	23	marked	mark	VBN
13111	388	24	.	.	.
13111	389	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
13111	389	2	see	see	VBP
13111	389	3	from	from	IN
13111	389	4	these	these	DT
13111	389	5	facts	fact	NNS
13111	389	6	that	that	IN
13111	389	7	there	there	EX
13111	389	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	389	9	a	a	DT
13111	389	10	correspondence	correspondence	NN
13111	389	11	between	between	IN
13111	389	12	the	the	DT
13111	389	13	existence	existence	NN
13111	389	14	of	of	IN
13111	389	15	the	the	DT
13111	389	16	higher	high	JJR
13111	389	17	harmonics	harmonic	NNS
13111	389	18	and	and	CC
13111	389	19	the	the	DT
13111	389	20	diminished	diminished	JJ
13111	389	21	length	length	NN
13111	389	22	of	of	IN
13111	389	23	the	the	DT
13111	389	24	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	389	25	.	.	.
13111	390	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
13111	390	2	are	be	VBP
13111	390	3	not	not	RB
13111	390	4	the	the	DT
13111	390	5	same	same	JJ
13111	390	6	in	in	IN
13111	390	7	all	all	DT
13111	390	8	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	390	9	;	;	:
13111	390	10	for	for	IN
13111	390	11	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	390	12	depend	depend	VBP
13111	390	13	also	also	RB
13111	390	14	upon	upon	IN
13111	390	15	the	the	DT
13111	390	16	_	_	NNP
13111	390	17	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	390	18	_	_	NNP
13111	390	19	of	of	IN
13111	390	20	the	the	DT
13111	390	21	voice	voice	NN
13111	390	22	of	of	IN
13111	390	23	the	the	DT
13111	390	24	person	person	NN
13111	390	25	pronouncing	pronounce	VBG
13111	390	26	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	390	27	,	,	,
13111	390	28	or	or	CC
13111	390	29	the	the	DT
13111	390	30	special	special	JJ
13111	390	31	character	character	NN
13111	390	32	of	of	IN
13111	390	33	the	the	DT
13111	390	34	language	language	NN
13111	390	35	used	use	VBN
13111	390	36	,	,	,
13111	390	37	as	as	RB
13111	390	38	well	well	RB
13111	390	39	as	as	IN
13111	390	40	upon	upon	IN
13111	390	41	the	the	DT
13111	390	42	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	390	43	of	of	IN
13111	390	44	the	the	DT
13111	390	45	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	390	46	notes	note	NNS
13111	390	47	employed	employ	VBD
13111	390	48	.	.	.
13111	391	1	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
13111	391	2	inferred	infer	VBD
13111	391	3	that	that	IN
13111	391	4	if	if	IN
13111	391	5	the	the	DT
13111	391	6	particular	particular	JJ
13111	391	7	quality	quality	NN
13111	391	8	of	of	IN
13111	391	9	the	the	DT
13111	391	10	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	391	11	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	391	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	391	13	due	due	JJ
13111	391	14	to	to	IN
13111	391	15	the	the	DT
13111	391	16	reinforcement	reinforcement	NN
13111	391	17	of	of	IN
13111	391	18	the	the	DT
13111	391	19	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	391	20	tone	tone	NN
13111	391	21	by	by	IN
13111	391	22	particular	particular	JJ
13111	391	23	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	391	24	,	,	,
13111	391	25	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	391	26	ought	ought	MD
13111	391	27	to	to	TO
13111	391	28	be	be	VB
13111	391	29	able	able	JJ
13111	391	30	to	to	TO
13111	391	31	produce	produce	VB
13111	391	32	synthetically	synthetically	RB
13111	391	33	these	these	DT
13111	391	34	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	391	35	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	391	36	by	by	IN
13111	391	37	combining	combine	VBG
13111	391	38	the	the	DT
13111	391	39	series	series	NN
13111	391	40	of	of	IN
13111	391	41	overtones	overtone	NNS
13111	391	42	with	with	IN
13111	391	43	the	the	DT
13111	391	44	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	391	45	note	note	NN
13111	391	46	.	.	.
13111	392	1	This	this	DT
13111	392	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	392	3	actually	actually	RB
13111	392	4	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
13111	392	5	by	by	IN
13111	392	6	the	the	DT
13111	392	7	use	use	NN
13111	392	8	of	of	IN
13111	392	9	stopped	stop	VBN
13111	392	10	organ	organ	NNP
13111	392	11	pipes	pipe	NNS
13111	392	12	which	which	WDT
13111	392	13	gave	give	VBD
13111	392	14	sensibly	sensibly	RB
13111	392	15	simple	simple	JJ
13111	392	16	notes	note	NNS
13111	392	17	.	.	.
13111	393	1	*	*	NFP
13111	393	2	*	*	NFP
13111	393	3	*	*	NFP
13111	393	4	*	*	NFP
13111	393	5	*	*	NFP
13111	393	6	Having	have	VBG
13111	393	7	thus	thus	RB
13111	393	8	shown	show	VBN
13111	393	9	that	that	IN
13111	393	10	the	the	DT
13111	393	11	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	393	12	note	note	NN
13111	393	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	393	14	dependent	dependent	JJ
13111	393	15	upon	upon	IN
13111	393	16	the	the	DT
13111	393	17	tension	tension	NN
13111	393	18	of	of	IN
13111	393	19	the	the	DT
13111	393	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	393	21	cords	cord	NNS
13111	393	22	--	--	:
13111	393	23	the	the	DT
13111	393	24	reed	reed	NN
13111	393	25	portion	portion	NN
13111	393	26	of	of	IN
13111	393	27	the	the	DT
13111	393	28	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	393	29	--	--	:
13111	393	30	and	and	CC
13111	393	31	the	the	DT
13111	393	32	quality	quality	NN
13111	393	33	,	,	,
13111	393	34	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	393	35	,	,	,
13111	393	36	or	or	CC
13111	393	37	"	"	``
13111	393	38	klang	klang	NNP
13111	393	39	"	"	''
13111	393	40	upon	upon	IN
13111	393	41	the	the	DT
13111	393	42	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	393	43	,	,	,
13111	393	44	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	393	45	will	will	MD
13111	393	46	pass	pass	VB
13111	393	47	on	on	RP
13111	393	48	to	to	IN
13111	393	49	the	the	DT
13111	393	50	formation	formation	NN
13111	393	51	of	of	IN
13111	393	52	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	393	53	and	and	CC
13111	393	54	words	word	NNS
13111	393	55	of	of	IN
13111	393	56	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	393	57	speech	speech	NN
13111	393	58	by	by	IN
13111	393	59	the	the	DT
13111	393	60	combination	combination	NN
13111	393	61	of	of	IN
13111	393	62	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	393	63	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	393	64	and	and	CC
13111	393	65	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	393	66	.	.	.
13111	394	1	"	"	``
13111	394	2	The	the	DT
13111	394	3	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	394	4	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	394	5	called	call	VBN
13111	394	6	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	394	7	are	be	VBP
13111	394	8	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	394	9	produced	produce	VBN
13111	394	10	by	by	IN
13111	394	11	the	the	DT
13111	394	12	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	394	13	of	of	IN
13111	394	14	certain	certain	JJ
13111	394	15	easily	easily	RB
13111	394	16	movable	movable	JJ
13111	394	17	portions	portion	NNS
13111	394	18	of	of	IN
13111	394	19	the	the	DT
13111	394	20	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	394	21	and	and	CC
13111	394	22	throat	throat	NN
13111	394	23	;	;	:
13111	394	24	and	and	CC
13111	394	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	394	26	have	have	VBP
13111	394	27	a	a	DT
13111	394	28	different	different	JJ
13111	394	29	sound	sound	NN
13111	394	30	according	accord	VBG
13111	394	31	as	as	IN
13111	394	32	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	394	33	are	be	VBP
13111	394	34	accompanied	accompany	VBN
13111	394	35	by	by	IN
13111	394	36	voice	voice	NN
13111	394	37	or	or	CC
13111	394	38	not	not	RB
13111	394	39	"	"	''
13111	394	40	(	(	-LRB-
13111	394	41	Hermann	Hermann	NNP
13111	394	42	)	)	-RRB-
13111	394	43	.	.	.
13111	395	1	The	the	DT
13111	395	2	emission	emission	NN
13111	395	3	of	of	IN
13111	395	4	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	395	5	from	from	IN
13111	395	6	the	the	DT
13111	395	7	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	395	8	may	may	MD
13111	395	9	be	be	VB
13111	395	10	modified	modify	VBN
13111	395	11	by	by	IN
13111	395	12	interruption	interruption	NN
13111	395	13	or	or	CC
13111	395	14	constriction	constriction	NN
13111	395	15	in	in	IN
13111	395	16	three	three	CD
13111	395	17	situations	situation	NNS
13111	395	18	,	,	,
13111	395	19	at	at	IN
13111	395	20	each	each	DT
13111	395	21	of	of	IN
13111	395	22	which	which	WDT
13111	395	23	added	add	VBN
13111	395	24	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	395	25	may	may	MD
13111	395	26	occur	occur	VB
13111	395	27	,	,	,
13111	395	28	(	(	-LRB-
13111	395	29	1	1	LS
13111	395	30	)	)	-RRB-
13111	395	31	At	at	IN
13111	395	32	the	the	DT
13111	395	33	lips	lip	NNS
13111	395	34	,	,	,
13111	395	35	the	the	DT
13111	395	36	constriction	constriction	NN
13111	395	37	being	be	VBG
13111	395	38	formed	form	VBN
13111	395	39	by	by	IN
13111	395	40	the	the	DT
13111	395	41	two	two	CD
13111	395	42	lips	lip	NNS
13111	395	43	,	,	,
13111	395	44	or	or	CC
13111	395	45	by	by	IN
13111	395	46	the	the	DT
13111	395	47	upper	upper	JJ
13111	395	48	or	or	CC
13111	395	49	lower	low	JJR
13111	395	50	lip	lip	NN
13111	395	51	with	with	IN
13111	395	52	the	the	DT
13111	395	53	lower	low	JJR
13111	395	54	or	or	CC
13111	395	55	upper	upper	JJ
13111	395	56	dental	dental	JJ
13111	395	57	arch	arch	NN
13111	395	58	.	.	.
13111	396	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	396	2	2	2	LS
13111	396	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	396	4	Between	between	IN
13111	396	5	the	the	DT
13111	396	6	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	396	7	and	and	CC
13111	396	8	the	the	DT
13111	396	9	palate	palate	NN
13111	396	10	,	,	,
13111	396	11	the	the	DT
13111	396	12	constriction	constriction	NN
13111	396	13	being	be	VBG
13111	396	14	caused	cause	VBN
13111	396	15	by	by	IN
13111	396	16	the	the	DT
13111	396	17	opposition	opposition	NN
13111	396	18	of	of	IN
13111	396	19	the	the	DT
13111	396	20	tip	tip	NN
13111	396	21	of	of	IN
13111	396	22	the	the	DT
13111	396	23	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	396	24	to	to	IN
13111	396	25	the	the	DT
13111	396	26	anterior	anterior	JJ
13111	396	27	portion	portion	NN
13111	396	28	of	of	IN
13111	396	29	the	the	DT
13111	396	30	hard	hard	JJ
13111	396	31	palate	palate	NN
13111	396	32	or	or	CC
13111	396	33	the	the	DT
13111	396	34	posterior	posterior	JJ
13111	396	35	surface	surface	NN
13111	396	36	of	of	IN
13111	396	37	the	the	DT
13111	396	38	dental	dental	JJ
13111	396	39	arch	arch	NN
13111	396	40	.	.	.
13111	397	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	397	2	3	3	LS
13111	397	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	397	4	At	at	IN
13111	397	5	the	the	DT
13111	397	6	fauces	fauce	NNS
13111	397	7	,	,	,
13111	397	8	the	the	DT
13111	397	9	constriction	constriction	NN
13111	397	10	being	be	VBG
13111	397	11	due	due	JJ
13111	397	12	to	to	IN
13111	397	13	approximation	approximation	NN
13111	397	14	of	of	IN
13111	397	15	the	the	DT
13111	397	16	root	root	NN
13111	397	17	of	of	IN
13111	397	18	the	the	DT
13111	397	19	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	397	20	and	and	CC
13111	397	21	the	the	DT
13111	397	22	soft	soft	JJ
13111	397	23	palate	palate	NN
13111	397	24	.	.	.
13111	398	1	Consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	398	2	can	can	MD
13111	398	3	only	only	RB
13111	398	4	be	be	VB
13111	398	5	produced	produce	VBN
13111	398	6	in	in	IN
13111	398	7	conjunction	conjunction	NN
13111	398	8	with	with	IN
13111	398	9	a	a	DT
13111	398	10	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	398	11	sound	sound	NN
13111	398	12	,	,	,
13111	398	13	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	398	14	the	the	DT
13111	398	15	air	air	NN
13111	398	16	is	be	VBZ
13111	398	17	thrown	throw	VBN
13111	398	18	into	into	IN
13111	398	19	sonorous	sonorous	JJ
13111	398	20	waves	wave	NNS
13111	398	21	of	of	IN
13111	398	22	a	a	DT
13111	398	23	complex	complex	JJ
13111	398	24	character	character	NN
13111	398	25	,	,	,
13111	398	26	in	in	IN
13111	398	27	part	part	NN
13111	398	28	dependent	dependent	JJ
13111	398	29	upon	upon	IN
13111	398	30	the	the	DT
13111	398	31	shape	shape	NN
13111	398	32	of	of	IN
13111	398	33	the	the	DT
13111	398	34	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	398	35	for	for	IN
13111	398	36	the	the	DT
13111	398	37	production	production	NN
13111	398	38	of	of	IN
13111	398	39	the	the	DT
13111	398	40	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	398	41	,	,	,
13111	398	42	in	in	IN
13111	398	43	part	part	NN
13111	398	44	dependent	dependent	JJ
13111	398	45	upon	upon	IN
13111	398	46	the	the	DT
13111	398	47	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	398	48	at	at	IN
13111	398	49	each	each	DT
13111	398	50	of	of	IN
13111	398	51	these	these	DT
13111	398	52	situations	situation	NNS
13111	398	53	mentioned	mention	VBN
13111	398	54	above	above	RB
13111	398	55	.	.	.
13111	399	1	Consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	399	2	may	may	MD
13111	399	3	accordingly	accordingly	RB
13111	399	4	be	be	VB
13111	399	5	classified	classify	VBN
13111	399	6	as	as	IN
13111	399	7	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	399	8	are	be	VBP
13111	399	9	formed	form	VBN
13111	399	10	at	at	IN
13111	399	11	the	the	DT
13111	399	12	three	three	CD
13111	399	13	places	place	NNS
13111	399	14	of	of	IN
13111	399	15	interruption	interruption	NN
13111	399	16	--	--	:
13111	399	17	lips	lip	NNS
13111	399	18	,	,	,
13111	399	19	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	399	20	,	,	,
13111	399	21	and	and	CC
13111	399	22	fauces	fauce	NNS
13111	399	23	respectively	respectively	RB
13111	399	24	:	:	:
13111	399	25	(	(	-LRB-
13111	399	26	1	1	LS
13111	399	27	)	)	-RRB-
13111	399	28	labial	labial	JJ
13111	399	29	;	;	:
13111	399	30	(	(	-LRB-
13111	399	31	2	2	LS
13111	399	32	)	)	-RRB-
13111	399	33	dental	dental	NN
13111	399	34	;	;	:
13111	399	35	(	(	-LRB-
13111	399	36	3	3	LS
13111	399	37	)	)	-RRB-
13111	399	38	guttural	guttural	JJ
13111	399	39	.	.	.
13111	400	1	The	the	DT
13111	400	2	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	400	3	formed	form	VBN
13111	400	4	at	at	IN
13111	400	5	each	each	DT
13111	400	6	of	of	IN
13111	400	7	the	the	DT
13111	400	8	places	place	NNS
13111	400	9	of	of	IN
13111	400	10	interruption	interruption	NN
13111	400	11	are	be	VBP
13111	400	12	divided	divide	VBN
13111	400	13	into--	into--	NNP
13111	400	14	1	1	CD
13111	400	15	.	.	.
13111	401	1	_	_	NNP
13111	401	2	Explosives_.--At	Explosives_.--At	NNP
13111	401	3	one	one	CD
13111	401	4	of	of	IN
13111	401	5	the	the	DT
13111	401	6	situations	situation	NNS
13111	401	7	mentioned	mention	VBD
13111	401	8	the	the	DT
13111	401	9	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	401	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	401	11	suddenly	suddenly	RB
13111	401	12	opened	open	VBN
13111	401	13	or	or	CC
13111	401	14	closed	close	VBN
13111	401	15	during	during	IN
13111	401	16	the	the	DT
13111	401	17	expulsion	expulsion	NN
13111	401	18	of	of	IN
13111	401	19	air--(_a	air--(_a	NNP
13111	401	20	_	_	NNP
13111	401	21	)	)	-RRB-
13111	401	22	without	without	IN
13111	401	23	the	the	DT
13111	401	24	aid	aid	NN
13111	401	25	of	of	IN
13111	401	26	voice	voice	NN
13111	401	27	,	,	,
13111	401	28	p	p	NNP
13111	401	29	,	,	,
13111	401	30	t	t	NN
13111	401	31	,	,	,
13111	401	32	k	k	NNP
13111	401	33	;	;	:
13111	401	34	(	(	-LRB-
13111	401	35	_	_	NNP
13111	401	36	b	b	NNP
13111	401	37	_	_	NNP
13111	401	38	)	)	-RRB-
13111	401	39	with	with	IN
13111	401	40	the	the	DT
13111	401	41	aid	aid	NN
13111	401	42	of	of	IN
13111	401	43	voice	voice	NN
13111	401	44	,	,	,
13111	401	45	b	b	NNP
13111	401	46	,	,	,
13111	401	47	d	d	NNP
13111	401	48	,	,	,
13111	401	49	g.	g.	NNP
13111	401	50	When	when	WRB
13111	401	51	one	one	CD
13111	401	52	of	of	IN
13111	401	53	these	these	DT
13111	401	54	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	401	55	begins	begin	VBZ
13111	401	56	a	a	DT
13111	401	57	syllable	syllable	NN
13111	401	58	,	,	,
13111	401	59	opening	opening	NN
13111	401	60	of	of	IN
13111	401	61	the	the	DT
13111	401	62	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	401	63	is	be	VBZ
13111	401	64	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	401	65	,	,	,
13111	401	66	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	402	1	pa	pa	NNP
13111	402	2	;	;	:
13111	402	3	when	when	WRB
13111	402	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	402	5	ends	end	VBZ
13111	402	6	a	a	DT
13111	402	7	syllable	syllable	NN
13111	402	8	,	,	,
13111	402	9	closure	closure	NN
13111	402	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	402	11	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	402	12	,	,	,
13111	402	13	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	403	1	ap	ap	UH
13111	403	2	.	.	.
13111	404	1	No	no	DT
13111	404	2	sharp	sharp	JJ
13111	404	3	distinction	distinction	NN
13111	404	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	404	5	possible	possible	JJ
13111	404	6	between	between	IN
13111	404	7	p	p	NN
13111	404	8	and	and	CC
13111	404	9	b	b	NN
13111	404	10	,	,	,
13111	404	11	t	t	NN
13111	404	12	and	and	CC
13111	404	13	d	d	NNP
13111	404	14	,	,	,
13111	404	15	and	and	CC
13111	404	16	k	k	NN
13111	404	17	and	and	CC
13111	404	18	g	g	NNP
13111	404	19	if	if	IN
13111	404	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	404	21	are	be	VBP
13111	404	22	whispered	whisper	VBN
13111	404	23	.	.	.
13111	405	1	2	2	LS
13111	405	2	.	.	.
13111	406	1	_	_	NNP
13111	406	2	Aspirates_.--The	Aspirates_.--The	NNP
13111	406	3	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	406	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	406	5	constricted	constrict	VBN
13111	406	6	at	at	IN
13111	406	7	one	one	CD
13111	406	8	of	of	IN
13111	406	9	the	the	DT
13111	406	10	points	point	NNS
13111	406	11	mentioned	mention	VBN
13111	406	12	so	so	IN
13111	406	13	that	that	IN
13111	406	14	the	the	DT
13111	406	15	current	current	NN
13111	406	16	of	of	IN
13111	406	17	air	air	NN
13111	406	18	either	either	CC
13111	406	19	expired	expire	VBN
13111	406	20	or	or	CC
13111	406	21	inspired	inspire	VBN
13111	406	22	rushes	rush	NNS
13111	406	23	through	through	IN
13111	406	24	a	a	DT
13111	406	25	small	small	JJ
13111	406	26	slit	slit	NN
13111	406	27	.	.	.
13111	407	1	Here	here	RB
13111	407	2	again	again	RB
13111	407	3	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	407	4	may	may	MD
13111	407	5	form	form	VB
13111	407	6	two	two	CD
13111	407	7	classes	class	NNS
13111	407	8	:	:	:
13111	407	9	(	(	-LRB-
13111	407	10	_	_	NNP
13111	407	11	a	a	DT
13111	407	12	_	_	NNP
13111	407	13	)	)	-RRB-
13111	407	14	without	without	IN
13111	407	15	the	the	DT
13111	407	16	aid	aid	NN
13111	407	17	of	of	IN
13111	407	18	the	the	DT
13111	407	19	voice	voice	NN
13111	407	20	,	,	,
13111	407	21	f	f	NNP
13111	407	22	,	,	,
13111	407	23	s	s	NNP
13111	407	24	(	(	-LRB-
13111	407	25	sharp	sharp	NNP
13111	407	26	)	)	-RRB-
13111	407	27	,	,	,
13111	407	28	ch	ch	NN
13111	407	29	,	,	,
13111	407	30	guttural	guttural	JJ
13111	407	31	;	;	:
13111	407	32	(	(	-LRB-
13111	407	33	_	_	NNP
13111	407	34	b	b	NNP
13111	407	35	_	_	NNP
13111	407	36	)	)	-RRB-
13111	407	37	with	with	IN
13111	407	38	the	the	DT
13111	407	39	aid	aid	NN
13111	407	40	of	of	IN
13111	407	41	voice	voice	NN
13111	407	42	,	,	,
13111	407	43	v	v	NNP
13111	407	44	,	,	,
13111	407	45	z	z	NNP
13111	407	46	,	,	,
13111	407	47	y.	y.	NNP
13111	408	1	The	the	DT
13111	408	2	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	408	3	s	s	POS
13111	408	4	and	and	CC
13111	408	5	l	l	NNP
13111	408	6	are	be	VBP
13111	408	7	formed	form	VBN
13111	408	8	when	when	WRB
13111	408	9	the	the	DT
13111	408	10	passage	passage	NN
13111	408	11	in	in	IN
13111	408	12	front	front	NN
13111	408	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	408	14	closed	close	VBN
13111	408	15	by	by	IN
13111	408	16	elevation	elevation	NN
13111	408	17	of	of	IN
13111	408	18	the	the	DT
13111	408	19	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	408	20	against	against	IN
13111	408	21	the	the	DT
13111	408	22	upper	upper	JJ
13111	408	23	dental	dental	NN
13111	408	24	arch	arch	NN
13111	408	25	so	so	IN
13111	408	26	that	that	IN
13111	408	27	the	the	DT
13111	408	28	air	air	NN
13111	408	29	can	can	MD
13111	408	30	only	only	RB
13111	408	31	escape	escape	VB
13111	408	32	at	at	IN
13111	408	33	the	the	DT
13111	408	34	sides	side	NNS
13111	408	35	between	between	IN
13111	408	36	the	the	DT
13111	408	37	molar	molar	JJ
13111	408	38	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	408	39	:	:	:
13111	408	40	sh	sh	NNP
13111	408	41	is	be	VBZ
13111	408	42	formed	form	VBN
13111	408	43	by	by	IN
13111	408	44	the	the	DT
13111	408	45	expulsion	expulsion	NN
13111	408	46	of	of	IN
13111	408	47	the	the	DT
13111	408	48	current	current	NN
13111	408	49	of	of	IN
13111	408	50	air	air	NN
13111	408	51	through	through	IN
13111	408	52	two	two	CD
13111	408	53	narrow	narrow	JJ
13111	408	54	slits	slit	NNS
13111	408	55	,	,	,
13111	408	56	viz	viz	NN
13111	408	57	.	.	.
13111	409	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	409	2	1	1	LS
13111	409	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	409	4	between	between	IN
13111	409	5	the	the	DT
13111	409	6	front	front	NN
13111	409	7	of	of	IN
13111	409	8	the	the	DT
13111	409	9	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	409	10	and	and	CC
13111	409	11	the	the	DT
13111	409	12	hard	hard	JJ
13111	409	13	palate	palate	NN
13111	409	14	,	,	,
13111	409	15	the	the	DT
13111	409	16	other	other	JJ
13111	409	17	between	between	IN
13111	409	18	the	the	DT
13111	409	19	nearly	nearly	RB
13111	409	20	closed	closed	JJ
13111	409	21	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	409	22	.	.	.
13111	410	1	If	if	IN
13111	410	2	a	a	DT
13111	410	3	space	space	NN
13111	410	4	be	be	VB
13111	410	5	left	leave	VBN
13111	410	6	between	between	IN
13111	410	7	the	the	DT
13111	410	8	tip	tip	NN
13111	410	9	of	of	IN
13111	410	10	the	the	DT
13111	410	11	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	410	12	and	and	CC
13111	410	13	the	the	DT
13111	410	14	upper	upper	JJ
13111	410	15	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	410	16	two	two	CD
13111	410	17	consonant	consonant	NN
13111	410	18	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	410	19	can	can	MD
13111	410	20	be	be	VB
13111	410	21	produced	produce	VBN
13111	410	22	,	,	,
13111	410	23	one	one	CD
13111	410	24	without	without	IN
13111	410	25	the	the	DT
13111	410	26	aid	aid	NN
13111	410	27	of	of	IN
13111	410	28	the	the	DT
13111	410	29	voice	voice	NN
13111	410	30	--	--	:
13111	410	31	th	th	XX
13111	410	32	(	(	-LRB-
13111	410	33	hard	hard	RB
13111	410	34	)	)	-RRB-
13111	410	35	as	as	IN
13111	410	36	in	in	IN
13111	410	37	that	that	DT
13111	410	38	;	;	:
13111	410	39	the	the	DT
13111	410	40	other	other	JJ
13111	410	41	with	with	IN
13111	410	42	the	the	DT
13111	410	43	aid	aid	NN
13111	410	44	of	of	IN
13111	410	45	voice	voice	NN
13111	410	46	--	--	:
13111	410	47	th	th	XX
13111	410	48	(	(	-LRB-
13111	410	49	soft	soft	JJ
13111	410	50	)	)	-RRB-
13111	410	51	as	as	IN
13111	410	52	in	in	IN
13111	410	53	thunder	thunder	NN
13111	410	54	.	.	.
13111	411	1	Ch	ch	NN
13111	411	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	411	3	a	a	DT
13111	411	4	guttural	guttural	JJ
13111	411	5	produced	produce	VBN
13111	411	6	near	near	IN
13111	411	7	the	the	DT
13111	411	8	front	front	NN
13111	411	9	of	of	IN
13111	411	10	the	the	DT
13111	411	11	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	411	12	,	,	,
13111	411	13	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	412	1	in	in	IN
13111	412	2	Christ	Christ	NNP
13111	412	3	,	,	,
13111	412	4	or	or	CC
13111	412	5	near	near	IN
13111	412	6	the	the	DT
13111	412	7	back	back	NN
13111	412	8	as	as	IN
13111	412	9	in	in	IN
13111	412	10	Bach	Bach	NNP
13111	412	11	.	.	.
13111	413	1	3	3	LS
13111	413	2	.	.	.
13111	414	1	_	_	NNP
13111	414	2	Resonants_.--In	Resonants_.--In	VBZ
13111	414	3	the	the	DT
13111	414	4	production	production	NN
13111	414	5	of	of	IN
13111	414	6	the	the	DT
13111	414	7	consonant	consonant	NN
13111	414	8	m	m	NNP
13111	414	9	,	,	,
13111	414	10	and	and	CC
13111	414	11	sometimes	sometimes	RB
13111	414	12	n	n	JJ
13111	414	13	,	,	,
13111	414	14	the	the	DT
13111	414	15	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	414	16	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	414	17	comes	come	VBZ
13111	414	18	into	into	IN
13111	414	19	play	play	NN
13111	414	20	because	because	IN
13111	414	21	the	the	DT
13111	414	22	soft	soft	JJ
13111	414	23	palate	palate	NN
13111	414	24	is	be	VBZ
13111	414	25	not	not	RB
13111	414	26	raised	raise	VBN
13111	414	27	at	at	RB
13111	414	28	all	all	RB
13111	414	29	and	and	CC
13111	414	30	the	the	DT
13111	414	31	sound	sound	JJ
13111	414	32	waves	wave	NNS
13111	414	33	produced	produce	VBN
13111	414	34	in	in	IN
13111	414	35	the	the	DT
13111	414	36	larynx	larynx	NNP
13111	414	37	find	find	VBP
13111	414	38	a	a	DT
13111	414	39	free	free	JJ
13111	414	40	passage	passage	NN
13111	414	41	through	through	IN
13111	414	42	the	the	DT
13111	414	43	nose	nose	NN
13111	414	44	,	,	,
13111	414	45	while	while	IN
13111	414	46	the	the	DT
13111	414	47	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	414	48	portion	portion	NN
13111	414	49	of	of	IN
13111	414	50	the	the	DT
13111	414	51	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	414	52	is	be	VBZ
13111	414	53	completely	completely	RB
13111	414	54	closed	close	VBN
13111	414	55	by	by	IN
13111	414	56	the	the	DT
13111	414	57	lips	lip	NNS
13111	414	58	.	.	.
13111	415	1	The	the	DT
13111	415	2	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	415	3	thus	thus	RB
13111	415	4	produced	produce	VBN
13111	415	5	are	be	VBP
13111	415	6	very	very	RB
13111	415	7	telling	telling	JJ
13111	415	8	in	in	IN
13111	415	9	the	the	DT
13111	415	10	singing	singing	NN
13111	415	11	voice	voice	NN
13111	415	12	.	.	.
13111	416	1	4	4	LS
13111	416	2	.	.	.
13111	417	1	_	_	NNP
13111	417	2	Vibratory	Vibratory	NNP
13111	417	3	Sounds_.--There	Sounds_.--There	NNP
13111	417	4	are	be	VBP
13111	417	5	three	three	CD
13111	417	6	situations	situation	NNS
13111	417	7	in	in	IN
13111	417	8	which	which	WDT
13111	417	9	the	the	DT
13111	417	10	consonant	consonant	NN
13111	417	11	r	r	NNP
13111	417	12	may	may	MD
13111	417	13	be	be	VB
13111	417	14	formed	form	VBN
13111	417	15	,	,	,
13111	417	16	but	but	CC
13111	417	17	in	in	IN
13111	417	18	the	the	DT
13111	417	19	English	english	JJ
13111	417	20	language	language	NN
13111	417	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	417	22	is	be	VBZ
13111	417	23	produced	produce	VBN
13111	417	24	by	by	IN
13111	417	25	the	the	DT
13111	417	26	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	417	27	of	of	IN
13111	417	28	the	the	DT
13111	417	29	tip	tip	NN
13111	417	30	of	of	IN
13111	417	31	the	the	DT
13111	417	32	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	417	33	in	in	IN
13111	417	34	the	the	DT
13111	417	35	constricted	constrict	VBN
13111	417	36	portion	portion	NN
13111	417	37	of	of	IN
13111	417	38	the	the	DT
13111	417	39	cavity	cavity	NN
13111	417	40	of	of	IN
13111	417	41	the	the	DT
13111	417	42	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	417	43	,	,	,
13111	417	44	formed	form	VBN
13111	417	45	by	by	IN
13111	417	46	the	the	DT
13111	417	47	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	417	48	and	and	CC
13111	417	49	the	the	DT
13111	417	50	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	417	51	.	.	.
13111	418	1	The	the	DT
13111	418	2	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	418	3	have	have	VBP
13111	418	4	been	be	VBN
13111	418	5	grouped	group	VBN
13111	418	6	by	by	IN
13111	418	7	Hermann	Hermann	NNP
13111	418	8	as	as	IN
13111	418	9	follows:--	follows:--	NNP
13111	418	10	|	|	NNP
13111	418	11	|Labials.|Dentals	|Labials.|Dentals	NNP
13111	418	12	.	.	.
13111	419	1	|Gutturals.|	|Gutturals.|	NNS
13111	419	2	|1	|1	.
13111	419	3	.	.	.
13111	420	1	Explosives--	Explosives--	NNP
13111	420	2	|	|	NNP
13111	420	3	|	|	NNP
13111	420	4	|	|	NNP
13111	420	5	|	|	NNP
13111	420	6	|a	|a	NNP
13111	420	7	.	.	.
13111	421	1	Without	without	IN
13111	421	2	the	the	DT
13111	421	3	voice|P	voice|p	JJ
13111	421	4	|T	|t	CD
13111	421	5	|K	|k	CD
13111	421	6	|	|	NNP
13111	421	7	|b	|b	NNP
13111	421	8	.	.	.
13111	422	1	With	with	IN
13111	422	2	the	the	DT
13111	422	3	voice	voice	NN
13111	422	4	|B	|b	CD
13111	422	5	|D	|d	CD
13111	422	6	|G	|g	CD
13111	422	7	|	|	NNP
13111	422	8	|2	|2	NNS
13111	422	9	.	.	.
13111	423	1	Aspirates--	Aspirates--	NNP
13111	423	2	|	|	NNP
13111	423	3	|	|	NNP
13111	423	4	|	|	NNP
13111	423	5	|	|	NNP
13111	423	6	|a	|a	NNP
13111	423	7	.	.	.
13111	424	1	Without	without	IN
13111	424	2	the	the	DT
13111	424	3	voice|F	voice|f	NN
13111	424	4	|S	|s	CD
13111	424	5	(	(	-LRB-
13111	424	6	hard	hard	RB
13111	424	7	)	)	-RRB-
13111	424	8	,	,	,
13111	424	9	L	l	NN
13111	424	10	,	,	,
13111	424	11	Sh,|Ch	Sh,|Ch	NNP
13111	424	12	|	|	NNP
13111	424	13	|	|	CD
13111	424	14	|	|	NNP
13111	424	15	|Th	|Th	NNP
13111	424	16	(	(	-LRB-
13111	424	17	hard	hard	JJ
13111	424	18	)	)	-RRB-
13111	424	19	|	|	NNP
13111	424	20	|	|	NNP
13111	424	21	|b	|b	NNP
13111	424	22	.	.	.
13111	425	1	With	with	IN
13111	425	2	the	the	DT
13111	425	3	voice	voice	NN
13111	425	4	|V	|v	CD
13111	425	5	|Z	|z	CD
13111	425	6	,	,	,
13111	425	7	L	L	NNP
13111	425	8	,	,	,
13111	425	9	Th	Th	NNP
13111	425	10	,	,	,
13111	425	11	Zh	Zh	NNP
13111	425	12	|Y	|y	CD
13111	425	13	in	in	IN
13111	425	14	yes	yes	NNP
13111	425	15	|	|	NNP
13111	425	16	|	|	NNP
13111	425	17	|	|	CD
13111	425	18	|(soft	|(soft	JJ
13111	425	19	)	)	-RRB-
13111	425	20	|	|	NNP
13111	425	21	|	|	NNP
13111	425	22	|3	|3	NNS
13111	425	23	.	.	.
13111	426	1	Resonants	resonant	NNS
13111	426	2	|M	|m	CD
13111	426	3	|N	|n	CD
13111	426	4	|N	|n	CD
13111	426	5	(	(	-LRB-
13111	426	6	nasal	nasal	NN
13111	426	7	)	)	-RRB-
13111	426	8	|	|	NNP
13111	426	9	|4	|4	CD
13111	426	10	.	.	.
13111	427	1	Vibratory	Vibratory	NNP
13111	427	2	sounds|Labial	sounds|Labial	NNP
13111	427	3	R|Lingual	R|Lingual	NNP
13111	427	4	R	r	NN
13111	427	5	|Guttural	|Guttural	''
13111	427	6	R|	r|	NN
13111	427	7	H	h	NN
13111	427	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	427	9	the	the	DT
13111	427	10	sound	sound	NN
13111	427	11	produced	produce	VBN
13111	427	12	in	in	IN
13111	427	13	the	the	DT
13111	427	14	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	427	15	by	by	IN
13111	427	16	the	the	DT
13111	427	17	quick	quick	JJ
13111	427	18	rushing	rushing	NN
13111	427	19	of	of	IN
13111	427	20	the	the	DT
13111	427	21	air	air	NN
13111	427	22	through	through	IN
13111	427	23	the	the	DT
13111	427	24	widely	widely	RB
13111	427	25	opened	open	VBN
13111	427	26	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	427	27	.	.	.
13111	428	1	Hermann	Hermann	NNP
13111	428	2	's	's	POS
13111	428	3	classification	classification	NN
13111	428	4	which	which	WDT
13111	428	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	428	6	have	have	VBP
13111	428	7	given	give	VBN
13111	428	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	428	9	especially	especially	RB
13111	428	10	valuable	valuable	JJ
13111	428	11	as	as	IN
13111	428	12	regards	regard	VBZ
13111	428	13	the	the	DT
13111	428	14	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	428	15	voice	voice	NN
13111	428	16	,	,	,
13111	428	17	but	but	CC
13111	428	18	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	428	19	classifies	classify	VBZ
13111	428	20	the	the	DT
13111	428	21	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	428	22	from	from	IN
13111	428	23	the	the	DT
13111	428	24	singing	singing	NN
13111	428	25	point	point	NN
13111	428	26	of	of	IN
13111	428	27	view	view	NN
13111	428	28	,	,	,
13111	428	29	according	accord	VBG
13111	428	30	to	to	IN
13111	428	31	the	the	DT
13111	428	32	more	more	RBR
13111	428	33	or	or	CC
13111	428	34	less	less	RBR
13111	428	35	complete	complete	JJ
13111	428	36	closure	closure	NN
13111	428	37	of	of	IN
13111	428	38	the	the	DT
13111	428	39	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	428	40	.	.	.
13111	429	1	CLASSIFICATION	classification	NN
13111	429	2	OF	of	IN
13111	429	3	CONSONANTS	consonant	NNS
13111	429	4	(	(	-LRB-
13111	429	5	AIKIN	AIKIN	NNP
13111	429	6	)	)	-RRB-
13111	429	7	Jaw	Jaw	NNP
13111	429	8	fully	fully	RB
13111	429	9	open	open	JJ
13111	429	10	H	h	NN
13111	429	11	,	,	,
13111	429	12	L	L	NNP
13111	429	13	,	,	,
13111	429	14	K	k	NN
13111	429	15	,	,	,
13111	429	16	G	g	NN
13111	429	17	"	"	``
13111	429	18	less	less	JJR
13111	429	19	"	"	''
13111	429	20	T	t	NN
13111	429	21	,	,	,
13111	429	22	D	d	NN
13111	429	23	,	,	,
13111	429	24	N	n	NN
13111	429	25	,	,	,
13111	429	26	R	r	NN
13111	429	27	"	"	''
13111	429	28	nearly	nearly	RB
13111	429	29	closed	closed	JJ
13111	429	30	,	,	,
13111	429	31	lips	lip	NNS
13111	429	32	closed	close	VBN
13111	429	33	P	p	NN
13111	429	34	,	,	,
13111	429	35	B	b	NN
13111	429	36	,	,	,
13111	429	37	M	M	NNP
13111	429	38	"	"	''
13111	429	39	"	"	''
13111	429	40	"	"	''
13111	429	41	upper	upper	JJ
13111	429	42	lip	lip	NN
13111	429	43	on	on	IN
13111	429	44	lower	low	JJR
13111	429	45	teeth	tooth	NNS
13111	429	46	F	F	NNP
13111	429	47	,	,	,
13111	429	48	V	V	NNP
13111	429	49	"	"	''
13111	429	50	quite	quite	RB
13111	429	51	closed	closed	JJ
13111	429	52	S	S	NNP
13111	429	53	,	,	,
13111	429	54	Z	Z	NNP
13111	429	55	,	,	,
13111	429	56	J	J	NNP
13111	429	57	,	,	,
13111	429	58	N	N	NNP
13111	429	59	,	,	,
13111	429	60	Ch	Ch	NNP
13111	429	61	,	,	,
13111	429	62	Sh	Sh	NNP
13111	429	63	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	429	64	,	,	,
13111	429	65	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	429	66	,	,	,
13111	429	67	points	point	VBZ
13111	429	68	out	out	RP
13111	429	69	that	that	IN
13111	429	70	the	the	DT
13111	429	71	English	english	JJ
13111	429	72	language	language	NN
13111	429	73	is	be	VBZ
13111	429	74	so	so	RB
13111	429	75	full	full	JJ
13111	429	76	of	of	IN
13111	429	77	closures	closure	NNS
13111	429	78	that	that	IN
13111	429	79	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	429	80	is	be	VBZ
13111	429	81	difficult	difficult	JJ
13111	429	82	to	to	TO
13111	429	83	keep	keep	VB
13111	429	84	the	the	DT
13111	429	85	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	429	86	open	open	JJ
13111	429	87	,	,	,
13111	429	88	and	and	CC
13111	429	89	that	that	DT
13111	429	90	accounts	account	VBZ
13111	429	91	for	for	IN
13111	429	92	one	one	CD
13111	429	93	of	of	IN
13111	429	94	the	the	DT
13111	429	95	principal	principal	JJ
13111	429	96	difficulties	difficulty	NNS
13111	429	97	in	in	IN
13111	429	98	singing	singe	VBG
13111	429	99	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	429	100	.	.	.
13111	430	1	"	"	``
13111	430	2	The	the	DT
13111	430	3	converse	converse	NN
13111	430	4	of	of	IN
13111	430	5	this	this	DT
13111	430	6	may	may	MD
13111	430	7	be	be	VB
13111	430	8	said	say	VBN
13111	430	9	of	of	IN
13111	430	10	Italian	Italian	NNP
13111	430	11	,	,	,
13111	430	12	in	in	IN
13111	430	13	which	which	WDT
13111	430	14	most	most	JJS
13111	430	15	words	word	NNS
13111	430	16	end	end	VBP
13111	430	17	in	in	IN
13111	430	18	pure	pure	JJ
13111	430	19	vowels	vowel	NNS
13111	430	20	which	which	WDT
13111	430	21	keep	keep	VBP
13111	430	22	the	the	DT
13111	430	23	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	430	24	open	open	JJ
13111	430	25	.	.	.
13111	431	1	In	in	IN
13111	431	2	fact	fact	NN
13111	431	3	,	,	,
13111	431	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	431	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	431	6	this	this	DT
13111	431	7	circumstance	circumstance	NN
13111	431	8	which	which	WDT
13111	431	9	has	have	VBZ
13111	431	10	made	make	VBN
13111	431	11	the	the	DT
13111	431	12	Italian	italian	JJ
13111	431	13	language	language	NN
13111	431	14	the	the	DT
13111	431	15	basis	basis	NN
13111	431	16	of	of	IN
13111	431	17	every	every	DT
13111	431	18	point	point	NN
13111	431	19	of	of	IN
13111	431	20	voice	voice	NN
13111	431	21	culture	culture	NN
13111	431	22	and	and	CC
13111	431	23	the	the	DT
13111	431	24	producer	producer	NN
13111	431	25	of	of	IN
13111	431	26	so	so	RB
13111	431	27	many	many	JJ
13111	431	28	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
13111	431	29	singers	singer	NNS
13111	431	30	.	.	.
13111	431	31	"	"	''
13111	432	1	As	as	IN
13111	432	2	an	an	DT
13111	432	3	example	example	NN
13111	432	4	compare	compare	VBP
13111	432	5	the	the	DT
13111	432	6	English	english	JJ
13111	432	7	word	word	NN
13111	432	8	'	'	''
13111	432	9	voice	voice	NN
13111	432	10	,	,	,
13111	432	11	'	'	''
13111	432	12	which	which	WDT
13111	432	13	begins	begin	VBZ
13111	432	14	with	with	IN
13111	432	15	closure	closure	NN
13111	432	16	and	and	CC
13111	432	17	ends	end	VBZ
13111	432	18	with	with	IN
13111	432	19	closure	closure	NN
13111	432	20	,	,	,
13111	432	21	and	and	CC
13111	432	22	the	the	DT
13111	432	23	Italian	Italian	NNP
13111	432	24	'	'	POS
13111	432	25	voce	voce	NN
13111	432	26	,	,	,
13111	432	27	'	'	''
13111	432	28	pronounced	pronounce	VBN
13111	432	29	_	_	NNP
13111	432	30	voché	voché	NNP
13111	432	31	_	_	NNP
13111	432	32	,	,	,
13111	432	33	with	with	IN
13111	432	34	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	432	35	two	two	CD
13111	432	36	open	open	JJ
13111	432	37	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	432	38	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	432	39	.	.	.
13111	433	1	The	the	DT
13111	433	2	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	433	3	sound	sound	NN
13111	433	4	ah	ah	UH
13111	433	5	on	on	IN
13111	433	6	the	the	DT
13111	433	7	note	note	NN
13111	433	8	c	c	NN
13111	433	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	433	10	the	the	DT
13111	433	11	middle	middle	JJ
13111	433	12	tone	tone	NN
13111	433	13	of	of	IN
13111	433	14	the	the	DT
13111	433	15	speaking	speaking	NN
13111	433	16	register	register	NN
13111	433	17	,	,	,
13111	433	18	and	and	CC
13111	433	19	as	as	IN
13111	433	20	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	433	21	know	know	VBP
13111	433	22	,	,	,
13111	433	23	can	can	MD
13111	433	24	be	be	VB
13111	433	25	used	use	VBN
13111	433	26	all	all	DT
13111	433	27	day	day	NN
13111	433	28	long	long	RB
13111	433	29	without	without	IN
13111	433	30	fatigue	fatigue	NN
13111	433	31	;	;	:
13111	433	32	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	433	33	in	in	IN
13111	433	34	training	train	VBG
13111	433	35	the	the	DT
13111	433	36	voice	voice	NN
13111	433	37	the	the	DT
13111	433	38	endeavour	endeavour	NN
13111	433	39	should	should	MD
13111	433	40	be	be	VB
13111	433	41	made	make	VBN
13111	433	42	to	to	TO
13111	433	43	develop	develop	VB
13111	433	44	the	the	DT
13111	433	45	register	register	NN
13111	433	46	above	above	IN
13111	433	47	and	and	CC
13111	433	48	below	below	IN
13111	433	49	this	this	DT
13111	433	50	middle	middle	JJ
13111	433	51	tone	tone	NN
13111	433	52	.	.	.
13111	434	1	In	in	IN
13111	434	2	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	434	3	there	there	EX
13111	434	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	434	5	always	always	RB
13111	434	6	a	a	DT
13111	434	7	tendency	tendency	NN
13111	434	8	under	under	IN
13111	434	9	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	434	10	excitement	excitement	NN
13111	434	11	,	,	,
13111	434	12	especially	especially	RB
13111	434	13	if	if	IN
13111	434	14	associated	associate	VBN
13111	434	15	with	with	IN
13111	434	16	anger	anger	NN
13111	434	17	,	,	,
13111	434	18	to	to	TO
13111	434	19	raise	raise	VB
13111	434	20	the	the	DT
13111	434	21	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	434	22	of	of	IN
13111	434	23	the	the	DT
13111	434	24	voice	voice	NN
13111	434	25	,	,	,
13111	434	26	whereas	whereas	IN
13111	434	27	the	the	DT
13111	434	28	tender	tender	NN
13111	434	29	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	434	30	lead	lead	VBP
13111	434	31	rather	rather	RB
13111	434	32	to	to	IN
13111	434	33	a	a	DT
13111	434	34	lowering	lowering	NN
13111	434	35	of	of	IN
13111	434	36	the	the	DT
13111	434	37	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	434	38	.	.	.
13111	435	1	Interrogation	interrogation	NN
13111	435	2	generally	generally	RB
13111	435	3	leads	lead	VBZ
13111	435	4	to	to	IN
13111	435	5	a	a	DT
13111	435	6	rise	rise	NN
13111	435	7	of	of	IN
13111	435	8	the	the	DT
13111	435	9	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	435	10	;	;	:
13111	435	11	thus	thus	RB
13111	435	12	,	,	,
13111	435	13	as	as	IN
13111	435	14	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
13111	435	15	pointed	point	VBD
13111	435	16	out	out	RP
13111	435	17	,	,	,
13111	435	18	in	in	IN
13111	435	19	the	the	DT
13111	435	20	following	following	JJ
13111	435	21	sentence	sentence	NN
13111	435	22	there	there	EX
13111	435	23	is	be	VBZ
13111	435	24	a	a	DT
13111	435	25	decided	decided	JJ
13111	435	26	fall	fall	NN
13111	435	27	in	in	IN
13111	435	28	the	the	DT
13111	435	29	pitch--"I	pitch--"I	NNP
13111	435	30	have	have	VBP
13111	435	31	been	be	VBN
13111	435	32	for	for	IN
13111	435	33	a	a	DT
13111	435	34	walk	walk	NN
13111	435	35	"	"	''
13111	435	36	;	;	:
13111	435	37	whereas	whereas	IN
13111	435	38	in	in	IN
13111	435	39	"	"	``
13111	435	40	Have	have	VBP
13111	435	41	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	435	42	been	be	VBN
13111	435	43	for	for	IN
13111	435	44	a	a	DT
13111	435	45	walk	walk	NN
13111	435	46	?	?	.
13111	435	47	"	"	''
13111	436	1	there	there	EX
13111	436	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	436	3	a	a	DT
13111	436	4	decided	decided	JJ
13111	436	5	rise	rise	NN
13111	436	6	of	of	IN
13111	436	7	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	436	8	.	.	.
13111	437	1	If	if	IN
13111	437	2	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	437	3	utter	utter	VBP
13111	437	4	the	the	DT
13111	437	5	sentence	sentence	NN
13111	437	6	"	"	``
13111	437	7	Who	who	WP
13111	437	8	are	be	VBP
13111	437	9	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	437	10	?	?	.
13111	437	11	"	"	''
13111	438	1	there	there	EX
13111	438	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	438	3	a	a	DT
13111	438	4	very	very	RB
13111	438	5	definite	definite	JJ
13111	438	6	rise	rise	NN
13111	438	7	of	of	IN
13111	438	8	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	438	9	on	on	IN
13111	438	10	'	'	''
13111	438	11	are	be	VBP
13111	438	12	.	.	.
13111	438	13	'	'	''
13111	439	1	PATHOLOGICAL	PATHOLOGICAL	NNP
13111	439	2	DEGENERATIVE	degenerative	NN
13111	439	3	CHANGES	change	VBZ
13111	439	4	PRODUCING	PRODUCING	NNP
13111	439	5	SPEECH	speech	NN
13111	439	6	DEFECTS	DEFECTS	NNP
13111	439	7	AND	and	CC
13111	439	8	WHAT	what	WP
13111	439	9	THEY	they	PRP
13111	439	10	TEACH	teach	VBP
13111	439	11	As	as	IN
13111	439	12	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	439	13	have	have	VBP
13111	439	14	before	before	RB
13111	439	15	remarked	remark	VBN
13111	439	16	,	,	,
13111	439	17	children	child	NNS
13111	439	18	utter	utter	JJ
13111	439	19	vowel	vowel	NN
13111	439	20	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	439	21	before	before	IN
13111	439	22	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	439	23	,	,	,
13111	439	24	and	and	CC
13111	439	25	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	439	26	used	use	VBD
13111	439	27	this	this	DT
13111	439	28	as	as	IN
13111	439	29	an	an	DT
13111	439	30	argument	argument	NN
13111	439	31	that	that	IN
13111	439	32	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	439	33	preceded	precede	VBD
13111	439	34	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	439	35	;	;	:
13111	439	36	but	but	CC
13111	439	37	there	there	EX
13111	439	38	is	be	VBZ
13111	439	39	another	another	DT
13111	439	40	reason	reason	NN
13111	439	41	for	for	IN
13111	439	42	supposing	suppose	VBG
13111	439	43	that	that	DT
13111	439	44	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	439	45	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	439	46	are	be	VBP
13111	439	47	of	of	IN
13111	439	48	later	later	JJ
13111	439	49	development	development	NN
13111	439	50	phylogenetically	phylogenetically	RB
13111	439	51	,	,	,
13111	439	52	as	as	RB
13111	439	53	well	well	RB
13111	439	54	as	as	IN
13111	439	55	ontogenetically	ontogenetically	RB
13111	439	56	.	.	.
13111	440	1	Not	not	RB
13111	440	2	only	only	RB
13111	440	3	are	be	VBP
13111	440	4	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	440	5	more	more	RBR
13111	440	6	dependent	dependent	JJ
13111	440	7	for	for	IN
13111	440	8	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	440	9	proper	proper	JJ
13111	440	10	production	production	NN
13111	440	11	on	on	IN
13111	440	12	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	440	13	,	,	,
13111	440	14	but	but	CC
13111	440	15	in	in	IN
13111	440	16	those	those	DT
13111	440	17	disorders	disorder	NNS
13111	440	18	of	of	IN
13111	440	19	speech	speech	NN
13111	440	20	which	which	WDT
13111	440	21	occur	occur	VBP
13111	440	22	as	as	IN
13111	440	23	a	a	DT
13111	440	24	result	result	NN
13111	440	25	of	of	IN
13111	440	26	degenerative	degenerative	JJ
13111	440	27	processes	process	NNS
13111	440	28	of	of	IN
13111	440	29	the	the	DT
13111	440	30	central	central	JJ
13111	440	31	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	440	32	system	system	NN
13111	440	33	the	the	DT
13111	440	34	difficulty	difficulty	NN
13111	440	35	of	of	IN
13111	440	36	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	440	37	speech	speech	NN
13111	440	38	precedes	precede	NNS
13111	440	39	that	that	DT
13111	440	40	of	of	IN
13111	440	41	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	440	42	.	.	.
13111	441	1	Take	take	VB
13111	441	2	,	,	,
13111	441	3	for	for	IN
13111	441	4	example	example	NN
13111	441	5	,	,	,
13111	441	6	bulbar	bulbar	NN
13111	441	7	paralysis	paralysis	NN
13111	441	8	,	,	,
13111	441	9	a	a	DT
13111	441	10	form	form	NN
13111	441	11	of	of	IN
13111	441	12	progressive	progressive	JJ
13111	441	13	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	441	14	atrophy	atrophy	NN
13111	441	15	,	,	,
13111	441	16	a	a	DT
13111	441	17	disease	disease	NN
13111	441	18	due	due	IN
13111	441	19	to	to	IN
13111	441	20	a	a	DT
13111	441	21	progressive	progressive	JJ
13111	441	22	decay	decay	NN
13111	441	23	and	and	CC
13111	441	24	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	441	25	of	of	IN
13111	441	26	the	the	DT
13111	441	27	motor	motor	NN
13111	441	28	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	441	29	cells	cell	NNS
13111	441	30	presiding	preside	VBG
13111	441	31	over	over	IN
13111	441	32	the	the	DT
13111	441	33	movements	movement	NNS
13111	441	34	of	of	IN
13111	441	35	the	the	DT
13111	441	36	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	441	37	,	,	,
13111	441	38	lips	lip	NNS
13111	441	39	,	,	,
13111	441	40	and	and	CC
13111	441	41	larynx	larynx	NNP
13111	441	42	,	,	,
13111	441	43	hence	hence	RB
13111	441	44	often	often	RB
13111	441	45	called	call	VBD
13111	441	46	glosso	glosso	JJ
13111	441	47	-	-	HYPH
13111	441	48	labial	labial	JJ
13111	441	49	-	-	HYPH
13111	441	50	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
13111	441	51	palsy	palsy	NN
13111	441	52	.	.	.
13111	442	1	In	in	IN
13111	442	2	this	this	DT
13111	442	3	disease	disease	NN
13111	442	4	the	the	DT
13111	442	5	lips	lip	NNS
13111	442	6	,	,	,
13111	442	7	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	442	8	,	,	,
13111	442	9	throat	throat	NN
13111	442	10	,	,	,
13111	442	11	and	and	CC
13111	442	12	often	often	RB
13111	442	13	the	the	DT
13111	442	14	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	442	15	are	be	VBP
13111	442	16	paralysed	paralyse	VBN
13111	442	17	on	on	IN
13111	442	18	both	both	DT
13111	442	19	sides	side	NNS
13111	442	20	.	.	.
13111	443	1	"	"	``
13111	443	2	The	the	DT
13111	443	3	symptoms	symptom	NNS
13111	443	4	are	be	VBP
13111	443	5	,	,	,
13111	443	6	so	so	RB
13111	443	7	to	to	TO
13111	443	8	speak	speak	VB
13111	443	9	,	,	,
13111	443	10	grouped	group	VBN
13111	443	11	about	about	IN
13111	443	12	the	the	DT
13111	443	13	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	443	14	as	as	IN
13111	443	15	a	a	DT
13111	443	16	centre	centre	NN
13111	443	17	,	,	,
13111	443	18	and	and	CC
13111	443	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	443	20	is	be	VBZ
13111	443	21	in	in	IN
13111	443	22	this	this	DT
13111	443	23	organ	organ	NN
13111	443	24	that	that	IN
13111	443	25	the	the	DT
13111	443	26	earliest	early	JJS
13111	443	27	symptoms	symptom	NNS
13111	443	28	are	be	VBP
13111	443	29	usually	usually	RB
13111	443	30	manifested	manifest	VBN
13111	443	31	.	.	.
13111	443	32	"	"	''
13111	444	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	444	2	Gowers	Gowers	NNP
13111	444	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	444	4	.	.	.
13111	445	1	Imperfect	imperfect	JJ
13111	445	2	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	445	3	of	of	IN
13111	445	4	those	those	DT
13111	445	5	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	445	6	in	in	IN
13111	445	7	which	which	WDT
13111	445	8	the	the	DT
13111	445	9	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	445	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	445	11	chiefly	chiefly	RB
13111	445	12	concerned	concerned	JJ
13111	445	13	,	,	,
13111	445	14	viz	viz	NN
13111	445	15	.	.	.
13111	446	1	the	the	DT
13111	446	2	lingual	lingual	JJ
13111	446	3	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	446	4	l	l	NNP
13111	446	5	,	,	,
13111	446	6	r	r	NNP
13111	446	7	,	,	,
13111	446	8	n	n	NNP
13111	446	9	,	,	,
13111	446	10	and	and	CC
13111	446	11	t	t	NN
13111	446	12	,	,	,
13111	446	13	causing	cause	VBG
13111	446	14	indistinctness	indistinctness	NN
13111	446	15	of	of	IN
13111	446	16	speech	speech	NN
13111	446	17	,	,	,
13111	446	18	is	be	VBZ
13111	446	19	the	the	DT
13111	446	20	first	first	JJ
13111	446	21	symptom	symptom	NN
13111	446	22	;	;	:
13111	446	23	the	the	DT
13111	446	24	lips	lip	NNS
13111	446	25	then	then	RB
13111	446	26	become	become	VBP
13111	446	27	affected	affected	JJ
13111	446	28	and	and	CC
13111	446	29	there	there	EX
13111	446	30	is	be	VBZ
13111	446	31	difficulty	difficulty	NN
13111	446	32	in	in	IN
13111	446	33	the	the	DT
13111	446	34	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
13111	446	35	of	of	IN
13111	446	36	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	446	37	in	in	IN
13111	446	38	which	which	WDT
13111	446	39	the	the	DT
13111	446	40	lips	lip	NNS
13111	446	41	are	be	VBP
13111	446	42	concerned	concern	VBN
13111	446	43	,	,	,
13111	446	44	viz	viz	NN
13111	446	45	.	.	.
13111	447	1	u	u	NNP
13111	447	2	,	,	,
13111	447	3	o	o	NNP
13111	447	4	,	,	,
13111	447	5	p	p	NNP
13111	447	6	,	,	,
13111	447	7	b	b	NN
13111	447	8	,	,	,
13111	447	9	and	and	CC
13111	447	10	m.	m.	NN
13111	447	11	Eventually	eventually	RB
13111	447	12	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	447	13	speech	speech	NN
13111	447	14	becomes	become	VBZ
13111	447	15	impossible	impossible	JJ
13111	447	16	,	,	,
13111	447	17	and	and	CC
13111	447	18	the	the	DT
13111	447	19	only	only	JJ
13111	447	20	expression	expression	NN
13111	447	21	remaining	remain	VBG
13111	447	22	to	to	IN
13111	447	23	the	the	DT
13111	447	24	patient	patient	NN
13111	447	25	is	be	VBZ
13111	447	26	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
13111	447	27	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	447	28	,	,	,
13111	447	29	slightly	slightly	RB
13111	447	30	modulated	modulate	VBN
13111	447	31	and	and	CC
13111	447	32	broken	break	VBN
13111	447	33	into	into	IN
13111	447	34	the	the	DT
13111	447	35	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	447	36	of	of	IN
13111	447	37	formless	formless	NN
13111	447	38	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	447	39	.	.	.
13111	448	1	The	the	DT
13111	448	2	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
13111	448	3	palsy	palsy	NN
13111	448	4	_	_	NNP
13111	448	5	rarely	rarely	RB
13111	448	6	_	_	NNP
13111	448	7	becomes	become	VBZ
13111	448	8	complete	complete	JJ
13111	448	9	.	.	.
13111	449	1	The	the	DT
13111	449	2	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	449	3	structures	structure	NNS
13111	449	4	in	in	IN
13111	449	5	the	the	DT
13111	449	6	_	_	NNP
13111	449	7	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	449	8	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	449	9	_	_	NNP
13111	449	10	of	of	IN
13111	449	11	speech	speech	NN
13111	449	12	and	and	CC
13111	449	13	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	449	14	are	be	VBP
13111	449	15	affected	affect	VBN
13111	449	16	in	in	IN
13111	449	17	this	this	DT
13111	449	18	disease	disease	NN
13111	449	19	;	;	:
13111	449	20	but	but	CC
13111	449	21	there	there	EX
13111	449	22	are	be	VBP
13111	449	23	degenerative	degenerative	JJ
13111	449	24	diseases	disease	NNS
13111	449	25	of	of	IN
13111	449	26	the	the	DT
13111	449	27	brain	brain	NN
13111	449	28	in	in	IN
13111	449	29	which	which	WDT
13111	449	30	the	the	DT
13111	449	31	_	_	NNP
13111	449	32	psychical	psychical	JJ
13111	449	33	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	449	34	_	_	NNP
13111	449	35	of	of	IN
13111	449	36	speech	speech	NN
13111	449	37	is	be	VBZ
13111	449	38	affected	affect	VBN
13111	449	39	,	,	,
13111	449	40	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	450	1	General	General	NNP
13111	450	2	Paralysis	Paralysis	NNP
13111	450	3	of	of	IN
13111	450	4	the	the	DT
13111	450	5	Insane	Insane	NNP
13111	450	6	,	,	,
13111	450	7	in	in	IN
13111	450	8	which	which	WDT
13111	450	9	the	the	DT
13111	450	10	affection	affection	NN
13111	450	11	of	of	IN
13111	450	12	speech	speech	NN
13111	450	13	and	and	CC
13111	450	14	hand	hand	NN
13111	450	15	-	-	HYPH
13111	450	16	writing	writing	NN
13111	450	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	450	18	quite	quite	RB
13111	450	19	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
13111	450	20	.	.	.
13111	451	1	There	there	EX
13111	451	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	451	3	at	at	IN
13111	451	4	first	first	RB
13111	451	5	a	a	DT
13111	451	6	hesitancy	hesitancy	NN
13111	451	7	which	which	WDT
13111	451	8	may	may	MD
13111	451	9	only	only	RB
13111	451	10	be	be	VB
13111	451	11	perceptible	perceptible	JJ
13111	451	12	to	to	IN
13111	451	13	practised	practise	VBN
13111	451	14	ears	ear	NNS
13111	451	15	,	,	,
13111	451	16	but	but	CC
13111	451	17	in	in	IN
13111	451	18	which	which	WDT
13111	451	19	there	there	EX
13111	451	20	is	be	VBZ
13111	451	21	no	no	DT
13111	451	22	real	real	JJ
13111	451	23	fault	fault	NN
13111	451	24	of	of	IN
13111	451	25	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	451	26	once	once	IN
13111	451	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	451	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	451	29	started	start	VBN
13111	451	30	;	;	:
13111	451	31	sometimes	sometimes	RB
13111	451	32	preparatory	preparatory	JJ
13111	451	33	to	to	IN
13111	451	34	and	and	CC
13111	451	35	during	during	IN
13111	451	36	the	the	DT
13111	451	37	utterance	utterance	NN
13111	451	38	there	there	EX
13111	451	39	is	be	VBZ
13111	451	40	a	a	DT
13111	451	41	tremulous	tremulous	JJ
13111	451	42	motion	motion	NN
13111	451	43	about	about	IN
13111	451	44	the	the	DT
13111	451	45	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	451	46	of	of	IN
13111	451	47	the	the	DT
13111	451	48	mouth	mouth	NN
13111	451	49	.	.	.
13111	452	1	The	the	DT
13111	452	2	hesitation	hesitation	NN
13111	452	3	increases	increase	VBZ
13111	452	4	,	,	,
13111	452	5	and	and	CC
13111	452	6	instead	instead	RB
13111	452	7	of	of	IN
13111	452	8	a	a	DT
13111	452	9	steady	steady	JJ
13111	452	10	flow	flow	NN
13111	452	11	of	of	IN
13111	452	12	modulated	modulated	JJ
13111	452	13	,	,	,
13111	452	14	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	452	15	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	452	16	,	,	,
13111	452	17	speech	speech	NN
13111	452	18	is	be	VBZ
13111	452	19	broken	break	VBN
13111	452	20	up	up	RP
13111	452	21	into	into	IN
13111	452	22	a	a	DT
13111	452	23	succession	succession	NN
13111	452	24	of	of	IN
13111	452	25	irregular	irregular	NN
13111	452	26	,	,	,
13111	452	27	jerky	jerky	JJ
13111	452	28	,	,	,
13111	452	29	syllabic	syllabic	NNP
13111	452	30	fragments	fragment	NNS
13111	452	31	,	,	,
13111	452	32	without	without	IN
13111	452	33	modulation	modulation	NN
13111	452	34	,	,	,
13111	452	35	and	and	CC
13111	452	36	often	often	RB
13111	452	37	accompanied	accompany	VBN
13111	452	38	by	by	IN
13111	452	39	a	a	DT
13111	452	40	tremulous	tremulous	JJ
13111	452	41	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	452	42	of	of	IN
13111	452	43	the	the	DT
13111	452	44	voice	voice	NN
13111	452	45	.	.	.
13111	453	1	Syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	453	2	are	be	VBP
13111	453	3	unconsciously	unconsciously	RB
13111	453	4	dropped	drop	VBN
13111	453	5	out	out	RP
13111	453	6	,	,	,
13111	453	7	blurred	blur	VBN
13111	453	8	,	,	,
13111	453	9	or	or	CC
13111	453	10	run	run	VB
13111	453	11	into	into	IN
13111	453	12	one	one	NN
13111	453	13	another	another	DT
13111	453	14	,	,	,
13111	453	15	or	or	CC
13111	453	16	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
13111	453	17	uttered	uttered	JJ
13111	453	18	;	;	:
13111	453	19	especially	especially	RB
13111	453	20	is	be	VBZ
13111	453	21	difficulty	difficulty	NN
13111	453	22	found	find	VBN
13111	453	23	with	with	IN
13111	453	24	consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	453	25	,	,	,
13111	453	26	particularly	particularly	RB
13111	453	27	explosive	explosive	JJ
13111	453	28	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	453	29	,	,	,
13111	453	30	b	b	NN
13111	453	31	,	,	,
13111	453	32	p	p	NNP
13111	453	33	,	,	,
13111	453	34	m	m	NN
13111	453	35	;	;	:
13111	453	36	again	again	RB
13111	453	37	,	,	,
13111	453	38	linguals	lingual	NNS
13111	453	39	and	and	CC
13111	453	40	dentals	dental	NNS
13111	453	41	are	be	VBP
13111	453	42	difficult	difficult	JJ
13111	453	43	to	to	TO
13111	453	44	utter	utter	VB
13111	453	45	.	.	.
13111	454	1	Similar	similar	JJ
13111	454	2	defects	defect	NNS
13111	454	3	occur	occur	VBP
13111	454	4	in	in	IN
13111	454	5	written	write	VBN
13111	454	6	as	as	IN
13111	454	7	in	in	IN
13111	454	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	454	9	speech	speech	NN
13111	454	10	;	;	:
13111	454	11	the	the	DT
13111	454	12	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	454	13	and	and	CC
13111	454	14	even	even	RB
13111	454	15	the	the	DT
13111	454	16	letters	letter	NNS
13111	454	17	are	be	VBP
13111	454	18	disjointed	disjoint	VBN
13111	454	19	;	;	:
13111	454	20	there	there	EX
13111	454	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	454	22	a	a	DT
13111	454	23	fine	fine	JJ
13111	454	24	tremor	tremor	NN
13111	454	25	in	in	IN
13111	454	26	the	the	DT
13111	454	27	writing	writing	NN
13111	454	28	,	,	,
13111	454	29	and	and	CC
13111	454	30	inco	inco	NN
13111	454	31	-	-	HYPH
13111	454	32	ordination	ordination	NN
13111	454	33	in	in	IN
13111	454	34	the	the	DT
13111	454	35	movements	movement	NNS
13111	454	36	of	of	IN
13111	454	37	the	the	DT
13111	454	38	pen	pen	NN
13111	454	39	.	.	.
13111	455	1	Silent	silent	JJ
13111	455	2	thoughts	thought	NNS
13111	455	3	leave	leave	VBP
13111	455	4	out	out	RP
13111	455	5	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	455	6	and	and	CC
13111	455	7	words	word	NNS
13111	455	8	in	in	IN
13111	455	9	the	the	DT
13111	455	10	framing	framing	NN
13111	455	11	of	of	IN
13111	455	12	sentences	sentence	NNS
13111	455	13	;	;	:
13111	455	14	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	455	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	455	16	are	be	VBP
13111	455	17	not	not	RB
13111	455	18	expressed	express	VBN
13111	455	19	by	by	IN
13111	455	20	the	the	DT
13111	455	21	hand	hand	NN
13111	455	22	.	.	.
13111	456	1	The	the	DT
13111	456	2	ideation	ideation	NN
13111	456	3	of	of	IN
13111	456	4	a	a	DT
13111	456	5	written	write	VBN
13111	456	6	or	or	CC
13111	456	7	spoken	speak	VBN
13111	456	8	word	word	NN
13111	456	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	456	10	based	base	VBN
13111	456	11	upon	upon	IN
13111	456	12	the	the	DT
13111	456	13	association	association	NNP
13111	456	14	of	of	IN
13111	456	15	the	the	DT
13111	456	16	component	component	NN
13111	456	17	syllables	syllable	NNS
13111	456	18	,	,	,
13111	456	19	and	and	CC
13111	456	20	the	the	DT
13111	456	21	difficulty	difficulty	NN
13111	456	22	arises	arise	VBZ
13111	456	23	primarily	primarily	RB
13111	456	24	from	from	IN
13111	456	25	the	the	DT
13111	456	26	progressive	progressive	JJ
13111	456	27	impairment	impairment	NN
13111	456	28	of	of	IN
13111	456	29	this	this	DT
13111	456	30	function	function	NN
13111	456	31	of	of	IN
13111	456	32	association	association	NN
13111	456	33	upon	upon	IN
13111	456	34	which	which	WDT
13111	456	35	spoken	spoken	NNP
13111	456	36	and	and	CC
13111	456	37	written	write	VBN
13111	456	38	language	language	NN
13111	456	39	so	so	RB
13111	456	40	largely	largely	RB
13111	456	41	depends	depend	VBZ
13111	456	42	.	.	.
13111	457	1	Examination	examination	NN
13111	457	2	of	of	IN
13111	457	3	the	the	DT
13111	457	4	brain	brain	NN
13111	457	5	in	in	IN
13111	457	6	this	this	DT
13111	457	7	disease	disease	NN
13111	457	8	explains	explain	VBZ
13111	457	9	the	the	DT
13111	457	10	cause	cause	NN
13111	457	11	of	of	IN
13111	457	12	the	the	DT
13111	457	13	speech	speech	NN
13111	457	14	trouble	trouble	NN
13111	457	15	and	and	CC
13111	457	16	the	the	DT
13111	457	17	progressive	progressive	JJ
13111	457	18	dementia	dementia	NN
13111	457	19	(	(	-LRB-
13111	457	20	loss	loss	NN
13111	457	21	of	of	IN
13111	457	22	mind	mind	NN
13111	457	23	)	)	-RRB-
13111	457	24	and	and	CC
13111	457	25	paralysis	paralysis	NN
13111	457	26	with	with	IN
13111	457	27	which	which	WDT
13111	457	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	457	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	457	30	associated	associate	VBN
13111	457	31	.	.	.
13111	458	1	There	there	EX
13111	458	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	458	3	a	a	DT
13111	458	4	wasting	wasting	NN
13111	458	5	of	of	IN
13111	458	6	the	the	DT
13111	458	7	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	458	8	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	458	9	,	,	,
13111	458	10	especially	especially	RB
13111	458	11	of	of	IN
13111	458	12	the	the	DT
13111	458	13	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	458	14	lobes	lobe	NNS
13111	458	15	,	,	,
13111	458	16	a	a	DT
13111	458	17	portion	portion	NN
13111	458	18	of	of	IN
13111	458	19	the	the	DT
13111	458	20	brain	brain	NN
13111	458	21	which	which	WDT
13111	458	22	,	,	,
13111	458	23	later	later	RB
13111	458	24	on	on	RB
13111	458	25	,	,	,
13111	458	26	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	458	27	shall	shall	MD
13111	458	28	see	see	VB
13111	458	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	458	30	intimately	intimately	RB
13111	458	31	associated	associate	VBN
13111	458	32	with	with	IN
13111	458	33	the	the	DT
13111	458	34	function	function	NN
13111	458	35	of	of	IN
13111	458	36	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	458	37	speech	speech	NN
13111	458	38	.	.	.
13111	459	1	THE	the	DT
13111	459	2	CEREBRAL	cerebral	JJ
13111	459	3	MECHANISM	MECHANISM	NNS
13111	459	4	OF	of	IN
13111	459	5	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	459	6	AND	and	CC
13111	459	7	SONG	SONG	NNP
13111	459	8	Neither	neither	CC
13111	459	9	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	459	10	nor	nor	CC
13111	459	11	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	459	12	are	be	VBP
13111	459	13	essentially	essentially	RB
13111	459	14	human	human	JJ
13111	459	15	.	.	.
13111	460	1	Many	many	JJ
13111	460	2	of	of	IN
13111	460	3	the	the	DT
13111	460	4	lower	low	JJR
13111	460	5	animals	animal	NNS
13111	460	6	,	,	,
13111	460	7	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	461	1	parrots	parrot	NNS
13111	461	2	,	,	,
13111	461	3	possess	possess	VBP
13111	461	4	the	the	DT
13111	461	5	power	power	NN
13111	461	6	of	of	IN
13111	461	7	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	461	8	speech	speech	NN
13111	461	9	,	,	,
13111	461	10	and	and	CC
13111	461	11	birds	bird	NNS
13111	461	12	can	can	MD
13111	461	13	be	be	VB
13111	461	14	taught	teach	VBN
13111	461	15	to	to	IN
13111	461	16	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	461	17	tunes	tune	NNS
13111	461	18	.	.	.
13111	462	1	The	the	DT
13111	462	2	essential	essential	JJ
13111	462	3	difference	difference	NN
13111	462	4	between	between	IN
13111	462	5	the	the	DT
13111	462	6	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	462	7	speech	speech	NN
13111	462	8	of	of	IN
13111	462	9	the	the	DT
13111	462	10	parrot	parrot	NNP
13111	462	11	and	and	CC
13111	462	12	the	the	DT
13111	462	13	human	human	NN
13111	462	14	being	being	NN
13111	462	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	462	16	that	that	IN
13111	462	17	the	the	DT
13111	462	18	parrot	parrot	NN
13111	462	19	merely	merely	RB
13111	462	20	imitates	imitate	VBZ
13111	462	21	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	462	22	,	,	,
13111	462	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	462	24	does	do	VBZ
13111	462	25	not	not	RB
13111	462	26	employ	employ	VB
13111	462	27	these	these	DT
13111	462	28	articulate	articulate	NN
13111	462	29	sounds	sound	VBZ
13111	462	30	to	to	TO
13111	462	31	express	express	VB
13111	462	32	judgments	judgment	NNS
13111	462	33	;	;	:
13111	462	34	likewise	likewise	RB
13111	462	35	there	there	EX
13111	462	36	are	be	VBP
13111	462	37	imbecile	imbecile	JJ
13111	462	38	human	human	JJ
13111	462	39	beings	being	NNS
13111	462	40	who	who	WP
13111	462	41	,	,	,
13111	462	42	parrot	parrot	NN
13111	462	43	-	-	HYPH
13111	462	44	like	like	JJ
13111	462	45	,	,	,
13111	462	46	repeat	repeat	NN
13111	462	47	phrases	phrase	NNS
13111	462	48	which	which	WDT
13111	462	49	are	be	VBP
13111	462	50	meaningless	meaningless	JJ
13111	462	51	.	.	.
13111	463	1	Articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	463	2	speech	speech	NN
13111	463	3	,	,	,
13111	463	4	even	even	RB
13111	463	5	when	when	WRB
13111	463	6	employed	employ	VBN
13111	463	7	by	by	IN
13111	463	8	a	a	DT
13111	463	9	primitive	primitive	JJ
13111	463	10	savage	savage	NN
13111	463	11	,	,	,
13111	463	12	always	always	RB
13111	463	13	expresses	express	VBZ
13111	463	14	a	a	DT
13111	463	15	judgment	judgment	NN
13111	463	16	.	.	.
13111	464	1	Even	even	RB
13111	464	2	in	in	IN
13111	464	3	the	the	DT
13111	464	4	simple	simple	JJ
13111	464	5	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	464	6	process	process	NN
13111	464	7	of	of	IN
13111	464	8	recalling	recall	VBG
13111	464	9	the	the	DT
13111	464	10	name	name	NN
13111	464	11	aroused	arouse	VBN
13111	464	12	by	by	IN
13111	464	13	the	the	DT
13111	464	14	sight	sight	NN
13111	464	15	of	of	IN
13111	464	16	a	a	DT
13111	464	17	common	common	JJ
13111	464	18	object	object	NN
13111	464	19	in	in	IN
13111	464	20	daily	daily	JJ
13111	464	21	use	use	NN
13111	464	22	,	,	,
13111	464	23	and	and	CC
13111	464	24	in	in	IN
13111	464	25	affixing	affix	VBG
13111	464	26	the	the	DT
13111	464	27	verbal	verbal	JJ
13111	464	28	sign	sign	NN
13111	464	29	to	to	IN
13111	464	30	that	that	DT
13111	464	31	object	object	NN
13111	464	32	,	,	,
13111	464	33	a	a	DT
13111	464	34	judgment	judgment	NN
13111	464	35	is	be	VBZ
13111	464	36	expressed	express	VBN
13111	464	37	.	.	.
13111	465	1	But	but	CC
13111	465	2	that	that	DT
13111	465	3	judgment	judgment	NN
13111	465	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	465	5	based	base	VBN
13111	465	6	upon	upon	IN
13111	465	7	innumerable	innumerable	JJ
13111	465	8	experiences	experience	NNS
13111	465	9	primarily	primarily	RB
13111	465	10	acquired	acquire	VBN
13111	465	11	through	through	IN
13111	465	12	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	465	13	special	special	JJ
13111	465	14	senses	sense	NNS
13111	465	15	,	,	,
13111	465	16	whereby	whereby	WRB
13111	465	17	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	465	18	have	have	VBP
13111	465	19	obtained	obtain	VBN
13111	465	20	a	a	DT
13111	465	21	knowledge	knowledge	NN
13111	465	22	of	of	IN
13111	465	23	the	the	DT
13111	465	24	properties	property	NNS
13111	465	25	and	and	CC
13111	465	26	uses	use	NNS
13111	465	27	of	of	IN
13111	465	28	the	the	DT
13111	465	29	object	object	NN
13111	465	30	.	.	.
13111	466	1	This	this	DT
13111	466	2	statement	statement	NN
13111	466	3	implies	imply	VBZ
13111	466	4	that	that	IN
13111	466	5	the	the	DT
13111	466	6	whole	whole	JJ
13111	466	7	brain	brain	NN
13111	466	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	466	9	consciously	consciously	RB
13111	466	10	and	and	CC
13111	466	11	unconsciously	unconsciously	RB
13111	466	12	in	in	IN
13111	466	13	action	action	NN
13111	466	14	.	.	.
13111	467	1	There	there	EX
13111	467	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	467	3	,	,	,
13111	467	4	however	however	RB
13111	467	5	,	,	,
13111	467	6	a	a	DT
13111	467	7	concentration	concentration	NN
13111	467	8	of	of	IN
13111	467	9	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	467	10	action	action	NN
13111	467	11	in	in	IN
13111	467	12	those	those	DT
13111	467	13	portions	portion	NNS
13111	467	14	of	of	IN
13111	467	15	the	the	DT
13111	467	16	brain	brain	NN
13111	467	17	which	which	WDT
13111	467	18	are	be	VBP
13111	467	19	essential	essential	JJ
13111	467	20	for	for	IN
13111	467	21	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	467	22	speech	speech	NN
13111	467	23	;	;	:
13111	467	24	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	467	25	the	the	DT
13111	467	26	word	word	NN
13111	467	27	,	,	,
13111	467	28	as	as	IN
13111	467	29	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	467	30	is	be	VBZ
13111	467	31	mentally	mentally	RB
13111	467	32	heard	hear	VBN
13111	467	33	,	,	,
13111	467	34	mentally	mentally	RB
13111	467	35	seen	see	VBN
13111	467	36	,	,	,
13111	467	37	and	and	CC
13111	467	38	mentally	mentally	RB
13111	467	39	felt	feel	VBN
13111	467	40	(	(	-LRB-
13111	467	41	by	by	IN
13111	467	42	the	the	DT
13111	467	43	movements	movement	NNS
13111	467	44	of	of	IN
13111	467	45	the	the	DT
13111	467	46	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	467	47	,	,	,
13111	467	48	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	467	49	,	,	,
13111	467	50	lips	lip	NNS
13111	467	51	,	,	,
13111	467	52	and	and	CC
13111	467	53	soft	soft	JJ
13111	467	54	palate	palate	NN
13111	467	55	)	)	-RRB-
13111	467	56	,	,	,
13111	467	57	occupies	occupy	VBZ
13111	467	58	the	the	DT
13111	467	59	field	field	NN
13111	467	60	of	of	IN
13111	467	61	clear	clear	JJ
13111	467	62	consciousness	consciousness	NN
13111	467	63	;	;	:
13111	467	64	but	but	CC
13111	467	65	the	the	DT
13111	467	66	concept	concept	NN
13111	467	67	is	be	VBZ
13111	467	68	also	also	RB
13111	467	69	the	the	DT
13111	467	70	nucleus	nucleus	NN
13111	467	71	of	of	IN
13111	467	72	an	an	DT
13111	467	73	immense	immense	JJ
13111	467	74	constellation	constellation	NN
13111	467	75	of	of	IN
13111	467	76	subconscious	subconscious	JJ
13111	467	77	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	467	78	processes	process	NNS
13111	467	79	with	with	IN
13111	467	80	which	which	WDT
13111	467	81	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	467	82	has	have	VBZ
13111	467	83	been	be	VBN
13111	467	84	associated	associate	VBN
13111	467	85	by	by	IN
13111	467	86	experiences	experience	NNS
13111	467	87	in	in	IN
13111	467	88	the	the	DT
13111	467	89	past	past	NN
13111	467	90	.	.	.
13111	468	1	In	in	IN
13111	468	2	language	language	NN
13111	468	3	,	,	,
13111	468	4	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	468	5	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	468	6	are	be	VBP
13111	468	7	generally	generally	RB
13111	468	8	employed	employ	VBN
13111	468	9	as	as	IN
13111	468	10	objective	objective	JJ
13111	468	11	signs	sign	NNS
13111	468	12	attached	attach	VBN
13111	468	13	to	to	IN
13111	468	14	objects	object	NNS
13111	468	15	with	with	IN
13111	468	16	which	which	WDT
13111	468	17	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	468	18	have	have	VBP
13111	468	19	no	no	DT
13111	468	20	natural	natural	JJ
13111	468	21	tie	tie	NN
13111	468	22	.	.	.
13111	469	1	In	in	IN
13111	469	2	considering	consider	VBG
13111	469	3	the	the	DT
13111	469	4	relation	relation	NN
13111	469	5	of	of	IN
13111	469	6	the	the	DT
13111	469	7	Brain	Brain	NNP
13111	469	8	to	to	IN
13111	469	9	the	the	DT
13111	469	10	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	469	11	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	469	12	have	have	VBP
13111	469	13	not	not	RB
13111	469	14	only	only	RB
13111	469	15	a	a	DT
13111	469	16	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	469	17	but	but	CC
13111	469	18	a	a	DT
13111	469	19	psychological	psychological	JJ
13111	469	20	problem	problem	NN
13111	469	21	to	to	TO
13111	469	22	deal	deal	VB
13111	469	23	with	with	IN
13111	469	24	.	.	.
13111	470	1	Since	since	IN
13111	470	2	language	language	NN
13111	470	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	470	4	essentially	essentially	RB
13111	470	5	a	a	DT
13111	470	6	human	human	JJ
13111	470	7	attribute	attribute	NN
13111	470	8	,	,	,
13111	470	9	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	470	10	can	can	MD
13111	470	11	only	only	RB
13111	470	12	study	study	VB
13111	470	13	the	the	DT
13111	470	14	relation	relation	NN
13111	470	15	of	of	IN
13111	470	16	the	the	DT
13111	470	17	Brain	Brain	NNP
13111	470	18	to	to	IN
13111	470	19	Speech	speech	NN
13111	470	20	by	by	IN
13111	470	21	observations	observation	NNS
13111	470	22	on	on	IN
13111	470	23	human	human	JJ
13111	470	24	beings	being	NNS
13111	470	25	who	who	WP
13111	470	26	during	during	IN
13111	470	27	life	life	NN
13111	470	28	have	have	VBP
13111	470	29	suffered	suffer	VBN
13111	470	30	from	from	IN
13111	470	31	various	various	JJ
13111	470	32	speech	speech	NN
13111	470	33	defects	defect	NNS
13111	470	34	,	,	,
13111	470	35	and	and	CC
13111	470	36	then	then	RB
13111	470	37	correlate	correlate	VBP
13111	470	38	these	these	DT
13111	470	39	defects	defect	NNS
13111	470	40	with	with	IN
13111	470	41	the	the	DT
13111	470	42	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
13111	470	43	changes	change	NNS
13111	470	44	found	find	VBN
13111	470	45	in	in	IN
13111	470	46	the	the	DT
13111	470	47	brain	brain	NN
13111	470	48	after	after	IN
13111	470	49	death	death	NN
13111	470	50	.	.	.
13111	471	1	Between	between	IN
13111	471	2	the	the	DT
13111	471	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	471	4	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	471	5	of	of	IN
13111	471	6	the	the	DT
13111	471	7	primitive	primitive	JJ
13111	471	8	savage	savage	NN
13111	471	9	and	and	CC
13111	471	10	that	that	DT
13111	471	11	of	of	IN
13111	471	12	the	the	DT
13111	471	13	most	most	RBS
13111	471	14	cultured	cultured	JJ
13111	471	15	singer	singer	NN
13111	471	16	or	or	CC
13111	471	17	orator	orator	NN
13111	471	18	there	there	EX
13111	471	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	471	20	little	little	JJ
13111	471	21	or	or	CC
13111	471	22	no	no	DT
13111	471	23	discoverable	discoverable	JJ
13111	471	24	difference	difference	NN
13111	471	25	;	;	:
13111	471	26	neither	neither	CC
13111	471	27	by	by	IN
13111	471	28	careful	careful	JJ
13111	471	29	naked	naked	JJ
13111	471	30	-	-	HYPH
13111	471	31	eye	eye	NN
13111	471	32	inspection	inspection	NN
13111	471	33	of	of	IN
13111	471	34	the	the	DT
13111	471	35	brain	brain	NN
13111	471	36	,	,	,
13111	471	37	nor	nor	CC
13111	471	38	aided	aid	VBN
13111	471	39	by	by	IN
13111	471	40	the	the	DT
13111	471	41	highest	high	JJS
13111	471	42	powers	power	NNS
13111	471	43	of	of	IN
13111	471	44	the	the	DT
13111	471	45	microscope	microscope	NN
13111	471	46	,	,	,
13111	471	47	should	should	MD
13111	471	48	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	471	49	be	be	VB
13111	471	50	able	able	JJ
13111	471	51	to	to	TO
13111	471	52	discover	discover	VB
13111	471	53	any	any	DT
13111	471	54	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
13111	471	55	structural	structural	JJ
13111	471	56	difference	difference	NN
13111	471	57	to	to	TO
13111	471	58	account	account	VB
13111	471	59	for	for	IN
13111	471	60	the	the	DT
13111	471	61	great	great	JJ
13111	471	62	difference	difference	NN
13111	471	63	in	in	IN
13111	471	64	the	the	DT
13111	471	65	powers	power	NNS
13111	471	66	of	of	IN
13111	471	67	performance	performance	NN
13111	471	68	of	of	IN
13111	471	69	the	the	DT
13111	471	70	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	471	71	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	471	72	of	of	IN
13111	471	73	the	the	DT
13111	471	74	one	one	NN
13111	471	75	as	as	IN
13111	471	76	compared	compare	VBN
13111	471	77	with	with	IN
13111	471	78	that	that	DT
13111	471	79	of	of	IN
13111	471	80	the	the	DT
13111	471	81	other	other	JJ
13111	471	82	;	;	:
13111	471	83	nor	nor	CC
13111	471	84	is	be	VBZ
13111	471	85	there	there	EX
13111	471	86	any	any	DT
13111	471	87	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
13111	471	88	difference	difference	NN
13111	471	89	in	in	IN
13111	471	90	size	size	NN
13111	471	91	or	or	CC
13111	471	92	minute	minute	NN
13111	471	93	structure	structure	NN
13111	471	94	of	of	IN
13111	471	95	the	the	DT
13111	471	96	brain	brain	NN
13111	471	97	to	to	TO
13111	471	98	account	account	VB
13111	471	99	for	for	IN
13111	471	100	the	the	DT
13111	471	101	vast	vast	JJ
13111	471	102	store	store	NN
13111	471	103	of	of	IN
13111	471	104	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
13111	471	105	experiences	experience	NNS
13111	471	106	and	and	CC
13111	471	107	knowledge	knowledge	NN
13111	471	108	of	of	IN
13111	471	109	the	the	DT
13111	471	110	one	one	CD
13111	471	111	as	as	IN
13111	471	112	compared	compare	VBN
13111	471	113	with	with	IN
13111	471	114	the	the	DT
13111	471	115	other	other	JJ
13111	471	116	.	.	.
13111	472	1	The	the	DT
13111	472	2	cultured	cultured	JJ
13111	472	3	being	be	VBG
13111	472	4	descended	descend	VBN
13111	472	5	from	from	IN
13111	472	6	cultured	cultured	JJ
13111	472	7	beings	being	NNS
13111	472	8	inherits	inherit	VBZ
13111	472	9	tendencies	tendency	NNS
13111	472	10	whereby	whereby	WRB
13111	472	11	particular	particular	JJ
13111	472	12	modes	mode	NNS
13111	472	13	of	of	IN
13111	472	14	motion	motion	NN
13111	472	15	or	or	CC
13111	472	16	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	472	17	which	which	WDT
13111	472	18	have	have	VBP
13111	472	19	been	be	VBN
13111	472	20	experienced	experience	VBN
13111	472	21	by	by	IN
13111	472	22	ancestors	ancestor	NNS
13111	472	23	are	be	VBP
13111	472	24	more	more	RBR
13111	472	25	readily	readily	RB
13111	472	26	aroused	arouse	VBN
13111	472	27	in	in	IN
13111	472	28	the	the	DT
13111	472	29	central	central	JJ
13111	472	30	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	472	31	system	system	NN
13111	472	32	;	;	:
13111	472	33	when	when	WRB
13111	472	34	similar	similar	JJ
13111	472	35	stimuli	stimulus	NNS
13111	472	36	producing	produce	VBG
13111	472	37	similar	similar	JJ
13111	472	38	modes	mode	NNS
13111	472	39	of	of	IN
13111	472	40	motion	motion	NN
13111	472	41	affect	affect	VB
13111	472	42	the	the	DT
13111	472	43	sense	sense	NN
13111	472	44	organs	organ	NNS
13111	472	45	.	.	.
13111	473	1	But	but	CC
13111	473	2	suppose	suppose	VB
13111	473	3	there	there	EX
13111	473	4	were	be	VBD
13111	473	5	an	an	DT
13111	473	6	island	island	NN
13111	473	7	inhabited	inhabit	VBN
13111	473	8	only	only	RB
13111	473	9	by	by	IN
13111	473	10	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	473	11	mutes	mute	NNS
13111	473	12	,	,	,
13111	473	13	upon	upon	IN
13111	473	14	which	which	WDT
13111	473	15	a	a	DT
13111	473	16	ship	ship	NN
13111	473	17	was	be	VBD
13111	473	18	wrecked	wreck	VBN
13111	473	19	,	,	,
13111	473	20	and	and	CC
13111	473	21	the	the	DT
13111	473	22	sole	sole	JJ
13111	473	23	survivors	survivor	NNS
13111	473	24	of	of	IN
13111	473	25	the	the	DT
13111	473	26	wreck	wreck	NN
13111	473	27	were	be	VBD
13111	473	28	infants	infant	NNS
13111	473	29	who	who	WP
13111	473	30	had	have	VBD
13111	473	31	never	never	RB
13111	473	32	used	use	VBN
13111	473	33	the	the	DT
13111	473	34	voice	voice	NN
13111	473	35	except	except	IN
13111	473	36	for	for	IN
13111	473	37	crying	crying	NN
13111	473	38	,	,	,
13111	473	39	would	would	MD
13111	473	40	these	these	DT
13111	473	41	infants	infant	NNS
13111	473	42	acquire	acquire	VB
13111	473	43	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	473	44	speech	speech	NN
13111	473	45	and	and	CC
13111	473	46	musical	musical	JJ
13111	473	47	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	473	48	?	?	.
13111	474	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	474	2	should	should	MD
13111	474	3	answer	answer	VB
13111	474	4	,	,	,
13111	474	5	No	no	UH
13111	474	6	.	.	.
13111	475	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
13111	475	2	would	would	MD
13111	475	3	only	only	RB
13111	475	4	be	be	VB
13111	475	5	able	able	JJ
13111	475	6	to	to	TO
13111	475	7	imitate	imitate	VB
13111	475	8	the	the	DT
13111	475	9	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	475	10	mutes	mute	NNS
13111	475	11	in	in	IN
13111	475	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	475	13	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	475	14	language	language	NN
13111	475	15	and	and	CC
13111	475	16	possibly	possibly	RB
13111	475	17	the	the	DT
13111	475	18	musical	musical	JJ
13111	475	19	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	475	20	of	of	IN
13111	475	21	birds	bird	NNS
13111	475	22	;	;	:
13111	475	23	for	for	IN
13111	475	24	the	the	DT
13111	475	25	language	language	NN
13111	475	26	a	a	DT
13111	475	27	child	child	NN
13111	475	28	learns	learn	VBZ
13111	475	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	475	30	that	that	IN
13111	475	31	which	which	WDT
13111	475	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	475	33	hears	hear	VBZ
13111	475	34	;	;	:
13111	475	35	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	475	36	might	may	MD
13111	475	37	however	however	RB
13111	475	38	develop	develop	VB
13111	475	39	a	a	DT
13111	475	40	simple	simple	JJ
13111	475	41	natural	natural	JJ
13111	475	42	language	language	NN
13111	475	43	to	to	TO
13111	475	44	express	express	VB
13111	475	45	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	475	46	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	475	47	by	by	IN
13111	475	48	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	475	49	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	475	50	.	.	.
13111	476	1	The	the	DT
13111	476	2	child	child	NN
13111	476	3	of	of	IN
13111	476	4	English	English	NNP
13111	476	5	-	-	HYPH
13111	476	6	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	476	7	parents	parent	NNS
13111	476	8	would	would	MD
13111	476	9	not	not	RB
13111	476	10	be	be	VB
13111	476	11	able	able	JJ
13111	476	12	spontaneously	spontaneously	RB
13111	476	13	to	to	IN
13111	476	14	utter	utter	JJ
13111	476	15	English	English	NNP
13111	476	16	words	word	NNS
13111	476	17	if	if	IN
13111	476	18	born	bear	VBN
13111	476	19	in	in	IN
13111	476	20	a	a	DT
13111	476	21	foreign	foreign	JJ
13111	476	22	country	country	NN
13111	476	23	and	and	CC
13111	476	24	left	leave	VBD
13111	476	25	soon	soon	RB
13111	476	26	after	after	IN
13111	476	27	birth	birth	NN
13111	476	28	amongst	amongst	IN
13111	476	29	people	people	NNS
13111	476	30	who	who	WP
13111	476	31	could	could	MD
13111	476	32	not	not	RB
13111	476	33	speak	speak	VB
13111	476	34	a	a	DT
13111	476	35	word	word	NN
13111	476	36	of	of	IN
13111	476	37	English	English	NNP
13111	476	38	,	,	,
13111	476	39	although	although	IN
13111	476	40	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	476	41	would	would	MD
13111	476	42	possess	possess	VB
13111	476	43	a	a	DT
13111	476	44	potential	potential	JJ
13111	476	45	facility	facility	NN
13111	476	46	to	to	TO
13111	476	47	speak	speak	VB
13111	476	48	the	the	DT
13111	476	49	language	language	NN
13111	476	50	of	of	IN
13111	476	51	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	476	52	ancestors	ancestor	NNS
13111	476	53	and	and	CC
13111	476	54	race	race	NN
13111	476	55	.	.	.
13111	477	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	477	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	477	3	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	477	4	,	,	,
13111	477	5	however	however	RB
13111	477	6	,	,	,
13111	477	7	before	before	IN
13111	477	8	proceeding	proceed	VBG
13111	477	9	further	further	RB
13111	477	10	,	,	,
13111	477	11	to	to	TO
13111	477	12	say	say	VB
13111	477	13	a	a	DT
13111	477	14	few	few	JJ
13111	477	15	words	word	NNS
13111	477	16	explanatory	explanatory	JJ
13111	477	17	of	of	IN
13111	477	18	the	the	DT
13111	477	19	brain	brain	NN
13111	477	20	and	and	CC
13111	477	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	477	22	structure	structure	NN
13111	477	23	,	,	,
13111	477	24	and	and	CC
13111	477	25	the	the	DT
13111	477	26	reader	reader	NN
13111	477	27	is	be	VBZ
13111	477	28	referred	refer	VBN
13111	477	29	to	to	IN
13111	477	30	figs	fig	NNS
13111	477	31	.	.	.
13111	478	1	15	15	CD
13111	478	2	,	,	,
13111	478	3	16	16	CD
13111	478	4	,	,	,
13111	478	5	17	17	CD
13111	478	6	.	.	.
13111	479	1	The	the	DT
13111	479	2	brain	brain	NN
13111	479	3	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	479	4	of	of	IN
13111	479	5	(	(	-LRB-
13111	479	6	1	1	LS
13111	479	7	)	)	-RRB-
13111	479	8	the	the	DT
13111	479	9	great	great	JJ
13111	479	10	brain	brain	NN
13111	479	11	or	or	CC
13111	479	12	cerebrum	cerebrum	NN
13111	479	13	,	,	,
13111	479	14	(	(	-LRB-
13111	479	15	2	2	LS
13111	479	16	)	)	-RRB-
13111	479	17	the	the	DT
13111	479	18	small	small	JJ
13111	479	19	brain	brain	NN
13111	479	20	or	or	CC
13111	479	21	cerebellum	cerebellum	NN
13111	479	22	,	,	,
13111	479	23	and	and	CC
13111	479	24	(	(	-LRB-
13111	479	25	3	3	LS
13111	479	26	)	)	-RRB-
13111	479	27	the	the	DT
13111	479	28	stem	stem	NN
13111	479	29	of	of	IN
13111	479	30	the	the	DT
13111	479	31	brain	brain	NN
13111	479	32	,	,	,
13111	479	33	which	which	WDT
13111	479	34	is	be	VBZ
13111	479	35	continuous	continuous	JJ
13111	479	36	with	with	IN
13111	479	37	the	the	DT
13111	479	38	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	479	39	cord	cord	NN
13111	479	40	.	.	.
13111	480	1	The	the	DT
13111	480	2	cerebro	cerebro	JJ
13111	480	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	480	4	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	480	5	axis	axis	NN
13111	480	6	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	480	7	of	of	IN
13111	480	8	grey	grey	NNP
13111	480	9	matter	matter	NNP
13111	480	10	and	and	CC
13111	480	11	white	white	JJ
13111	480	12	matter	matter	NN
13111	480	13	.	.	.
13111	481	1	The	the	DT
13111	481	2	grey	grey	NN
13111	481	3	matter	matter	NN
13111	481	4	covers	cover	VBZ
13111	481	5	the	the	DT
13111	481	6	surface	surface	NN
13111	481	7	of	of	IN
13111	481	8	the	the	DT
13111	481	9	cerebrum	cerebrum	NN
13111	481	10	and	and	CC
13111	481	11	cerebellum	cerebellum	NN
13111	481	12	,	,	,
13111	481	13	the	the	DT
13111	481	14	white	white	JJ
13111	481	15	matter	matter	NN
13111	481	16	being	be	VBG
13111	481	17	internal	internal	JJ
13111	481	18	.	.	.
13111	482	1	The	the	DT
13111	482	2	stem	stem	NN
13111	482	3	of	of	IN
13111	482	4	the	the	DT
13111	482	5	brain	brain	NN
13111	482	6	,	,	,
13111	482	7	the	the	DT
13111	482	8	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	482	9	oblongata	oblongata	NN
13111	482	10	,	,	,
13111	482	11	and	and	CC
13111	482	12	the	the	DT
13111	482	13	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	482	14	cord	cord	NN
13111	482	15	,	,	,
13111	482	16	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	482	17	externally	externally	RB
13111	482	18	of	of	IN
13111	482	19	white	white	JJ
13111	482	20	matter	matter	NN
13111	482	21	,	,	,
13111	482	22	the	the	DT
13111	482	23	grey	grey	JJ
13111	482	24	matter	matter	NN
13111	482	25	being	be	VBG
13111	482	26	internal	internal	JJ
13111	482	27	.	.	.
13111	483	1	The	the	DT
13111	483	2	grey	grey	NN
13111	483	3	matter	matter	NN
13111	483	4	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	483	5	for	for	IN
13111	483	6	the	the	DT
13111	483	7	most	most	JJS
13111	483	8	part	part	NN
13111	483	9	of	of	IN
13111	483	10	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	483	11	cells	cell	NNS
13111	483	12	(	(	-LRB-
13111	483	13	ganglion	ganglion	NN
13111	483	14	cells	cell	NNS
13111	483	15	)	)	-RRB-
13111	483	16	,	,	,
13111	483	17	and	and	CC
13111	483	18	the	the	DT
13111	483	19	white	white	NNP
13111	483	20	matter	matter	NNP
13111	483	21	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	483	22	of	of	IN
13111	483	23	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	483	24	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	483	25	;	;	:
13111	483	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	483	27	is	be	VBZ
13111	483	28	white	white	JJ
13111	483	29	on	on	IN
13111	483	30	account	account	NN
13111	483	31	of	of	IN
13111	483	32	the	the	DT
13111	483	33	phosphoretted	phosphoretted	JJ
13111	483	34	fatty	fatty	NN
13111	483	35	sheath	sheath	NN
13111	483	36	--	--	:
13111	483	37	myelin	myelin	NNP
13111	483	38	--	--	:
13111	483	39	that	that	WDT
13111	483	40	covers	cover	VBZ
13111	483	41	the	the	DT
13111	483	42	essential	essential	JJ
13111	483	43	axial	axial	JJ
13111	483	44	conducting	conducting	NN
13111	483	45	portion	portion	NN
13111	483	46	of	of	IN
13111	483	47	the	the	DT
13111	483	48	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	483	49	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	483	50	.	.	.
13111	484	1	If	if	IN
13111	484	2	,	,	,
13111	484	3	however	however	RB
13111	484	4	,	,	,
13111	484	5	the	the	DT
13111	484	6	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	484	7	system	system	NN
13111	484	8	be	be	VB
13111	484	9	examined	examine	VBN
13111	484	10	microscopically	microscopically	RB
13111	484	11	by	by	IN
13111	484	12	suitable	suitable	JJ
13111	484	13	staining	stain	VBG
13111	484	14	methods	method	NNS
13111	484	15	,	,	,
13111	484	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	484	17	will	will	MD
13111	484	18	be	be	VB
13111	484	19	found	find	VBN
13111	484	20	that	that	IN
13111	484	21	the	the	DT
13111	484	22	grey	grey	JJ
13111	484	23	and	and	CC
13111	484	24	white	white	JJ
13111	484	25	matters	matter	NNS
13111	484	26	are	be	VBP
13111	484	27	inseparably	inseparably	RB
13111	484	28	connected	connect	VBN
13111	484	29	,	,	,
13111	484	30	for	for	IN
13111	484	31	the	the	DT
13111	484	32	axial	axial	JJ
13111	484	33	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	484	34	of	of	IN
13111	484	35	the	the	DT
13111	484	36	nerves	nerve	NNS
13111	484	37	in	in	IN
13111	484	38	the	the	DT
13111	484	39	white	white	NNP
13111	484	40	matter	matter	NN
13111	484	41	are	be	VBP
13111	484	42	really	really	RB
13111	484	43	prolongations	prolongation	NNS
13111	484	44	of	of	IN
13111	484	45	the	the	DT
13111	484	46	ganglion	ganglion	NN
13111	484	47	cells	cell	NNS
13111	484	48	of	of	IN
13111	484	49	the	the	DT
13111	484	50	grey	grey	JJ
13111	484	51	matter	matter	NN
13111	484	52	;	;	:
13111	484	53	in	in	IN
13111	484	54	fact	fact	NN
13111	484	55	the	the	DT
13111	484	56	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	484	57	system	system	NN
13111	484	58	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	484	59	of	of	IN
13111	484	60	countless	countless	JJ
13111	484	61	myriads	myriad	NNS
13111	484	62	of	of	IN
13111	484	63	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	484	64	units	unit	NNS
13111	484	65	or	or	CC
13111	484	66	neurones	neurone	NNS
13111	484	67	;	;	:
13111	484	68	and	and	CC
13111	484	69	although	although	IN
13111	484	70	there	there	EX
13111	484	71	are	be	VBP
13111	484	72	structural	structural	JJ
13111	484	73	differences	difference	NNS
13111	484	74	in	in	IN
13111	484	75	the	the	DT
13111	484	76	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	484	77	units	unit	NNS
13111	484	78	or	or	CC
13111	484	79	neurones	neurone	NNS
13111	484	80	,	,	,
13111	484	81	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	484	82	are	be	VBP
13111	484	83	all	all	RB
13111	484	84	constructed	construct	VBN
13111	484	85	on	on	IN
13111	484	86	the	the	DT
13111	484	87	same	same	JJ
13111	484	88	general	general	JJ
13111	484	89	architectural	architectural	JJ
13111	484	90	plan	plan	NN
13111	484	91	(	(	-LRB-
13111	484	92	_	_	NNP
13111	484	93	vide	vide	NN
13111	484	94	_	_	NNP
13111	484	95	fig	fig	NN
13111	484	96	.	.	.
13111	485	1	15	15	CD
13111	485	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	485	3	.	.	.
13111	486	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
13111	486	2	may	may	MD
13111	486	3	be	be	VB
13111	486	4	divided	divide	VBN
13111	486	5	into	into	IN
13111	486	6	groups	group	NNS
13111	486	7	,	,	,
13111	486	8	systems	system	NNS
13111	486	9	,	,	,
13111	486	10	and	and	CC
13111	486	11	communities	community	NNS
13111	486	12	;	;	:
13111	486	13	but	but	CC
13111	486	14	there	there	EX
13111	486	15	are	be	VBP
13111	486	16	structural	structural	JJ
13111	486	17	differences	difference	NNS
13111	486	18	of	of	IN
13111	486	19	the	the	DT
13111	486	20	separate	separate	JJ
13111	486	21	systems	system	NNS
13111	486	22	,	,	,
13111	486	23	groups	group	NNS
13111	486	24	,	,	,
13111	486	25	and	and	CC
13111	486	26	communities	community	NNS
13111	486	27	which	which	WDT
13111	486	28	may	may	MD
13111	486	29	be	be	VB
13111	486	30	correlated	correlate	VBN
13111	486	31	with	with	IN
13111	486	32	differences	difference	NNS
13111	486	33	of	of	IN
13111	486	34	function	function	NN
13111	486	35	.	.	.
13111	487	1	The	the	DT
13111	487	2	systems	system	NNS
13111	487	3	may	may	MD
13111	487	4	be	be	VB
13111	487	5	divided	divide	VBN
13111	487	6	into	into	IN
13111	487	7	:	:	:
13111	487	8	(	(	-LRB-
13111	487	9	1	1	LS
13111	487	10	)	)	-RRB-
13111	487	11	afferent	afferent	NN
13111	487	12	sensory	sensory	NN
13111	487	13	,	,	,
13111	487	14	including	include	VBG
13111	487	15	the	the	DT
13111	487	16	special	special	JJ
13111	487	17	senses	sense	NNS
13111	487	18	and	and	CC
13111	487	19	general	general	JJ
13111	487	20	sensibility	sensibility	NN
13111	487	21	;	;	,
13111	487	22	(	(	-LRB-
13111	487	23	2	2	LS
13111	487	24	)	)	-RRB-
13111	487	25	motor	motor	NN
13111	487	26	efferent	efferent	NN
13111	487	27	;	;	,
13111	487	28	(	(	-LRB-
13111	487	29	3	3	LS
13111	487	30	)	)	-RRB-
13111	487	31	association	association	NN
13111	487	32	.	.	.
13111	488	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	488	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	488	3	:	:	:
13111	488	4	Fig	Fig	NNP
13111	488	5	.	.	.
13111	489	1	15	15	LS
13111	489	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	489	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	489	4	Description	description	NN
13111	489	5	:	:	:
13111	489	6	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	489	7	.	.	.
13111	490	1	15.--Diagrammatic	15.--diagrammatic	CD
13111	490	2	representation	representation	NN
13111	490	3	of	of	IN
13111	490	4	a	a	DT
13111	490	5	motor	motor	NN
13111	490	6	neurone	neurone	NN
13111	490	7	magnified	magnify	VBN
13111	490	8	300	300	CD
13111	490	9	diameters	diameter	NNS
13111	490	10	.	.	.
13111	491	1	Whereas	whereas	IN
13111	491	2	the	the	DT
13111	491	3	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	491	4	cell	cell	NN
13111	491	5	and	and	CC
13111	491	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	491	7	branching	branching	NN
13111	491	8	processes	process	NNS
13111	491	9	(	(	-LRB-
13111	491	10	the	the	DT
13111	491	11	dendrons	dendron	NNS
13111	491	12	)	)	-RRB-
13111	491	13	form	form	NN
13111	491	14	but	but	CC
13111	491	15	a	a	DT
13111	491	16	minute	minute	JJ
13111	491	17	speck	speck	NN
13111	491	18	of	of	IN
13111	491	19	protoplasm	protoplasm	NN
13111	491	20	,	,	,
13111	491	21	the	the	DT
13111	491	22	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	491	23	fibre	fibre	NN
13111	491	24	which	which	WDT
13111	491	25	arises	arise	VBZ
13111	491	26	from	from	IN
13111	491	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	491	28	,	,	,
13111	491	29	although	although	IN
13111	491	30	microscopic	microscopic	JJ
13111	491	31	in	in	IN
13111	491	32	diameter	diameter	NN
13111	491	33	,	,	,
13111	491	34	extends	extend	VBZ
13111	491	35	a	a	DT
13111	491	36	very	very	RB
13111	491	37	long	long	JJ
13111	491	38	distance	distance	NN
13111	491	39	;	;	:
13111	491	40	in	in	IN
13111	491	41	some	some	DT
13111	491	42	cases	case	NNS
13111	491	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	491	44	is	be	VBZ
13111	491	45	a	a	DT
13111	491	46	yard	yard	NN
13111	491	47	long	long	JJ
13111	491	48	;	;	:
13111	491	49	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	491	50	only	only	RB
13111	491	51	a	a	DT
13111	491	52	minute	minute	NN
13111	491	53	fraction	fraction	NN
13111	491	54	of	of	IN
13111	491	55	the	the	DT
13111	491	56	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	491	57	fibre	fibre	NN
13111	491	58	is	be	VBZ
13111	491	59	represented	represent	VBN
13111	491	60	in	in	IN
13111	491	61	the	the	DT
13111	491	62	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	491	63	.	.	.
13111	491	64	]	]	-RRB-
13111	492	1	The	the	DT
13111	492	2	great	great	JJ
13111	492	3	brain	brain	NN
13111	492	4	or	or	CC
13111	492	5	cerebrum	cerebrum	NN
13111	492	6	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	492	7	of	of	IN
13111	492	8	two	two	CD
13111	492	9	halves	half	NNS
13111	492	10	equal	equal	JJ
13111	492	11	in	in	IN
13111	492	12	weight	weight	NN
13111	492	13	,	,	,
13111	492	14	termed	term	VBD
13111	492	15	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	492	16	,	,	,
13111	492	17	right	right	RB
13111	492	18	and	and	CC
13111	492	19	left	leave	VBD
13111	492	20	;	;	:
13111	492	21	and	and	CC
13111	492	22	the	the	DT
13111	492	23	grey	grey	JJ
13111	492	24	matter	matter	NN
13111	492	25	covering	cover	VBG
13111	492	26	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	492	27	surface	surface	NN
13111	492	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	492	29	thrown	throw	VBN
13111	492	30	into	into	IN
13111	492	31	folds	fold	NNS
13111	492	32	with	with	IN
13111	492	33	fissures	fissure	NNS
13111	492	34	between	between	IN
13111	492	35	,	,	,
13111	492	36	thus	thus	RB
13111	492	37	increasing	increase	VBG
13111	492	38	enormously	enormously	RB
13111	492	39	the	the	DT
13111	492	40	superficial	superficial	JJ
13111	492	41	area	area	NN
13111	492	42	of	of	IN
13111	492	43	the	the	DT
13111	492	44	grey	grey	NNP
13111	492	45	matter	matter	NN
13111	492	46	and	and	CC
13111	492	47	of	of	IN
13111	492	48	the	the	DT
13111	492	49	neurones	neurone	NNS
13111	492	50	of	of	IN
13111	492	51	which	which	WDT
13111	492	52	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	492	53	consists	consist	VBZ
13111	492	54	without	without	IN
13111	492	55	increasing	increase	VBG
13111	492	56	the	the	DT
13111	492	57	size	size	NN
13111	492	58	of	of	IN
13111	492	59	the	the	DT
13111	492	60	head	head	NN
13111	492	61	.	.	.
13111	493	1	The	the	DT
13111	493	2	pattern	pattern	NN
13111	493	3	of	of	IN
13111	493	4	the	the	DT
13111	493	5	folds	fold	NNS
13111	493	6	or	or	CC
13111	493	7	convolutions	convolution	NNS
13111	493	8	shows	show	VBZ
13111	493	9	a	a	DT
13111	493	10	general	general	JJ
13111	493	11	similarity	similarity	NN
13111	493	12	in	in	IN
13111	493	13	all	all	DT
13111	493	14	human	human	JJ
13111	493	15	beings	being	NNS
13111	493	16	,	,	,
13111	493	17	certain	certain	JJ
13111	493	18	fissures	fissure	NNS
13111	493	19	being	be	VBG
13111	493	20	always	always	RB
13111	493	21	present	present	JJ
13111	493	22	;	;	:
13111	493	23	and	and	CC
13111	493	24	around	around	IN
13111	493	25	these	these	DT
13111	493	26	fissures	fissure	NNS
13111	493	27	which	which	WDT
13111	493	28	are	be	VBP
13111	493	29	constantly	constantly	RB
13111	493	30	present	present	JJ
13111	493	31	are	be	VBP
13111	493	32	situated	situate	VBN
13111	493	33	fibre	fibre	NN
13111	493	34	systems	system	NNS
13111	493	35	and	and	CC
13111	493	36	communities	community	NNS
13111	493	37	of	of	IN
13111	493	38	neurones	neurone	NNS
13111	493	39	having	have	VBG
13111	493	40	particular	particular	JJ
13111	493	41	functions	function	NNS
13111	493	42	(	(	-LRB-
13111	493	43	_	_	NNP
13111	493	44	vide	vide	NN
13111	493	45	_	_	NNP
13111	493	46	fig	fig	NN
13111	493	47	.	.	.
13111	494	1	16	16	CD
13111	494	2	.	.	.
13111	494	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	495	1	Thus	thus	RB
13111	495	2	there	there	EX
13111	495	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	495	4	a	a	DT
13111	495	5	significance	significance	NN
13111	495	6	in	in	IN
13111	495	7	the	the	DT
13111	495	8	convolutional	convolutional	JJ
13111	495	9	pattern	pattern	NN
13111	495	10	of	of	IN
13111	495	11	the	the	DT
13111	495	12	brain	brain	NN
13111	495	13	.	.	.
13111	496	1	But	but	CC
13111	496	2	just	just	RB
13111	496	3	as	as	IN
13111	496	4	there	there	EX
13111	496	5	are	be	VBP
13111	496	6	no	no	DT
13111	496	7	two	two	CD
13111	496	8	faces	face	NNS
13111	496	9	alike	alike	RB
13111	496	10	,	,	,
13111	496	11	so	so	CC
13111	496	12	there	there	EX
13111	496	13	are	be	VBP
13111	496	14	no	no	DT
13111	496	15	two	two	CD
13111	496	16	brains	brain	NNS
13111	496	17	alike	alike	RB
13111	496	18	in	in	IN
13111	496	19	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	496	20	pattern	pattern	NN
13111	496	21	;	;	:
13111	496	22	and	and	CC
13111	496	23	just	just	RB
13111	496	24	as	as	IN
13111	496	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	496	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	496	27	rare	rare	JJ
13111	496	28	to	to	TO
13111	496	29	find	find	VB
13111	496	30	the	the	DT
13111	496	31	two	two	CD
13111	496	32	halves	half	NNS
13111	496	33	of	of	IN
13111	496	34	the	the	DT
13111	496	35	face	face	NN
13111	496	36	quite	quite	RB
13111	496	37	symmetrical	symmetrical	JJ
13111	496	38	,	,	,
13111	496	39	so	so	CC
13111	496	40	the	the	DT
13111	496	41	two	two	CD
13111	496	42	halves	half	NNS
13111	496	43	of	of	IN
13111	496	44	the	the	DT
13111	496	45	brain	brain	NN
13111	496	46	are	be	VBP
13111	496	47	seldom	seldom	RB
13111	496	48	exactly	exactly	RB
13111	496	49	alike	alike	RB
13111	496	50	in	in	IN
13111	496	51	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	496	52	pattern	pattern	NN
13111	496	53	.	.	.
13111	497	1	Although	although	IN
13111	497	2	each	each	DT
13111	497	3	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	497	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	497	5	especially	especially	RB
13111	497	6	related	related	JJ
13111	497	7	to	to	IN
13111	497	8	the	the	DT
13111	497	9	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	497	10	half	half	NN
13111	497	11	of	of	IN
13111	497	12	the	the	DT
13111	497	13	body	body	NN
13111	497	14	,	,	,
13111	497	15	the	the	DT
13111	497	16	two	two	CD
13111	497	17	are	be	VBP
13111	497	18	unified	unify	VBN
13111	497	19	in	in	IN
13111	497	20	function	function	NN
13111	497	21	by	by	IN
13111	497	22	a	a	DT
13111	497	23	great	great	JJ
13111	497	24	bridge	bridge	NN
13111	497	25	of	of	IN
13111	497	26	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	497	27	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	497	28	,	,	,
13111	497	29	called	call	VBD
13111	497	30	the	the	DT
13111	497	31	corpus	corpus	NNP
13111	497	32	callosum	callosum	NNP
13111	497	33	,	,	,
13111	497	34	which	which	WDT
13111	497	35	unites	unite	VBZ
13111	497	36	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	497	37	.	.	.
13111	498	1	The	the	DT
13111	498	2	cortical	cortical	JJ
13111	498	3	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	498	4	or	or	CC
13111	498	5	structures	structure	NNS
13111	498	6	with	with	IN
13111	498	7	specialised	specialised	JJ
13111	498	8	functions	function	NNS
13111	498	9	localised	localise	VBN
13111	498	10	in	in	IN
13111	498	11	particular	particular	JJ
13111	498	12	regions	region	NNS
13111	498	13	of	of	IN
13111	498	14	one	one	CD
13111	498	15	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	498	16	are	be	VBP
13111	498	17	associated	associate	VBN
13111	498	18	by	by	IN
13111	498	19	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	498	20	passing	pass	VBG
13111	498	21	to	to	IN
13111	498	22	the	the	DT
13111	498	23	same	same	JJ
13111	498	24	region	region	NN
13111	498	25	in	in	IN
13111	498	26	the	the	DT
13111	498	27	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	498	28	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	498	29	by	by	IN
13111	498	30	this	this	DT
13111	498	31	bridge	bridge	NN
13111	498	32	.	.	.
13111	499	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	499	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	499	3	:	:	:
13111	499	4	Fig	Fig	NNP
13111	499	5	.	.	.
13111	500	1	16	16	LS
13111	500	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	500	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	500	4	Description	description	NN
13111	500	5	:	:	:
13111	500	6	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	500	7	.	.	.
13111	501	1	16.--Diagram	16.--diagram	CD
13111	501	2	of	of	IN
13111	501	3	the	the	DT
13111	501	4	left	left	JJ
13111	501	5	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	501	6	of	of	IN
13111	501	7	the	the	DT
13111	501	8	brain	brain	NN
13111	501	9	showing	show	VBG
13111	501	10	localised	localised	JJ
13111	501	11	centres	centre	NNS
13111	501	12	,	,	,
13111	501	13	of	of	IN
13111	501	14	which	which	WDT
13111	501	15	the	the	DT
13111	501	16	functions	function	NNS
13111	501	17	are	be	VBP
13111	501	18	known	know	VBN
13111	501	19	.	.	.
13111	502	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	502	2	will	will	MD
13111	502	3	be	be	VB
13111	502	4	observed	observe	VBN
13111	502	5	that	that	IN
13111	502	6	the	the	DT
13111	502	7	centres	centre	NNS
13111	502	8	for	for	IN
13111	502	9	the	the	DT
13111	502	10	special	special	JJ
13111	502	11	senses	sense	NNS
13111	502	12	,	,	,
13111	502	13	tactile	tactile	NN
13111	502	14	,	,	,
13111	502	15	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	502	16	,	,	,
13111	502	17	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	502	18	,	,	,
13111	502	19	and	and	CC
13111	502	20	vision	vision	NN
13111	502	21	,	,	,
13111	502	22	are	be	VBP
13111	502	23	all	all	DT
13111	502	24	situated	situate	VBN
13111	502	25	behind	behind	IN
13111	502	26	the	the	DT
13111	502	27	central	central	JJ
13111	502	28	fissure	fissure	NN
13111	502	29	.	.	.
13111	503	1	The	the	DT
13111	503	2	tactile	tactile	JJ
13111	503	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	503	4	motor	motor	NN
13111	503	5	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	503	6	sense	sense	NN
13111	503	7	occupies	occupy	VBZ
13111	503	8	the	the	DT
13111	503	9	whole	whole	NN
13111	503	10	of	of	IN
13111	503	11	the	the	DT
13111	503	12	post	post	JJ
13111	503	13	-	-	JJ
13111	503	14	central	central	JJ
13111	503	15	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	503	16	;	;	:
13111	503	17	the	the	DT
13111	503	18	centre	centre	NN
13111	503	19	for	for	IN
13111	503	20	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	503	21	(	(	-LRB-
13111	503	22	and	and	CC
13111	503	23	in	in	IN
13111	503	24	the	the	DT
13111	503	25	left	left	JJ
13111	503	26	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	503	27	memory	memory	NN
13111	503	28	of	of	IN
13111	503	29	words	word	NNS
13111	503	30	)	)	-RRB-
13111	503	31	is	be	VBZ
13111	503	32	shown	show	VBN
13111	503	33	at	at	IN
13111	503	34	the	the	DT
13111	503	35	end	end	NN
13111	503	36	of	of	IN
13111	503	37	the	the	DT
13111	503	38	first	first	JJ
13111	503	39	temporal	temporal	JJ
13111	503	40	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	503	41	,	,	,
13111	503	42	but	but	CC
13111	503	43	the	the	DT
13111	503	44	portion	portion	NN
13111	503	45	shaded	shade	VBN
13111	503	46	by	by	IN
13111	503	47	no	no	DT
13111	503	48	means	means	NN
13111	503	49	indicates	indicate	VBZ
13111	503	50	the	the	DT
13111	503	51	whole	whole	NN
13111	503	52	of	of	IN
13111	503	53	the	the	DT
13111	503	54	grey	grey	NNP
13111	503	55	cortex	cortex	NNP
13111	503	56	which	which	WDT
13111	503	57	possesses	possess	VBZ
13111	503	58	this	this	DT
13111	503	59	function	function	NN
13111	503	60	;	;	:
13111	503	61	a	a	DT
13111	503	62	large	large	JJ
13111	503	63	portion	portion	NN
13111	503	64	of	of	IN
13111	503	65	this	this	DT
13111	503	66	centre	centre	NN
13111	503	67	can	can	MD
13111	503	68	not	not	RB
13111	503	69	be	be	VB
13111	503	70	seen	see	VBN
13111	503	71	because	because	IN
13111	503	72	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	503	73	lies	lie	VBZ
13111	503	74	within	within	IN
13111	503	75	the	the	DT
13111	503	76	fissure	fissure	NN
13111	503	77	forming	form	VBG
13111	503	78	the	the	DT
13111	503	79	upper	upper	JJ
13111	503	80	surface	surface	NN
13111	503	81	of	of	IN
13111	503	82	the	the	DT
13111	503	83	temporal	temporal	JJ
13111	503	84	lobe	lobe	NN
13111	503	85	.	.	.
13111	504	1	Behind	behind	IN
13111	504	2	this	this	DT
13111	504	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	504	4	the	the	DT
13111	504	5	angular	angular	JJ
13111	504	6	gyrus	gyru	NNS
13111	504	7	which	which	WDT
13111	504	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	504	9	connected	connect	VBN
13111	504	10	with	with	IN
13111	504	11	visual	visual	JJ
13111	504	12	word	word	NN
13111	504	13	memory	memory	NN
13111	504	14	.	.	.
13111	505	1	The	the	DT
13111	505	2	half	half	JJ
13111	505	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	505	4	vision	vision	NN
13111	505	5	centre	centre	NN
13111	505	6	,	,	,
13111	505	7	and	and	CC
13111	505	8	by	by	IN
13111	505	9	this	this	DT
13111	505	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	505	11	meant	mean	VBN
13111	505	12	the	the	DT
13111	505	13	portion	portion	NN
13111	505	14	of	of	IN
13111	505	15	brain	brain	NN
13111	505	16	which	which	WDT
13111	505	17	receives	receive	VBZ
13111	505	18	impressions	impression	NNS
13111	505	19	from	from	IN
13111	505	20	each	each	DT
13111	505	21	half	half	NN
13111	505	22	of	of	IN
13111	505	23	the	the	DT
13111	505	24	field	field	NN
13111	505	25	of	of	IN
13111	505	26	vision	vision	NN
13111	505	27	,	,	,
13111	505	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	505	29	situated	situate	VBN
13111	505	30	for	for	IN
13111	505	31	the	the	DT
13111	505	32	most	most	JJS
13111	505	33	part	part	NN
13111	505	34	on	on	IN
13111	505	35	the	the	DT
13111	505	36	inner	inner	JJ
13111	505	37	(	(	-LRB-
13111	505	38	unseen	unseen	JJ
13111	505	39	)	)	-RRB-
13111	505	40	surface	surface	NN
13111	505	41	of	of	IN
13111	505	42	the	the	DT
13111	505	43	occipital	occipital	JJ
13111	505	44	lobe	lobe	NN
13111	505	45	.	.	.
13111	506	1	In	in	IN
13111	506	2	front	front	NN
13111	506	3	of	of	IN
13111	506	4	the	the	DT
13111	506	5	central	central	JJ
13111	506	6	fissure	fissure	NN
13111	506	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	506	8	situated	situate	VBN
13111	506	9	the	the	DT
13111	506	10	motor	motor	NN
13111	506	11	area	area	NN
13111	506	12	,	,	,
13111	506	13	or	or	CC
13111	506	14	that	that	IN
13111	506	15	region	region	NN
13111	506	16	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	506	17	of	of	IN
13111	506	18	which	which	WDT
13111	506	19	causes	cause	VBZ
13111	506	20	paralysis	paralysis	NN
13111	506	21	of	of	IN
13111	506	22	the	the	DT
13111	506	23	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	506	24	moving	move	VBG
13111	506	25	the	the	DT
13111	506	26	structures	structure	NNS
13111	506	27	of	of	IN
13111	506	28	the	the	DT
13111	506	29	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	506	30	half	half	NN
13111	506	31	of	of	IN
13111	506	32	the	the	DT
13111	506	33	body	body	NN
13111	506	34	.	.	.
13111	507	1	If	if	IN
13111	507	2	the	the	DT
13111	507	3	situations	situation	NNS
13111	507	4	indicated	indicate	VBN
13111	507	5	by	by	IN
13111	507	6	black	black	JJ
13111	507	7	dots	dot	NNS
13111	507	8	be	be	VB
13111	507	9	excited	excite	VBN
13111	507	10	by	by	IN
13111	507	11	an	an	DT
13111	507	12	interrupted	interrupt	VBN
13111	507	13	electric	electric	JJ
13111	507	14	current	current	NN
13111	507	15	,	,	,
13111	507	16	movements	movement	NNS
13111	507	17	of	of	IN
13111	507	18	the	the	DT
13111	507	19	limbs	limb	NNS
13111	507	20	,	,	,
13111	507	21	trunk	trunk	NN
13111	507	22	,	,	,
13111	507	23	and	and	CC
13111	507	24	face	face	NN
13111	507	25	occur	occur	VBP
13111	507	26	in	in	IN
13111	507	27	the	the	DT
13111	507	28	precise	precise	JJ
13111	507	29	order	order	NN
13111	507	30	shown	show	VBN
13111	507	31	,	,	,
13111	507	32	from	from	IN
13111	507	33	the	the	DT
13111	507	34	great	great	JJ
13111	507	35	toe	toe	NN
13111	507	36	to	to	IN
13111	507	37	the	the	DT
13111	507	38	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	507	39	.	.	.
13111	508	1	In	in	IN
13111	508	2	front	front	NN
13111	508	3	of	of	IN
13111	508	4	this	this	DT
13111	508	5	precentral	precentral	JJ
13111	508	6	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	508	7	are	be	VBP
13111	508	8	the	the	DT
13111	508	9	three	three	CD
13111	508	10	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	508	11	convolutions	convolution	NNS
13111	508	12	,	,	,
13111	508	13	and	and	CC
13111	508	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	508	15	would	would	MD
13111	508	16	seem	seem	VB
13111	508	17	that	that	IN
13111	508	18	the	the	DT
13111	508	19	functions	function	NNS
13111	508	20	of	of	IN
13111	508	21	these	these	DT
13111	508	22	convolutions	convolution	NNS
13111	508	23	are	be	VBP
13111	508	24	higher	high	JJR
13111	508	25	movements	movement	NNS
13111	508	26	and	and	CC
13111	508	27	attention	attention	NN
13111	508	28	in	in	IN
13111	508	29	fixation	fixation	NN
13111	508	30	of	of	IN
13111	508	31	the	the	DT
13111	508	32	eyes	eye	NNS
13111	508	33	;	;	:
13111	508	34	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	508	35	,	,	,
13111	508	36	in	in	IN
13111	508	37	the	the	DT
13111	508	38	lowest	low	JJS
13111	508	39	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	508	40	region	region	NN
13111	508	41	,	,	,
13111	508	42	indicated	indicate	VBN
13111	508	43	by	by	IN
13111	508	44	fine	fine	JJ
13111	508	45	dots	dot	NNS
13111	508	46	,	,	,
13111	508	47	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	508	48	have	have	VBP
13111	508	49	Broca	Broca	NNP
13111	508	50	's	's	POS
13111	508	51	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	508	52	,	,	,
13111	508	53	which	which	WDT
13111	508	54	is	be	VBZ
13111	508	55	associated	associate	VBN
13111	508	56	with	with	IN
13111	508	57	motor	motor	NN
13111	508	58	speech	speech	NN
13111	508	59	;	;	:
13111	508	60	above	above	RB
13111	508	61	at	at	IN
13111	508	62	the	the	DT
13111	508	63	base	base	NN
13111	508	64	of	of	IN
13111	508	65	the	the	DT
13111	508	66	second	second	JJ
13111	508	67	middle	middle	JJ
13111	508	68	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	508	69	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	508	70	is	be	VBZ
13111	508	71	the	the	DT
13111	508	72	portion	portion	NN
13111	508	73	of	of	IN
13111	508	74	cortex	cortex	NN
13111	508	75	in	in	IN
13111	508	76	which	which	WDT
13111	508	77	is	be	VBZ
13111	508	78	localised	localise	VBN
13111	508	79	the	the	DT
13111	508	80	function	function	NN
13111	508	81	of	of	IN
13111	508	82	writing	writing	NN
13111	508	83	.	.	.
13111	509	1	Taste	taste	NN
13111	509	2	and	and	CC
13111	509	3	smell	smell	NN
13111	509	4	functions	function	NNS
13111	509	5	reside	reside	VBP
13111	509	6	in	in	IN
13111	509	7	brain	brain	NN
13111	509	8	cortex	cortex	NN
13111	509	9	only	only	RB
13111	509	10	a	a	DT
13111	509	11	small	small	JJ
13111	509	12	portion	portion	NN
13111	509	13	of	of	IN
13111	509	14	which	which	WDT
13111	509	15	can	can	MD
13111	509	16	be	be	VB
13111	509	17	seen	see	VBN
13111	509	18	,	,	,
13111	509	19	viz	viz	NN
13111	509	20	.	.	.
13111	510	1	that	that	IN
13111	510	2	at	at	IN
13111	510	3	the	the	DT
13111	510	4	tip	tip	NN
13111	510	5	of	of	IN
13111	510	6	the	the	DT
13111	510	7	temporal	temporal	JJ
13111	510	8	lobe	lobe	NN
13111	510	9	.	.	.
13111	510	10	]	]	-RRB-
13111	511	1	Muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	511	2	and	and	CC
13111	511	3	groups	group	NNS
13111	511	4	of	of	IN
13111	511	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	511	6	on	on	IN
13111	511	7	the	the	DT
13111	511	8	two	two	CD
13111	511	9	sides	side	NNS
13111	511	10	of	of	IN
13111	511	11	the	the	DT
13111	511	12	body	body	NN
13111	511	13	which	which	WDT
13111	511	14	invariably	invariably	RB
13111	511	15	act	act	VBP
13111	511	16	together	together	RB
13111	511	17	may	may	MD
13111	511	18	thus	thus	RB
13111	511	19	be	be	VB
13111	511	20	innervated	innervate	VBN
13111	511	21	from	from	IN
13111	511	22	either	either	DT
13111	511	23	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	511	24	,	,	,
13111	511	25	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	512	1	the	the	DT
13111	512	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	512	3	of	of	IN
13111	512	4	the	the	DT
13111	512	5	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	512	6	,	,	,
13111	512	7	the	the	DT
13111	512	8	trunk	trunk	NN
13111	512	9	,	,	,
13111	512	10	and	and	CC
13111	512	11	upper	upper	JJ
13111	512	12	part	part	NN
13111	512	13	of	of	IN
13111	512	14	the	the	DT
13111	512	15	face	face	NN
13111	512	16	.	.	.
13111	513	1	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	513	2	,	,	,
13111	513	3	the	the	DT
13111	513	4	founder	founder	NN
13111	513	5	of	of	IN
13111	513	6	the	the	DT
13111	513	7	doctrine	doctrine	NN
13111	513	8	of	of	IN
13111	513	9	Phrenology	Phrenology	NNP
13111	513	10	,	,	,
13111	513	11	wrecked	wreck	VBD
13111	513	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	513	13	fame	fame	NN
13111	513	14	as	as	IN
13111	513	15	a	a	DT
13111	513	16	scientist	scientist	NN
13111	513	17	by	by	IN
13111	513	18	associating	associate	VBG
13111	513	19	mental	mental	JJ
13111	513	20	faculties	faculty	NNS
13111	513	21	with	with	IN
13111	513	22	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	513	23	of	of	IN
13111	513	24	the	the	DT
13111	513	25	skull	skull	NN
13111	513	26	instead	instead	RB
13111	513	27	of	of	IN
13111	513	28	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	513	29	of	of	IN
13111	513	30	the	the	DT
13111	513	31	brain	brain	NN
13111	513	32	beneath	beneath	IN
13111	513	33	;	;	:
13111	513	34	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
13111	513	35	,	,	,
13111	513	36	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	513	37	deserves	deserve	VBZ
13111	513	38	the	the	DT
13111	513	39	highest	high	JJS
13111	513	40	credit	credit	NN
13111	513	41	for	for	IN
13111	513	42	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	513	43	discoveries	discovery	NNS
13111	513	44	and	and	CC
13111	513	45	deductions	deduction	NNS
13111	513	46	,	,	,
13111	513	47	for	for	IN
13111	513	48	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	513	49	was	be	VBD
13111	513	50	the	the	DT
13111	513	51	first	first	JJ
13111	513	52	to	to	TO
13111	513	53	point	point	VB
13111	513	54	out	out	RP
13111	513	55	that	that	IN
13111	513	56	that	that	DT
13111	513	57	part	part	NN
13111	513	58	of	of	IN
13111	513	59	the	the	DT
13111	513	60	brain	brain	NN
13111	513	61	with	with	IN
13111	513	62	which	which	WDT
13111	513	63	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	513	64	processes	process	NNS
13111	513	65	are	be	VBP
13111	513	66	connected	connect	VBN
13111	513	67	must	must	MD
13111	513	68	be	be	VB
13111	513	69	the	the	DT
13111	513	70	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	513	71	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	513	72	.	.	.
13111	514	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
13111	514	2	said	say	VBD
13111	514	3	,	,	,
13111	514	4	if	if	IN
13111	514	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	514	6	compare	compare	VBP
13111	514	7	man	man	NN
13111	514	8	with	with	IN
13111	514	9	animals	animal	NNS
13111	514	10	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	514	11	find	find	VBP
13111	514	12	that	that	IN
13111	514	13	the	the	DT
13111	514	14	sensory	sensory	JJ
13111	514	15	functions	function	NNS
13111	514	16	of	of	IN
13111	514	17	animals	animal	NNS
13111	514	18	are	be	VBP
13111	514	19	much	much	RB
13111	514	20	finer	fine	JJR
13111	514	21	and	and	CC
13111	514	22	more	more	RBR
13111	514	23	highly	highly	RB
13111	514	24	developed	developed	JJ
13111	514	25	than	than	IN
13111	514	26	in	in	IN
13111	514	27	man	man	NN
13111	514	28	;	;	:
13111	514	29	in	in	IN
13111	514	30	man	man	NN
13111	514	31	,	,	,
13111	514	32	on	on	IN
13111	514	33	the	the	DT
13111	514	34	other	other	JJ
13111	514	35	hand	hand	NN
13111	514	36	,	,	,
13111	514	37	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	514	38	find	find	VBP
13111	514	39	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	514	40	much	much	RB
13111	514	41	more	more	RBR
13111	514	42	highly	highly	RB
13111	514	43	developed	developed	JJ
13111	514	44	than	than	IN
13111	514	45	in	in	IN
13111	514	46	animals	animal	NNS
13111	514	47	.	.	.
13111	515	1	Upon	upon	IN
13111	515	2	comparing	compare	VBG
13111	515	3	the	the	DT
13111	515	4	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	515	5	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
13111	515	6	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	515	7	,	,	,
13111	515	8	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	515	9	see	see	VBP
13111	515	10	,	,	,
13111	515	11	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	515	12	said	say	VBD
13111	515	13	,	,	,
13111	515	14	that	that	IN
13111	515	15	in	in	IN
13111	515	16	animals	animal	NNS
13111	515	17	the	the	DT
13111	515	18	deeper	deeply	RBR
13111	515	19	situated	situate	VBN
13111	515	20	parts	part	NNS
13111	515	21	of	of	IN
13111	515	22	the	the	DT
13111	515	23	brain	brain	NN
13111	515	24	are	be	VBP
13111	515	25	relatively	relatively	RB
13111	515	26	more	more	RBR
13111	515	27	developed	developed	JJ
13111	515	28	and	and	CC
13111	515	29	the	the	DT
13111	515	30	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	515	31	less	less	RBR
13111	515	32	developed	developed	JJ
13111	515	33	than	than	IN
13111	515	34	in	in	IN
13111	515	35	man	man	NN
13111	515	36	;	;	:
13111	515	37	in	in	IN
13111	515	38	man	man	NN
13111	515	39	,	,	,
13111	515	40	the	the	DT
13111	515	41	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	515	42	so	so	RB
13111	515	43	surpass	surpass	VB
13111	515	44	in	in	IN
13111	515	45	development	development	NN
13111	515	46	those	those	DT
13111	515	47	of	of	IN
13111	515	48	animals	animal	NNS
13111	515	49	that	that	WDT
13111	515	50	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	515	51	can	can	MD
13111	515	52	find	find	VB
13111	515	53	no	no	DT
13111	515	54	analogy	analogy	NN
13111	515	55	.	.	.
13111	516	1	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	516	2	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	516	3	argued	argue	VBD
13111	516	4	that	that	IN
13111	516	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	516	6	must	must	MD
13111	516	7	consider	consider	VB
13111	516	8	the	the	DT
13111	516	9	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	516	10	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	516	11	to	to	TO
13111	516	12	be	be	VB
13111	516	13	the	the	DT
13111	516	14	seat	seat	NN
13111	516	15	of	of	IN
13111	516	16	the	the	DT
13111	516	17	higher	high	JJR
13111	516	18	functions	function	NNS
13111	516	19	of	of	IN
13111	516	20	the	the	DT
13111	516	21	mind	mind	NN
13111	516	22	.	.	.
13111	517	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
13111	517	2	must	must	MD
13111	517	3	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	517	4	acknowledge	acknowledge	VB
13111	517	5	that	that	IN
13111	517	6	the	the	DT
13111	517	7	following	follow	VBG
13111	517	8	deductions	deduction	NNS
13111	517	9	of	of	IN
13111	517	10	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	517	11	are	be	VBP
13111	517	12	quite	quite	RB
13111	517	13	sound	sound	JJ
13111	517	14	:	:	:
13111	517	15	"	"	``
13111	517	16	The	the	DT
13111	517	17	convolutions	convolution	NNS
13111	517	18	ought	ought	MD
13111	517	19	to	to	TO
13111	517	20	be	be	VB
13111	517	21	recognised	recognise	VBN
13111	517	22	as	as	IN
13111	517	23	the	the	DT
13111	517	24	parts	part	NNS
13111	517	25	where	where	WRB
13111	517	26	the	the	DT
13111	517	27	instincts	instinct	NNS
13111	517	28	,	,	,
13111	517	29	feelings	feeling	NNS
13111	517	30	,	,	,
13111	517	31	thoughts	thought	NNS
13111	517	32	,	,	,
13111	517	33	talents	talent	NNS
13111	517	34	,	,	,
13111	517	35	the	the	DT
13111	517	36	affective	affective	JJ
13111	517	37	qualities	quality	NNS
13111	517	38	in	in	IN
13111	517	39	general	general	JJ
13111	517	40	,	,	,
13111	517	41	and	and	CC
13111	517	42	the	the	DT
13111	517	43	moral	moral	JJ
13111	517	44	and	and	CC
13111	517	45	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
13111	517	46	forces	force	NNS
13111	517	47	are	be	VBP
13111	517	48	exercised	exercise	VBN
13111	517	49	.	.	.
13111	517	50	"	"	''
13111	518	1	The	the	DT
13111	518	2	Paris	Paris	NNP
13111	518	3	Academy	Academy	NNP
13111	518	4	of	of	IN
13111	518	5	Science	Science	NNP
13111	518	6	appointed	appoint	VBD
13111	518	7	a	a	DT
13111	518	8	commission	commission	NN
13111	518	9	of	of	IN
13111	518	10	inquiry	inquiry	NN
13111	518	11	,	,	,
13111	518	12	May	May	NNP
13111	518	13	,	,	,
13111	518	14	1808	1808	CD
13111	518	15	,	,	,
13111	518	16	which	which	WDT
13111	518	17	declared	declare	VBD
13111	518	18	the	the	DT
13111	518	19	doctrine	doctrine	NN
13111	518	20	of	of	IN
13111	518	21	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	518	22	to	to	TO
13111	518	23	be	be	VB
13111	518	24	erroneous	erroneous	JJ
13111	518	25	.	.	.
13111	519	1	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	519	2	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	519	3	surmised	surmise	VBD
13111	519	4	that	that	IN
13111	519	5	the	the	DT
13111	519	6	faculty	faculty	NN
13111	519	7	of	of	IN
13111	519	8	language	language	NN
13111	519	9	lay	lie	VBD
13111	519	10	in	in	IN
13111	519	11	the	the	DT
13111	519	12	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	519	13	lobes	lobe	NNS
13111	519	14	,	,	,
13111	519	15	and	and	CC
13111	519	16	Bouillaud	Bouillaud	NNP
13111	519	17	supported	support	VBD
13111	519	18	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	519	19	's	's	POS
13111	519	20	proposition	proposition	NN
13111	519	21	by	by	IN
13111	519	22	citing	cite	VBG
13111	519	23	cases	case	NNS
13111	519	24	in	in	IN
13111	519	25	which	which	WDT
13111	519	26	speech	speech	NN
13111	519	27	had	have	VBD
13111	519	28	been	be	VBN
13111	519	29	affected	affect	VBN
13111	519	30	during	during	IN
13111	519	31	life	life	NN
13111	519	32	,	,	,
13111	519	33	and	and	CC
13111	519	34	in	in	IN
13111	519	35	which	which	WDT
13111	519	36	after	after	IN
13111	519	37	death	death	NN
13111	519	38	the	the	DT
13111	519	39	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	519	40	lobes	lobe	NNS
13111	519	41	were	be	VBD
13111	519	42	found	find	VBN
13111	519	43	to	to	TO
13111	519	44	be	be	VB
13111	519	45	damaged	damage	VBN
13111	519	46	by	by	IN
13111	519	47	disease	disease	NN
13111	519	48	.	.	.
13111	520	1	A	a	DT
13111	520	2	great	great	JJ
13111	520	3	controversy	controversy	NN
13111	520	4	ensued	ensue	VBN
13111	520	5	in	in	IN
13111	520	6	France	France	NNP
13111	520	7	;	;	:
13111	520	8	popular	popular	JJ
13111	520	9	imagination	imagination	NN
13111	520	10	was	be	VBD
13111	520	11	stirred	stir	VBN
13111	520	12	up	up	RP
13111	520	13	especially	especially	RB
13111	520	14	in	in	IN
13111	520	15	the	the	DT
13111	520	16	republic	republic	NN
13111	520	17	by	by	IN
13111	520	18	the	the	DT
13111	520	19	doctrine	doctrine	NN
13111	520	20	of	of	IN
13111	520	21	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	520	22	,	,	,
13111	520	23	which	which	WDT
13111	520	24	was	be	VBD
13111	520	25	an	an	DT
13111	520	26	attempt	attempt	NN
13111	520	27	to	to	TO
13111	520	28	materialise	materialise	VB
13111	520	29	and	and	CC
13111	520	30	localise	localise	VB
13111	520	31	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	520	32	processes	process	NNS
13111	520	33	.	.	.
13111	521	1	Unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
13111	521	2	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	521	3	's	's	POS
13111	521	4	imagination	imagination	NN
13111	521	5	,	,	,
13111	521	6	encouraged	encourage	VBN
13111	521	7	by	by	IN
13111	521	8	a	a	DT
13111	521	9	widespread	widespread	JJ
13111	521	10	wave	wave	NN
13111	521	11	of	of	IN
13111	521	12	popular	popular	JJ
13111	521	13	sympathy	sympathy	NN
13111	521	14	,	,	,
13111	521	15	overstepped	overstep	VBD
13111	521	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	521	17	judgment	judgment	NN
13111	521	18	and	and	CC
13111	521	19	launched	launch	VBD
13111	521	20	him	-PRON-	PRP
13111	521	21	into	into	IN
13111	521	22	speculative	speculative	JJ
13111	521	23	hypotheses	hypothesis	NNS
13111	521	24	unsupported	unsupporte	VBN
13111	521	25	by	by	IN
13111	521	26	facts	fact	NNS
13111	521	27	.	.	.
13111	522	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	522	2	doctrine	doctrine	NN
13111	522	3	of	of	IN
13111	522	4	Phrenology	Phrenology	NNP
13111	522	5	was	be	VBD
13111	522	6	shown	show	VBN
13111	522	7	to	to	TO
13111	522	8	be	be	VB
13111	522	9	absolutely	absolutely	RB
13111	522	10	illogical	illogical	JJ
13111	522	11	;	;	:
13111	522	12	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	522	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	522	14	was	be	VBD
13111	522	15	forgotten	forget	VBN
13111	522	16	that	that	IN
13111	522	17	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	522	18	was	be	VBD
13111	522	19	the	the	DT
13111	522	20	pioneer	pioneer	NN
13111	522	21	of	of	IN
13111	522	22	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	522	23	localisation	localisation	NN
13111	522	24	.	.	.
13111	523	1	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	523	2	AND	and	CC
13111	523	3	RIGHT	right	NN
13111	523	4	-	-	HYPH
13111	523	5	HANDEDNESS	handedness	NN
13111	523	6	The	the	DT
13111	523	7	next	next	JJ
13111	523	8	step	step	NN
13111	523	9	in	in	IN
13111	523	10	Cerebral	Cerebral	NNP
13111	523	11	Localisation	Localisation	NNP
13111	523	12	was	be	VBD
13111	523	13	made	make	VBN
13111	523	14	by	by	IN
13111	523	15	a	a	DT
13111	523	16	French	french	JJ
13111	523	17	physician	physician	NN
13111	523	18	,	,	,
13111	523	19	Marc	Marc	NNP
13111	523	20	Dax	Dax	NNP
13111	523	21	,	,	,
13111	523	22	who	who	WP
13111	523	23	first	first	RB
13111	523	24	observed	observe	VBD
13111	523	25	that	that	DT
13111	523	26	disease	disease	NN
13111	523	27	of	of	IN
13111	523	28	the	the	DT
13111	523	29	left	left	JJ
13111	523	30	half	half	NN
13111	523	31	of	of	IN
13111	523	32	the	the	DT
13111	523	33	cerebrum	cerebrum	NN
13111	523	34	producing	produce	VBG
13111	523	35	paralysis	paralysis	NN
13111	523	36	of	of	IN
13111	523	37	the	the	DT
13111	523	38	right	right	JJ
13111	523	39	half	half	NN
13111	523	40	of	of	IN
13111	523	41	the	the	DT
13111	523	42	body	body	NN
13111	523	43	(	(	-LRB-
13111	523	44	right	right	JJ
13111	523	45	hemiplegia	hemiplegia	NN
13111	523	46	)	)	-RRB-
13111	523	47	was	be	VBD
13111	523	48	associated	associate	VBN
13111	523	49	with	with	IN
13111	523	50	loss	loss	NN
13111	523	51	of	of	IN
13111	523	52	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	523	53	speech	speech	NN
13111	523	54	.	.	.
13111	524	1	This	this	DT
13111	524	2	observation	observation	NN
13111	524	3	led	lead	VBD
13111	524	4	to	to	IN
13111	524	5	the	the	DT
13111	524	6	establishment	establishment	NN
13111	524	7	of	of	IN
13111	524	8	a	a	DT
13111	524	9	most	most	RBS
13111	524	10	important	important	JJ
13111	524	11	fact	fact	NN
13111	524	12	in	in	IN
13111	524	13	connection	connection	NN
13111	524	14	with	with	IN
13111	524	15	speech	speech	NN
13111	524	16	,	,	,
13111	524	17	viz	viz	NN
13111	524	18	.	.	.
13111	525	1	that	that	DT
13111	525	2	right	right	RB
13111	525	3	-	-	HYPH
13111	525	4	handed	handed	JJ
13111	525	5	people	people	NNS
13111	525	6	use	use	VBP
13111	525	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	525	8	left	left	JJ
13111	525	9	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	525	10	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	525	11	as	as	IN
13111	525	12	the	the	DT
13111	525	13	executive	executive	JJ
13111	525	14	portion	portion	NN
13111	525	15	of	of	IN
13111	525	16	the	the	DT
13111	525	17	brain	brain	NN
13111	525	18	in	in	IN
13111	525	19	speech	speech	NN
13111	525	20	.	.	.
13111	526	1	Subsequently	subsequently	RB
13111	526	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	526	3	was	be	VBD
13111	526	4	shown	show	VBN
13111	526	5	that	that	IN
13111	526	6	when	when	WRB
13111	526	7	left	leave	VBN
13111	526	8	-	-	HYPH
13111	526	9	handed	handed	JJ
13111	526	10	people	people	NNS
13111	526	11	were	be	VBD
13111	526	12	paralysed	paralyse	VBN
13111	526	13	on	on	IN
13111	526	14	the	the	DT
13111	526	15	left	left	JJ
13111	526	16	side	side	NN
13111	526	17	by	by	IN
13111	526	18	disease	disease	NN
13111	526	19	of	of	IN
13111	526	20	the	the	DT
13111	526	21	right	right	NN
13111	526	22	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	526	23	,	,	,
13111	526	24	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	526	25	lost	lose	VBD
13111	526	26	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	526	27	powers	power	NNS
13111	526	28	of	of	IN
13111	526	29	speech	speech	NN
13111	526	30	.	.	.
13111	527	1	But	but	CC
13111	527	2	the	the	DT
13111	527	3	great	great	JJ
13111	527	4	majority	majority	NN
13111	527	5	of	of	IN
13111	527	6	people	people	NNS
13111	527	7	are	be	VBP
13111	527	8	born	bear	VBN
13111	527	9	right	right	JJ
13111	527	10	-	-	HYPH
13111	527	11	handed	handed	JJ
13111	527	12	,	,	,
13111	527	13	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	527	14	the	the	DT
13111	527	15	right	right	JJ
13111	527	16	hand	hand	NN
13111	527	17	being	be	VBG
13111	527	18	especially	especially	RB
13111	527	19	the	the	DT
13111	527	20	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	527	21	of	of	IN
13111	527	22	the	the	DT
13111	527	23	mind	mind	NN
13111	527	24	in	in	IN
13111	527	25	the	the	DT
13111	527	26	majority	majority	NN
13111	527	27	of	of	IN
13111	527	28	people	people	NNS
13111	527	29	,	,	,
13111	527	30	the	the	DT
13111	527	31	left	left	JJ
13111	527	32	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	527	33	is	be	VBZ
13111	527	34	the	the	DT
13111	527	35	leading	lead	VBG
13111	527	36	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	527	37	;	;	:
13111	527	38	and	and	CC
13111	527	39	since	since	IN
13111	527	40	probably	probably	RB
13111	527	41	specialisation	specialisation	NN
13111	527	42	of	of	IN
13111	527	43	function	function	NN
13111	527	44	of	of	IN
13111	527	45	the	the	DT
13111	527	46	right	right	JJ
13111	527	47	hand	hand	NN
13111	527	48	(	(	-LRB-
13111	527	49	dexterity	dexterity	NN
13111	527	50	)	)	-RRB-
13111	527	51	has	have	VBZ
13111	527	52	been	be	VBN
13111	527	53	so	so	RB
13111	527	54	closely	closely	RB
13111	527	55	associated	associate	VBN
13111	527	56	with	with	IN
13111	527	57	that	that	DT
13111	527	58	other	other	JJ
13111	527	59	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	527	60	of	of	IN
13111	527	61	the	the	DT
13111	527	62	mind	mind	NN
13111	527	63	,	,	,
13111	527	64	the	the	DT
13111	527	65	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	527	66	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	527	67	of	of	IN
13111	527	68	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	527	69	speech	speech	NN
13111	527	70	,	,	,
13111	527	71	the	the	DT
13111	527	72	two	two	CD
13111	527	73	have	have	VBP
13111	527	74	now	now	RB
13111	527	75	become	become	VBN
13111	527	76	inseparable	inseparable	JJ
13111	527	77	;	;	:
13111	527	78	for	for	IN
13111	527	79	are	be	VBP
13111	527	80	not	not	RB
13111	527	81	graphic	graphic	JJ
13111	527	82	signs	sign	NNS
13111	527	83	and	and	CC
13111	527	84	verbal	verbal	JJ
13111	527	85	signs	sign	NNS
13111	527	86	intimately	intimately	RB
13111	527	87	interwoven	interwoven	RB
13111	527	88	in	in	IN
13111	527	89	the	the	DT
13111	527	90	development	development	NN
13111	527	91	of	of	IN
13111	527	92	language	language	NN
13111	527	93	and	and	CC
13111	527	94	human	human	JJ
13111	527	95	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	527	96	?	?	.
13111	528	1	What	what	WP
13111	528	2	has	have	VBZ
13111	528	3	determined	determine	VBN
13111	528	4	the	the	DT
13111	528	5	predominance	predominance	NN
13111	528	6	of	of	IN
13111	528	7	the	the	DT
13111	528	8	left	left	JJ
13111	528	9	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	528	10	in	in	IN
13111	528	11	speech	speech	NN
13111	528	12	?	?	.
13111	529	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	529	2	can	can	MD
13111	529	3	find	find	VB
13111	529	4	no	no	DT
13111	529	5	adequate	adequate	JJ
13111	529	6	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
13111	529	7	explanation	explanation	NN
13111	529	8	.	.	.
13111	530	1	There	there	EX
13111	530	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	530	3	no	no	DT
13111	530	4	difference	difference	NN
13111	530	5	in	in	IN
13111	530	6	weight	weight	NN
13111	530	7	of	of	IN
13111	530	8	the	the	DT
13111	530	9	two	two	CD
13111	530	10	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	530	11	in	in	IN
13111	530	12	normal	normal	JJ
13111	530	13	brains	brain	NNS
13111	530	14	.	.	.
13111	531	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
13111	531	2	,	,	,
13111	531	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	531	4	am	be	VBP
13111	531	5	unable	unable	JJ
13111	531	6	to	to	TO
13111	531	7	subscribe	subscribe	VB
13111	531	8	to	to	IN
13111	531	9	the	the	DT
13111	531	10	opinion	opinion	NN
13111	531	11	that	that	IN
13111	531	12	there	there	EX
13111	531	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	531	14	any	any	DT
13111	531	15	evidence	evidence	NN
13111	531	16	to	to	TO
13111	531	17	show	show	VB
13111	531	18	that	that	IN
13111	531	19	the	the	DT
13111	531	20	left	left	NN
13111	531	21	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	531	22	receives	receive	VBZ
13111	531	23	a	a	DT
13111	531	24	larger	large	JJR
13111	531	25	supply	supply	NN
13111	531	26	of	of	IN
13111	531	27	blood	blood	NN
13111	531	28	than	than	IN
13111	531	29	the	the	DT
13111	531	30	right	right	NN
13111	531	31	.	.	.
13111	532	1	Another	another	DT
13111	532	2	theory	theory	NN
13111	532	3	advanced	advance	VBD
13111	532	4	to	to	TO
13111	532	5	explain	explain	VB
13111	532	6	localisation	localisation	NN
13111	532	7	of	of	IN
13111	532	8	speech	speech	NN
13111	532	9	and	and	CC
13111	532	10	right	right	JJ
13111	532	11	-	-	HYPH
13111	532	12	handedness	handedness	NN
13111	532	13	in	in	IN
13111	532	14	the	the	DT
13111	532	15	left	left	NN
13111	532	16	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	532	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	532	18	that	that	IN
13111	532	19	the	the	DT
13111	532	20	heavier	heavy	JJR
13111	532	21	organs	organ	NNS
13111	532	22	,	,	,
13111	532	23	lung	lung	NN
13111	532	24	and	and	CC
13111	532	25	liver	liver	NN
13111	532	26	,	,	,
13111	532	27	being	be	VBG
13111	532	28	on	on	IN
13111	532	29	the	the	DT
13111	532	30	right	right	JJ
13111	532	31	side	side	NN
13111	532	32	have	have	VBP
13111	532	33	determined	determine	VBN
13111	532	34	a	a	DT
13111	532	35	mechanical	mechanical	JJ
13111	532	36	advantage	advantage	NN
13111	532	37	which	which	WDT
13111	532	38	has	have	VBZ
13111	532	39	led	lead	VBN
13111	532	40	to	to	IN
13111	532	41	right	right	JJ
13111	532	42	-	-	HYPH
13111	532	43	handedness	handedness	NN
13111	532	44	in	in	IN
13111	532	45	the	the	DT
13111	532	46	great	great	JJ
13111	532	47	majority	majority	NN
13111	532	48	of	of	IN
13111	532	49	people	people	NNS
13111	532	50	.	.	.
13111	533	1	This	this	DT
13111	533	2	theory	theory	NN
13111	533	3	has	have	VBZ
13111	533	4	,	,	,
13111	533	5	however	however	RB
13111	533	6	,	,	,
13111	533	7	been	be	VBN
13111	533	8	disposed	dispose	VBN
13111	533	9	of	of	IN
13111	533	10	by	by	IN
13111	533	11	the	the	DT
13111	533	12	fact	fact	NN
13111	533	13	that	that	IN
13111	533	14	cases	case	NNS
13111	533	15	in	in	IN
13111	533	16	which	which	WDT
13111	533	17	there	there	EX
13111	533	18	has	have	VBZ
13111	533	19	been	be	VBN
13111	533	20	a	a	DT
13111	533	21	complete	complete	JJ
13111	533	22	transposition	transposition	NN
13111	533	23	of	of	IN
13111	533	24	the	the	DT
13111	533	25	viscera	viscera	NNS
13111	533	26	have	have	VBP
13111	533	27	not	not	RB
13111	533	28	been	be	VBN
13111	533	29	left	leave	VBN
13111	533	30	-	-	HYPH
13111	533	31	handed	handed	JJ
13111	533	32	in	in	RP
13111	533	33	a	a	DT
13111	533	34	larger	large	JJR
13111	533	35	proportion	proportion	NN
13111	533	36	of	of	IN
13111	533	37	cases	case	NNS
13111	533	38	.	.	.
13111	534	1	The	the	DT
13111	534	2	great	great	JJ
13111	534	3	majority	majority	NN
13111	534	4	of	of	IN
13111	534	5	people	people	NNS
13111	534	6	,	,	,
13111	534	7	modern	modern	JJ
13111	534	8	and	and	CC
13111	534	9	ancient	ancient	JJ
13111	534	10	,	,	,
13111	534	11	civilised	civilised	JJ
13111	534	12	and	and	CC
13111	534	13	uncivilised	uncivilised	JJ
13111	534	14	,	,	,
13111	534	15	use	use	VB
13111	534	16	the	the	DT
13111	534	17	right	right	JJ
13111	534	18	hand	hand	NN
13111	534	19	by	by	IN
13111	534	20	preference	preference	NN
13111	534	21	.	.	.
13111	535	1	Even	even	RB
13111	535	2	graphic	graphic	JJ
13111	535	3	representations	representation	NNS
13111	535	4	on	on	IN
13111	535	5	the	the	DT
13111	535	6	sun	sun	NN
13111	535	7	-	-	HYPH
13111	535	8	baked	bake	VBN
13111	535	9	clay	clay	NN
13111	535	10	records	record	NNS
13111	535	11	of	of	IN
13111	535	12	Assyria	Assyria	NNP
13111	535	13	,	,	,
13111	535	14	and	and	CC
13111	535	15	the	the	DT
13111	535	16	drawings	drawing	NNS
13111	535	17	on	on	IN
13111	535	18	rocks	rock	NNS
13111	535	19	,	,	,
13111	535	20	tusks	tusk	NNS
13111	535	21	,	,	,
13111	535	22	and	and	CC
13111	535	23	horns	horn	NNS
13111	535	24	of	of	IN
13111	535	25	animals	animal	NNS
13111	535	26	of	of	IN
13111	535	27	the	the	DT
13111	535	28	flint	flint	NN
13111	535	29	-	-	HYPH
13111	535	30	weapon	weapon	NN
13111	535	31	men	man	NNS
13111	535	32	of	of	IN
13111	535	33	prehistoric	prehistoric	JJ
13111	535	34	times	time	NNS
13111	535	35	show	show	VBP
13111	535	36	that	that	DT
13111	535	37	man	man	NN
13111	535	38	was	be	VBD
13111	535	39	then	then	RB
13111	535	40	right	right	JJ
13111	535	41	-	-	HYPH
13111	535	42	handed	handed	JJ
13111	535	43	.	.	.
13111	536	1	There	there	EX
13111	536	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	536	3	a	a	DT
13111	536	4	difference	difference	NN
13111	536	5	of	of	IN
13111	536	6	opinion	opinion	NN
13111	536	7	whether	whether	IN
13111	536	8	anthropoid	anthropoid	NN
13111	536	9	apes	ape	NNS
13111	536	10	use	use	VBP
13111	536	11	the	the	DT
13111	536	12	right	right	JJ
13111	536	13	hand	hand	NN
13111	536	14	in	in	IN
13111	536	15	preference	preference	NN
13111	536	16	to	to	IN
13111	536	17	the	the	DT
13111	536	18	left	left	NN
13111	536	19	.	.	.
13111	537	1	Professor	Professor	NNP
13111	537	2	Cunningham	Cunningham	NNP
13111	537	3	,	,	,
13111	537	4	who	who	WP
13111	537	5	made	make	VBD
13111	537	6	a	a	DT
13111	537	7	special	special	JJ
13111	537	8	study	study	NN
13111	537	9	of	of	IN
13111	537	10	this	this	DT
13111	537	11	subject	subject	NN
13111	537	12	,	,	,
13111	537	13	asserts	assert	VBZ
13111	537	14	that	that	IN
13111	537	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	537	16	use	use	VBP
13111	537	17	either	either	DT
13111	537	18	hand	hand	NN
13111	537	19	indifferently	indifferently	RB
13111	537	20	;	;	:
13111	537	21	so	so	RB
13111	537	22	also	also	RB
13111	537	23	does	do	VBZ
13111	537	24	the	the	DT
13111	537	25	infant	infant	NN
13111	537	26	at	at	IN
13111	537	27	first	first	RB
13111	537	28	,	,	,
13111	537	29	and	and	CC
13111	537	30	the	the	DT
13111	537	31	idiot	idiot	NN
13111	537	32	in	in	IN
13111	537	33	a	a	DT
13111	537	34	considerable	considerable	JJ
13111	537	35	number	number	NN
13111	537	36	of	of	IN
13111	537	37	cases	case	NNS
13111	537	38	.	.	.
13111	538	1	Then	then	RB
13111	538	2	why	why	WRB
13111	538	3	should	should	MD
13111	538	4	man	man	VB
13111	538	5	,	,	,
13111	538	6	even	even	RB
13111	538	7	primitive	primitive	JJ
13111	538	8	,	,	,
13111	538	9	have	have	VBP
13111	538	10	chosen	choose	VBN
13111	538	11	the	the	DT
13111	538	12	right	right	JJ
13111	538	13	hand	hand	NN
13111	538	14	as	as	IN
13111	538	15	the	the	DT
13111	538	16	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	538	17	of	of	IN
13111	538	18	the	the	DT
13111	538	19	mind	mind	NN
13111	538	20	?	?	.
13111	539	1	Seeing	see	VBG
13111	539	2	that	that	IN
13111	539	3	there	there	EX
13111	539	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	539	5	no	no	DT
13111	539	6	apparent	apparent	JJ
13111	539	7	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
13111	539	8	reason	reason	NN
13111	539	9	,	,	,
13111	539	10	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	539	11	may	may	MD
13111	539	12	ask	ask	VB
13111	539	13	ourselves	-PRON-	PRP
13111	539	14	the	the	DT
13111	539	15	question	question	NN
13111	539	16	:	:	:
13111	539	17	Is	be	VBZ
13111	539	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	539	19	the	the	DT
13111	539	20	result	result	NN
13111	539	21	of	of	IN
13111	539	22	an	an	DT
13111	539	23	acquired	acquire	VBN
13111	539	24	useful	useful	JJ
13111	539	25	habit	habit	NN
13111	539	26	to	to	TO
13111	539	27	which	which	WDT
13111	539	28	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
13111	539	29	conditions	condition	NNS
13111	539	30	may	may	MD
13111	539	31	subsequently	subsequently	RB
13111	539	32	have	have	VB
13111	539	33	contributed	contribute	VBN
13111	539	34	as	as	IN
13111	539	35	a	a	DT
13111	539	36	co	co	JJ
13111	539	37	-	-	JJ
13111	539	38	efficient	efficient	JJ
13111	539	39	?	?	.
13111	540	1	Primitive	primitive	JJ
13111	540	2	man	man	NN
13111	540	3	depended	depend	VBD
13111	540	4	largely	largely	RB
13111	540	5	upon	upon	IN
13111	540	6	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	540	7	language	language	NN
13111	540	8	,	,	,
13111	540	9	and	and	CC
13111	540	10	the	the	DT
13111	540	11	placing	placing	NN
13111	540	12	of	of	IN
13111	540	13	the	the	DT
13111	540	14	hand	hand	NN
13111	540	15	over	over	IN
13111	540	16	the	the	DT
13111	540	17	heart	heart	NN
13111	540	18	is	be	VBZ
13111	540	19	universally	universally	RB
13111	540	20	understood	understand	VBN
13111	540	21	to	to	TO
13111	540	22	signify	signify	VB
13111	540	23	love	love	NN
13111	540	24	and	and	CC
13111	540	25	fidelity	fidelity	NN
13111	540	26	.	.	.
13111	541	1	Uneducated	uneducated	JJ
13111	541	2	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	541	3	mutes	mute	NNS
13111	541	4	,	,	,
13111	541	5	whose	whose	WP$
13111	541	6	only	only	JJ
13111	541	7	means	mean	NNS
13111	541	8	of	of	IN
13111	541	9	communicating	communicate	VBG
13111	541	10	with	with	IN
13111	541	11	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	541	12	fellow	fellow	JJ
13111	541	13	-	-	HYPH
13111	541	14	men	man	NNS
13111	541	15	is	be	VBZ
13111	541	16	by	by	IN
13111	541	17	gestures	gesture	NNS
13111	541	18	,	,	,
13111	541	19	not	not	RB
13111	541	20	only	only	RB
13111	541	21	use	use	VBP
13111	541	22	this	this	DT
13111	541	23	sign	sign	NN
13111	541	24	,	,	,
13111	541	25	but	but	CC
13111	541	26	imply	imply	VB
13111	541	27	hatred	hatred	NN
13111	541	28	also	also	RB
13111	541	29	by	by	IN
13111	541	30	holding	hold	VBG
13111	541	31	the	the	DT
13111	541	32	hand	hand	NN
13111	541	33	over	over	IN
13111	541	34	the	the	DT
13111	541	35	heart	heart	NN
13111	541	36	accompanied	accompany	VBN
13111	541	37	by	by	IN
13111	541	38	the	the	DT
13111	541	39	sign	sign	NN
13111	541	40	of	of	IN
13111	541	41	negation	negation	NN
13111	541	42	.	.	.
13111	542	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
13111	542	2	,	,	,
13111	542	3	pointing	point	VBG
13111	542	4	to	to	IN
13111	542	5	the	the	DT
13111	542	6	heart	heart	NN
13111	542	7	accompanied	accompany	VBN
13111	542	8	by	by	IN
13111	542	9	a	a	DT
13111	542	10	cry	cry	NN
13111	542	11	of	of	IN
13111	542	12	pain	pain	NN
13111	542	13	or	or	CC
13111	542	14	joy	joy	NN
13111	542	15	would	would	MD
13111	542	16	indicate	indicate	VB
13111	542	17	respectively	respectively	RB
13111	542	18	death	death	NN
13111	542	19	of	of	IN
13111	542	20	an	an	DT
13111	542	21	enemy	enemy	NN
13111	542	22	or	or	CC
13111	542	23	friend	friend	NN
13111	542	24	.	.	.
13111	543	1	Again	again	RB
13111	543	2	,	,	,
13111	543	3	primitive	primitive	JJ
13111	543	4	man	man	NN
13111	543	5	protected	protect	VBD
13111	543	6	himself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	543	7	from	from	IN
13111	543	8	the	the	DT
13111	543	9	weapons	weapon	NNS
13111	543	10	of	of	IN
13111	543	11	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	543	12	enemies	enemy	NNS
13111	543	13	by	by	IN
13111	543	14	holding	hold	VBG
13111	543	15	the	the	DT
13111	543	16	shield	shield	NN
13111	543	17	in	in	IN
13111	543	18	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	543	19	left	left	JJ
13111	543	20	hand	hand	NN
13111	543	21	,	,	,
13111	543	22	thus	thus	RB
13111	543	23	covering	cover	VBG
13111	543	24	the	the	DT
13111	543	25	heart	heart	NN
13111	543	26	and	and	CC
13111	543	27	leaving	leave	VBG
13111	543	28	the	the	DT
13111	543	29	right	right	JJ
13111	543	30	hand	hand	NN
13111	543	31	free	free	JJ
13111	543	32	to	to	TO
13111	543	33	wield	wield	VB
13111	543	34	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	543	35	spear	spear	NN
13111	543	36	.	.	.
13111	544	1	The	the	DT
13111	544	2	question	question	NN
13111	544	3	whether	whether	IN
13111	544	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	544	5	would	would	MD
13111	544	6	have	have	VB
13111	544	7	been	be	VBN
13111	544	8	to	to	IN
13111	544	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	544	10	advantage	advantage	NN
13111	544	11	to	to	TO
13111	544	12	use	use	VB
13111	544	13	either	either	DT
13111	544	14	hand	hand	NN
13111	544	15	indifferently	indifferently	RB
13111	544	16	for	for	IN
13111	544	17	spear	spear	NN
13111	544	18	and	and	CC
13111	544	19	shield	shield	NN
13111	544	20	has	have	VBZ
13111	544	21	been	be	VBN
13111	544	22	,	,	,
13111	544	23	to	to	IN
13111	544	24	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	544	25	mind	mind	NN
13111	544	26	,	,	,
13111	544	27	solved	solve	VBN
13111	544	28	by	by	IN
13111	544	29	the	the	DT
13111	544	30	fact	fact	NN
13111	544	31	that	that	IN
13111	544	32	in	in	IN
13111	544	33	the	the	DT
13111	544	34	long	long	JJ
13111	544	35	procession	procession	NN
13111	544	36	of	of	IN
13111	544	37	ages	age	NNS
13111	544	38	evolution	evolution	NN
13111	544	39	has	have	VBZ
13111	544	40	determined	determine	VBN
13111	544	41	right	right	JJ
13111	544	42	-	-	HYPH
13111	544	43	handed	handed	JJ
13111	544	44	specialisation	specialisation	NN
13111	544	45	as	as	IN
13111	544	46	being	be	VBG
13111	544	47	more	more	RBR
13111	544	48	advantageous	advantageous	JJ
13111	544	49	to	to	IN
13111	544	50	the	the	DT
13111	544	51	progress	progress	NN
13111	544	52	of	of	IN
13111	544	53	mankind	mankind	NN
13111	544	54	than	than	IN
13111	544	55	ambidexterity	ambidexterity	NN
13111	544	56	.	.	.
13111	545	1	Right	right	JJ
13111	545	2	-	-	HYPH
13111	545	3	handedness	handedness	NN
13111	545	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	545	5	an	an	DT
13111	545	6	inherited	inherit	VBN
13111	545	7	character	character	NN
13111	545	8	in	in	IN
13111	545	9	the	the	DT
13111	545	10	same	same	JJ
13111	545	11	sense	sense	NN
13111	545	12	as	as	IN
13111	545	13	the	the	DT
13111	545	14	potential	potential	JJ
13111	545	15	power	power	NN
13111	545	16	of	of	IN
13111	545	17	speech	speech	NN
13111	545	18	.	.	.
13111	546	1	LOCALISATION	LOCALISATION	NNP
13111	546	2	OF	of	IN
13111	546	3	SPEECH	SPEECH	NNP
13111	546	4	CENTRES	centre	VBN
13111	546	5	IN	in	IN
13111	546	6	THE	the	DT
13111	546	7	BRAIN	brain	NN
13111	546	8	In	in	IN
13111	546	9	1863	1863	CD
13111	546	10	Broca	Broca	NNP
13111	546	11	showed	show	VBD
13111	546	12	the	the	DT
13111	546	13	importance	importance	NN
13111	546	14	in	in	IN
13111	546	15	all	all	DT
13111	546	16	right	right	JJ
13111	546	17	-	-	HYPH
13111	546	18	handed	handed	JJ
13111	546	19	people	people	NNS
13111	546	20	(	(	-LRB-
13111	546	21	that	that	DT
13111	546	22	is	be	VBZ
13111	546	23	in	in	IN
13111	546	24	about	about	RB
13111	546	25	ninety	ninety	CD
13111	546	26	-	-	HYPH
13111	546	27	five	five	CD
13111	546	28	per	per	IN
13111	546	29	cent	cent	NN
13111	546	30	of	of	IN
13111	546	31	all	all	DT
13111	546	32	human	human	JJ
13111	546	33	beings	being	NNS
13111	546	34	)	)	-RRB-
13111	546	35	of	of	IN
13111	546	36	the	the	DT
13111	546	37	third	third	JJ
13111	546	38	_	_	NNP
13111	546	39	left	leave	VBD
13111	546	40	_	_	NNP
13111	546	41	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	546	42	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	546	43	for	for	IN
13111	546	44	speech	speech	NN
13111	546	45	(	(	-LRB-
13111	546	46	_	_	NNP
13111	546	47	vide	vide	NN
13111	546	48	_	_	NNP
13111	546	49	figs	fig	NNS
13111	546	50	.	.	.
13111	547	1	16	16	CD
13111	547	2	and	and	CC
13111	547	3	17	17	CD
13111	547	4	)	)	-RRB-
13111	547	5	;	;	:
13111	547	6	when	when	WRB
13111	547	7	this	this	DT
13111	547	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	547	9	destroyed	destroy	VBN
13111	547	10	by	by	IN
13111	547	11	disease	disease	NN
13111	547	12	,	,	,
13111	547	13	although	although	IN
13111	547	14	the	the	DT
13111	547	15	patient	patient	NN
13111	547	16	can	can	MD
13111	547	17	understand	understand	VB
13111	547	18	what	what	WP
13111	547	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	547	20	said	say	VBN
13111	547	21	and	and	CC
13111	547	22	can	can	MD
13111	547	23	understand	understand	VB
13111	547	24	written	write	VBN
13111	547	25	and	and	CC
13111	547	26	printed	print	VBN
13111	547	27	language	language	NN
13111	547	28	,	,	,
13111	547	29	the	the	DT
13111	547	30	power	power	NN
13111	547	31	of	of	IN
13111	547	32	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	547	33	speech	speech	NN
13111	547	34	is	be	VBZ
13111	547	35	lost	lose	VBN
13111	547	36	.	.	.
13111	548	1	_	_	NNP
13111	548	2	Motor	Motor	NNP
13111	548	3	Aphasia	Aphasia	NNP
13111	548	4	_	_	NNP
13111	548	5	.	.	.
13111	549	1	This	this	DT
13111	549	2	portion	portion	NN
13111	549	3	of	of	IN
13111	549	4	the	the	DT
13111	549	5	brain	brain	NN
13111	549	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	549	7	concerned	concern	VBN
13111	549	8	with	with	IN
13111	549	9	the	the	DT
13111	549	10	revival	revival	NN
13111	549	11	of	of	IN
13111	549	12	the	the	DT
13111	549	13	motor	motor	NN
13111	549	14	images	image	NNS
13111	549	15	,	,	,
13111	549	16	and	and	CC
13111	549	17	has	have	VBZ
13111	549	18	been	be	VBN
13111	549	19	termed	term	VBN
13111	549	20	by	by	IN
13111	549	21	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	549	22	Bastian	Bastian	NNP
13111	549	23	"	"	``
13111	549	24	the	the	DT
13111	549	25	glosso	glosso	JJ
13111	549	26	-	-	HYPH
13111	549	27	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	549	28	centre	centre	NN
13111	549	29	,	,	,
13111	549	30	"	"	''
13111	549	31	or	or	CC
13111	549	32	the	the	DT
13111	549	33	cortical	cortical	JJ
13111	549	34	grey	grey	NN
13111	549	35	matter	matter	NN
13111	549	36	,	,	,
13111	549	37	in	in	IN
13111	549	38	which	which	WDT
13111	549	39	the	the	DT
13111	549	40	images	image	NNS
13111	549	41	of	of	IN
13111	549	42	the	the	DT
13111	549	43	sense	sense	NN
13111	549	44	of	of	IN
13111	549	45	movement	movement	NN
13111	549	46	of	of	IN
13111	549	47	the	the	DT
13111	549	48	lips	lip	NNS
13111	549	49	and	and	CC
13111	549	50	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	549	51	are	be	VBP
13111	549	52	formed	form	VBN
13111	549	53	(	(	-LRB-
13111	549	54	_	_	NNP
13111	549	55	vide	vide	NN
13111	549	56	_	_	NNP
13111	549	57	fig	fig	NN
13111	549	58	.	.	.
13111	550	1	17	17	CD
13111	550	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	550	3	.	.	.
13111	551	1	A	a	DT
13111	551	2	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	551	3	of	of	IN
13111	551	4	a	a	DT
13111	551	5	similar	similar	JJ
13111	551	6	portion	portion	NN
13111	551	7	of	of	IN
13111	551	8	the	the	DT
13111	551	9	cortex	cortex	NN
13111	551	10	in	in	IN
13111	551	11	a	a	DT
13111	551	12	right	right	JJ
13111	551	13	-	-	HYPH
13111	551	14	handed	handed	JJ
13111	551	15	person	person	NN
13111	551	16	produces	produce	VBZ
13111	551	17	no	no	DT
13111	551	18	loss	loss	NN
13111	551	19	of	of	IN
13111	551	20	speech	speech	NN
13111	551	21	;	;	:
13111	551	22	but	but	CC
13111	551	23	if	if	IN
13111	551	24	the	the	DT
13111	551	25	person	person	NN
13111	551	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	551	27	left	leave	VBN
13111	551	28	-	-	HYPH
13111	551	29	handed	handed	JJ
13111	551	30	there	there	EX
13111	551	31	is	be	VBZ
13111	551	32	aphasia	aphasia	NNP
13111	551	33	,	,	,
13111	551	34	because	because	IN
13111	551	35	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	551	36	,	,	,
13111	551	37	being	be	VBG
13111	551	38	left	leave	VBN
13111	551	39	-	-	HYPH
13111	551	40	handed	handed	JJ
13111	551	41	,	,	,
13111	551	42	uses	use	VBZ
13111	551	43	the	the	DT
13111	551	44	third	third	JJ
13111	551	45	_	_	NNP
13111	551	46	right	right	RB
13111	551	47	_	_	NNP
13111	551	48	inferior	inferior	JJ
13111	551	49	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	551	50	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	551	51	for	for	IN
13111	551	52	speech	speech	NN
13111	551	53	.	.	.
13111	552	1	These	these	DT
13111	552	2	facts	fact	NNS
13111	552	3	have	have	VBP
13111	552	4	for	for	IN
13111	552	5	long	long	RB
13111	552	6	been	be	VBN
13111	552	7	accepted	accept	VBN
13111	552	8	by	by	IN
13111	552	9	most	most	JJS
13111	552	10	neurologists	neurologist	NNS
13111	552	11	,	,	,
13111	552	12	but	but	CC
13111	552	13	recently	recently	RB
13111	552	14	doubts	doubt	NNS
13111	552	15	have	have	VBP
13111	552	16	been	be	VBN
13111	552	17	cast	cast	VBN
13111	552	18	upon	upon	IN
13111	552	19	this	this	DT
13111	552	20	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	552	21	principle	principle	NN
13111	552	22	of	of	IN
13111	552	23	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	552	24	localisation	localisation	NN
13111	552	25	by	by	IN
13111	552	26	a	a	DT
13111	552	27	most	most	RBS
13111	552	28	distinguished	distinguished	JJ
13111	552	29	French	french	JJ
13111	552	30	neurologist	neurologist	NN
13111	552	31	,	,	,
13111	552	32	M.	M.	NNP
13111	552	33	Marie	Marie	NNP
13111	552	34	;	;	:
13111	552	35	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	552	36	has	have	VBZ
13111	552	37	pointed	point	VBN
13111	552	38	out	out	RP
13111	552	39	that	that	IN
13111	552	40	a	a	DT
13111	552	41	destructive	destructive	JJ
13111	552	42	lesion	lesion	NN
13111	552	43	of	of	IN
13111	552	44	the	the	DT
13111	552	45	cortex	cortex	NN
13111	552	46	may	may	MD
13111	552	47	be	be	VB
13111	552	48	accompanied	accompany	VBN
13111	552	49	by	by	IN
13111	552	50	subcortical	subcortical	JJ
13111	552	51	damage	damage	NN
13111	552	52	,	,	,
13111	552	53	which	which	WDT
13111	552	54	interrupts	interrupt	VBZ
13111	552	55	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	552	56	coming	come	VBG
13111	552	57	from	from	IN
13111	552	58	other	other	JJ
13111	552	59	parts	part	NNS
13111	552	60	of	of	IN
13111	552	61	the	the	DT
13111	552	62	brain	brain	NN
13111	552	63	connected	connect	VBN
13111	552	64	with	with	IN
13111	552	65	speech	speech	NN
13111	552	66	.	.	.
13111	553	1	In	in	IN
13111	553	2	the	the	DT
13111	553	3	study	study	NN
13111	553	4	of	of	IN
13111	553	5	speech	speech	NN
13111	553	6	defects	defect	NNS
13111	553	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	553	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	553	9	useful	useful	JJ
13111	553	10	to	to	TO
13111	553	11	employ	employ	VB
13111	553	12	a	a	DT
13111	553	13	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	553	14	;	;	:
13111	553	15	a	a	DT
13111	553	16	certain	certain	JJ
13111	553	17	part	part	NN
13111	553	18	of	of	IN
13111	553	19	the	the	DT
13111	553	20	brain	brain	NN
13111	553	21	corresponds	correspond	VBZ
13111	553	22	to	to	IN
13111	553	23	the	the	DT
13111	553	24	_	_	NNP
13111	553	25	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	553	26	Zone	Zone	NNP
13111	553	27	_	_	NNP
13111	553	28	there	there	RB
13111	553	29	indicated	indicate	VBD
13111	553	30	,	,	,
13111	553	31	and	and	CC
13111	553	32	lesions	lesion	NNS
13111	553	33	injuring	injure	VBG
13111	553	34	any	any	DT
13111	553	35	part	part	NN
13111	553	36	of	of	IN
13111	553	37	this	this	DT
13111	553	38	area	area	NN
13111	553	39	in	in	IN
13111	553	40	the	the	DT
13111	553	41	left	left	NN
13111	553	42	hemisphere	hemisphere	NNP
13111	553	43	cause	cause	IN
13111	553	44	speech	speech	NN
13111	553	45	defects	defect	NNS
13111	553	46	(	(	-LRB-
13111	553	47	_	_	NNP
13111	553	48	vide	vide	NN
13111	553	49	_	_	NNP
13111	553	50	fig	fig	NN
13111	553	51	.	.	.
13111	554	1	17	17	CD
13111	554	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	554	3	.	.	.
13111	555	1	All	all	DT
13111	555	2	neurologists	neurologist	NNS
13111	555	3	,	,	,
13111	555	4	M.	M.	NNP
13111	555	5	Marie	Marie	NNP
13111	555	6	included	include	VBD
13111	555	7	,	,	,
13111	555	8	admit	admit	VB
13111	555	9	this	this	DT
13111	555	10	,	,	,
13111	555	11	and	and	CC
13111	555	12	the	the	DT
13111	555	13	whole	whole	JJ
13111	555	14	question	question	NN
13111	555	15	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	555	16	is	be	VBZ
13111	555	17	:	:	:
13111	555	18	Is	be	VBZ
13111	555	19	a	a	DT
13111	555	20	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	555	21	of	of	IN
13111	555	22	certain	certain	JJ
13111	555	23	limited	limited	JJ
13111	555	24	regions	region	NNS
13111	555	25	of	of	IN
13111	555	26	the	the	DT
13111	555	27	superficial	superficial	JJ
13111	555	28	grey	grey	NN
13111	555	29	matter	matter	NN
13111	555	30	the	the	DT
13111	555	31	cause	cause	NN
13111	555	32	of	of	IN
13111	555	33	different	different	JJ
13111	555	34	forms	form	NNS
13111	555	35	of	of	IN
13111	555	36	speech	speech	NN
13111	555	37	defects	defect	NNS
13111	555	38	,	,	,
13111	555	39	or	or	CC
13111	555	40	are	be	VBP
13111	555	41	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	555	42	not	not	RB
13111	555	43	due	due	JJ
13111	555	44	more	more	JJR
13111	555	45	to	to	IN
13111	555	46	the	the	DT
13111	555	47	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	555	48	of	of	IN
13111	555	49	subcortical	subcortical	JJ
13111	555	50	systems	system	NNS
13111	555	51	of	of	IN
13111	555	52	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	555	53	,	,	,
13111	555	54	which	which	WDT
13111	555	55	lie	lie	VBP
13111	555	56	beneath	beneath	IN
13111	555	57	this	this	DT
13111	555	58	cortical	cortical	JJ
13111	555	59	speech	speech	NN
13111	555	60	zone	zone	NN
13111	555	61	?	?	.
13111	556	1	There	there	EX
13111	556	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	556	3	a	a	DT
13111	556	4	certain	certain	JJ
13111	556	5	portion	portion	NN
13111	556	6	of	of	IN
13111	556	7	the	the	DT
13111	556	8	speech	speech	NN
13111	556	9	zone	zone	NN
13111	556	10	which	which	WDT
13111	556	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	556	12	assumed	assume	VBN
13111	556	13	to	to	TO
13111	556	14	be	be	VB
13111	556	15	connected	connect	VBN
13111	556	16	with	with	IN
13111	556	17	the	the	DT
13111	556	18	revival	revival	NN
13111	556	19	of	of	IN
13111	556	20	written	write	VBN
13111	556	21	or	or	CC
13111	556	22	printed	print	VBN
13111	556	23	language	language	NN
13111	556	24	,	,	,
13111	556	25	and	and	CC
13111	556	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	556	27	called	call	VBN
13111	556	28	the	the	DT
13111	556	29	_	_	NNP
13111	556	30	visual	visual	JJ
13111	556	31	word	word	NN
13111	556	32	-	-	HYPH
13111	556	33	centre	centre	NN
13111	556	34	_	_	NNP
13111	556	35	.	.	.
13111	557	1	There	there	EX
13111	557	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	557	3	another	another	DT
13111	557	4	region	region	NN
13111	557	5	connected	connect	VBN
13111	557	6	with	with	IN
13111	557	7	the	the	DT
13111	557	8	memory	memory	NN
13111	557	9	of	of	IN
13111	557	10	spoken	spoken	JJ
13111	557	11	words	word	NNS
13111	557	12	--	--	:
13111	557	13	the	the	DT
13111	557	14	_	_	NNP
13111	557	15	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	557	16	word	word	NN
13111	557	17	-	-	HYPH
13111	557	18	centre	centre	NN
13111	557	19	_	_	NNP
13111	557	20	;	;	:
13111	557	21	you	-PRON-	PRP
13111	557	22	will	will	MD
13111	557	23	observe	observe	VB
13111	557	24	that	that	IN
13111	557	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	557	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	557	27	situated	situate	VBN
13111	557	28	in	in	IN
13111	557	29	the	the	DT
13111	557	30	posterior	posterior	NN
13111	557	31	third	third	JJ
13111	557	32	of	of	IN
13111	557	33	the	the	DT
13111	557	34	first	first	JJ
13111	557	35	temporal	temporal	JJ
13111	557	36	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	557	37	,	,	,
13111	557	38	but	but	CC
13111	557	39	this	this	DT
13111	557	40	does	do	VBZ
13111	557	41	not	not	RB
13111	557	42	comprise	comprise	VB
13111	557	43	nearly	nearly	RB
13111	557	44	the	the	DT
13111	557	45	whole	whole	NN
13111	557	46	of	of	IN
13111	557	47	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	557	48	,	,	,
13111	557	49	for	for	IN
13111	557	50	there	there	EX
13111	557	51	is	be	VBZ
13111	557	52	an	an	DT
13111	557	53	extensive	extensive	JJ
13111	557	54	surface	surface	NN
13111	557	55	of	of	IN
13111	557	56	grey	grey	NNP
13111	557	57	matter	matter	NN
13111	557	58	lying	lie	VBG
13111	557	59	unseen	unseen	JJ
13111	557	60	within	within	IN
13111	557	61	the	the	DT
13111	557	62	fissure	fissure	NN
13111	557	63	,	,	,
13111	557	64	called	call	VBD
13111	557	65	the	the	DT
13111	557	66	transverse	transverse	JJ
13111	557	67	convolutions	convolution	NNS
13111	557	68	,	,	,
13111	557	69	or	or	CC
13111	557	70	gyri	gyri	NN
13111	557	71	.	.	.
13111	558	1	Lesions	lesion	NNS
13111	558	2	of	of	IN
13111	558	3	either	either	DT
13111	558	4	of	of	IN
13111	558	5	these	these	DT
13111	558	6	regions	region	NNS
13111	558	7	give	give	VBP
13111	558	8	rise	rise	NN
13111	558	9	to	to	IN
13111	558	10	_	_	NNP
13111	558	11	Sensory	Sensory	NNP
13111	558	12	Aphasia	Aphasia	NNP
13111	558	13	_	_	NNP
13111	558	14	,	,	,
13111	558	15	which	which	WDT
13111	558	16	means	mean	VBZ
13111	558	17	a	a	DT
13111	558	18	loss	loss	NN
13111	558	19	of	of	IN
13111	558	20	speech	speech	NN
13111	558	21	due	due	IN
13111	558	22	to	to	IN
13111	558	23	inability	inability	NN
13111	558	24	to	to	TO
13111	558	25	revive	revive	VB
13111	558	26	in	in	IN
13111	558	27	memory	memory	NN
13111	558	28	the	the	DT
13111	558	29	articulate	articulate	NN
13111	558	30	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	558	31	which	which	WDT
13111	558	32	serve	serve	VBP
13111	558	33	as	as	IN
13111	558	34	verbal	verbal	JJ
13111	558	35	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	558	36	,	,	,
13111	558	37	or	or	CC
13111	558	38	the	the	DT
13111	558	39	graphic	graphic	JJ
13111	558	40	signs	sign	NNS
13111	558	41	which	which	WDT
13111	558	42	serve	serve	VBP
13111	558	43	as	as	IN
13111	558	44	visual	visual	JJ
13111	558	45	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	558	46	for	for	IN
13111	558	47	language	language	NN
13111	558	48	.	.	.
13111	559	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	559	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	559	3	:	:	:
13111	559	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	559	5	.	.	.
13111	560	1	17	17	CD
13111	560	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	560	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	560	4	Description	description	NN
13111	560	5	:	:	:
13111	560	6	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	560	7	.	.	.
13111	561	1	17.--Diagram	17.--diagram	CD
13111	561	2	to	to	TO
13111	561	3	illustrate	illustrate	VB
13111	561	4	the	the	DT
13111	561	5	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	561	6	Zone	Zone	NNP
13111	561	7	of	of	IN
13111	561	8	the	the	DT
13111	561	9	left	left	NN
13111	561	10	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	561	11	(	(	-LRB-
13111	561	12	Bastian	Bastian	NNP
13111	561	13	)	)	-RRB-
13111	561	14	.	.	.
13111	562	1	This	this	DT
13111	562	2	scheme	scheme	NN
13111	562	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	562	4	used	use	VBN
13111	562	5	to	to	TO
13111	562	6	explain	explain	VB
13111	562	7	the	the	DT
13111	562	8	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	562	9	of	of	IN
13111	562	10	speech	speech	NN
13111	562	11	,	,	,
13111	562	12	but	but	CC
13111	562	13	probably	probably	RB
13111	562	14	the	the	DT
13111	562	15	centres	centre	NNS
13111	562	16	are	be	VBP
13111	562	17	not	not	RB
13111	562	18	precisely	precisely	RB
13111	562	19	limited	limited	JJ
13111	562	20	,	,	,
13111	562	21	as	as	IN
13111	562	22	shown	show	VBN
13111	562	23	in	in	IN
13111	562	24	the	the	DT
13111	562	25	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	562	26	;	;	:
13111	562	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	562	28	serves	serve	VBZ
13111	562	29	,	,	,
13111	562	30	however	however	RB
13111	562	31	,	,	,
13111	562	32	to	to	TO
13111	562	33	explain	explain	VB
13111	562	34	disorders	disorder	NNS
13111	562	35	of	of	IN
13111	562	36	speech	speech	NN
13111	562	37	.	.	.
13111	563	1	Destruction	destruction	NN
13111	563	2	of	of	IN
13111	563	3	the	the	DT
13111	563	4	brain	brain	NN
13111	563	5	substance	substance	NN
13111	563	6	in	in	IN
13111	563	7	front	front	NN
13111	563	8	of	of	IN
13111	563	9	the	the	DT
13111	563	10	central	central	JJ
13111	563	11	fissure	fissure	NN
13111	563	12	gives	give	VBZ
13111	563	13	rise	rise	NN
13111	563	14	to	to	IN
13111	563	15	what	what	WP
13111	563	16	is	be	VBZ
13111	563	17	termed	term	VBN
13111	563	18	Motor	Motor	NNP
13111	563	19	Aphasia	Aphasia	NNP
13111	563	20	and	and	CC
13111	563	21	Motor	Motor	NNP
13111	563	22	Agraphia	Agraphia	NNP
13111	563	23	,	,	,
13111	563	24	because	because	IN
13111	563	25	the	the	DT
13111	563	26	patient	patient	NN
13111	563	27	no	no	RB
13111	563	28	longer	long	RBR
13111	563	29	recalls	recall	VBZ
13111	563	30	the	the	DT
13111	563	31	images	image	NNS
13111	563	32	of	of	IN
13111	563	33	the	the	DT
13111	563	34	movements	movement	NNS
13111	563	35	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	563	36	for	for	IN
13111	563	37	expressing	express	VBG
13111	563	38	himself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	563	39	in	in	IN
13111	563	40	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	563	41	speech	speech	NN
13111	563	42	or	or	CC
13111	563	43	by	by	IN
13111	563	44	writing	write	VBG
13111	563	45	.	.	.
13111	564	1	Destructive	destructive	JJ
13111	564	2	lesions	lesion	NNS
13111	564	3	behind	behind	IN
13111	564	4	the	the	DT
13111	564	5	central	central	JJ
13111	564	6	fissure	fissure	NN
13111	564	7	may	may	MD
13111	564	8	damage	damage	VB
13111	564	9	the	the	DT
13111	564	10	portion	portion	NN
13111	564	11	of	of	IN
13111	564	12	the	the	DT
13111	564	13	brain	brain	NN
13111	564	14	connected	connect	VBN
13111	564	15	with	with	IN
13111	564	16	the	the	DT
13111	564	17	mental	mental	JJ
13111	564	18	perception	perception	NN
13111	564	19	of	of	IN
13111	564	20	the	the	DT
13111	564	21	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	564	22	of	of	IN
13111	564	23	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	564	24	language	language	NN
13111	564	25	,	,	,
13111	564	26	or	or	CC
13111	564	27	the	the	DT
13111	564	28	portion	portion	NN
13111	564	29	of	of	IN
13111	564	30	the	the	DT
13111	564	31	brain	brain	NN
13111	564	32	connected	connect	VBN
13111	564	33	with	with	IN
13111	564	34	the	the	DT
13111	564	35	mental	mental	JJ
13111	564	36	perception	perception	NN
13111	564	37	of	of	IN
13111	564	38	language	language	NN
13111	564	39	in	in	IN
13111	564	40	the	the	DT
13111	564	41	form	form	NN
13111	564	42	of	of	IN
13111	564	43	printed	print	VBN
13111	564	44	or	or	CC
13111	564	45	written	write	VBN
13111	564	46	words	word	NNS
13111	564	47	--	--	:
13111	564	48	Sensory	Sensory	NNP
13111	564	49	Aphasia	Aphasia	NNP
13111	564	50	;	;	:
13111	564	51	the	the	DT
13111	564	52	former	former	JJ
13111	564	53	entails	entail	NNS
13111	564	54	inability	inability	NN
13111	564	55	to	to	TO
13111	564	56	speak	speak	VB
13111	564	57	,	,	,
13111	564	58	the	the	DT
13111	564	59	latter	latter	JJ
13111	564	60	inability	inability	NN
13111	564	61	to	to	TO
13111	564	62	read	read	VB
13111	564	63	.	.	.
13111	565	1	This	this	DT
13111	565	2	speech	speech	NN
13111	565	3	zone	zone	NN
13111	565	4	acts	act	VBZ
13111	565	5	as	as	IN
13111	565	6	a	a	DT
13111	565	7	whole	whole	NN
13111	565	8	,	,	,
13111	565	9	and	and	CC
13111	565	10	many	many	JJ
13111	565	11	disorders	disorder	NNS
13111	565	12	of	of	IN
13111	565	13	speech	speech	NN
13111	565	14	may	may	MD
13111	565	15	arise	arise	VB
13111	565	16	from	from	IN
13111	565	17	destructive	destructive	JJ
13111	565	18	lesions	lesion	NNS
13111	565	19	within	within	IN
13111	565	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	565	21	limits	limit	NNS
13111	565	22	.	.	.
13111	566	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	566	2	has	have	VBZ
13111	566	3	a	a	DT
13111	566	4	special	special	JJ
13111	566	5	arterial	arterial	JJ
13111	566	6	supply	supply	NN
13111	566	7	,	,	,
13111	566	8	viz	viz	NN
13111	566	9	.	.	.
13111	567	1	the	the	DT
13111	567	2	middle	middle	JJ
13111	567	3	cerebral	cerebral	NNP
13111	567	4	,	,	,
13111	567	5	which	which	WDT
13111	567	6	divides	divide	VBZ
13111	567	7	into	into	IN
13111	567	8	two	two	CD
13111	567	9	main	main	JJ
13111	567	10	branches	branch	NNS
13111	567	11	--	--	:
13111	567	12	an	an	DT
13111	567	13	anterior	anterior	NN
13111	567	14	,	,	,
13111	567	15	which	which	WDT
13111	567	16	supplies	supply	VBZ
13111	567	17	the	the	DT
13111	567	18	motor	motor	NN
13111	567	19	portion	portion	NN
13111	567	20	,	,	,
13111	567	21	and	and	CC
13111	567	22	a	a	DT
13111	567	23	posterior	posterior	NN
13111	567	24	,	,	,
13111	567	25	which	which	WDT
13111	567	26	supplies	supply	VBZ
13111	567	27	the	the	DT
13111	567	28	posterior	posterior	NNP
13111	567	29	sensory	sensory	JJ
13111	567	30	portion	portion	NN
13111	567	31	.	.	.
13111	568	1	The	the	DT
13111	568	2	anterior	anterior	NN
13111	568	3	divides	divide	VBZ
13111	568	4	into	into	IN
13111	568	5	two	two	CD
13111	568	6	branches	branch	NNS
13111	568	7	and	and	CC
13111	568	8	the	the	DT
13111	568	9	posterior	posterior	NN
13111	568	10	into	into	IN
13111	568	11	three	three	CD
13111	568	12	branches	branch	NNS
13111	568	13	,	,	,
13111	568	14	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	568	15	various	various	JJ
13111	568	16	limited	limited	JJ
13111	568	17	portions	portion	NNS
13111	568	18	of	of	IN
13111	568	19	the	the	DT
13111	568	20	speech	speech	NN
13111	568	21	zone	zone	NN
13111	568	22	may	may	MD
13111	568	23	be	be	VB
13111	568	24	deprived	deprive	VBN
13111	568	25	of	of	IN
13111	568	26	blood	blood	NN
13111	568	27	supply	supply	NN
13111	568	28	by	by	IN
13111	568	29	blocking	block	VBG
13111	568	30	of	of	IN
13111	568	31	one	one	CD
13111	568	32	of	of	IN
13111	568	33	these	these	DT
13111	568	34	branches	branch	NNS
13111	568	35	.	.	.
13111	569	1	The	the	DT
13111	569	2	speech	speech	NN
13111	569	3	zone	zone	NN
13111	569	4	of	of	IN
13111	569	5	the	the	DT
13111	569	6	left	left	JJ
13111	569	7	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	569	8	directly	directly	RB
13111	569	9	controls	control	VBZ
13111	569	10	the	the	DT
13111	569	11	centres	centre	NNS
13111	569	12	in	in	IN
13111	569	13	the	the	DT
13111	569	14	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	569	15	oblongata	oblongata	NN
13111	569	16	that	that	WDT
13111	569	17	preside	preside	VBP
13111	569	18	over	over	IN
13111	569	19	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	569	20	and	and	CC
13111	569	21	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	569	22	;	;	:
13111	569	23	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	569	24	currents	current	NNS
13111	569	25	are	be	VBP
13111	569	26	represented	represent	VBN
13111	569	27	by	by	IN
13111	569	28	the	the	DT
13111	569	29	arrows	arrow	NNS
13111	569	30	coming	come	VBG
13111	569	31	from	from	IN
13111	569	32	the	the	DT
13111	569	33	higher	high	JJR
13111	569	34	to	to	IN
13111	569	35	the	the	DT
13111	569	36	lower	low	JJR
13111	569	37	centres	centre	NNS
13111	569	38	.	.	.
13111	569	39	]	]	-RRB-
13111	570	1	These	these	DT
13111	570	2	several	several	JJ
13111	570	3	cortical	cortical	JJ
13111	570	4	regions	region	NNS
13111	570	5	are	be	VBP
13111	570	6	connected	connect	VBN
13111	570	7	by	by	IN
13111	570	8	systems	system	NNS
13111	570	9	of	of	IN
13111	570	10	subcortical	subcortical	JJ
13111	570	11	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	570	12	to	to	IN
13111	570	13	two	two	CD
13111	570	14	regions	region	NNS
13111	570	15	in	in	IN
13111	570	16	front	front	NN
13111	570	17	of	of	IN
13111	570	18	the	the	DT
13111	570	19	ascending	ascend	VBG
13111	570	20	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	570	21	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	570	22	(	(	-LRB-
13111	570	23	_	_	NNP
13111	570	24	vide	vide	NN
13111	570	25	_	_	NNP
13111	570	26	fig	fig	NN
13111	570	27	.	.	.
13111	571	1	17	17	CD
13111	571	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	571	3	,	,	,
13111	571	4	called	call	VBD
13111	571	5	respectively	respectively	RB
13111	571	6	the	the	DT
13111	571	7	"	"	``
13111	571	8	glosso	glosso	NN
13111	571	9	-	-	HYPH
13111	571	10	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	571	11	"	"	''
13111	571	12	(	(	-LRB-
13111	571	13	sense	sense	NN
13111	571	14	of	of	IN
13111	571	15	movement	movement	NN
13111	571	16	of	of	IN
13111	571	17	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	571	18	)	)	-RRB-
13111	571	19	and	and	CC
13111	571	20	the	the	DT
13111	571	21	"	"	``
13111	571	22	cheiro	cheiro	NNP
13111	571	23	-	-	HYPH
13111	571	24	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	NNP
13111	571	25	"	"	''
13111	571	26	(	(	-LRB-
13111	571	27	sense	sense	NN
13111	571	28	of	of	IN
13111	571	29	movement	movement	NN
13111	571	30	of	of	IN
13111	571	31	hand	hand	NN
13111	571	32	)	)	-RRB-
13111	571	33	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	571	34	.	.	.
13111	572	1	Now	now	RB
13111	572	2	a	a	DT
13111	572	3	person	person	NN
13111	572	4	may	may	MD
13111	572	5	become	become	VB
13111	572	6	hemiplegic	hemiplegic	JJ
13111	572	7	and	and	CC
13111	572	8	lose	lose	VB
13111	572	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	572	10	speech	speech	NN
13111	572	11	owing	owe	VBG
13111	572	12	either	either	CC
13111	572	13	to	to	IN
13111	572	14	the	the	DT
13111	572	15	blood	blood	NN
13111	572	16	clotting	clot	VBG
13111	572	17	in	in	IN
13111	572	18	a	a	DT
13111	572	19	diseased	diseased	JJ
13111	572	20	vessel	vessel	NN
13111	572	21	,	,	,
13111	572	22	or	or	CC
13111	572	23	to	to	TO
13111	572	24	detachment	detachment	VB
13111	572	25	of	of	IN
13111	572	26	a	a	DT
13111	572	27	small	small	JJ
13111	572	28	clot	clot	NN
13111	572	29	from	from	IN
13111	572	30	the	the	DT
13111	572	31	heart	heart	NN
13111	572	32	,	,	,
13111	572	33	which	which	WDT
13111	572	34	,	,	,
13111	572	35	swept	sweep	VBD
13111	572	36	into	into	IN
13111	572	37	the	the	DT
13111	572	38	circulation	circulation	NN
13111	572	39	,	,	,
13111	572	40	may	may	MD
13111	572	41	plug	plug	VB
13111	572	42	one	one	CD
13111	572	43	of	of	IN
13111	572	44	the	the	DT
13111	572	45	arteries	artery	NNS
13111	572	46	of	of	IN
13111	572	47	the	the	DT
13111	572	48	brain	brain	NN
13111	572	49	.	.	.
13111	573	1	The	the	DT
13111	573	2	arteries	artery	NNS
13111	573	3	branch	branch	NN
13111	573	4	and	and	CC
13111	573	5	supply	supply	VB
13111	573	6	different	different	JJ
13111	573	7	regions	region	NNS
13111	573	8	,	,	,
13111	573	9	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	573	10	a	a	DT
13111	573	11	limited	limited	JJ
13111	573	12	portion	portion	NN
13111	573	13	of	of	IN
13111	573	14	the	the	DT
13111	573	15	great	great	JJ
13111	573	16	brain	brain	NN
13111	573	17	may	may	MD
13111	573	18	undergo	undergo	VB
13111	573	19	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	573	20	,	,	,
13111	573	21	giving	give	VBG
13111	573	22	rise	rise	NN
13111	573	23	to	to	IN
13111	573	24	certain	certain	JJ
13111	573	25	localising	localise	VBG
13111	573	26	symptoms	symptom	NNS
13111	573	27	,	,	,
13111	573	28	according	accord	VBG
13111	573	29	to	to	IN
13111	573	30	the	the	DT
13111	573	31	situation	situation	NN
13111	573	32	of	of	IN
13111	573	33	the	the	DT
13111	573	34	area	area	NN
13111	573	35	which	which	WDT
13111	573	36	has	have	VBZ
13111	573	37	been	be	VBN
13111	573	38	deprived	deprive	VBN
13111	573	39	of	of	IN
13111	573	40	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	573	41	blood	blood	NN
13111	573	42	supply	supply	NN
13111	573	43	.	.	.
13111	574	1	Upon	upon	IN
13111	574	2	the	the	DT
13111	574	3	death	death	NN
13111	574	4	of	of	IN
13111	574	5	the	the	DT
13111	574	6	patient	patient	NN
13111	574	7	,	,	,
13111	574	8	a	a	DT
13111	574	9	correlation	correlation	NN
13111	574	10	of	of	IN
13111	574	11	the	the	DT
13111	574	12	symptoms	symptom	NNS
13111	574	13	observed	observe	VBN
13111	574	14	during	during	IN
13111	574	15	life	life	NN
13111	574	16	and	and	CC
13111	574	17	the	the	DT
13111	574	18	loss	loss	NN
13111	574	19	of	of	IN
13111	574	20	brain	brain	NN
13111	574	21	substance	substance	NN
13111	574	22	found	find	VBN
13111	574	23	at	at	IN
13111	574	24	the	the	DT
13111	574	25	_	_	NNP
13111	574	26	post	post	NN
13111	574	27	-	-	JJ
13111	574	28	mortem	mortem	JJ
13111	574	29	_	_	NNP
13111	574	30	examination	examination	NN
13111	574	31	has	have	VBZ
13111	574	32	enabled	enable	VBN
13111	574	33	neurologists	neurologist	NNS
13111	574	34	to	to	TO
13111	574	35	associate	associate	VB
13111	574	36	certain	certain	JJ
13111	574	37	parts	part	NNS
13111	574	38	of	of	IN
13111	574	39	the	the	DT
13111	574	40	brain	brain	NN
13111	574	41	surface	surface	NN
13111	574	42	with	with	IN
13111	574	43	certain	certain	JJ
13111	574	44	functions	function	NNS
13111	574	45	;	;	:
13111	574	46	but	but	CC
13111	574	47	M.	M.	NNP
13111	574	48	Marie	Marie	NNP
13111	574	49	very	very	RB
13111	574	50	rightly	rightly	RB
13111	574	51	says	say	VBZ
13111	574	52	:	:	:
13111	574	53	None	none	NN
13111	574	54	of	of	IN
13111	574	55	the	the	DT
13111	574	56	older	old	JJR
13111	574	57	observations	observation	NNS
13111	574	58	by	by	IN
13111	574	59	Broca	Broca	NNP
13111	574	60	and	and	CC
13111	574	61	others	other	NNS
13111	574	62	can	can	MD
13111	574	63	be	be	VB
13111	574	64	accepted	accept	VBN
13111	574	65	because	because	IN
13111	574	66	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	574	67	were	be	VBD
13111	574	68	not	not	RB
13111	574	69	examined	examine	VBN
13111	574	70	by	by	IN
13111	574	71	methods	method	NNS
13111	574	72	which	which	WDT
13111	574	73	would	would	MD
13111	574	74	reveal	reveal	VB
13111	574	75	the	the	DT
13111	574	76	extent	extent	NN
13111	574	77	of	of	IN
13111	574	78	the	the	DT
13111	574	79	damage	damage	NN
13111	574	80	;	;	:
13111	574	81	the	the	DT
13111	574	82	only	only	JJ
13111	574	83	cases	case	NNS
13111	574	84	which	which	WDT
13111	574	85	should	should	MD
13111	574	86	be	be	VB
13111	574	87	considered	consider	VBN
13111	574	88	as	as	IN
13111	574	89	scientifically	scientifically	RB
13111	574	90	reliable	reliable	JJ
13111	574	91	are	be	VBP
13111	574	92	those	those	DT
13111	574	93	in	in	IN
13111	574	94	which	which	WDT
13111	574	95	a	a	DT
13111	574	96	careful	careful	JJ
13111	574	97	examination	examination	NN
13111	574	98	by	by	IN
13111	574	99	sections	section	NNS
13111	574	100	and	and	CC
13111	574	101	microscopic	microscopic	JJ
13111	574	102	investigation	investigation	NN
13111	574	103	have	have	VBP
13111	574	104	determined	determine	VBN
13111	574	105	how	how	WRB
13111	574	106	far	far	RB
13111	574	107	subcortical	subcortical	JJ
13111	574	108	structures	structure	NNS
13111	574	109	and	and	CC
13111	574	110	systems	system	NNS
13111	574	111	of	of	IN
13111	574	112	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	574	113	uniting	unite	VBG
13111	574	114	various	various	JJ
13111	574	115	parts	part	NNS
13111	574	116	of	of	IN
13111	574	117	the	the	DT
13111	574	118	cortex	cortex	NN
13111	574	119	in	in	IN
13111	574	120	the	the	DT
13111	574	121	speech	speech	NN
13111	574	122	zone	zone	NN
13111	574	123	have	have	VBP
13111	574	124	been	be	VBN
13111	574	125	damaged	damage	VBN
13111	574	126	.	.	.
13111	575	1	Marie	Marie	NNP
13111	575	2	maintains	maintain	VBZ
13111	575	3	that	that	IN
13111	575	4	the	the	DT
13111	575	5	speech	speech	NN
13111	575	6	zone	zone	NN
13111	575	7	can	can	MD
13111	575	8	not	not	RB
13111	575	9	be	be	VB
13111	575	10	separated	separate	VBN
13111	575	11	into	into	IN
13111	575	12	these	these	DT
13111	575	13	several	several	JJ
13111	575	14	centres	centre	NNS
13111	575	15	,	,	,
13111	575	16	and	and	CC
13111	575	17	that	that	DT
13111	575	18	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	575	19	of	of	IN
13111	575	20	Broca	Broca	NNP
13111	575	21	's	's	POS
13111	575	22	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	575	23	does	do	VBZ
13111	575	24	not	not	RB
13111	575	25	cause	cause	VB
13111	575	26	loss	loss	NN
13111	575	27	of	of	IN
13111	575	28	speech	speech	NN
13111	575	29	(	(	-LRB-
13111	575	30	_	_	NNP
13111	575	31	vide	vide	NN
13111	575	32	_	_	NNP
13111	575	33	figs	fig	NNS
13111	575	34	.	.	.
13111	576	1	16	16	CD
13111	576	2	,	,	,
13111	576	3	17	17	CD
13111	576	4	)	)	-RRB-
13111	576	5	.	.	.
13111	577	1	There	there	EX
13111	577	2	are	be	VBP
13111	577	3	at	at	IN
13111	577	4	present	present	JJ
13111	577	5	two	two	CD
13111	577	6	camps	camp	NNS
13111	577	7	--	--	:
13111	577	8	those	those	DT
13111	577	9	who	who	WP
13111	577	10	maintain	maintain	VBP
13111	577	11	the	the	DT
13111	577	12	older	old	JJR
13111	577	13	views	view	NNS
13111	577	14	of	of	IN
13111	577	15	precise	precise	JJ
13111	577	16	cortical	cortical	JJ
13111	577	17	centres	centre	NNS
13111	577	18	,	,	,
13111	577	19	and	and	CC
13111	577	20	those	those	DT
13111	577	21	who	who	WP
13111	577	22	follow	follow	VBP
13111	577	23	Marie	Marie	NNP
13111	577	24	and	and	CC
13111	577	25	insist	insist	VB
13111	577	26	upon	upon	IN
13111	577	27	a	a	DT
13111	577	28	revision	revision	NN
13111	577	29	.	.	.
13111	578	1	Herbert	Herbert	NNP
13111	578	2	Spencer	Spencer	NNP
13111	578	3	says	say	VBZ
13111	578	4	that	that	IN
13111	578	5	"	"	``
13111	578	6	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	578	7	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
13111	578	8	operations	operation	NNS
13111	578	9	are	be	VBP
13111	578	10	indeed	indeed	RB
13111	578	11	mostly	mostly	RB
13111	578	12	confined	confine	VBN
13111	578	13	to	to	IN
13111	578	14	the	the	DT
13111	578	15	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	578	16	feelings	feeling	NNS
13111	578	17	as	as	IN
13111	578	18	integrated	integrate	VBN
13111	578	19	into	into	IN
13111	578	20	words	word	NNS
13111	578	21	and	and	CC
13111	578	22	the	the	DT
13111	578	23	visual	visual	JJ
13111	578	24	feelings	feeling	NNS
13111	578	25	as	as	IN
13111	578	26	integrated	integrate	VBN
13111	578	27	into	into	IN
13111	578	28	ideas	idea	NNS
13111	578	29	of	of	IN
13111	578	30	objects	object	NNS
13111	578	31	,	,	,
13111	578	32	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	578	33	relations	relation	NNS
13111	578	34	and	and	CC
13111	578	35	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	578	36	motions	motion	NNS
13111	578	37	.	.	.
13111	578	38	"	"	''
13111	579	1	Stricker	stricker	NN
13111	579	2	by	by	IN
13111	579	3	introspection	introspection	NN
13111	579	4	and	and	CC
13111	579	5	concentration	concentration	NN
13111	579	6	of	of	IN
13111	579	7	attention	attention	NN
13111	579	8	upon	upon	IN
13111	579	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	579	10	own	own	JJ
13111	579	11	speech	speech	NN
13111	579	12	-	-	HYPH
13111	579	13	production	production	NN
13111	579	14	came	come	VBD
13111	579	15	to	to	IN
13111	579	16	the	the	DT
13111	579	17	conclusion	conclusion	NN
13111	579	18	that	that	IN
13111	579	19	the	the	DT
13111	579	20	primary	primary	JJ
13111	579	21	revival	revival	NN
13111	579	22	of	of	IN
13111	579	23	words	word	NNS
13111	579	24	was	be	VBD
13111	579	25	by	by	IN
13111	579	26	the	the	DT
13111	579	27	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	579	28	of	of	IN
13111	579	29	movements	movement	NNS
13111	579	30	of	of	IN
13111	579	31	the	the	DT
13111	579	32	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	579	33	of	of	IN
13111	579	34	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	579	35	;	;	:
13111	579	36	but	but	CC
13111	579	37	there	there	EX
13111	579	38	is	be	VBZ
13111	579	39	a	a	DT
13111	579	40	fallacy	fallacy	NN
13111	579	41	here	here	RB
13111	579	42	,	,	,
13111	579	43	for	for	IN
13111	579	44	the	the	DT
13111	579	45	more	more	JJR
13111	579	46	the	the	DT
13111	579	47	attention	attention	NN
13111	579	48	is	be	VBZ
13111	579	49	concentrated	concentrate	VBN
13111	579	50	upon	upon	IN
13111	579	51	any	any	DT
13111	579	52	mental	mental	JJ
13111	579	53	process	process	NN
13111	579	54	the	the	DT
13111	579	55	more	more	RBR
13111	579	56	is	be	VBZ
13111	579	57	the	the	DT
13111	579	58	expressive	expressive	JJ
13111	579	59	side	side	NN
13111	579	60	brought	bring	VBN
13111	579	61	into	into	IN
13111	579	62	prominence	prominence	NN
13111	579	63	in	in	IN
13111	579	64	consciousness	consciousness	NN
13111	579	65	.	.	.
13111	580	1	This	this	DT
13111	580	2	can	can	MD
13111	580	3	be	be	VB
13111	580	4	explained	explain	VBN
13111	580	5	by	by	IN
13111	580	6	the	the	DT
13111	580	7	fact	fact	NN
13111	580	8	that	that	IN
13111	580	9	there	there	EX
13111	580	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	580	11	in	in	IN
13111	580	12	consequence	consequence	NN
13111	580	13	of	of	IN
13111	580	14	attention	attention	NN
13111	580	15	an	an	DT
13111	580	16	increased	increase	VBN
13111	580	17	outflow	outflow	NN
13111	580	18	of	of	IN
13111	580	19	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	580	20	currents	current	NNS
13111	580	21	to	to	IN
13111	580	22	special	special	JJ
13111	580	23	lower	low	JJR
13111	580	24	executive	executive	NN
13111	580	25	centres	centre	NNS
13111	580	26	,	,	,
13111	580	27	thence	thence	RB
13111	580	28	to	to	IN
13111	580	29	the	the	DT
13111	580	30	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	580	31	,	,	,
13111	580	32	but	but	CC
13111	580	33	every	every	DT
13111	580	34	change	change	NN
13111	580	35	of	of	IN
13111	580	36	tension	tension	NN
13111	580	37	in	in	IN
13111	580	38	the	the	DT
13111	580	39	speech	speech	NN
13111	580	40	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	580	41	is	be	VBZ
13111	580	42	followed	follow	VBN
13111	580	43	by	by	IN
13111	580	44	reciprocal	reciprocal	JJ
13111	580	45	incoming	incoming	JJ
13111	580	46	impressions	impression	NNS
13111	580	47	appertaining	appertain	VBG
13111	580	48	to	to	IN
13111	580	49	the	the	DT
13111	580	50	sense	sense	NN
13111	580	51	and	and	CC
13111	580	52	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	580	53	of	of	IN
13111	580	54	the	the	DT
13111	580	55	movement	movement	NN
13111	580	56	.	.	.
13111	581	1	The	the	DT
13111	581	2	more	more	RBR
13111	581	3	intense	intense	JJ
13111	581	4	the	the	DT
13111	581	5	sense	sense	NN
13111	581	6	of	of	IN
13111	581	7	movement	movement	NN
13111	581	8	,	,	,
13111	581	9	the	the	DT
13111	581	10	greater	great	JJR
13111	581	11	will	will	MD
13111	581	12	be	be	VB
13111	581	13	the	the	DT
13111	581	14	effect	effect	NN
13111	581	15	upon	upon	IN
13111	581	16	consciousness	consciousness	NN
13111	581	17	.	.	.
13111	582	1	In	in	IN
13111	582	2	fact	fact	NN
13111	582	3	,	,	,
13111	582	4	a	a	DT
13111	582	5	person	person	NN
13111	582	6	who	who	WP
13111	582	7	reads	read	VBZ
13111	582	8	and	and	CC
13111	582	9	thinks	think	VBZ
13111	582	10	by	by	IN
13111	582	11	articulating	articulate	VBG
13111	582	12	the	the	DT
13111	582	13	words	word	NNS
13111	582	14	,	,	,
13111	582	15	does	do	VBZ
13111	582	16	so	so	RB
13111	582	17	because	because	IN
13111	582	18	experience	experience	NN
13111	582	19	has	have	VBZ
13111	582	20	taught	teach	VBN
13111	582	21	him	-PRON-	PRP
13111	582	22	that	that	IN
13111	582	23	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	582	24	can	can	MD
13111	582	25	concentrate	concentrate	VB
13111	582	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	582	27	attention	attention	NN
13111	582	28	more	more	RBR
13111	582	29	perfectly	perfectly	RB
13111	582	30	;	;	:
13111	582	31	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	582	32	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	582	33	memory	memory	NN
13111	582	34	or	or	CC
13111	582	35	understanding	understanding	NN
13111	582	36	of	of	IN
13111	582	37	the	the	DT
13111	582	38	subject	subject	NN
13111	582	39	read	read	NN
13111	582	40	or	or	CC
13111	582	41	thought	thought	NN
13111	582	42	of	of	IN
13111	582	43	will	will	MD
13111	582	44	be	be	VB
13111	582	45	increased	increase	VBN
13111	582	46	.	.	.
13111	583	1	Very	very	RB
13111	583	2	many	many	JJ
13111	583	3	people	people	NNS
13111	583	4	think	think	VBP
13111	583	5	and	and	CC
13111	583	6	commit	commit	VBP
13111	583	7	to	to	IN
13111	583	8	memory	memory	NN
13111	583	9	by	by	IN
13111	583	10	this	this	DT
13111	583	11	method	method	NN
13111	583	12	of	of	IN
13111	583	13	concentrating	concentrate	VBG
13111	583	14	attention	attention	NN
13111	583	15	;	;	:
13111	583	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	583	17	probably	probably	RB
13111	583	18	do	do	VBP
13111	583	19	not	not	RB
13111	583	20	belong	belong	VB
13111	583	21	to	to	IN
13111	583	22	the	the	DT
13111	583	23	quick	quick	JJ
13111	583	24	,	,	,
13111	583	25	perceptive	perceptive	JJ
13111	583	26	,	,	,
13111	583	27	imaginative	imaginative	JJ
13111	583	28	class	class	NN
13111	583	29	,	,	,
13111	583	30	but	but	CC
13111	583	31	rather	rather	RB
13111	583	32	to	to	IN
13111	583	33	those	those	DT
13111	583	34	who	who	WP
13111	583	35	have	have	VBP
13111	583	36	power	power	NN
13111	583	37	of	of	IN
13111	583	38	application	application	NN
13111	583	39	and	and	CC
13111	583	40	who	who	WP
13111	583	41	have	have	VBP
13111	583	42	educated	educate	VBN
13111	583	43	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	583	44	minds	mind	NNS
13111	583	45	by	by	IN
13111	583	46	close	close	JJ
13111	583	47	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	583	48	attention	attention	NN
13111	583	49	.	.	.
13111	584	1	Galton	Galton	NNP
13111	584	2	found	find	VBD
13111	584	3	a	a	DT
13111	584	4	large	large	JJ
13111	584	5	proportion	proportion	NN
13111	584	6	of	of	IN
13111	584	7	the	the	DT
13111	584	8	Fellows	fellow	NNS
13111	584	9	of	of	IN
13111	584	10	the	the	DT
13111	584	11	Royal	Royal	NNP
13111	584	12	Society	Society	NNP
13111	584	13	were	be	VBD
13111	584	14	of	of	IN
13111	584	15	this	this	DT
13111	584	16	motor	motor	NN
13111	584	17	type	type	NN
13111	584	18	.	.	.
13111	585	1	But	but	CC
13111	585	2	the	the	DT
13111	585	3	fact	fact	NN
13111	585	4	that	that	IN
13111	585	5	certain	certain	JJ
13111	585	6	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	585	7	make	make	VBP
13111	585	8	use	use	NN
13111	585	9	of	of	IN
13111	585	10	this	this	DT
13111	585	11	faculty	faculty	NN
13111	585	12	more	more	RBR
13111	585	13	than	than	IN
13111	585	14	others	other	NNS
13111	585	15	does	do	VBZ
13111	585	16	not	not	RB
13111	585	17	destroy	destroy	VB
13111	585	18	the	the	DT
13111	585	19	arguments	argument	NNS
13111	585	20	in	in	IN
13111	585	21	favour	favour	NN
13111	585	22	of	of	IN
13111	585	23	the	the	DT
13111	585	24	primary	primary	JJ
13111	585	25	revival	revival	NN
13111	585	26	of	of	IN
13111	585	27	words	word	NNS
13111	585	28	in	in	IN
13111	585	29	the	the	DT
13111	585	30	great	great	JJ
13111	585	31	majority	majority	NN
13111	585	32	of	of	IN
13111	585	33	persons	person	NNS
13111	585	34	by	by	IN
13111	585	35	a	a	DT
13111	585	36	subconscious	subconscious	JJ
13111	585	37	process	process	NN
13111	585	38	in	in	IN
13111	585	39	the	the	DT
13111	585	40	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	585	41	centre	centre	NN
13111	585	42	,	,	,
13111	585	43	which	which	WDT
13111	585	44	is	be	VBZ
13111	585	45	followed	follow	VBN
13111	585	46	immediately	immediately	RB
13111	585	47	by	by	IN
13111	585	48	correlated	correlate	VBN
13111	585	49	revival	revival	NN
13111	585	50	of	of	IN
13111	585	51	sensori	sensori	NN
13111	585	52	-	-	HYPH
13111	585	53	motor	motor	NN
13111	585	54	images	image	NNS
13111	585	55	.	.	.
13111	586	1	Although	although	IN
13111	586	2	the	the	DT
13111	586	3	sensori	sensori	NN
13111	586	4	-	-	HYPH
13111	586	5	motor	motor	NN
13111	586	6	images	image	NNS
13111	586	7	of	of	IN
13111	586	8	speech	speech	NN
13111	586	9	can	can	MD
13111	586	10	be	be	VB
13111	586	11	revived	revive	VBN
13111	586	12	,	,	,
13111	586	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	586	14	is	be	VBZ
13111	586	15	almost	almost	RB
13111	586	16	impossible	impossible	JJ
13111	586	17	without	without	IN
13111	586	18	moving	move	VBG
13111	586	19	the	the	DT
13111	586	20	hand	hand	NN
13111	586	21	to	to	TO
13111	586	22	revive	revive	VB
13111	586	23	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	586	24	impressions	impression	NNS
13111	586	25	concerned	concern	VBN
13111	586	26	in	in	IN
13111	586	27	writing	write	VBG
13111	586	28	a	a	DT
13111	586	29	word	word	NN
13111	586	30	.	.	.
13111	587	1	Both	both	DT
13111	587	2	Ballet	Ballet	NNP
13111	587	3	and	and	CC
13111	587	4	Stricker	Stricker	NNP
13111	587	5	admit	admit	VBP
13111	587	6	this	this	DT
13111	587	7	fact	fact	NN
13111	587	8	,	,	,
13111	587	9	and	and	CC
13111	587	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	587	11	tends	tend	VBZ
13111	587	12	to	to	TO
13111	587	13	prove	prove	VB
13111	587	14	that	that	IN
13111	587	15	the	the	DT
13111	587	16	sense	sense	NN
13111	587	17	of	of	IN
13111	587	18	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	587	19	is	be	VBZ
13111	587	20	the	the	DT
13111	587	21	primary	primary	JJ
13111	587	22	incitation	incitation	NN
13111	587	23	to	to	IN
13111	587	24	speech	speech	NN
13111	587	25	.	.	.
13111	588	1	Charcot	Charcot	NNP
13111	588	2	in	in	IN
13111	588	3	reference	reference	NN
13111	588	4	to	to	IN
13111	588	5	the	the	DT
13111	588	6	interpretation	interpretation	NN
13111	588	7	of	of	IN
13111	588	8	speech	speech	NN
13111	588	9	defects	defect	NNS
13111	588	10	divided	divide	VBD
13111	588	11	persons	person	NNS
13111	588	12	into	into	IN
13111	588	13	four	four	CD
13111	588	14	classes	class	NNS
13111	588	15	--	--	:
13111	588	16	auditives	auditive	NNS
13111	588	17	,	,	,
13111	588	18	visuals	visual	NNS
13111	588	19	,	,	,
13111	588	20	motors	motor	NNS
13111	588	21	,	,	,
13111	588	22	and	and	CC
13111	588	23	indifferents	indifferent	NNS
13111	588	24	.	.	.
13111	589	1	There	there	EX
13111	589	2	are	be	VBP
13111	589	3	really	really	RB
13111	589	4	no	no	DT
13111	589	5	separate	separate	JJ
13111	589	6	classes	class	NNS
13111	589	7	,	,	,
13111	589	8	but	but	CC
13111	589	9	only	only	RB
13111	589	10	different	different	JJ
13111	589	11	kinds	kind	NNS
13111	589	12	of	of	IN
13111	589	13	word	word	NN
13111	589	14	-	-	HYPH
13111	589	15	memory	memory	NN
13111	589	16	in	in	IN
13111	589	17	different	different	JJ
13111	589	18	degrees	degree	NNS
13111	589	19	of	of	IN
13111	589	20	excellence	excellence	NN
13111	589	21	as	as	IN
13111	589	22	regards	regard	VBZ
13111	589	23	the	the	DT
13111	589	24	first	first	JJ
13111	589	25	three	three	CD
13111	589	26	;	;	:
13111	589	27	and	and	CC
13111	589	28	as	as	IN
13111	589	29	regards	regard	VBZ
13111	589	30	the	the	DT
13111	589	31	fourth	fourth	JJ
13111	589	32	there	there	EX
13111	589	33	is	be	VBZ
13111	589	34	no	no	DT
13111	589	35	one	one	CD
13111	589	36	kind	kind	NN
13111	589	37	of	of	IN
13111	589	38	memory	memory	NN
13111	589	39	developed	develop	VBN
13111	589	40	to	to	IN
13111	589	41	a	a	DT
13111	589	42	preponderating	preponderating	NN
13111	589	43	degree	degree	NN
13111	589	44	.	.	.
13111	590	1	Bastian	Bastian	NNP
13111	590	2	doubts	doubt	VBZ
13111	590	3	the	the	DT
13111	590	4	second	second	JJ
13111	590	5	class	class	NN
13111	590	6	,	,	,
13111	590	7	but	but	CC
13111	590	8	does	do	VBZ
13111	590	9	not	not	RB
13111	590	10	deny	deny	VB
13111	590	11	that	that	IN
13111	590	12	the	the	DT
13111	590	13	visual	visual	JJ
13111	590	14	type	type	NN
13111	590	15	may	may	MD
13111	590	16	exist	exist	VB
13111	590	17	;	;	:
13111	590	18	for	for	IN
13111	590	19	Galton	Galton	NNP
13111	590	20	has	have	VBZ
13111	590	21	undoubtedly	undoubtedly	RB
13111	590	22	shown	show	VBN
13111	590	23	that	that	DT
13111	590	24	visual	visual	JJ
13111	590	25	memory	memory	NN
13111	590	26	and	and	CC
13111	590	27	power	power	NN
13111	590	28	of	of	IN
13111	590	29	recall	recall	NN
13111	590	30	of	of	IN
13111	590	31	visual	visual	JJ
13111	590	32	word	word	NN
13111	590	33	images	image	NNS
13111	590	34	varies	vary	VBZ
13111	590	35	immensely	immensely	RB
13111	590	36	in	in	IN
13111	590	37	different	different	JJ
13111	590	38	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	590	39	,	,	,
13111	590	40	and	and	CC
13111	590	41	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	590	42	is	be	VBZ
13111	590	43	unquestionable	unquestionable	JJ
13111	590	44	that	that	IN
13111	590	45	certain	certain	JJ
13111	590	46	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	590	47	possess	possess	VBP
13111	590	48	the	the	DT
13111	590	49	visualising	visualising	JJ
13111	590	50	faculty	faculty	NN
13111	590	51	to	to	IN
13111	590	52	an	an	DT
13111	590	53	extraordinary	extraordinary	JJ
13111	590	54	degree	degree	NN
13111	590	55	;	;	:
13111	590	56	some	some	DT
13111	590	57	few	few	JJ
13111	590	58	,	,	,
13111	590	59	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	590	60	,	,	,
13111	590	61	can	can	MD
13111	590	62	see	see	VB
13111	590	63	mentally	mentally	RB
13111	590	64	every	every	DT
13111	590	65	word	word	NN
13111	590	66	that	that	WDT
13111	590	67	is	be	VBZ
13111	590	68	uttered	uttered	JJ
13111	590	69	;	;	:
13111	590	70	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	590	71	give	give	VBP
13111	590	72	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	590	73	attention	attention	NN
13111	590	74	to	to	IN
13111	590	75	the	the	DT
13111	590	76	visual	visual	JJ
13111	590	77	symbolic	symbolic	JJ
13111	590	78	equivalent	equivalent	JJ
13111	590	79	and	and	CC
13111	590	80	not	not	RB
13111	590	81	to	to	IN
13111	590	82	the	the	DT
13111	590	83	auditory	auditory	NN
13111	590	84	.	.	.
13111	591	1	Such	such	JJ
13111	591	2	persons	person	NNS
13111	591	3	may	may	MD
13111	591	4	,	,	,
13111	591	5	as	as	IN
13111	591	6	Ribot	Ribot	NNP
13111	591	7	supposes	suppose	VBZ
13111	591	8	,	,	,
13111	591	9	habitually	habitually	RB
13111	591	10	think	think	VBP
13111	591	11	and	and	CC
13111	591	12	represent	represent	VBP
13111	591	13	objects	object	NNS
13111	591	14	by	by	IN
13111	591	15	visual	visual	JJ
13111	591	16	typographic	typographic	JJ
13111	591	17	images	image	NNS
13111	591	18	.	.	.
13111	592	1	Lord	Lord	NNP
13111	592	2	Macaulay	Macaulay	NNP
13111	592	3	and	and	CC
13111	592	4	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	592	5	James	James	NNP
13111	592	6	Paget	Paget	NNP
13111	592	7	were	be	VBD
13111	592	8	notable	notable	JJ
13111	592	9	possessors	possessor	NNS
13111	592	10	of	of	IN
13111	592	11	this	this	DT
13111	592	12	visualising	visualising	JJ
13111	592	13	faculty	faculty	NN
13111	592	14	.	.	.
13111	593	1	The	the	DT
13111	593	2	former	former	JJ
13111	593	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	593	4	said	say	VBN
13111	593	5	to	to	TO
13111	593	6	have	have	VB
13111	593	7	been	be	VBN
13111	593	8	able	able	JJ
13111	593	9	to	to	TO
13111	593	10	read	read	VB
13111	593	11	a	a	DT
13111	593	12	column	column	NN
13111	593	13	of	of	IN
13111	593	14	"	"	``
13111	593	15	The	the	DT
13111	593	16	Times	Times	NNP
13111	593	17	"	"	''
13111	593	18	and	and	CC
13111	593	19	repeat	repeat	VB
13111	593	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	593	21	_	_	NNP
13111	593	22	verbatim	verbatim	JJ
13111	593	23	_	_	NNP
13111	593	24	;	;	:
13111	593	25	the	the	DT
13111	593	26	latter	latter	JJ
13111	593	27	could	could	MD
13111	593	28	deliver	deliver	VB
13111	593	29	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	593	30	lectures	lecture	NNS
13111	593	31	_	_	NNP
13111	593	32	verbatim	verbatim	JJ
13111	593	33	_	_	NNP
13111	593	34	as	as	IN
13111	593	35	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	593	36	had	have	VBD
13111	593	37	written	write	VBN
13111	593	38	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	593	39	.	.	.
13111	594	1	Both	both	DT
13111	594	2	saw	see	VBD
13111	594	3	mentally	mentally	RB
13111	594	4	the	the	DT
13111	594	5	print	print	NN
13111	594	6	or	or	CC
13111	594	7	MS	MS	NNP
13111	594	8	.	.	.
13111	594	9	in	in	IN
13111	594	10	front	front	NN
13111	594	11	of	of	IN
13111	594	12	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	594	13	.	.	.
13111	595	1	Nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
13111	595	2	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	595	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	595	4	a	a	DT
13111	595	5	question	question	NN
13111	595	6	of	of	IN
13111	595	7	degree	degree	NN
13111	595	8	how	how	WRB
13111	595	9	much	much	JJ
13111	595	10	motor	motor	NN
13111	595	11	images	image	NNS
13111	595	12	enter	enter	VBP
13111	595	13	into	into	IN
13111	595	14	silent	silent	JJ
13111	595	15	thought	thought	NN
13111	595	16	and	and	CC
13111	595	17	into	into	IN
13111	595	18	the	the	DT
13111	595	19	primary	primary	JJ
13111	595	20	revival	revival	NN
13111	595	21	of	of	IN
13111	595	22	words	word	NNS
13111	595	23	in	in	IN
13111	595	24	different	different	JJ
13111	595	25	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	595	26	.	.	.
13111	596	1	Mach	Mach	NNP
13111	596	2	in	in	IN
13111	596	3	"	"	``
13111	596	4	Analysis	Analysis	NNP
13111	596	5	of	of	IN
13111	596	6	Sensations	Sensations	NNPS
13111	596	7	"	"	''
13111	596	8	says	say	VBZ
13111	596	9	:	:	:
13111	596	10	"	"	``
13111	596	11	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	596	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	596	13	true	true	JJ
13111	596	14	that	that	IN
13111	596	15	in	in	IN
13111	596	16	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	596	17	own	own	JJ
13111	596	18	case	case	NN
13111	596	19	words	word	NNS
13111	596	20	(	(	-LRB-
13111	596	21	of	of	IN
13111	596	22	which	which	WDT
13111	596	23	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	596	24	think	think	VBP
13111	596	25	)	)	-RRB-
13111	596	26	reverberate	reverberate	VBP
13111	596	27	loudly	loudly	RB
13111	596	28	in	in	IN
13111	596	29	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	596	30	ear	ear	NN
13111	596	31	.	.	.
13111	597	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
13111	597	2	,	,	,
13111	597	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	597	4	have	have	VBP
13111	597	5	no	no	DT
13111	597	6	doubt	doubt	NN
13111	597	7	that	that	IN
13111	597	8	thoughts	thought	NNS
13111	597	9	may	may	MD
13111	597	10	be	be	VB
13111	597	11	directly	directly	RB
13111	597	12	excited	excite	VBN
13111	597	13	by	by	IN
13111	597	14	the	the	DT
13111	597	15	ringing	ringing	NN
13111	597	16	of	of	IN
13111	597	17	a	a	DT
13111	597	18	house	house	NNP
13111	597	19	-	-	HYPH
13111	597	20	bell	bell	NNP
13111	597	21	,	,	,
13111	597	22	by	by	IN
13111	597	23	the	the	DT
13111	597	24	whistle	whistle	NN
13111	597	25	of	of	IN
13111	597	26	a	a	DT
13111	597	27	locomotive	locomotive	JJ
13111	597	28	,	,	,
13111	597	29	etc	etc	FW
13111	597	30	.	.	FW
13111	597	31	,	,	,
13111	597	32	that	that	DT
13111	597	33	small	small	JJ
13111	597	34	children	child	NNS
13111	597	35	and	and	CC
13111	597	36	even	even	RB
13111	597	37	dogs	dog	NNS
13111	597	38	understand	understand	VBP
13111	597	39	words	word	NNS
13111	597	40	which	which	WDT
13111	597	41	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	597	42	can	can	MD
13111	597	43	not	not	RB
13111	597	44	repeat	repeat	VB
13111	597	45	.	.	.
13111	598	1	Nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
13111	598	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	598	3	have	have	VBP
13111	598	4	been	be	VBN
13111	598	5	convinced	convince	VBN
13111	598	6	by	by	IN
13111	598	7	Stricker	Stricker	NNP
13111	598	8	that	that	IN
13111	598	9	the	the	DT
13111	598	10	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	598	11	and	and	CC
13111	598	12	most	most	RBS
13111	598	13	familiar	familiar	JJ
13111	598	14	,	,	,
13111	598	15	though	though	IN
13111	598	16	not	not	RB
13111	598	17	the	the	DT
13111	598	18	only	only	JJ
13111	598	19	possible	possible	JJ
13111	598	20	way	way	NN
13111	598	21	,	,	,
13111	598	22	by	by	IN
13111	598	23	which	which	WDT
13111	598	24	speech	speech	NN
13111	598	25	is	be	VBZ
13111	598	26	comprehended	comprehend	VBN
13111	598	27	is	be	VBZ
13111	598	28	really	really	RB
13111	598	29	_	_	NNP
13111	598	30	motor	motor	NN
13111	598	31	_	_	NNP
13111	598	32	and	and	CC
13111	598	33	that	that	IN
13111	598	34	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	598	35	should	should	MD
13111	598	36	be	be	VB
13111	598	37	badly	badly	RB
13111	598	38	off	off	RB
13111	598	39	if	if	IN
13111	598	40	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	598	41	were	be	VBD
13111	598	42	without	without	IN
13111	598	43	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	598	44	.	.	.
13111	599	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	599	2	can	can	MD
13111	599	3	cite	cite	VB
13111	599	4	corroborations	corroboration	NNS
13111	599	5	of	of	IN
13111	599	6	this	this	DT
13111	599	7	view	view	NN
13111	599	8	from	from	IN
13111	599	9	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	599	10	own	own	JJ
13111	599	11	experience	experience	NN
13111	599	12	.	.	.
13111	600	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	600	2	frequently	frequently	RB
13111	600	3	see	see	VBP
13111	600	4	strangers	stranger	NNS
13111	600	5	who	who	WP
13111	600	6	are	be	VBP
13111	600	7	endeavouring	endeavour	VBG
13111	600	8	to	to	TO
13111	600	9	follow	follow	VB
13111	600	10	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	600	11	remarks	remark	NNS
13111	600	12	slightly	slightly	RB
13111	600	13	moving	move	VBG
13111	600	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	600	15	lips	lip	NNS
13111	600	16	.	.	.
13111	600	17	"	"	''
13111	601	1	THE	the	DT
13111	601	2	PRIMARY	PRIMARY	NNP
13111	601	3	SITE	SITE	NNS
13111	601	4	OF	of	IN
13111	601	5	REVIVAL	REVIVAL	NNP
13111	601	6	OF	of	IN
13111	601	7	WORDS	word	NNS
13111	601	8	IN	in	IN
13111	601	9	SILENT	silent	JJ
13111	601	10	THOUGHT	thought	NN
13111	601	11	Since	since	IN
13111	601	12	destructive	destructive	JJ
13111	601	13	lesions	lesion	NNS
13111	601	14	of	of	IN
13111	601	15	the	the	DT
13111	601	16	speech	speech	NN
13111	601	17	zone	zone	NN
13111	601	18	of	of	IN
13111	601	19	the	the	DT
13111	601	20	left	left	JJ
13111	601	21	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	601	22	in	in	IN
13111	601	23	right	right	JJ
13111	601	24	-	-	HYPH
13111	601	25	handed	handed	JJ
13111	601	26	persons	person	NNS
13111	601	27	leads	lead	VBZ
13111	601	28	to	to	IN
13111	601	29	inability	inability	NN
13111	601	30	to	to	TO
13111	601	31	revive	revive	VB
13111	601	32	the	the	DT
13111	601	33	memory	memory	NN
13111	601	34	pictures	picture	NNS
13111	601	35	of	of	IN
13111	601	36	the	the	DT
13111	601	37	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	601	38	of	of	IN
13111	601	39	words	word	NNS
13111	601	40	as	as	IN
13111	601	41	heard	hear	VBN
13111	601	42	in	in	IN
13111	601	43	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	601	44	speech	speech	NN
13111	601	45	,	,	,
13111	601	46	the	the	DT
13111	601	47	revival	revival	NN
13111	601	48	of	of	IN
13111	601	49	visual	visual	JJ
13111	601	50	impressions	impression	NNS
13111	601	51	as	as	IN
13111	601	52	seen	see	VBN
13111	601	53	in	in	IN
13111	601	54	printed	print	VBN
13111	601	55	or	or	CC
13111	601	56	written	write	VBN
13111	601	57	characters	character	NNS
13111	601	58	,	,	,
13111	601	59	and	and	CC
13111	601	60	of	of	IN
13111	601	61	the	the	DT
13111	601	62	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	601	63	(	(	-LRB-
13111	601	64	sense	sense	NN
13111	601	65	of	of	IN
13111	601	66	movement	movement	NN
13111	601	67	)	)	-RRB-
13111	601	68	impressions	impression	NNS
13111	601	69	concerned	concern	VBN
13111	601	70	with	with	IN
13111	601	71	the	the	DT
13111	601	72	alterations	alteration	NNS
13111	601	73	of	of	IN
13111	601	74	the	the	DT
13111	601	75	minute	minute	JJ
13111	601	76	tensions	tension	NNS
13111	601	77	of	of	IN
13111	601	78	the	the	DT
13111	601	79	muscle	muscle	NN
13111	601	80	structures	structure	NNS
13111	601	81	employed	employ	VBN
13111	601	82	in	in	IN
13111	601	83	the	the	DT
13111	601	84	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	601	85	of	of	IN
13111	601	86	words	word	NNS
13111	601	87	,	,	,
13111	601	88	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	601	89	must	must	MD
13111	601	90	be	be	VB
13111	601	91	presumed	presume	VBN
13111	601	92	that	that	IN
13111	601	93	the	the	DT
13111	601	94	left	left	JJ
13111	601	95	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	601	96	in	in	IN
13111	601	97	right	right	JJ
13111	601	98	-	-	HYPH
13111	601	99	handed	handed	JJ
13111	601	100	persons	person	NNS
13111	601	101	is	be	VBZ
13111	601	102	dominant	dominant	JJ
13111	601	103	in	in	IN
13111	601	104	speech	speech	NN
13111	601	105	and	and	CC
13111	601	106	silent	silent	JJ
13111	601	107	thought	thought	NN
13111	601	108	;	;	:
13111	601	109	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	601	110	may	may	MD
13111	601	111	even	even	RB
13111	601	112	dominate	dominate	VB
13111	601	113	the	the	DT
13111	601	114	use	use	NN
13111	601	115	of	of	IN
13111	601	116	the	the	DT
13111	601	117	left	left	JJ
13111	601	118	hand	hand	NN
13111	601	119	for	for	IN
13111	601	120	many	many	JJ
13111	601	121	movements	movement	NNS
13111	601	122	.	.	.
13111	602	1	But	but	CC
13111	602	2	does	do	VBZ
13111	602	3	not	not	RB
13111	602	4	the	the	DT
13111	602	5	right	right	JJ
13111	602	6	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	602	7	take	take	VB
13111	602	8	a	a	DT
13111	602	9	part	part	NN
13111	602	10	?	?	.
13111	603	1	Yes	yes	UH
13111	603	2	;	;	:
13111	603	3	and	and	CC
13111	603	4	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	603	5	will	will	MD
13111	603	6	give	give	VB
13111	603	7	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	603	8	reasons	reason	NNS
13111	603	9	later	later	RB
13111	603	10	for	for	IN
13111	603	11	supposing	suppose	VBG
13111	603	12	that	that	IN
13111	603	13	the	the	DT
13111	603	14	whole	whole	JJ
13111	603	15	brain	brain	NN
13111	603	16	is	be	VBZ
13111	603	17	in	in	IN
13111	603	18	action	action	NN
13111	603	19	.	.	.
13111	604	1	During	during	IN
13111	604	2	the	the	DT
13111	604	3	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	604	4	recall	recall	NN
13111	604	5	of	of	IN
13111	604	6	words	word	NNS
13111	604	7	in	in	IN
13111	604	8	speech	speech	NN
13111	604	9	and	and	CC
13111	604	10	thought	think	VBN
13111	604	11	by	by	IN
13111	604	12	virtue	virtue	NN
13111	604	13	of	of	IN
13111	604	14	the	the	DT
13111	604	15	intimate	intimate	JJ
13111	604	16	association	association	NN
13111	604	17	tracts	tract	NNS
13111	604	18	connecting	connect	VBG
13111	604	19	the	the	DT
13111	604	20	grey	grey	JJ
13111	604	21	matter	matter	NN
13111	604	22	of	of	IN
13111	604	23	the	the	DT
13111	604	24	whole	whole	JJ
13111	604	25	speech	speech	NN
13111	604	26	zone	zone	NN
13111	604	27	,	,	,
13111	604	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	604	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	604	30	not	not	RB
13111	604	31	a	a	DT
13111	604	32	single	single	JJ
13111	604	33	part	part	NN
13111	604	34	of	of	IN
13111	604	35	this	this	DT
13111	604	36	zone	zone	NN
13111	604	37	which	which	WDT
13111	604	38	is	be	VBZ
13111	604	39	in	in	IN
13111	604	40	action	action	NN
13111	604	41	,	,	,
13111	604	42	but	but	CC
13111	604	43	the	the	DT
13111	604	44	whole	whole	NN
13111	604	45	of	of	IN
13111	604	46	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	604	47	;	;	:
13111	604	48	and	and	CC
13111	604	49	when	when	WRB
13111	604	50	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	604	51	assign	assign	VBP
13111	604	52	to	to	IN
13111	604	53	definite	definite	VB
13111	604	54	parts	part	NNS
13111	604	55	of	of	IN
13111	604	56	the	the	DT
13111	604	57	speech	speech	NN
13111	604	58	zone	zone	NNP
13111	604	59	different	different	JJ
13111	604	60	functions	function	NNS
13111	604	61	in	in	IN
13111	604	62	connection	connection	NN
13111	604	63	with	with	IN
13111	604	64	language	language	NN
13111	604	65	,	,	,
13111	604	66	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	604	67	really	really	RB
13111	604	68	refer	refer	VBP
13111	604	69	to	to	IN
13111	604	70	areas	area	NNS
13111	604	71	in	in	IN
13111	604	72	which	which	WDT
13111	604	73	the	the	DT
13111	604	74	process	process	NN
13111	604	75	is	be	VBZ
13111	604	76	most	most	RBS
13111	604	77	active	active	JJ
13111	604	78	or	or	CC
13111	604	79	is	be	VBZ
13111	604	80	primarily	primarily	RB
13111	604	81	initiated	initiate	VBN
13111	604	82	,	,	,
13111	604	83	for	for	IN
13111	604	84	the	the	DT
13111	604	85	whole	whole	JJ
13111	604	86	brain	brain	NN
13111	604	87	is	be	VBZ
13111	604	88	in	in	IN
13111	604	89	action	action	NN
13111	604	90	just	just	RB
13111	604	91	as	as	IN
13111	604	92	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	604	93	is	be	VBZ
13111	604	94	in	in	IN
13111	604	95	the	the	DT
13111	604	96	recognition	recognition	NN
13111	604	97	of	of	IN
13111	604	98	an	an	DT
13111	604	99	object	object	NN
13111	604	100	which	which	WDT
13111	604	101	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	604	102	see	see	VBP
13111	604	103	,	,	,
13111	604	104	hear	hear	VBP
13111	604	105	,	,	,
13111	604	106	feel	feel	VB
13111	604	107	,	,	,
13111	604	108	or	or	CC
13111	604	109	move	move	VB
13111	604	110	.	.	.
13111	605	1	What	what	WP
13111	605	2	really	really	RB
13111	605	3	comes	come	VBZ
13111	605	4	before	before	IN
13111	605	5	us	-PRON-	PRP
13111	605	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	605	7	contributed	contribute	VBN
13111	605	8	more	more	RBR
13111	605	9	by	by	IN
13111	605	10	the	the	DT
13111	605	11	mind	mind	NN
13111	605	12	itself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	605	13	than	than	IN
13111	605	14	by	by	IN
13111	605	15	the	the	DT
13111	605	16	present	present	JJ
13111	605	17	object	object	NN
13111	605	18	.	.	.
13111	606	1	There	there	EX
13111	606	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	606	3	,	,	,
13111	606	4	however	however	RB
13111	606	5	,	,	,
13111	606	6	a	a	DT
13111	606	7	direct	direct	JJ
13111	606	8	functional	functional	JJ
13111	606	9	association	association	NN
13111	606	10	between	between	IN
13111	606	11	the	the	DT
13111	606	12	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	606	13	and	and	CC
13111	606	14	glosso	glosso	NN
13111	606	15	-	-	HYPH
13111	606	16	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	606	17	(	(	-LRB-
13111	606	18	sense	sense	NN
13111	606	19	of	of	IN
13111	606	20	movement	movement	NN
13111	606	21	of	of	IN
13111	606	22	the	the	DT
13111	606	23	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	606	24	)	)	-RRB-
13111	606	25	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	606	26	on	on	IN
13111	606	27	the	the	DT
13111	606	28	one	one	CD
13111	606	29	hand	hand	NN
13111	606	30	and	and	CC
13111	606	31	the	the	DT
13111	606	32	visual	visual	JJ
13111	606	33	and	and	CC
13111	606	34	cheiro	cheiro	NNP
13111	606	35	-	-	HYPH
13111	606	36	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	NNP
13111	606	37	(	(	-LRB-
13111	606	38	sense	sense	NN
13111	606	39	of	of	IN
13111	606	40	movement	movement	NN
13111	606	41	of	of	IN
13111	606	42	the	the	DT
13111	606	43	hand	hand	NN
13111	606	44	)	)	-RRB-
13111	606	45	on	on	IN
13111	606	46	the	the	DT
13111	606	47	other	other	JJ
13111	606	48	.	.	.
13111	607	1	No	no	DT
13111	607	2	less	less	RBR
13111	607	3	intimate	intimate	JJ
13111	607	4	must	must	MD
13111	607	5	be	be	VB
13111	607	6	the	the	DT
13111	607	7	connection	connection	NN
13111	607	8	between	between	IN
13111	607	9	the	the	DT
13111	607	10	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	607	11	word	word	NN
13111	607	12	-	-	HYPH
13111	607	13	centre	centre	NN
13111	607	14	and	and	CC
13111	607	15	the	the	DT
13111	607	16	visual	visual	JJ
13111	607	17	word	word	NN
13111	607	18	-	-	HYPH
13111	607	19	centre	centre	NN
13111	607	20	;	;	:
13111	607	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	607	22	must	must	MD
13111	607	23	necessarily	necessarily	RB
13111	607	24	be	be	VB
13111	607	25	called	call	VBN
13111	607	26	into	into	IN
13111	607	27	association	association	NN
13111	607	28	actively	actively	RB
13111	607	29	in	in	IN
13111	607	30	successive	successive	JJ
13111	607	31	units	unit	NNS
13111	607	32	of	of	IN
13111	607	33	time	time	NN
13111	607	34	,	,	,
13111	607	35	as	as	IN
13111	607	36	in	in	IN
13111	607	37	reading	read	VBG
13111	607	38	aloud	aloud	RB
13111	607	39	or	or	CC
13111	607	40	writing	write	VBG
13111	607	41	from	from	IN
13111	607	42	dictation	dictation	NN
13111	607	43	.	.	.
13111	608	1	Educated	educate	VBN
13111	608	2	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	608	3	mutes	mute	NNS
13111	608	4	think	think	VBP
13111	608	5	with	with	IN
13111	608	6	revived	revive	VBN
13111	608	7	visual	visual	JJ
13111	608	8	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	608	9	either	either	CC
13111	608	10	of	of	IN
13111	608	11	lips	lip	NNS
13111	608	12	or	or	CC
13111	608	13	fingers	finger	NNS
13111	608	14	.	.	.
13111	609	1	Words	word	NNS
13111	609	2	are	be	VBP
13111	609	3	to	to	IN
13111	609	4	a	a	DT
13111	609	5	great	great	JJ
13111	609	6	extent	extent	NN
13111	609	7	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	609	8	whereby	whereby	WRB
13111	609	9	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	609	10	carry	carry	VBP
13111	609	11	on	on	RP
13111	609	12	thought	thought	NN
13111	609	13	,	,	,
13111	609	14	and	and	CC
13111	609	15	thinking	thinking	NN
13111	609	16	becomes	become	VBZ
13111	609	17	more	more	RBR
13111	609	18	elaborate	elaborate	JJ
13111	609	19	and	and	CC
13111	609	20	complex	complex	JJ
13111	609	21	as	as	IN
13111	609	22	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	609	23	rise	rise	VBP
13111	609	24	in	in	IN
13111	609	25	the	the	DT
13111	609	26	scale	scale	NN
13111	609	27	of	of	IN
13111	609	28	civilisation	civilisation	NN
13111	609	29	,	,	,
13111	609	30	because	because	IN
13111	609	31	more	more	JJR
13111	609	32	and	and	CC
13111	609	33	more	more	JJR
13111	609	34	are	be	VBP
13111	609	35	verbal	verbal	JJ
13111	609	36	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	609	37	instituted	institute	VBN
13111	609	38	for	for	IN
13111	609	39	concrete	concrete	JJ
13111	609	40	visual	visual	JJ
13111	609	41	images	image	NNS
13111	609	42	.	.	.
13111	610	1	In	in	IN
13111	610	2	which	which	WDT
13111	610	3	portion	portion	NN
13111	610	4	of	of	IN
13111	610	5	the	the	DT
13111	610	6	brain	brain	NN
13111	610	7	are	be	VBP
13111	610	8	words	word	NNS
13111	610	9	primarily	primarily	RB
13111	610	10	and	and	CC
13111	610	11	principally	principally	RB
13111	610	12	revived	revive	VBD
13111	610	13	during	during	IN
13111	610	14	the	the	DT
13111	610	15	process	process	NN
13111	610	16	of	of	IN
13111	610	17	thinking	think	VBG
13111	610	18	?	?	.
13111	611	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	611	2	have	have	VBP
13111	611	3	already	already	RB
13111	611	4	alluded	allude	VBN
13111	611	5	to	to	IN
13111	611	6	the	the	DT
13111	611	7	views	view	NNS
13111	611	8	of	of	IN
13111	611	9	Stricker	Stricker	NNP
13111	611	10	and	and	CC
13111	611	11	those	those	DT
13111	611	12	who	who	WP
13111	611	13	follow	follow	VBP
13111	611	14	him	-PRON-	PRP
13111	611	15	,	,	,
13111	611	16	viz	viz	NN
13111	611	17	.	.	.
13111	612	1	that	that	IN
13111	612	2	words	word	NNS
13111	612	3	are	be	VBP
13111	612	4	the	the	DT
13111	612	5	revived	revived	JJ
13111	612	6	images	image	NNS
13111	612	7	of	of	IN
13111	612	8	the	the	DT
13111	612	9	feelings	feeling	NNS
13111	612	10	of	of	IN
13111	612	11	the	the	DT
13111	612	12	sense	sense	NN
13111	612	13	of	of	IN
13111	612	14	movement	movement	NN
13111	612	15	,	,	,
13111	612	16	caused	cause	VBN
13111	612	17	by	by	IN
13111	612	18	the	the	DT
13111	612	19	alteration	alteration	NN
13111	612	20	in	in	IN
13111	612	21	the	the	DT
13111	612	22	tension	tension	NN
13111	612	23	of	of	IN
13111	612	24	the	the	DT
13111	612	25	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	612	26	of	of	IN
13111	612	27	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	612	28	occurring	occur	VBG
13111	612	29	during	during	IN
13111	612	30	speech	speech	NN
13111	612	31	,	,	,
13111	612	32	with	with	IN
13111	612	33	or	or	CC
13111	612	34	without	without	IN
13111	612	35	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	612	36	.	.	.
13111	613	1	There	there	EX
13111	613	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	613	3	another	another	DT
13111	613	4	which	which	WDT
13111	613	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	613	6	think	think	VBP
13111	613	7	the	the	DT
13111	613	8	correct	correct	JJ
13111	613	9	view	view	NN
13111	613	10	,	,	,
13111	613	11	that	that	IN
13111	613	12	words	word	NNS
13111	613	13	are	be	VBP
13111	613	14	revived	revive	VBN
13111	613	15	in	in	IN
13111	613	16	thought	thought	NN
13111	613	17	primarily	primarily	RB
13111	613	18	as	as	IN
13111	613	19	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	613	20	images	image	NNS
13111	613	21	,	,	,
13111	613	22	so	so	IN
13111	613	23	that	that	IN
13111	613	24	the	the	DT
13111	613	25	sense	sense	NN
13111	613	26	of	of	IN
13111	613	27	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	613	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	613	29	essential	essential	JJ
13111	613	30	for	for	IN
13111	613	31	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	613	32	as	as	RB
13111	613	33	well	well	RB
13111	613	34	as	as	IN
13111	613	35	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	613	36	;	;	:
13111	613	37	the	the	DT
13111	613	38	two	two	CD
13111	613	39	operations	operation	NNS
13111	613	40	of	of	IN
13111	613	41	the	the	DT
13111	613	42	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	613	43	organ	organ	NN
13111	613	44	as	as	IN
13111	613	45	an	an	DT
13111	613	46	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	613	47	of	of	IN
13111	613	48	the	the	DT
13111	613	49	mind	mind	NN
13111	613	50	being	be	VBG
13111	613	51	inseparable	inseparable	JJ
13111	613	52	.	.	.
13111	614	1	The	the	DT
13111	614	2	arguments	argument	NNS
13111	614	3	in	in	IN
13111	614	4	favour	favour	NN
13111	614	5	of	of	IN
13111	614	6	this	this	DT
13111	614	7	are:--	are:--	NNP
13111	614	8	1	1	CD
13111	614	9	.	.	.
13111	615	1	The	the	DT
13111	615	2	part	part	NN
13111	615	3	of	of	IN
13111	615	4	the	the	DT
13111	615	5	brain	brain	NN
13111	615	6	concerned	concern	VBN
13111	615	7	with	with	IN
13111	615	8	the	the	DT
13111	615	9	sense	sense	NN
13111	615	10	of	of	IN
13111	615	11	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	615	12	develops	develop	VBZ
13111	615	13	earlier	early	RBR
13111	615	14	and	and	CC
13111	615	15	the	the	DT
13111	615	16	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	615	17	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	615	18	found	find	VBN
13111	615	19	in	in	IN
13111	615	20	this	this	DT
13111	615	21	situation	situation	NN
13111	615	22	are	be	VBP
13111	615	23	myelinated[1	myelinated[1	ADD
13111	615	24	]	]	-RRB-
13111	615	25	at	at	IN
13111	615	26	an	an	DT
13111	615	27	earlier	early	JJR
13111	615	28	period	period	NN
13111	615	29	of	of	IN
13111	615	30	development	development	NN
13111	615	31	of	of	IN
13111	615	32	the	the	DT
13111	615	33	brain	brain	NN
13111	615	34	than	than	IN
13111	615	35	the	the	DT
13111	615	36	portion	portion	NN
13111	615	37	connected	connect	VBN
13111	615	38	with	with	IN
13111	615	39	the	the	DT
13111	615	40	sense	sense	NN
13111	615	41	of	of	IN
13111	615	42	movement	movement	NN
13111	615	43	of	of	IN
13111	615	44	the	the	DT
13111	615	45	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	615	46	of	of	IN
13111	615	47	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	615	48	.	.	.
13111	616	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	616	2	Footnote	footnote	NN
13111	616	3	1	1	CD
13111	616	4	:	:	:
13111	616	5	The	the	DT
13111	616	6	covering	covering	NN
13111	616	7	of	of	IN
13111	616	8	the	the	DT
13111	616	9	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	616	10	by	by	IN
13111	616	11	a	a	DT
13111	616	12	sheath	sheath	NN
13111	616	13	of	of	IN
13111	616	14	phosphoretted	phosphorette	VBN
13111	616	15	fat	fat	JJ
13111	616	16	serving	serving	NN
13111	616	17	to	to	TO
13111	616	18	insulate	insulate	VB
13111	616	19	the	the	DT
13111	616	20	conductile	conductile	NN
13111	616	21	portion	portion	NN
13111	616	22	of	of	IN
13111	616	23	the	the	DT
13111	616	24	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	616	25	is	be	VBZ
13111	616	26	an	an	DT
13111	616	27	indication	indication	NN
13111	616	28	that	that	IN
13111	616	29	the	the	DT
13111	616	30	fibre	fibre	NN
13111	616	31	has	have	VBZ
13111	616	32	commenced	commence	VBN
13111	616	33	to	to	TO
13111	616	34	function	function	VB
13111	616	35	as	as	IN
13111	616	36	a	a	DT
13111	616	37	conductor	conductor	NN
13111	616	38	of	of	IN
13111	616	39	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	616	40	impulses	impulse	NNS
13111	616	41	.	.	.
13111	616	42	]	]	-RRB-
13111	617	1	2	2	LS
13111	617	2	.	.	.
13111	618	1	As	as	IN
13111	618	2	a	a	DT
13111	618	3	rule	rule	NN
13111	618	4	,	,	,
13111	618	5	the	the	DT
13111	618	6	child	child	NN
13111	618	7	's	's	POS
13111	618	8	first	first	JJ
13111	618	9	ideas	idea	NNS
13111	618	10	of	of	IN
13111	618	11	language	language	NN
13111	618	12	come	come	VBP
13111	618	13	through	through	IN
13111	618	14	the	the	DT
13111	618	15	sense	sense	NN
13111	618	16	of	of	IN
13111	618	17	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	618	18	;	;	:
13111	618	19	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	618	20	speech	speech	NN
13111	618	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	618	22	next	next	RB
13111	618	23	evolved	evolve	VBN
13111	618	24	,	,	,
13111	618	25	in	in	IN
13111	618	26	fact	fact	NN
13111	618	27	the	the	DT
13111	618	28	child	child	NN
13111	618	29	speaks	speak	VBZ
13111	618	30	only	only	RB
13111	618	31	that	that	WDT
13111	618	32	which	which	WDT
13111	618	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	618	34	has	have	VBZ
13111	618	35	heard	hear	VBN
13111	618	36	;	;	:
13111	618	37	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	618	38	learns	learn	VBZ
13111	618	39	first	first	RB
13111	618	40	to	to	TO
13111	618	41	repeat	repeat	VB
13111	618	42	the	the	DT
13111	618	43	names	name	NNS
13111	618	44	of	of	IN
13111	618	45	persons	person	NNS
13111	618	46	and	and	CC
13111	618	47	objects	object	NNS
13111	618	48	with	with	IN
13111	618	49	which	which	WDT
13111	618	50	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	618	51	comes	come	VBZ
13111	618	52	into	into	IN
13111	618	53	relation	relation	NN
13111	618	54	,	,	,
13111	618	55	associating	associate	VBG
13111	618	56	visual	visual	JJ
13111	618	57	images	image	NNS
13111	618	58	with	with	IN
13111	618	59	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	618	60	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	618	61	.	.	.
13111	619	1	An	an	DT
13111	619	2	example	example	NN
13111	619	3	of	of	IN
13111	619	4	this	this	DT
13111	619	5	was	be	VBD
13111	619	6	communicated	communicate	VBN
13111	619	7	by	by	IN
13111	619	8	Darwin	Darwin	NNP
13111	619	9	to	to	IN
13111	619	10	Romanes	Romanes	NNP
13111	619	11	.	.	.
13111	620	1	One	one	CD
13111	620	2	of	of	IN
13111	620	3	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	620	4	children	child	NNS
13111	620	5	who	who	WP
13111	620	6	was	be	VBD
13111	620	7	just	just	RB
13111	620	8	beginning	begin	VBG
13111	620	9	to	to	TO
13111	620	10	speak	speak	VB
13111	620	11	,	,	,
13111	620	12	called	call	VBN
13111	620	13	a	a	DT
13111	620	14	duck	duck	NN
13111	620	15	a	a	DT
13111	620	16	"	"	``
13111	620	17	quack	quack	UH
13111	620	18	.	.	.
13111	620	19	"	"	''
13111	621	1	By	by	IN
13111	621	2	an	an	DT
13111	621	3	appreciation	appreciation	NN
13111	621	4	of	of	IN
13111	621	5	the	the	DT
13111	621	6	resemblance	resemblance	NN
13111	621	7	of	of	IN
13111	621	8	qualities	quality	NNS
13111	621	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	621	10	next	next	RB
13111	621	11	extended	extend	VBD
13111	621	12	the	the	DT
13111	621	13	term	term	NN
13111	621	14	"	"	``
13111	621	15	quack	quack	UH
13111	621	16	"	"	''
13111	621	17	to	to	TO
13111	621	18	denote	denote	VB
13111	621	19	all	all	DT
13111	621	20	birds	bird	NNS
13111	621	21	and	and	CC
13111	621	22	insects	insect	NNS
13111	621	23	on	on	IN
13111	621	24	the	the	DT
13111	621	25	one	one	CD
13111	621	26	hand	hand	NN
13111	621	27	,	,	,
13111	621	28	and	and	CC
13111	621	29	all	all	DT
13111	621	30	fluid	fluid	JJ
13111	621	31	objects	object	NNS
13111	621	32	on	on	IN
13111	621	33	the	the	DT
13111	621	34	other	other	JJ
13111	621	35	.	.	.
13111	622	1	Lastly	lastly	RB
13111	622	2	,	,	,
13111	622	3	by	by	IN
13111	622	4	a	a	DT
13111	622	5	still	still	RB
13111	622	6	more	more	RBR
13111	622	7	delicate	delicate	JJ
13111	622	8	appreciation	appreciation	NN
13111	622	9	of	of	IN
13111	622	10	resemblance	resemblance	NN
13111	622	11	the	the	DT
13111	622	12	child	child	NN
13111	622	13	called	call	VBD
13111	622	14	all	all	DT
13111	622	15	coins	coin	NNS
13111	622	16	"	"	``
13111	622	17	quack	quack	UH
13111	622	18	"	"	''
13111	622	19	because	because	IN
13111	622	20	on	on	IN
13111	622	21	the	the	DT
13111	622	22	back	back	NN
13111	622	23	of	of	IN
13111	622	24	a	a	DT
13111	622	25	French	french	JJ
13111	622	26	sou	sou	NN
13111	622	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	622	28	had	have	VBD
13111	622	29	seen	see	VBN
13111	622	30	the	the	DT
13111	622	31	representation	representation	NN
13111	622	32	of	of	IN
13111	622	33	an	an	DT
13111	622	34	eagle	eagle	NN
13111	622	35	(	(	-LRB-
13111	622	36	Romanes	Romanes	NNP
13111	622	37	'	'	POS
13111	622	38	"	"	``
13111	622	39	Mental	Mental	NNP
13111	622	40	Evolution	Evolution	NNP
13111	622	41	in	in	IN
13111	622	42	Man	Man	NNP
13111	622	43	,	,	,
13111	622	44	"	"	''
13111	622	45	p.	p.	NN
13111	622	46	183	183	CD
13111	622	47	)	)	-RRB-
13111	622	48	.	.	.
13111	623	1	Later	later	RB
13111	623	2	on	on	RB
13111	623	3	,	,	,
13111	623	4	children	child	NNS
13111	623	5	who	who	WP
13111	623	6	have	have	VBP
13111	623	7	been	be	VBN
13111	623	8	educated	educate	VBN
13111	623	9	acquire	acquire	VB
13111	623	10	a	a	DT
13111	623	11	knowledge	knowledge	NN
13111	623	12	of	of	IN
13111	623	13	the	the	DT
13111	623	14	application	application	NN
13111	623	15	of	of	IN
13111	623	16	visual	visual	JJ
13111	623	17	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	623	18	,	,	,
13111	623	19	and	and	CC
13111	623	20	how	how	WRB
13111	623	21	to	to	TO
13111	623	22	represent	represent	VB
13111	623	23	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	623	24	by	by	IN
13111	623	25	drawing	draw	VBG
13111	623	26	and	and	CC
13111	623	27	writing	write	VBG
13111	623	28	,	,	,
13111	623	29	and	and	CC
13111	623	30	associate	associate	VB
13111	623	31	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	623	32	with	with	IN
13111	623	33	persons	person	NNS
13111	623	34	and	and	CC
13111	623	35	objects	object	NNS
13111	623	36	.	.	.
13111	624	1	3	3	LS
13111	624	2	.	.	.
13111	625	1	There	there	EX
13111	625	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	625	3	more	more	RBR
13111	625	4	definiteness	definiteness	NN
13111	625	5	of	of	IN
13111	625	6	impression	impression	NN
13111	625	7	and	and	CC
13111	625	8	readiness	readiness	NN
13111	625	9	of	of	IN
13111	625	10	recall	recall	NN
13111	625	11	for	for	IN
13111	625	12	auditory	auditory	NN
13111	625	13	than	than	IN
13111	625	14	for	for	IN
13111	625	15	articulatory	articulatory	NN
13111	625	16	motor	motor	NN
13111	625	17	sense	sense	NN
13111	625	18	feelings	feeling	NNS
13111	625	19	.	.	.
13111	626	1	4	4	LS
13111	626	2	.	.	.
13111	627	1	After	after	IN
13111	627	2	the	the	DT
13111	627	3	acquirement	acquirement	NN
13111	627	4	of	of	IN
13111	627	5	speech	speech	NN
13111	627	6	by	by	IN
13111	627	7	the	the	DT
13111	627	8	child	child	NN
13111	627	9	,	,	,
13111	627	10	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	627	11	feelings	feeling	NNS
13111	627	12	are	be	VBP
13111	627	13	still	still	RB
13111	627	14	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	627	15	for	for	IN
13111	627	16	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	627	17	speech	speech	NN
13111	627	18	processes	process	NNS
13111	627	19	;	;	:
13111	627	20	for	for	CC
13111	627	21	if	if	IN
13111	627	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	627	23	were	be	VBD
13111	627	24	not	not	RB
13111	627	25	so	so	RB
13111	627	26	,	,	,
13111	627	27	how	how	WRB
13111	627	28	could	could	MD
13111	627	29	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	627	30	explain	explain	VB
13111	627	31	the	the	DT
13111	627	32	fact	fact	NN
13111	627	33	that	that	IN
13111	627	34	a	a	DT
13111	627	35	child	child	NN
13111	627	36	up	up	IN
13111	627	37	to	to	IN
13111	627	38	the	the	DT
13111	627	39	fifth	fifth	JJ
13111	627	40	or	or	CC
13111	627	41	sixth	sixth	JJ
13111	627	42	year	year	NN
13111	627	43	in	in	IN
13111	627	44	full	full	JJ
13111	627	45	possession	possession	NN
13111	627	46	of	of	IN
13111	627	47	speech	speech	NN
13111	627	48	will	will	MD
13111	627	49	become	become	VB
13111	627	50	dumb	dumb	JJ
13111	627	51	if	if	IN
13111	627	52	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	627	53	loses	lose	VBZ
13111	627	54	the	the	DT
13111	627	55	sense	sense	NN
13111	627	56	of	of	IN
13111	627	57	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	627	58	from	from	IN
13111	627	59	middle	middle	JJ
13111	627	60	-	-	HYPH
13111	627	61	ear	ear	NN
13111	627	62	disease	disease	NN
13111	627	63	,	,	,
13111	627	64	unless	unless	IN
13111	627	65	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	627	66	be	be	VB
13111	627	67	educated	educate	VBN
13111	627	68	later	later	RB
13111	627	69	by	by	IN
13111	627	70	lip	lip	NN
13111	627	71	language	language	NN
13111	627	72	.	.	.
13111	628	1	5	5	CD
13111	628	2	.	.	.
13111	629	1	Cases	case	NNS
13111	629	2	have	have	VBP
13111	629	3	been	be	VBN
13111	629	4	recorded	record	VBN
13111	629	5	of	of	IN
13111	629	6	bilateral	bilateral	JJ
13111	629	7	lesion	lesion	NN
13111	629	8	of	of	IN
13111	629	9	the	the	DT
13111	629	10	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	629	11	centre	centre	NN
13111	629	12	of	of	IN
13111	629	13	the	the	DT
13111	629	14	brain	brain	NN
13111	629	15	producing	produce	VBG
13111	629	16	loss	loss	NN
13111	629	17	of	of	IN
13111	629	18	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	629	19	and	and	CC
13111	629	20	loss	loss	NN
13111	629	21	of	of	IN
13111	629	22	speech	speech	NN
13111	629	23	,	,	,
13111	629	24	the	the	DT
13111	629	25	motor	motor	NN
13111	629	26	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	629	27	being	be	VBG
13111	629	28	unaffected	unaffected	JJ
13111	629	29	.	.	.
13111	630	1	This	this	DT
13111	630	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	630	3	called	call	VBN
13111	630	4	Wernicke	Wernicke	NNP
13111	630	5	's	's	POS
13111	630	6	sensory	sensory	JJ
13111	630	7	aphasia	aphasia	NNP
13111	630	8	.	.	.
13111	631	1	The	the	DT
13111	631	2	following	following	JJ
13111	631	3	case	case	NN
13111	631	4	occurring	occur	VBG
13111	631	5	in	in	IN
13111	631	6	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	631	7	own	own	JJ
13111	631	8	practice	practice	NN
13111	631	9	is	be	VBZ
13111	631	10	probably	probably	RB
13111	631	11	the	the	DT
13111	631	12	most	most	RBS
13111	631	13	complete	complete	JJ
13111	631	14	instance	instance	NN
13111	631	15	recorded	record	VBD
13111	631	16	.	.	.
13111	632	1	CASE	case	NN
13111	632	2	OF	of	IN
13111	632	3	DEAFNESS	DEAFNESS	NNP
13111	632	4	ARISING	arise	VBG
13111	632	5	FROM	from	IN
13111	632	6	DESTRUCTION	destruction	NN
13111	632	7	OF	of	IN
13111	632	8	THE	the	DT
13111	632	9	AUDITORY	AUDITORY	NNP
13111	632	10	CENTRES	CENTRES	NNP
13111	632	11	IN	in	IN
13111	632	12	THE	the	DT
13111	632	13	BRAIN	brain	NN
13111	632	14	CAUSING	cause	VBG
13111	632	15	LOSS	los	VBN
13111	632	16	OF	of	IN
13111	632	17	SPEECH	speech	NN
13111	632	18	A	a	DT
13111	632	19	woman	woman	NN
13111	632	20	at	at	IN
13111	632	21	the	the	DT
13111	632	22	age	age	NN
13111	632	23	of	of	IN
13111	632	24	twenty	twenty	CD
13111	632	25	suddenly	suddenly	RB
13111	632	26	became	become	VBD
13111	632	27	unconscious	unconscious	JJ
13111	632	28	and	and	CC
13111	632	29	remained	remain	VBD
13111	632	30	so	so	RB
13111	632	31	for	for	IN
13111	632	32	three	three	CD
13111	632	33	hours	hour	NNS
13111	632	34	;	;	,
13111	632	35	on	on	IN
13111	632	36	recovery	recovery	NN
13111	632	37	of	of	IN
13111	632	38	consciousness	consciousness	NN
13111	632	39	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	632	40	was	be	VBD
13111	632	41	found	find	VBN
13111	632	42	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	632	43	could	could	MD
13111	632	44	not	not	RB
13111	632	45	speak	speak	VB
13111	632	46	;	;	:
13111	632	47	this	this	DT
13111	632	48	condition	condition	NN
13111	632	49	remained	remain	VBD
13111	632	50	for	for	IN
13111	632	51	a	a	DT
13111	632	52	fortnight	fortnight	NN
13111	632	53	;	;	:
13111	632	54	speech	speech	NN
13111	632	55	gradually	gradually	RB
13111	632	56	returned	return	VBD
13111	632	57	,	,	,
13111	632	58	although	although	IN
13111	632	59	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	632	60	was	be	VBD
13111	632	61	impaired	impair	VBN
13111	632	62	for	for	IN
13111	632	63	a	a	DT
13111	632	64	month	month	NN
13111	632	65	or	or	CC
13111	632	66	more	more	JJR
13111	632	67	.	.	.
13111	633	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
13111	633	2	married	marry	VBD
13111	633	3	,	,	,
13111	633	4	but	but	CC
13111	633	5	soon	soon	RB
13111	633	6	after	after	IN
13111	633	7	marriage	marriage	NN
13111	633	8	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	633	9	suddenly	suddenly	RB
13111	633	10	lost	lose	VBD
13111	633	11	her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	633	12	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	633	13	completely	completely	RB
13111	633	14	,	,	,
13111	633	15	remaining	remain	VBG
13111	633	16	permanently	permanently	RB
13111	633	17	stone	stone	NN
13111	633	18	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	633	19	;	;	:
13111	633	20	and	and	CC
13111	633	21	although	although	IN
13111	633	22	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	633	23	could	could	MD
13111	633	24	understand	understand	VB
13111	633	25	anything	anything	NN
13111	633	26	of	of	IN
13111	633	27	a	a	DT
13111	633	28	simple	simple	JJ
13111	633	29	character	character	NN
13111	633	30	when	when	WRB
13111	633	31	written	write	VBN
13111	633	32	,	,	,
13111	633	33	and	and	CC
13111	633	34	was	be	VBD
13111	633	35	able	able	JJ
13111	633	36	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
13111	633	37	to	to	TO
13111	633	38	copy	copy	VB
13111	633	39	sentences	sentence	NNS
13111	633	40	,	,	,
13111	633	41	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	633	42	was	be	VBD
13111	633	43	unable	unable	JJ
13111	633	44	to	to	TO
13111	633	45	speak	speak	VB
13111	633	46	.	.	.
13111	634	1	Once	once	RB
13111	634	2	,	,	,
13111	634	3	however	however	RB
13111	634	4	,	,	,
13111	634	5	under	under	IN
13111	634	6	great	great	JJ
13111	634	7	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	634	8	excitement	excitement	NN
13111	634	9	,	,	,
13111	634	10	while	while	IN
13111	634	11	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	634	12	was	be	VBD
13111	634	13	examining	examine	VBG
13111	634	14	her	-PRON-	PRP
13111	634	15	by	by	IN
13111	634	16	written	write	VBN
13111	634	17	questions	question	NNS
13111	634	18	,	,	,
13111	634	19	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	634	20	uttered	utter	VBD
13111	634	21	,	,	,
13111	634	22	"	"	``
13111	634	23	Is	be	VBZ
13111	634	24	that	that	DT
13111	634	25	.	.	.
13111	634	26	"	"	''
13111	635	1	But	but	CC
13111	635	2	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	635	3	was	be	VBD
13111	635	4	never	never	RB
13111	635	5	heard	hear	VBN
13111	635	6	to	to	TO
13111	635	7	speak	speak	VB
13111	635	8	again	again	RB
13111	635	9	during	during	IN
13111	635	10	the	the	DT
13111	635	11	subsequent	subsequent	JJ
13111	635	12	five	five	CD
13111	635	13	years	year	NNS
13111	635	14	that	that	WRB
13111	635	15	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	635	16	lived	live	VBD
13111	635	17	.	.	.
13111	636	1	The	the	DT
13111	636	2	utterance	utterance	NN
13111	636	3	of	of	IN
13111	636	4	those	those	DT
13111	636	5	two	two	CD
13111	636	6	words	word	NNS
13111	636	7	,	,	,
13111	636	8	however	however	RB
13111	636	9	,	,	,
13111	636	10	showed	show	VBD
13111	636	11	that	that	IN
13111	636	12	the	the	DT
13111	636	13	loss	loss	NN
13111	636	14	of	of	IN
13111	636	15	speech	speech	NN
13111	636	16	was	be	VBD
13111	636	17	not	not	RB
13111	636	18	due	due	JJ
13111	636	19	to	to	IN
13111	636	20	a	a	DT
13111	636	21	defect	defect	NN
13111	636	22	of	of	IN
13111	636	23	the	the	DT
13111	636	24	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	636	25	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	636	26	of	of	IN
13111	636	27	the	the	DT
13111	636	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	636	29	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	636	30	of	of	IN
13111	636	31	speech	speech	NN
13111	636	32	,	,	,
13111	636	33	nor	nor	CC
13111	636	34	to	to	IN
13111	636	35	the	the	DT
13111	636	36	motor	motor	NN
13111	636	37	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	636	38	in	in	IN
13111	636	39	the	the	DT
13111	636	40	brain	brain	NN
13111	636	41	that	that	WDT
13111	636	42	preside	preside	NN
13111	636	43	over	over	IN
13111	636	44	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	636	45	movements	movement	NNS
13111	636	46	in	in	IN
13111	636	47	the	the	DT
13111	636	48	production	production	NN
13111	636	49	of	of	IN
13111	636	50	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	636	51	speech	speech	NN
13111	636	52	.	.	.
13111	637	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
13111	637	2	recognised	recognise	VBD
13111	637	3	pictures	picture	NNS
13111	637	4	and	and	CC
13111	637	5	expressed	express	VBD
13111	637	6	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
13111	637	7	or	or	CC
13111	637	8	dissatisfaction	dissatisfaction	NN
13111	637	9	when	when	WRB
13111	637	10	correct	correct	JJ
13111	637	11	or	or	CC
13111	637	12	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
13111	637	13	names	name	NNS
13111	637	14	were	be	VBD
13111	637	15	written	write	VBN
13111	637	16	beneath	beneath	IN
13111	637	17	the	the	DT
13111	637	18	pictures	picture	NNS
13111	637	19	;	;	:
13111	637	20	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	637	21	,	,	,
13111	637	22	in	in	IN
13111	637	23	many	many	JJ
13111	637	24	ways	way	NNS
13111	637	25	,	,	,
13111	637	26	by	by	IN
13111	637	27	gestures	gesture	NNS
13111	637	28	,	,	,
13111	637	29	facial	facial	JJ
13111	637	30	expression	expression	NN
13111	637	31	,	,	,
13111	637	32	and	and	CC
13111	637	33	curious	curious	JJ
13111	637	34	noises	noise	NNS
13111	637	35	of	of	IN
13111	637	36	a	a	DT
13111	637	37	high	high	RB
13111	637	38	-	-	HYPH
13111	637	39	pitched	pitched	JJ
13111	637	40	,	,	,
13111	637	41	musical	musical	JJ
13111	637	42	,	,	,
13111	637	43	whining	whine	VBG
13111	637	44	character	character	NN
13111	637	45	,	,	,
13111	637	46	showed	show	VBD
13111	637	47	that	that	IN
13111	637	48	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	637	49	was	be	VBD
13111	637	50	not	not	RB
13111	637	51	markedly	markedly	RB
13111	637	52	deficient	deficient	JJ
13111	637	53	in	in	IN
13111	637	54	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	637	55	.	.	.
13111	638	1	Although	although	IN
13111	638	2	in	in	IN
13111	638	3	an	an	DT
13111	638	4	asylum	asylum	NN
13111	638	5	and	and	CC
13111	638	6	partially	partially	RB
13111	638	7	paralysed	paralyse	VBN
13111	638	8	,	,	,
13111	638	9	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	638	10	was	be	VBD
13111	638	11	not	not	RB
13111	638	12	really	really	RB
13111	638	13	insane	insane	JJ
13111	638	14	in	in	IN
13111	638	15	the	the	DT
13111	638	16	proper	proper	JJ
13111	638	17	sense	sense	NN
13111	638	18	,	,	,
13111	638	19	but	but	CC
13111	638	20	incapable	incapable	JJ
13111	638	21	of	of	IN
13111	638	22	taking	take	VBG
13111	638	23	care	care	NN
13111	638	24	of	of	IN
13111	638	25	herself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	638	26	.	.	.
13111	639	1	When	when	WRB
13111	639	2	other	other	JJ
13111	639	3	patients	patient	NNS
13111	639	4	were	be	VBD
13111	639	5	getting	get	VBG
13111	639	6	into	into	IN
13111	639	7	mischief	mischief	NN
13111	639	8	this	this	DT
13111	639	9	patient	patient	NN
13111	639	10	would	would	MD
13111	639	11	give	give	VB
13111	639	12	a	a	DT
13111	639	13	warning	warning	NN
13111	639	14	to	to	IN
13111	639	15	the	the	DT
13111	639	16	attendants	attendant	NNS
13111	639	17	by	by	IN
13111	639	18	the	the	DT
13111	639	19	utterance	utterance	NN
13111	639	20	of	of	IN
13111	639	21	inarticulate	inarticulate	JJ
13111	639	22	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	639	23	,	,	,
13111	639	24	showing	show	VBG
13111	639	25	that	that	IN
13111	639	26	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	639	27	was	be	VBD
13111	639	28	able	able	JJ
13111	639	29	to	to	TO
13111	639	30	comprehend	comprehend	VB
13111	639	31	what	what	WP
13111	639	32	was	be	VBD
13111	639	33	taking	take	VBG
13111	639	34	place	place	NN
13111	639	35	around	around	RB
13111	639	36	and	and	CC
13111	639	37	reason	reason	NN
13111	639	38	thereon	thereon	NN
13111	639	39	,	,	,
13111	639	40	indicating	indicate	VBG
13111	639	41	thereby	thereby	RB
13111	639	42	that	that	DT
13111	639	43	although	although	IN
13111	639	44	stone	stone	NN
13111	639	45	deaf	deaf	NN
13111	639	46	and	and	CC
13111	639	47	dumb	dumb	JJ
13111	639	48	,	,	,
13111	639	49	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	639	50	was	be	VBD
13111	639	51	probable	probable	JJ
13111	639	52	that	that	IN
13111	639	53	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	639	54	possessed	possess	VBD
13111	639	55	the	the	DT
13111	639	56	power	power	NN
13111	639	57	of	of	IN
13111	639	58	silent	silent	JJ
13111	639	59	thought	thought	NN
13111	639	60	.	.	.
13111	640	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	640	2	observed	observe	VBD
13111	640	3	that	that	IN
13111	640	4	during	during	IN
13111	640	5	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	640	6	excitement	excitement	NN
13111	640	7	the	the	DT
13111	640	8	pitch	pitch	NN
13111	640	9	of	of	IN
13111	640	10	the	the	DT
13111	640	11	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	640	12	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	640	13	uttered	utter	VBD
13111	640	14	increased	increase	VBD
13111	640	15	markedly	markedly	RB
13111	640	16	with	with	IN
13111	640	17	the	the	DT
13111	640	18	increase	increase	NN
13111	640	19	of	of	IN
13111	640	20	excitement	excitement	NN
13111	640	21	.	.	.
13111	641	1	After	after	IN
13111	641	2	having	have	VBG
13111	641	3	been	be	VBN
13111	641	4	discharged	discharge	VBN
13111	641	5	from	from	IN
13111	641	6	Claybury	Claybury	NNP
13111	641	7	Asylum	Asylum	NNP
13111	641	8	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	641	9	was	be	VBD
13111	641	10	sent	send	VBN
13111	641	11	to	to	IN
13111	641	12	Colney	Colney	NNP
13111	641	13	Hatch	Hatch	NNP
13111	641	14	Asylum	Asylum	NNP
13111	641	15	.	.	.
13111	642	1	Upon	upon	IN
13111	642	2	one	one	CD
13111	642	3	of	of	IN
13111	642	4	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	642	5	visits	visit	NNS
13111	642	6	to	to	IN
13111	642	7	that	that	DT
13111	642	8	institution	institution	NN
13111	642	9	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	642	10	learnt	learn	VBD
13111	642	11	that	that	IN
13111	642	12	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	642	13	had	have	VBD
13111	642	14	been	be	VBN
13111	642	15	admitted	admit	VBN
13111	642	16	,	,	,
13111	642	17	and	and	CC
13111	642	18	upon	upon	IN
13111	642	19	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	642	20	entering	enter	VBG
13111	642	21	the	the	DT
13111	642	22	ward	ward	NN
13111	642	23	,	,	,
13111	642	24	although	although	IN
13111	642	25	more	more	JJR
13111	642	26	than	than	IN
13111	642	27	a	a	DT
13111	642	28	year	year	NN
13111	642	29	had	have	VBD
13111	642	30	elapsed	elapse	VBN
13111	642	31	since	since	IN
13111	642	32	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	642	33	last	last	RB
13111	642	34	saw	see	VBD
13111	642	35	her	-PRON-	PRP
13111	642	36	,	,	,
13111	642	37	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	642	38	immediately	immediately	RB
13111	642	39	and	and	CC
13111	642	40	from	from	IN
13111	642	41	afar	afar	RB
13111	642	42	recognised	recognise	VBD
13111	642	43	me	-PRON-	PRP
13111	642	44	;	;	:
13111	642	45	and	and	CC
13111	642	46	by	by	IN
13111	642	47	facial	facial	JJ
13111	642	48	expression	expression	NN
13111	642	49	,	,	,
13111	642	50	gesture	gesture	NN
13111	642	51	,	,	,
13111	642	52	and	and	CC
13111	642	53	the	the	DT
13111	642	54	utterance	utterance	NN
13111	642	55	of	of	IN
13111	642	56	inarticulate	inarticulate	JJ
13111	642	57	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	642	58	showed	show	VBD
13111	642	59	her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	642	60	great	great	JJ
13111	642	61	pleasure	pleasure	NN
13111	642	62	and	and	CC
13111	642	63	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
13111	642	64	in	in	IN
13111	642	65	seeing	see	VBG
13111	642	66	one	one	CD
13111	642	67	who	who	WP
13111	642	68	had	have	VBD
13111	642	69	taken	take	VBN
13111	642	70	a	a	DT
13111	642	71	great	great	JJ
13111	642	72	interest	interest	NN
13111	642	73	in	in	IN
13111	642	74	her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	642	75	case	case	NN
13111	642	76	.	.	.
13111	643	1	This	this	DT
13111	643	2	poor	poor	JJ
13111	643	3	woman	woman	NN
13111	643	4	must	must	MD
13111	643	5	have	have	VB
13111	643	6	felt	feel	VBN
13111	643	7	some	some	DT
13111	643	8	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
13111	643	9	in	in	IN
13111	643	10	knowing	know	VBG
13111	643	11	that	that	IN
13111	643	12	someone	someone	NN
13111	643	13	had	have	VBD
13111	643	14	interpreted	interpret	VBN
13111	643	15	her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	643	16	mental	mental	JJ
13111	643	17	condition	condition	NN
13111	643	18	,	,	,
13111	643	19	for	for	IN
13111	643	20	of	of	IN
13111	643	21	course	course	NN
13111	643	22	,	,	,
13111	643	23	her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	643	24	husband	husband	NN
13111	643	25	and	and	CC
13111	643	26	friends	friend	NNS
13111	643	27	did	do	VBD
13111	643	28	not	not	RB
13111	643	29	understand	understand	VB
13111	643	30	why	why	WRB
13111	643	31	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	643	32	could	could	MD
13111	643	33	not	not	RB
13111	643	34	speak	speak	VB
13111	643	35	.	.	.
13111	644	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	644	2	may	may	MD
13111	644	3	mention	mention	VB
13111	644	4	that	that	IN
13111	644	5	the	the	DT
13111	644	6	first	first	JJ
13111	644	7	attack	attack	NN
13111	644	8	of	of	IN
13111	644	9	loss	loss	NN
13111	644	10	of	of	IN
13111	644	11	speech	speech	NN
13111	644	12	was	be	VBD
13111	644	13	attributed	attribute	VBN
13111	644	14	to	to	IN
13111	644	15	hysteria	hysteria	NN
13111	644	16	.	.	.
13111	645	1	This	this	DT
13111	645	2	woman	woman	NN
13111	645	3	died	die	VBD
13111	645	4	of	of	IN
13111	645	5	tuberculosis	tuberculosis	NN
13111	645	6	seven	seven	CD
13111	645	7	years	year	NNS
13111	645	8	after	after	IN
13111	645	9	the	the	DT
13111	645	10	second	second	JJ
13111	645	11	attack	attack	NN
13111	645	12	,	,	,
13111	645	13	and	and	CC
13111	645	14	examination	examination	NN
13111	645	15	of	of	IN
13111	645	16	the	the	DT
13111	645	17	brain	brain	NN
13111	645	18	_	_	NNP
13111	645	19	post	post	JJ
13111	645	20	-	-	JJ
13111	645	21	mortem	mortem	JJ
13111	645	22	_	_	NNP
13111	645	23	revealed	reveal	VBD
13111	645	24	the	the	DT
13111	645	25	cause	cause	NN
13111	645	26	of	of	IN
13111	645	27	the	the	DT
13111	645	28	deafness	deafness	NN
13111	645	29	.	.	.
13111	646	1	There	there	EX
13111	646	2	was	be	VBD
13111	646	3	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	646	4	of	of	IN
13111	646	5	the	the	DT
13111	646	6	centre	centre	NN
13111	646	7	of	of	IN
13111	646	8	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	646	9	in	in	IN
13111	646	10	both	both	DT
13111	646	11	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	646	12	(	(	-LRB-
13111	646	13	_	_	NNP
13111	646	14	vide	vide	NN
13111	646	15	_	_	NNP
13111	646	16	fig	fig	NN
13111	646	17	.	.	.
13111	647	1	17	17	CD
13111	647	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	647	3	,	,	,
13111	647	4	caused	cause	VBN
13111	647	5	by	by	IN
13111	647	6	blocking	blocking	NN
13111	647	7	of	of	IN
13111	647	8	an	an	DT
13111	647	9	artery	artery	NN
13111	647	10	supplying	supply	VBG
13111	647	11	in	in	IN
13111	647	12	each	each	DT
13111	647	13	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	647	14	that	that	IN
13111	647	15	particular	particular	JJ
13111	647	16	region	region	NN
13111	647	17	with	with	IN
13111	647	18	blood	blood	NN
13111	647	19	.	.	.
13111	648	1	The	the	DT
13111	648	2	cause	cause	NN
13111	648	3	of	of	IN
13111	648	4	the	the	DT
13111	648	5	blocking	blocking	NN
13111	648	6	of	of	IN
13111	648	7	the	the	DT
13111	648	8	two	two	CD
13111	648	9	arteries	artery	NNS
13111	648	10	was	be	VBD
13111	648	11	discovered	discover	VBN
13111	648	12	,	,	,
13111	648	13	for	for	IN
13111	648	14	little	little	JJ
13111	648	15	warty	warty	JJ
13111	648	16	vegetations	vegetation	NNS
13111	648	17	were	be	VBD
13111	648	18	found	find	VBN
13111	648	19	on	on	IN
13111	648	20	the	the	DT
13111	648	21	mitral	mitral	JJ
13111	648	22	valve	valve	NN
13111	648	23	of	of	IN
13111	648	24	the	the	DT
13111	648	25	left	left	JJ
13111	648	26	side	side	NN
13111	648	27	of	of	IN
13111	648	28	the	the	DT
13111	648	29	heart	heart	NN
13111	648	30	.	.	.
13111	649	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	649	2	interpreted	interpret	VBD
13111	649	3	the	the	DT
13111	649	4	two	two	CD
13111	649	5	attacks	attack	NNS
13111	649	6	thus	thus	RB
13111	649	7	:	:	:
13111	649	8	one	one	CD
13111	649	9	of	of	IN
13111	649	10	these	these	DT
13111	649	11	warty	warty	CD
13111	649	12	vegetations	vegetation	NNS
13111	649	13	had	have	VBD
13111	649	14	become	become	VBN
13111	649	15	detached	detach	VBN
13111	649	16	,	,	,
13111	649	17	and	and	CC
13111	649	18	escaping	escape	VBG
13111	649	19	into	into	IN
13111	649	20	the	the	DT
13111	649	21	arterial	arterial	JJ
13111	649	22	circulation	circulation	NN
13111	649	23	,	,	,
13111	649	24	entered	enter	VBD
13111	649	25	the	the	DT
13111	649	26	left	left	JJ
13111	649	27	carotid	carotid	NNS
13111	649	28	artery	artery	NN
13111	649	29	and	and	CC
13111	649	30	eventually	eventually	RB
13111	649	31	stuck	stick	VBD
13111	649	32	in	in	IN
13111	649	33	the	the	DT
13111	649	34	posterior	posterior	NN
13111	649	35	branch	branch	NN
13111	649	36	of	of	IN
13111	649	37	the	the	DT
13111	649	38	middle	middle	JJ
13111	649	39	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	649	40	artery	artery	NN
13111	649	41	,	,	,
13111	649	42	causing	cause	VBG
13111	649	43	a	a	DT
13111	649	44	temporary	temporary	JJ
13111	649	45	loss	loss	NN
13111	649	46	of	of	IN
13111	649	47	word	word	NN
13111	649	48	memory	memory	NN
13111	649	49	,	,	,
13111	649	50	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	649	51	a	a	DT
13111	649	52	disturbance	disturbance	NN
13111	649	53	of	of	IN
13111	649	54	the	the	DT
13111	649	55	whole	whole	JJ
13111	649	56	speech	speech	NN
13111	649	57	zone	zone	NN
13111	649	58	of	of	IN
13111	649	59	the	the	DT
13111	649	60	left	left	JJ
13111	649	61	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	649	62	.	.	.
13111	650	1	This	this	DT
13111	650	2	would	would	MD
13111	650	3	account	account	VB
13111	650	4	for	for	IN
13111	650	5	the	the	DT
13111	650	6	deafness	deafness	NN
13111	650	7	to	to	IN
13111	650	8	spoken	spoken	JJ
13111	650	9	language	language	NN
13111	650	10	and	and	CC
13111	650	11	loss	loss	NN
13111	650	12	of	of	IN
13111	650	13	speech	speech	NN
13111	650	14	for	for	IN
13111	650	15	a	a	DT
13111	650	16	fortnight	fortnight	NN
13111	650	17	,	,	,
13111	650	18	with	with	IN
13111	650	19	impairment	impairment	NN
13111	650	20	for	for	IN
13111	650	21	more	more	JJR
13111	650	22	than	than	IN
13111	650	23	a	a	DT
13111	650	24	month	month	NN
13111	650	25	,	,	,
13111	650	26	following	follow	VBG
13111	650	27	the	the	DT
13111	650	28	first	first	JJ
13111	650	29	attack	attack	NN
13111	650	30	.	.	.
13111	651	1	But	but	CC
13111	651	2	both	both	DT
13111	651	3	ears	ear	NNS
13111	651	4	are	be	VBP
13111	651	5	represented	represent	VBN
13111	651	6	in	in	IN
13111	651	7	each	each	DT
13111	651	8	half	half	NN
13111	651	9	of	of	IN
13111	651	10	the	the	DT
13111	651	11	brain	brain	NN
13111	651	12	;	;	:
13111	651	13	that	that	DT
13111	651	14	is	be	VBZ
13111	651	15	to	to	TO
13111	651	16	say	say	VB
13111	651	17	,	,	,
13111	651	18	sound	sound	JJ
13111	651	19	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	651	20	entering	enter	VBG
13111	651	21	either	either	CC
13111	651	22	ear	ear	NN
13111	651	23	,	,	,
13111	651	24	although	although	IN
13111	651	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	651	26	produce	produce	VBP
13111	651	27	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	651	28	only	only	RB
13111	651	29	in	in	IN
13111	651	30	one	one	CD
13111	651	31	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	651	32	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	651	33	,	,	,
13111	651	34	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
13111	651	35	proceed	proceed	VBP
13111	651	36	subsequently	subsequently	RB
13111	651	37	to	to	IN
13111	651	38	both	both	DT
13111	651	39	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	651	40	centres	centre	NNS
13111	651	41	.	.	.
13111	652	1	The	the	DT
13111	652	2	path	path	NN
13111	652	3	most	most	RBS
13111	652	4	open	open	JJ
13111	652	5	,	,	,
13111	652	6	however	however	RB
13111	652	7	,	,	,
13111	652	8	for	for	IN
13111	652	9	transmission	transmission	NN
13111	652	10	is	be	VBZ
13111	652	11	to	to	IN
13111	652	12	the	the	DT
13111	652	13	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	652	14	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	652	15	;	;	:
13111	652	16	thus	thus	RB
13111	652	17	the	the	DT
13111	652	18	right	right	NN
13111	652	19	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	652	20	receives	receive	VBZ
13111	652	21	most	most	JJS
13111	652	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	652	23	from	from	IN
13111	652	24	the	the	DT
13111	652	25	left	left	JJ
13111	652	26	ear	ear	NN
13111	652	27	and	and	CC
13111	652	28	_	_	NNP
13111	652	29	vice	vice	NN
13111	652	30	versa	versa	NNP
13111	652	31	_	_	NNP
13111	652	32	.	.	.
13111	653	1	Consequently	consequently	RB
13111	653	2	the	the	DT
13111	653	3	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	653	4	centre	centre	NN
13111	653	5	in	in	IN
13111	653	6	the	the	DT
13111	653	7	right	right	NN
13111	653	8	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	653	9	was	be	VBD
13111	653	10	able	able	JJ
13111	653	11	very	very	RB
13111	653	12	soon	soon	RB
13111	653	13	to	to	TO
13111	653	14	take	take	VB
13111	653	15	on	on	RP
13111	653	16	the	the	DT
13111	653	17	function	function	NN
13111	653	18	of	of	IN
13111	653	19	associating	associate	VBG
13111	653	20	verbal	verbal	JJ
13111	653	21	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	653	22	with	with	IN
13111	653	23	the	the	DT
13111	653	24	sense	sense	NN
13111	653	25	of	of	IN
13111	653	26	movement	movement	NN
13111	653	27	of	of	IN
13111	653	28	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	653	29	speech	speech	NN
13111	653	30	and	and	CC
13111	653	31	recovery	recovery	NN
13111	653	32	took	take	VBD
13111	653	33	place	place	NN
13111	653	34	.	.	.
13111	654	1	_	_	NNP
13111	654	2	But	but	CC
13111	654	3	_	_	NNP
13111	654	4	,	,	,
13111	654	5	when	when	WRB
13111	654	6	by	by	IN
13111	654	7	a	a	DT
13111	654	8	second	second	JJ
13111	654	9	attack	attack	NN
13111	654	10	the	the	DT
13111	654	11	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	654	12	vessel	vessel	NN
13111	654	13	of	of	IN
13111	654	14	the	the	DT
13111	654	15	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	654	16	half	half	NN
13111	654	17	of	of	IN
13111	654	18	the	the	DT
13111	654	19	brain	brain	NN
13111	654	20	was	be	VBD
13111	654	21	blocked	block	VBN
13111	654	22	the	the	DT
13111	654	23	terminal	terminal	JJ
13111	654	24	avenues	avenue	NNS
13111	654	25	,	,	,
13111	654	26	and	and	CC
13111	654	27	the	the	DT
13111	654	28	central	central	JJ
13111	654	29	stations	station	NNS
13111	654	30	for	for	IN
13111	654	31	the	the	DT
13111	654	32	reception	reception	NN
13111	654	33	of	of	IN
13111	654	34	the	the	DT
13111	654	35	particular	particular	JJ
13111	654	36	modes	mode	NNS
13111	654	37	of	of	IN
13111	654	38	motion	motion	NN
13111	654	39	associated	associate	VBN
13111	654	40	with	with	IN
13111	654	41	sound	sound	JJ
13111	654	42	vibration	vibration	NN
13111	654	43	of	of	IN
13111	654	44	all	all	DT
13111	654	45	kinds	kind	NNS
13111	654	46	were	be	VBD
13111	654	47	destroyed	destroy	VBN
13111	654	48	_	_	NNP
13111	654	49	in	in	IN
13111	654	50	toto	toto	NN
13111	654	51	_	_	NNP
13111	654	52	;	;	:
13111	654	53	and	and	CC
13111	654	54	the	the	DT
13111	654	55	patient	patient	NN
13111	654	56	became	become	VBD
13111	654	57	stone	stone	NN
13111	654	58	deaf	deaf	NN
13111	654	59	.	.	.
13111	655	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	655	2	would	would	MD
13111	655	3	have	have	VB
13111	655	4	been	be	VBN
13111	655	5	extremely	extremely	RB
13111	655	6	interesting	interesting	JJ
13111	655	7	to	to	TO
13111	655	8	have	have	VB
13111	655	9	seen	see	VBN
13111	655	10	whether	whether	IN
13111	655	11	,	,	,
13111	655	12	having	have	VBG
13111	655	13	lost	lose	VBN
13111	655	14	that	that	DT
13111	655	15	portion	portion	NN
13111	655	16	of	of	IN
13111	655	17	the	the	DT
13111	655	18	brain	brain	NN
13111	655	19	which	which	WDT
13111	655	20	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
13111	655	21	the	the	DT
13111	655	22	primary	primary	JJ
13111	655	23	incitation	incitation	NN
13111	655	24	of	of	IN
13111	655	25	speech	speech	NN
13111	655	26	,	,	,
13111	655	27	this	this	DT
13111	655	28	patient	patient	NN
13111	655	29	could	could	MD
13111	655	30	have	have	VB
13111	655	31	been	be	VBN
13111	655	32	taught	teach	VBN
13111	655	33	lip	lip	NN
13111	655	34	language	language	NN
13111	655	35	.	.	.
13111	656	1	There	there	EX
13111	656	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	656	3	no	no	DT
13111	656	4	doubt	doubt	NN
13111	656	5	that	that	IN
13111	656	6	persons	person	NNS
13111	656	7	who	who	WP
13111	656	8	become	become	VBP
13111	656	9	deaf	deaf	NN
13111	656	10	from	from	IN
13111	656	11	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	656	12	of	of	IN
13111	656	13	the	the	DT
13111	656	14	peripheral	peripheral	JJ
13111	656	15	sense	sense	NN
13111	656	16	organ	organ	NNP
13111	656	17	late	late	RB
13111	656	18	in	in	IN
13111	656	19	life	life	NN
13111	656	20	do	do	VBP
13111	656	21	not	not	RB
13111	656	22	lose	lose	VB
13111	656	23	the	the	DT
13111	656	24	power	power	NN
13111	656	25	of	of	IN
13111	656	26	speech	speech	NN
13111	656	27	,	,	,
13111	656	28	and	and	CC
13111	656	29	children	child	NNS
13111	656	30	who	who	WP
13111	656	31	are	be	VBP
13111	656	32	stone	stone	NN
13111	656	33	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	656	34	from	from	IN
13111	656	35	ear	ear	NN
13111	656	36	disease	disease	NN
13111	656	37	and	and	CC
13111	656	38	dumb	dumb	JJ
13111	656	39	in	in	IN
13111	656	40	consequence	consequence	NN
13111	656	41	can	can	MD
13111	656	42	be	be	VB
13111	656	43	trained	train	VBN
13111	656	44	to	to	TO
13111	656	45	learn	learn	VB
13111	656	46	to	to	TO
13111	656	47	speak	speak	VB
13111	656	48	by	by	IN
13111	656	49	watching	watch	VBG
13111	656	50	and	and	CC
13111	656	51	imitating	imitate	VBG
13111	656	52	the	the	DT
13111	656	53	movements	movement	NNS
13111	656	54	of	of	IN
13111	656	55	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	656	56	.	.	.
13111	657	1	Helen	Helen	NNP
13111	657	2	Keller	Keller	NNP
13111	657	3	indeed	indeed	RB
13111	657	4	,	,	,
13111	657	5	although	although	IN
13111	657	6	blind	blind	JJ
13111	657	7	,	,	,
13111	657	8	was	be	VBD
13111	657	9	able	able	JJ
13111	657	10	to	to	TO
13111	657	11	learn	learn	VB
13111	657	12	to	to	TO
13111	657	13	speak	speak	VB
13111	657	14	by	by	IN
13111	657	15	the	the	DT
13111	657	16	education	education	NN
13111	657	17	of	of	IN
13111	657	18	the	the	DT
13111	657	19	tactile	tactile	NNP
13111	657	20	motor	motor	NN
13111	657	21	sense	sense	NN
13111	657	22	.	.	.
13111	658	1	By	by	IN
13111	658	2	placing	place	VBG
13111	658	3	the	the	DT
13111	658	4	hand	hand	NN
13111	658	5	on	on	IN
13111	658	6	the	the	DT
13111	658	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	658	8	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	658	9	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	658	10	appreciated	appreciate	VBD
13111	658	11	by	by	IN
13111	658	12	the	the	DT
13111	658	13	tactile	tactile	NNP
13111	658	14	motor	motor	NN
13111	658	15	sense	sense	VBP
13111	658	16	the	the	DT
13111	658	17	movements	movement	NNS
13111	658	18	associated	associate	VBN
13111	658	19	with	with	IN
13111	658	20	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	658	21	and	and	CC
13111	658	22	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	658	23	.	.	.
13111	659	1	The	the	DT
13111	659	2	tactile	tactile	NN
13111	659	3	motor	motor	NN
13111	659	4	sense	sense	NN
13111	659	5	by	by	IN
13111	659	6	education	education	NN
13111	659	7	replaced	replace	VBN
13111	659	8	in	in	IN
13111	659	9	her	-PRON-	PRP
13111	659	10	the	the	DT
13111	659	11	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	659	12	and	and	CC
13111	659	13	visual	visual	JJ
13111	659	14	senses	sense	NNS
13111	659	15	.	.	.
13111	660	1	The	the	DT
13111	660	2	following	follow	VBG
13111	660	3	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	660	4	experiment	experiment	NN
13111	660	5	throws	throw	VBZ
13111	660	6	light	light	NN
13111	660	7	on	on	IN
13111	660	8	this	this	DT
13111	660	9	subject	subject	NN
13111	660	10	.	.	.
13111	661	1	A	a	DT
13111	661	2	dog	dog	NN
13111	661	3	that	that	WDT
13111	661	4	had	have	VBD
13111	661	5	been	be	VBN
13111	661	6	deprived	deprive	VBN
13111	661	7	of	of	IN
13111	661	8	sight	sight	NN
13111	661	9	by	by	IN
13111	661	10	removal	removal	NN
13111	661	11	of	of	IN
13111	661	12	the	the	DT
13111	661	13	eyes	eye	NNS
13111	661	14	when	when	WRB
13111	661	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	661	16	was	be	VBD
13111	661	17	a	a	DT
13111	661	18	puppy	puppy	NN
13111	661	19	found	find	VBD
13111	661	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	661	21	way	way	NN
13111	661	22	about	about	IN
13111	661	23	as	as	RB
13111	661	24	well	well	RB
13111	661	25	as	as	IN
13111	661	26	a	a	DT
13111	661	27	normal	normal	JJ
13111	661	28	dog	dog	NN
13111	661	29	;	;	:
13111	661	30	but	but	CC
13111	661	31	an	an	DT
13111	661	32	animal	animal	NN
13111	661	33	made	make	VBN
13111	661	34	blind	blind	JJ
13111	661	35	by	by	IN
13111	661	36	removal	removal	NN
13111	661	37	of	of	IN
13111	661	38	the	the	DT
13111	661	39	occipital	occipital	JJ
13111	661	40	lobes	lobe	NNS
13111	661	41	of	of	IN
13111	661	42	the	the	DT
13111	661	43	brain	brain	NN
13111	661	44	was	be	VBD
13111	661	45	quite	quite	RB
13111	661	46	stupid	stupid	JJ
13111	661	47	and	and	CC
13111	661	48	had	have	VBD
13111	661	49	great	great	JJ
13111	661	50	difficulty	difficulty	NN
13111	661	51	in	in	IN
13111	661	52	finding	find	VBG
13111	661	53	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	661	54	way	way	NN
13111	661	55	about	about	IN
13111	661	56	.	.	.
13111	662	1	Helen	Helen	NNP
13111	662	2	Keller	Keller	NNP
13111	662	3	's	's	POS
13111	662	4	brain	brain	NN
13111	662	5	,	,	,
13111	662	6	as	as	IN
13111	662	7	shown	show	VBN
13111	662	8	by	by	IN
13111	662	9	her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	662	10	accomplishments	accomplishment	NNS
13111	662	11	in	in	IN
13111	662	12	later	later	JJ
13111	662	13	life	life	NN
13111	662	14	,	,	,
13111	662	15	was	be	VBD
13111	662	16	a	a	DT
13111	662	17	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
13111	662	18	one	one	NN
13111	662	19	;	;	:
13111	662	20	not	not	RB
13111	662	21	long	long	RB
13111	662	22	after	after	IN
13111	662	23	birth	birth	NN
13111	662	24	she	-PRON-	PRP
13111	662	25	became	become	VBD
13111	662	26	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	662	27	and	and	CC
13111	662	28	blind	blind	JJ
13111	662	29	,	,	,
13111	662	30	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	662	31	there	there	EX
13111	662	32	was	be	VBD
13111	662	33	practically	practically	RB
13111	662	34	only	only	RB
13111	662	35	one	one	CD
13111	662	36	avenue	avenue	NN
13111	662	37	of	of	IN
13111	662	38	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	662	39	left	leave	VBD
13111	662	40	open	open	JJ
13111	662	41	for	for	IN
13111	662	42	the	the	DT
13111	662	43	education	education	NN
13111	662	44	of	of	IN
13111	662	45	that	that	DT
13111	662	46	brain	brain	NN
13111	662	47	,	,	,
13111	662	48	viz	viz	NN
13111	662	49	.	.	.
13111	663	1	the	the	DT
13111	663	2	tactile	tactile	JJ
13111	663	3	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	663	4	.	.	.
13111	664	1	But	but	CC
13111	664	2	the	the	DT
13111	664	3	tactile	tactile	NN
13111	664	4	motor	motor	NN
13111	664	5	sense	sense	NN
13111	664	6	is	be	VBZ
13111	664	7	the	the	DT
13111	664	8	active	active	JJ
13111	664	9	sense	sense	NN
13111	664	10	that	that	WDT
13111	664	11	waits	wait	VBZ
13111	664	12	upon	upon	IN
13111	664	13	and	and	CC
13111	664	14	contributes	contribute	VBZ
13111	664	15	to	to	IN
13111	664	16	every	every	DT
13111	664	17	other	other	JJ
13111	664	18	sense	sense	NN
13111	664	19	.	.	.
13111	665	1	The	the	DT
13111	665	2	hand	hand	NN
13111	665	3	is	be	VBZ
13111	665	4	the	the	DT
13111	665	5	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	665	6	of	of	IN
13111	665	7	the	the	DT
13111	665	8	mind	mind	NN
13111	665	9	and	and	CC
13111	665	10	the	the	DT
13111	665	11	agent	agent	NN
13111	665	12	of	of	IN
13111	665	13	the	the	DT
13111	665	14	will	will	NN
13111	665	15	;	;	:
13111	665	16	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	665	17	the	the	DT
13111	665	18	tactile	tactile	JJ
13111	665	19	motor	motor	NN
13111	665	20	sense	sense	NN
13111	665	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	665	22	intimately	intimately	RB
13111	665	23	associated	associate	VBN
13111	665	24	in	in	IN
13111	665	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	665	26	structural	structural	JJ
13111	665	27	representation	representation	NN
13111	665	28	in	in	IN
13111	665	29	the	the	DT
13111	665	30	brain	brain	NN
13111	665	31	with	with	IN
13111	665	32	every	every	DT
13111	665	33	other	other	JJ
13111	665	34	sense	sense	NN
13111	665	35	.	.	.
13111	666	1	This	this	DT
13111	666	2	avenue	avenue	NN
13111	666	3	being	be	VBG
13111	666	4	open	open	JJ
13111	666	5	in	in	IN
13111	666	6	Helen	Helen	NNP
13111	666	7	Keller	Keller	NNP
13111	666	8	,	,	,
13111	666	9	was	be	VBD
13111	666	10	used	use	VBN
13111	666	11	by	by	IN
13111	666	12	her	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	666	13	teacher	teacher	NN
13111	666	14	to	to	IN
13111	666	15	the	the	DT
13111	666	16	greatest	great	JJS
13111	666	17	possible	possible	JJ
13111	666	18	advantage	advantage	NN
13111	666	19	,	,	,
13111	666	20	and	and	CC
13111	666	21	all	all	PDT
13111	666	22	the	the	DT
13111	666	23	innate	innate	JJ
13111	666	24	potentialities	potentiality	NNS
13111	666	25	of	of	IN
13111	666	26	a	a	DT
13111	666	27	brain	brain	NN
13111	666	28	naturally	naturally	RB
13111	666	29	endowed	endow	VBN
13111	666	30	with	with	IN
13111	666	31	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
13111	666	32	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
13111	666	33	powers	power	NNS
13111	666	34	were	be	VBD
13111	666	35	fully	fully	RB
13111	666	36	developed	develop	VBN
13111	666	37	,	,	,
13111	666	38	and	and	CC
13111	666	39	those	those	DT
13111	666	40	cortical	cortical	JJ
13111	666	41	structures	structure	NNS
13111	666	42	which	which	WDT
13111	666	43	normally	normally	RB
13111	666	44	serve	serve	VBP
13111	666	45	as	as	IN
13111	666	46	the	the	DT
13111	666	47	terminal	terminal	JJ
13111	666	48	stations	station	NNS
13111	666	49	(	(	-LRB-
13111	666	50	_	_	NNP
13111	666	51	vide	vide	NN
13111	666	52	_	_	NNP
13111	666	53	fig	fig	NN
13111	666	54	.	.	.
13111	667	1	16	16	CD
13111	667	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	667	3	for	for	IN
13111	667	4	the	the	DT
13111	667	5	reception	reception	NN
13111	667	6	and	and	CC
13111	667	7	analysis	analysis	NN
13111	667	8	of	of	IN
13111	667	9	light	light	NN
13111	667	10	and	and	CC
13111	667	11	sound	sound	JJ
13111	667	12	vibrations	vibration	NNS
13111	667	13	were	be	VBD
13111	667	14	utilised	utilise	VBN
13111	667	15	to	to	IN
13111	667	16	the	the	DT
13111	667	17	full	full	JJ
13111	667	18	by	by	IN
13111	667	19	Helen	Helen	NNP
13111	667	20	Keller	Keller	NNP
13111	667	21	by	by	IN
13111	667	22	means	mean	NNS
13111	667	23	of	of	IN
13111	667	24	association	association	NN
13111	667	25	tracts	tract	NNS
13111	667	26	connecting	connect	VBG
13111	667	27	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	667	28	with	with	IN
13111	667	29	the	the	DT
13111	667	30	tactile	tactile	NN
13111	667	31	motor	motor	NN
13111	667	32	central	central	JJ
13111	667	33	stations	station	NNS
13111	667	34	.	.	.
13111	668	1	The	the	DT
13111	668	2	brain	brain	NN
13111	668	3	acts	act	VBZ
13111	668	4	as	as	IN
13111	668	5	a	a	DT
13111	668	6	whole	whole	NN
13111	668	7	in	in	IN
13111	668	8	even	even	RB
13111	668	9	the	the	DT
13111	668	10	simplest	simple	JJS
13111	668	11	mental	mental	JJ
13111	668	12	processes	process	NNS
13111	668	13	by	by	IN
13111	668	14	virtue	virtue	NN
13111	668	15	of	of	IN
13111	668	16	the	the	DT
13111	668	17	fact	fact	NN
13111	668	18	that	that	IN
13111	668	19	the	the	DT
13111	668	20	so	so	RB
13111	668	21	-	-	HYPH
13111	668	22	called	call	VBN
13111	668	23	functional	functional	JJ
13111	668	24	centres	centre	NNS
13111	668	25	in	in	IN
13111	668	26	the	the	DT
13111	668	27	brain	brain	NN
13111	668	28	are	be	VBP
13111	668	29	not	not	RB
13111	668	30	isolated	isolate	VBN
13111	668	31	fields	field	NNS
13111	668	32	of	of	IN
13111	668	33	consciousness	consciousness	NN
13111	668	34	,	,	,
13111	668	35	but	but	CC
13111	668	36	are	be	VBP
13111	668	37	inextricably	inextricably	RB
13111	668	38	associated	associated	JJ
13111	668	39	one	one	CD
13111	668	40	with	with	IN
13111	668	41	another	another	DT
13111	668	42	by	by	IN
13111	668	43	association	association	NN
13111	668	44	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	668	45	.	.	.
13111	669	1	THE	the	DT
13111	669	2	PRIMARY	PRIMARY	NNP
13111	669	3	REVIVAL	REVIVAL	NNS
13111	669	4	OF	of	IN
13111	669	5	SOME	some	NN
13111	669	6	SENSATIONS	sensation	NNS
13111	669	7	IN	in	IN
13111	669	8	THE	the	DT
13111	669	9	BRAIN	brain	NN
13111	669	10	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	669	11	have	have	VBP
13111	669	12	on	on	IN
13111	669	13	page	page	NN
13111	669	14	77	77	CD
13111	669	15	referred	refer	VBD
13111	669	16	to	to	IN
13111	669	17	Stricker	Stricker	NNP
13111	669	18	's	's	POS
13111	669	19	views	view	NNS
13111	669	20	on	on	IN
13111	669	21	the	the	DT
13111	669	22	primary	primary	JJ
13111	669	23	revival	revival	NN
13111	669	24	of	of	IN
13111	669	25	words	word	NNS
13111	669	26	in	in	IN
13111	669	27	the	the	DT
13111	669	28	sense	sense	NN
13111	669	29	of	of	IN
13111	669	30	movement	movement	NN
13111	669	31	of	of	IN
13111	669	32	the	the	DT
13111	669	33	lips	lip	NNS
13111	669	34	and	and	CC
13111	669	35	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	669	36	.	.	.
13111	670	1	Mach	Mach	NNP
13111	670	2	(	(	-LRB-
13111	670	3	"	"	``
13111	670	4	Analysis	Analysis	NNP
13111	670	5	of	of	IN
13111	670	6	the	the	DT
13111	670	7	Sensations	Sensations	NNPS
13111	670	8	"	"	''
13111	670	9	)	)	-RRB-
13111	670	10	says	say	VBZ
13111	670	11	:	:	:
13111	670	12	"	"	``
13111	670	13	The	the	DT
13111	670	14	supposition	supposition	NN
13111	670	15	that	that	IN
13111	670	16	the	the	DT
13111	670	17	processes	process	NNS
13111	670	18	in	in	IN
13111	670	19	the	the	DT
13111	670	20	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	670	21	during	during	IN
13111	670	22	singing	singing	NN
13111	670	23	have	have	VBP
13111	670	24	had	have	VBN
13111	670	25	something	something	NN
13111	670	26	to	to	TO
13111	670	27	do	do	VB
13111	670	28	with	with	IN
13111	670	29	the	the	DT
13111	670	30	formation	formation	NN
13111	670	31	of	of	IN
13111	670	32	the	the	DT
13111	670	33	tonal	tonal	JJ
13111	670	34	series	series	NN
13111	670	35	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	670	36	noticed	notice	VBD
13111	670	37	in	in	IN
13111	670	38	one	one	CD
13111	670	39	of	of	IN
13111	670	40	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	670	41	earlier	early	JJR
13111	670	42	publications	publication	NNS
13111	670	43	,	,	,
13111	670	44	but	but	CC
13111	670	45	did	do	VBD
13111	670	46	not	not	RB
13111	670	47	find	find	VB
13111	670	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	670	49	tenable	tenable	JJ
13111	670	50	.	.	.
13111	671	1	Singing	singing	NN
13111	671	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	671	3	connected	connect	VBN
13111	671	4	in	in	IN
13111	671	5	too	too	RB
13111	671	6	extrinsic	extrinsic	NN
13111	671	7	and	and	CC
13111	671	8	accidental	accidental	JJ
13111	671	9	a	a	DT
13111	671	10	manner	manner	NN
13111	671	11	with	with	IN
13111	671	12	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	671	13	to	to	TO
13111	671	14	bear	bear	VB
13111	671	15	out	out	RP
13111	671	16	such	such	PDT
13111	671	17	an	an	DT
13111	671	18	hypothesis	hypothesis	NN
13111	671	19	.	.	.
13111	672	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	672	2	can	can	MD
13111	672	3	hear	hear	VB
13111	672	4	and	and	CC
13111	672	5	imagine	imagine	VB
13111	672	6	tones	tone	NNS
13111	672	7	far	far	RB
13111	672	8	beyond	beyond	IN
13111	672	9	the	the	DT
13111	672	10	range	range	NN
13111	672	11	of	of	IN
13111	672	12	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	672	13	own	own	JJ
13111	672	14	voice	voice	NN
13111	672	15	.	.	.
13111	673	1	In	in	IN
13111	673	2	listening	listen	VBG
13111	673	3	to	to	IN
13111	673	4	an	an	DT
13111	673	5	orchestral	orchestral	JJ
13111	673	6	performance	performance	NN
13111	673	7	with	with	IN
13111	673	8	all	all	PDT
13111	673	9	the	the	DT
13111	673	10	parts	part	NNS
13111	673	11	,	,	,
13111	673	12	or	or	CC
13111	673	13	in	in	IN
13111	673	14	having	have	VBG
13111	673	15	an	an	DT
13111	673	16	hallucination	hallucination	NN
13111	673	17	of	of	IN
13111	673	18	such	such	PDT
13111	673	19	a	a	DT
13111	673	20	performance	performance	NN
13111	673	21	,	,	,
13111	673	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	673	23	is	be	VBZ
13111	673	24	impossible	impossible	JJ
13111	673	25	for	for	IN
13111	673	26	me	-PRON-	PRP
13111	673	27	to	to	TO
13111	673	28	think	think	VB
13111	673	29	that	that	IN
13111	673	30	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	673	31	understanding	understanding	NN
13111	673	32	of	of	IN
13111	673	33	this	this	DT
13111	673	34	broad	broad	JJ
13111	673	35	and	and	CC
13111	673	36	complicated	complicated	JJ
13111	673	37	sound	sound	JJ
13111	673	38	-	-	HYPH
13111	673	39	fabric	fabric	NN
13111	673	40	has	have	VBZ
13111	673	41	been	be	VBN
13111	673	42	effected	effect	VBN
13111	673	43	by	by	IN
13111	673	44	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	673	45	_	_	NNP
13111	673	46	one	one	CD
13111	673	47	_	_	NNP
13111	673	48	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	673	49	,	,	,
13111	673	50	which	which	WDT
13111	673	51	is	be	VBZ
13111	673	52	,	,	,
13111	673	53	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	673	54	,	,	,
13111	673	55	no	no	DT
13111	673	56	very	very	RB
13111	673	57	practised	practised	JJ
13111	673	58	singer	singer	NN
13111	673	59	.	.	.
13111	674	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	674	2	consider	consider	VBP
13111	674	3	the	the	DT
13111	674	4	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	674	5	which	which	WDT
13111	674	6	in	in	IN
13111	674	7	listening	listen	VBG
13111	674	8	to	to	IN
13111	674	9	singing	singing	NN
13111	674	10	are	be	VBP
13111	674	11	doubtless	doubtless	RB
13111	674	12	occasionally	occasionally	RB
13111	674	13	noticed	notice	VBN
13111	674	14	in	in	IN
13111	674	15	the	the	DT
13111	674	16	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	674	17	a	a	DT
13111	674	18	matter	matter	NN
13111	674	19	of	of	IN
13111	674	20	subsidiary	subsidiary	JJ
13111	674	21	importance	importance	NN
13111	674	22	,	,	,
13111	674	23	like	like	IN
13111	674	24	the	the	DT
13111	674	25	pictures	picture	NNS
13111	674	26	of	of	IN
13111	674	27	the	the	DT
13111	674	28	keys	key	NNS
13111	674	29	touched	touch	VBD
13111	674	30	which	which	WDT
13111	674	31	when	when	WRB
13111	674	32	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	674	33	was	be	VBD
13111	674	34	more	more	JJR
13111	674	35	in	in	IN
13111	674	36	practice	practice	NN
13111	674	37	sprang	spring	VBD
13111	674	38	up	up	RP
13111	674	39	immediately	immediately	RB
13111	674	40	into	into	IN
13111	674	41	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	674	42	imagination	imagination	NN
13111	674	43	on	on	IN
13111	674	44	hearing	hear	VBG
13111	674	45	a	a	DT
13111	674	46	performance	performance	NN
13111	674	47	on	on	IN
13111	674	48	the	the	DT
13111	674	49	piano	piano	NN
13111	674	50	or	or	CC
13111	674	51	organ	organ	NN
13111	674	52	.	.	.
13111	675	1	When	when	WRB
13111	675	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	675	3	imagine	imagine	VBP
13111	675	4	music	music	NN
13111	675	5	,	,	,
13111	675	6	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	675	7	always	always	RB
13111	675	8	distinctly	distinctly	RB
13111	675	9	hear	hear	VBP
13111	675	10	the	the	DT
13111	675	11	notes	note	NNS
13111	675	12	.	.	.
13111	676	1	Music	music	NN
13111	676	2	can	can	MD
13111	676	3	no	no	RB
13111	676	4	more	more	RBR
13111	676	5	come	come	VB
13111	676	6	into	into	IN
13111	676	7	being	be	VBG
13111	676	8	merely	merely	RB
13111	676	9	through	through	IN
13111	676	10	the	the	DT
13111	676	11	motor	motor	NN
13111	676	12	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	676	13	accompanying	accompany	VBG
13111	676	14	musical	musical	JJ
13111	676	15	performances	performance	NNS
13111	676	16	,	,	,
13111	676	17	than	than	IN
13111	676	18	a	a	DT
13111	676	19	deaf	deaf	JJ
13111	676	20	man	man	NN
13111	676	21	can	can	MD
13111	676	22	hear	hear	VB
13111	676	23	by	by	IN
13111	676	24	watching	watch	VBG
13111	676	25	the	the	DT
13111	676	26	movements	movement	NNS
13111	676	27	of	of	IN
13111	676	28	players	player	NNS
13111	676	29	.	.	.
13111	677	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	677	2	can	can	MD
13111	677	3	not	not	RB
13111	677	4	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	677	5	agree	agree	VB
13111	677	6	with	with	IN
13111	677	7	Stricker	Stricker	NNP
13111	677	8	on	on	IN
13111	677	9	this	this	DT
13111	677	10	point	point	NN
13111	677	11	"	"	''
13111	677	12	(	(	-LRB-
13111	677	13	comp	comp	NNP
13111	677	14	.	.	.
13111	678	1	Stricker	stricker	NN
13111	678	2	,	,	,
13111	678	3	"	"	``
13111	678	4	Du	Du	NNP
13111	678	5	langage	langage	NNP
13111	678	6	et	et	FW
13111	678	7	de	de	FW
13111	678	8	la	la	NNP
13111	678	9	musique	musique	NNP
13111	678	10	,	,	,
13111	678	11	"	"	''
13111	678	12	Paris	Paris	NNP
13111	678	13	,	,	,
13111	678	14	1885	1885	CD
13111	678	15	)	)	-RRB-
13111	678	16	.	.	.
13111	679	1	Of	of	IN
13111	679	2	the	the	DT
13111	679	3	motor	motor	NN
13111	679	4	type	type	NN
13111	679	5	myself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	679	6	and	and	CC
13111	679	7	having	have	VBG
13111	679	8	a	a	DT
13111	679	9	fairly	fairly	RB
13111	679	10	good	good	JJ
13111	679	11	untrained	untrained	JJ
13111	679	12	ear	ear	NN
13111	679	13	for	for	IN
13111	679	14	music	music	NN
13111	679	15	,	,	,
13111	679	16	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	679	17	find	find	VBP
13111	679	18	that	that	DT
13111	679	19	to	to	TO
13111	679	20	memorise	memorise	VB
13111	679	21	a	a	DT
13111	679	22	melody	melody	NN
13111	679	23	,	,	,
13111	679	24	whether	whether	IN
13111	679	25	played	play	VBN
13111	679	26	by	by	IN
13111	679	27	an	an	DT
13111	679	28	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	679	29	or	or	CC
13111	679	30	by	by	IN
13111	679	31	an	an	DT
13111	679	32	orchestra	orchestra	NN
13111	679	33	,	,	,
13111	679	34	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	679	35	must	must	MD
13111	679	36	either	either	CC
13111	679	37	try	try	VB
13111	679	38	to	to	TO
13111	679	39	sing	sing	VB
13111	679	40	or	or	CC
13111	679	41	hum	hum	VB
13111	679	42	that	that	DT
13111	679	43	melody	melody	NN
13111	679	44	in	in	IN
13111	679	45	order	order	NN
13111	679	46	to	to	TO
13111	679	47	fix	fix	VB
13111	679	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	679	49	in	in	IN
13111	679	50	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	679	51	memory	memory	NN
13111	679	52	.	.	.
13111	680	1	Every	every	DT
13111	680	2	time	time	NN
13111	680	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	680	4	do	do	VBP
13111	680	5	this	this	DT
13111	680	6	,	,	,
13111	680	7	association	association	NN
13111	680	8	processes	process	NNS
13111	680	9	are	be	VBP
13111	680	10	being	be	VBG
13111	680	11	set	set	VBN
13111	680	12	up	up	RP
13111	680	13	in	in	IN
13111	680	14	the	the	DT
13111	680	15	brain	brain	NN
13111	680	16	between	between	IN
13111	680	17	the	the	DT
13111	680	18	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	680	19	centres	centre	NNS
13111	680	20	and	and	CC
13111	680	21	the	the	DT
13111	680	22	centres	centre	NNS
13111	680	23	of	of	IN
13111	680	24	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	680	25	;	;	:
13111	680	26	and	and	CC
13111	680	27	when	when	WRB
13111	680	28	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	680	29	try	try	VBP
13111	680	30	to	to	TO
13111	680	31	revive	revive	VB
13111	680	32	in	in	IN
13111	680	33	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	680	34	silent	silent	JJ
13111	680	35	thoughts	thought	NNS
13111	680	36	the	the	DT
13111	680	37	melody	melody	NN
13111	680	38	again	again	RB
13111	680	39	,	,	,
13111	680	40	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	680	41	do	do	VBP
13111	680	42	so	so	RB
13111	680	43	best	well	RBS
13111	680	44	by	by	IN
13111	680	45	humming	hum	VBG
13111	680	46	aloud	aloud	RB
13111	680	47	a	a	DT
13111	680	48	few	few	JJ
13111	680	49	bars	bar	NNS
13111	680	50	of	of	IN
13111	680	51	the	the	DT
13111	680	52	melody	melody	NN
13111	680	53	to	to	TO
13111	680	54	start	start	VB
13111	680	55	the	the	DT
13111	680	56	revival	revival	NN
13111	680	57	and	and	CC
13111	680	58	then	then	RB
13111	680	59	continuing	continue	VBG
13111	680	60	the	the	DT
13111	680	61	revival	revival	NN
13111	680	62	by	by	IN
13111	680	63	maintaining	maintain	VBG
13111	680	64	the	the	DT
13111	680	65	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	680	66	in	in	IN
13111	680	67	the	the	DT
13111	680	68	position	position	NN
13111	680	69	of	of	IN
13111	680	70	humming	hum	VBG
13111	680	71	the	the	DT
13111	680	72	tune	tune	NN
13111	680	73	,	,	,
13111	680	74	viz	viz	NN
13111	680	75	.	.	.
13111	681	1	with	with	IN
13111	681	2	closed	closed	JJ
13111	681	3	lips	lip	NNS
13111	681	4	,	,	,
13111	681	5	so	so	IN
13111	681	6	that	that	IN
13111	681	7	the	the	DT
13111	681	8	sound	sound	NN
13111	681	9	waves	wave	NNS
13111	681	10	can	can	MD
13111	681	11	only	only	RB
13111	681	12	escape	escape	VB
13111	681	13	through	through	IN
13111	681	14	the	the	DT
13111	681	15	nose	nose	NN
13111	681	16	;	;	:
13111	681	17	under	under	IN
13111	681	18	such	such	JJ
13111	681	19	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
13111	681	20	the	the	DT
13111	681	21	only	only	JJ
13111	681	22	definite	definite	JJ
13111	681	23	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	681	24	muscular	muscular	JJ
13111	681	25	sensation	sensation	NN
13111	681	26	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	681	27	have	have	VBP
13111	681	28	is	be	VBZ
13111	681	29	from	from	IN
13111	681	30	the	the	DT
13111	681	31	effect	effect	NN
13111	681	32	of	of	IN
13111	681	33	closure	closure	NN
13111	681	34	of	of	IN
13111	681	35	the	the	DT
13111	681	36	lips	lip	NNS
13111	681	37	;	;	:
13111	681	38	the	the	DT
13111	681	39	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	681	40	from	from	IN
13111	681	41	the	the	DT
13111	681	42	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	681	43	are	be	VBP
13111	681	44	either	either	DT
13111	681	45	non	non	JJ
13111	681	46	-	-	JJ
13111	681	47	existent	existent	JJ
13111	681	48	or	or	CC
13111	681	49	quite	quite	RB
13111	681	50	ill	ill	RB
13111	681	51	-	-	HYPH
13111	681	52	defined	define	VBN
13111	681	53	,	,	,
13111	681	54	although	although	IN
13111	681	55	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	681	56	hear	hear	VBP
13111	681	57	mentally	mentally	RB
13111	681	58	the	the	DT
13111	681	59	tonal	tonal	JJ
13111	681	60	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	681	61	of	of	IN
13111	681	62	the	the	DT
13111	681	63	melody	melody	NN
13111	681	64	.	.	.
13111	682	1	No	no	RB
13111	682	2	doubt	doubt	RB
13111	682	3	by	by	IN
13111	682	4	closing	close	VBG
13111	682	5	the	the	DT
13111	682	6	lips	lip	NNS
13111	682	7	in	in	IN
13111	682	8	silent	silent	JJ
13111	682	9	humming	humming	NN
13111	682	10	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	682	11	am	be	VBP
13111	682	12	in	in	IN
13111	682	13	some	some	DT
13111	682	14	way	way	NN
13111	682	15	concentrating	concentrate	VBG
13111	682	16	attention	attention	NN
13111	682	17	to	to	IN
13111	682	18	the	the	DT
13111	682	19	sensori	sensori	NN
13111	682	20	-	-	HYPH
13111	682	21	motor	motor	NN
13111	682	22	sphere	sphere	NN
13111	682	23	of	of	IN
13111	682	24	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	682	25	and	and	CC
13111	682	26	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	682	27	,	,	,
13111	682	28	and	and	CC
13111	682	29	by	by	IN
13111	682	30	reactive	reactive	NNP
13111	682	31	association	association	NNP
13111	682	32	with	with	IN
13111	682	33	the	the	DT
13111	682	34	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	682	35	sphere	sphere	NN
13111	682	36	reinforcing	reinforce	VBG
13111	682	37	the	the	DT
13111	682	38	tonal	tonal	JJ
13111	682	39	sensations	sensation	NNS
13111	682	40	in	in	IN
13111	682	41	the	the	DT
13111	682	42	mind	mind	NN
13111	682	43	.	.	.
13111	683	1	The	the	DT
13111	683	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	683	3	cords	cord	NNS
13111	683	4	(	(	-LRB-
13111	683	5	ligaments	ligament	NNS
13111	683	6	)	)	-RRB-
13111	683	7	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
13111	683	8	contain	contain	VBP
13111	683	9	very	very	RB
13111	683	10	few	few	JJ
13111	683	11	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	683	12	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	683	13	;	;	,
13111	683	14	those	those	DT
13111	683	15	that	that	WDT
13111	683	16	are	be	VBP
13111	683	17	seen	see	VBN
13111	683	18	in	in	IN
13111	683	19	the	the	DT
13111	683	20	deeper	deep	JJR
13111	683	21	structures	structure	NNS
13111	683	22	of	of	IN
13111	683	23	the	the	DT
13111	683	24	cords	cord	NNS
13111	683	25	and	and	CC
13111	683	26	adjacent	adjacent	JJ
13111	683	27	parts	part	NNS
13111	683	28	mainly	mainly	RB
13111	683	29	proceed	proceed	VBP
13111	683	30	to	to	IN
13111	683	31	the	the	DT
13111	683	32	mucous	mucous	JJ
13111	683	33	glands	gland	NNS
13111	683	34	.	.	.
13111	684	1	This	this	DT
13111	684	2	fact	fact	NN
13111	684	3	,	,	,
13111	684	4	which	which	WDT
13111	684	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	684	6	have	have	VBP
13111	684	7	ascertained	ascertain	VBN
13111	684	8	by	by	IN
13111	684	9	numerous	numerous	JJ
13111	684	10	careful	careful	JJ
13111	684	11	examinations	examination	NNS
13111	684	12	,	,	,
13111	684	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	684	14	in	in	IN
13111	684	15	accordance	accordance	NN
13111	684	16	with	with	IN
13111	684	17	the	the	DT
13111	684	18	fact	fact	NN
13111	684	19	that	that	IN
13111	684	20	there	there	EX
13111	684	21	are	be	VBP
13111	684	22	no	no	DT
13111	684	23	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	684	24	kinæsthetic	kinæsthetic	JJ
13111	684	25	impressions	impression	NNS
13111	684	26	of	of	IN
13111	684	27	alterations	alteration	NNS
13111	684	28	of	of	IN
13111	684	29	position	position	NN
13111	684	30	and	and	CC
13111	684	31	tension	tension	NN
13111	684	32	of	of	IN
13111	684	33	the	the	DT
13111	684	34	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	684	35	cords	cord	NNS
13111	684	36	.	.	.
13111	685	1	A	a	DT
13111	685	2	comparative	comparative	JJ
13111	685	3	microscopic	microscopic	JJ
13111	685	4	examination	examination	NN
13111	685	5	of	of	IN
13111	685	6	the	the	DT
13111	685	7	tip	tip	NN
13111	685	8	of	of	IN
13111	685	9	the	the	DT
13111	685	10	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	685	11	and	and	CC
13111	685	12	the	the	DT
13111	685	13	lips	lip	NNS
13111	685	14	shows	show	VBZ
13111	685	15	a	a	DT
13111	685	16	remarkable	remarkable	JJ
13111	685	17	difference	difference	NN
13111	685	18	,	,	,
13111	685	19	for	for	IN
13111	685	20	these	these	DT
13111	685	21	structures	structure	NNS
13111	685	22	are	be	VBP
13111	685	23	beset	beset	VBN
13111	685	24	with	with	IN
13111	685	25	innumerable	innumerable	JJ
13111	685	26	sensory	sensory	JJ
13111	685	27	nerves	nerve	NNS
13111	685	28	,	,	,
13111	685	29	whereby	whereby	WRB
13111	685	30	every	every	DT
13111	685	31	slightest	slight	JJS
13111	685	32	alteration	alteration	NN
13111	685	33	of	of	IN
13111	685	34	tension	tension	NN
13111	685	35	and	and	CC
13111	685	36	minute	minute	NN
13111	685	37	variations	variation	NNS
13111	685	38	in	in	IN
13111	685	39	degrees	degree	NNS
13111	685	40	of	of	IN
13111	685	41	pressure	pressure	NN
13111	685	42	of	of	IN
13111	685	43	the	the	DT
13111	685	44	covering	covering	NN
13111	685	45	skin	skin	NN
13111	685	46	is	be	VBZ
13111	685	47	associated	associate	VBN
13111	685	48	with	with	IN
13111	685	49	messages	message	NNS
13111	685	50	thereon	thereon	NN
13111	685	51	to	to	IN
13111	685	52	the	the	DT
13111	685	53	brain	brain	NN
13111	685	54	.	.	.
13111	686	1	The	the	DT
13111	686	2	sense	sense	NN
13111	686	3	of	of	IN
13111	686	4	movement	movement	NN
13111	686	5	in	in	IN
13111	686	6	articulate	articulate	JJ
13111	686	7	speech	speech	NN
13111	686	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	686	9	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	686	10	explained	explain	VBN
13111	686	11	by	by	IN
13111	686	12	this	this	DT
13111	686	13	fact	fact	NN
13111	686	14	.	.	.
13111	687	1	There	there	EX
13111	687	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	687	3	every	every	DT
13111	687	4	reason	reason	NN
13111	687	5	then	then	RB
13111	687	6	to	to	TO
13111	687	7	believe	believe	VB
13111	687	8	that	that	IN
13111	687	9	auditory	auditory	JJ
13111	687	10	tonal	tonal	JJ
13111	687	11	images	image	NNS
13111	687	12	are	be	VBP
13111	687	13	the	the	DT
13111	687	14	sole	sole	JJ
13111	687	15	primary	primary	JJ
13111	687	16	and	and	CC
13111	687	17	essential	essential	JJ
13111	687	18	guides	guide	NNS
13111	687	19	to	to	IN
13111	687	20	the	the	DT
13111	687	21	minute	minute	NN
13111	687	22	alterations	alteration	NNS
13111	687	23	of	of	IN
13111	687	24	tension	tension	NN
13111	687	25	in	in	IN
13111	687	26	the	the	DT
13111	687	27	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	687	28	of	of	IN
13111	687	29	the	the	DT
13111	687	30	larynx	larynx	NNP
13111	687	31	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	687	32	for	for	IN
13111	687	33	the	the	DT
13111	687	34	production	production	NN
13111	687	35	of	of	IN
13111	687	36	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	687	37	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	687	38	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	687	39	.	.	.
13111	688	1	By	by	IN
13111	688	2	humming	hum	VBG
13111	688	3	a	a	DT
13111	688	4	tune	tune	NN
13111	688	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	688	6	concentrate	concentrate	VBP
13111	688	7	our	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	688	8	attention	attention	NN
13111	688	9	and	and	CC
13111	688	10	thereby	thereby	RB
13111	688	11	limit	limit	VB
13111	688	12	the	the	DT
13111	688	13	activity	activity	NN
13111	688	14	of	of	IN
13111	688	15	neural	neural	JJ
13111	688	16	processes	process	NNS
13111	688	17	to	to	IN
13111	688	18	systems	system	NNS
13111	688	19	and	and	CC
13111	688	20	communities	community	NNS
13111	688	21	of	of	IN
13111	688	22	neurones	neurone	NNS
13111	688	23	employed	employ	VBN
13111	688	24	for	for	IN
13111	688	25	the	the	DT
13111	688	26	perception	perception	NN
13111	688	27	of	of	IN
13111	688	28	tonal	tonal	JJ
13111	688	29	images	image	NNS
13111	688	30	and	and	CC
13111	688	31	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	688	32	activation	activation	NN
13111	688	33	in	in	IN
13111	688	34	motor	motor	NN
13111	688	35	processes	process	NNS
13111	688	36	;	;	:
13111	688	37	and	and	CC
13111	688	38	this	this	DT
13111	688	39	helps	help	VBZ
13111	688	40	to	to	TO
13111	688	41	fix	fix	VB
13111	688	42	the	the	DT
13111	688	43	tune	tune	NN
13111	688	44	in	in	IN
13111	688	45	the	the	DT
13111	688	46	memory	memory	NN
13111	688	47	.	.	.
13111	689	1	PSYCHIC	psychic	NN
13111	689	2	MECHANISM	MECHANISM	NNS
13111	689	3	OF	of	IN
13111	689	4	THE	the	DT
13111	689	5	VOICE	voice	NN
13111	689	6	A	a	DT
13111	689	7	musical	musical	JJ
13111	689	8	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	689	9	voice	voice	NN
13111	689	10	denotes	denote	VBZ
13111	689	11	generally	generally	RB
13111	689	12	a	a	DT
13111	689	13	good	good	JJ
13111	689	14	singing	singing	NN
13111	689	15	voice	voice	NN
13111	689	16	,	,	,
13111	689	17	and	and	CC
13111	689	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	689	19	must	must	MD
13111	689	20	be	be	VB
13111	689	21	remembered	remember	VBN
13111	689	22	that	that	IN
13111	689	23	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	689	24	can	can	MD
13111	689	25	not	not	RB
13111	689	26	be	be	VB
13111	689	27	separated	separate	VBN
13111	689	28	from	from	IN
13111	689	29	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	689	30	in	in	IN
13111	689	31	the	the	DT
13111	689	32	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	689	33	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	689	34	.	.	.
13111	690	1	In	in	IN
13111	690	2	speaking	speak	VBG
13111	690	3	,	,	,
13111	690	4	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	690	5	are	be	VBP
13111	690	6	unconscious	unconscious	JJ
13111	690	7	of	of	IN
13111	690	8	the	the	DT
13111	690	9	breath	breath	NN
13111	690	10	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	690	11	for	for	IN
13111	690	12	the	the	DT
13111	690	13	production	production	NN
13111	690	14	of	of	IN
13111	690	15	the	the	DT
13111	690	16	voice	voice	NN
13111	690	17	.	.	.
13111	691	1	Not	not	RB
13111	691	2	so	so	RB
13111	691	3	,	,	,
13111	691	4	however	however	RB
13111	691	5	,	,	,
13111	691	6	in	in	IN
13111	691	7	effective	effective	JJ
13111	691	8	singing	singing	NN
13111	691	9	,	,	,
13111	691	10	the	the	DT
13111	691	11	management	management	NN
13111	691	12	of	of	IN
13111	691	13	the	the	DT
13111	691	14	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	691	15	being	being	NN
13111	691	16	of	of	IN
13111	691	17	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
13111	691	18	importance	importance	NN
13111	691	19	;	;	:
13111	691	20	and	and	CC
13111	691	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	691	22	is	be	VBZ
13111	691	23	no	no	DT
13111	691	24	exaggeration	exaggeration	NN
13111	691	25	to	to	TO
13111	691	26	say	say	VB
13111	691	27	that	that	IN
13111	691	28	only	only	RB
13111	691	29	the	the	DT
13111	691	30	individual	individual	NN
13111	691	31	who	who	WP
13111	691	32	knows	know	VBZ
13111	691	33	how	how	WRB
13111	691	34	to	to	TO
13111	691	35	breathe	breathe	VB
13111	691	36	knows	know	VBZ
13111	691	37	how	how	WRB
13111	691	38	to	to	TO
13111	691	39	sing	sing	VB
13111	691	40	effectually	effectually	RB
13111	691	41	.	.	.
13111	692	1	A	a	DT
13111	692	2	musical	musical	JJ
13111	692	3	ear	ear	NN
13111	692	4	and	and	CC
13111	692	5	sense	sense	NN
13111	692	6	of	of	IN
13111	692	7	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	692	8	are	be	VBP
13111	692	9	innate	innate	JJ
13111	692	10	in	in	IN
13111	692	11	some	some	DT
13111	692	12	individuals	individual	NNS
13111	692	13	;	;	:
13111	692	14	in	in	IN
13111	692	15	others	other	NNS
13111	692	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	692	17	are	be	VBP
13111	692	18	not	not	RB
13111	692	19	innate	innate	JJ
13111	692	20	and	and	CC
13111	692	21	can	can	MD
13111	692	22	only	only	RB
13111	692	23	be	be	VB
13111	692	24	acquired	acquire	VBN
13111	692	25	to	to	IN
13111	692	26	a	a	DT
13111	692	27	variable	variable	JJ
13111	692	28	degree	degree	NN
13111	692	29	of	of	IN
13111	692	30	perfection	perfection	NN
13111	692	31	by	by	IN
13111	692	32	persevering	persevere	VBG
13111	692	33	efforts	effort	NNS
13111	692	34	and	and	CC
13111	692	35	practice	practice	NN
13111	692	36	.	.	.
13111	693	1	The	the	DT
13111	693	2	most	most	RBS
13111	693	3	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
13111	693	4	persons	person	NNS
13111	693	5	may	may	MD
13111	693	6	never	never	RB
13111	693	7	be	be	VB
13111	693	8	able	able	JJ
13111	693	9	to	to	TO
13111	693	10	sing	sing	VB
13111	693	11	in	in	IN
13111	693	12	tune	tune	NN
13111	693	13	,	,	,
13111	693	14	or	or	CC
13111	693	15	even	even	RB
13111	693	16	time	time	NN
13111	693	17	;	;	:
13111	693	18	the	the	DT
13111	693	19	latter	latter	JJ
13111	693	20	(	(	-LRB-
13111	693	21	sense	sense	NN
13111	693	22	of	of	IN
13111	693	23	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	693	24	)	)	-RRB-
13111	693	25	is	be	VBZ
13111	693	26	much	much	RB
13111	693	27	more	more	RBR
13111	693	28	easily	easily	RB
13111	693	29	acquired	acquire	VBN
13111	693	30	by	by	IN
13111	693	31	practice	practice	NN
13111	693	32	than	than	IN
13111	693	33	the	the	DT
13111	693	34	former	former	JJ
13111	693	35	(	(	-LRB-
13111	693	36	correct	correct	JJ
13111	693	37	intonation	intonation	NN
13111	693	38	)	)	-RRB-
13111	693	39	.	.	.
13111	694	1	This	this	DT
13111	694	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	694	3	easily	easily	RB
13111	694	4	intelligible	intelligible	JJ
13111	694	5	,	,	,
13111	694	6	for	for	IN
13111	694	7	rhythmical	rhythmical	JJ
13111	694	8	movement	movement	NN
13111	694	9	appertains	appertain	NNS
13111	694	10	also	also	RB
13111	694	11	to	to	IN
13111	694	12	speech	speech	NN
13111	694	13	and	and	CC
13111	694	14	other	other	JJ
13111	694	15	acts	act	NNS
13111	694	16	of	of	IN
13111	694	17	human	human	JJ
13111	694	18	beings	being	NNS
13111	694	19	,	,	,
13111	694	20	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	695	1	walking	walk	VBG
13111	695	2	,	,	,
13111	695	3	dancing	dance	VBG
13111	695	4	,	,	,
13111	695	5	running	running	NN
13111	695	6	,	,	,
13111	695	7	swimming	swimming	NN
13111	695	8	,	,	,
13111	695	9	etc	etc	FW
13111	695	10	.	.	.
13111	696	1	;	;	:
13111	696	2	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	696	3	,	,	,
13111	696	4	rhythmical	rhythmical	JJ
13111	696	5	periodicity	periodicity	NN
13111	696	6	characterises	characterise	VBZ
13111	696	7	the	the	DT
13111	696	8	beat	beat	NN
13111	696	9	of	of	IN
13111	696	10	the	the	DT
13111	696	11	heart	heart	NN
13111	696	12	and	and	CC
13111	696	13	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	696	14	.	.	.
13111	697	1	But	but	CC
13111	697	2	how	how	WRB
13111	697	3	does	do	VBZ
13111	697	4	a	a	DT
13111	697	5	trained	train	VBN
13111	697	6	singer	singer	NN
13111	697	7	learn	learn	VB
13111	697	8	to	to	TO
13111	697	9	sing	sing	VB
13111	697	10	a	a	DT
13111	697	11	song	song	NN
13111	697	12	or	or	CC
13111	697	13	to	to	TO
13111	697	14	take	take	VB
13111	697	15	part	part	NN
13111	697	16	in	in	IN
13111	697	17	an	an	DT
13111	697	18	opera	opera	NN
13111	697	19	?	?	.
13111	698	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
13111	698	2	has	have	VBZ
13111	698	3	to	to	TO
13111	698	4	study	study	VB
13111	698	5	the	the	DT
13111	698	6	performances	performance	NNS
13111	698	7	of	of	IN
13111	698	8	two	two	CD
13111	698	9	parts	part	NNS
13111	698	10	for	for	IN
13111	698	11	the	the	DT
13111	698	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	698	13	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	698	14	--	--	:
13111	698	15	the	the	DT
13111	698	16	part	part	NN
13111	698	17	written	write	VBN
13111	698	18	by	by	IN
13111	698	19	the	the	DT
13111	698	20	composer	composer	NN
13111	698	21	and	and	CC
13111	698	22	the	the	DT
13111	698	23	part	part	NN
13111	698	24	written	write	VBN
13111	698	25	by	by	IN
13111	698	26	the	the	DT
13111	698	27	poet	poet	NN
13111	698	28	or	or	CC
13111	698	29	dramatist	dramatist	NN
13111	698	30	--	--	:
13111	698	31	and	and	CC
13111	698	32	in	in	IN
13111	698	33	order	order	NN
13111	698	34	to	to	TO
13111	698	35	present	present	VB
13111	698	36	an	an	DT
13111	698	37	artistic	artistic	JJ
13111	698	38	rendering	rendering	NN
13111	698	39	,	,	,
13111	698	40	the	the	DT
13111	698	41	intellectual	intellectual	JJ
13111	698	42	and	and	CC
13111	698	43	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	698	44	characters	character	NNS
13111	698	45	of	of	IN
13111	698	46	each	each	DT
13111	698	47	part	part	NN
13111	698	48	must	must	MD
13111	698	49	be	be	VB
13111	698	50	blended	blend	VBN
13111	698	51	in	in	IN
13111	698	52	harmonious	harmonious	JJ
13111	698	53	combination	combination	NN
13111	698	54	.	.	.
13111	699	1	A	a	DT
13111	699	2	singer	singer	NN
13111	699	3	will	will	MD
13111	699	4	first	first	RB
13111	699	5	read	read	VB
13111	699	6	the	the	DT
13111	699	7	words	word	NNS
13111	699	8	and	and	CC
13111	699	9	understand	understand	VB
13111	699	10	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	699	11	meaning	meaning	NN
13111	699	12	,	,	,
13111	699	13	then	then	RB
13111	699	14	memorise	memorise	VB
13111	699	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	699	16	,	,	,
13111	699	17	so	so	IN
13111	699	18	that	that	IN
13111	699	19	the	the	DT
13111	699	20	whole	whole	JJ
13111	699	21	attention	attention	NN
13111	699	22	subsequently	subsequently	RB
13111	699	23	may	may	MD
13111	699	24	be	be	VB
13111	699	25	given	give	VBN
13111	699	26	to	to	IN
13111	699	27	applying	apply	VBG
13111	699	28	the	the	DT
13111	699	29	musical	musical	JJ
13111	699	30	part	part	NN
13111	699	31	to	to	IN
13111	699	32	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	699	33	and	and	CC
13111	699	34	employing	employ	VBG
13111	699	35	with	with	IN
13111	699	36	proper	proper	JJ
13111	699	37	phrasing	phrasing	NN
13111	699	38	,	,	,
13111	699	39	which	which	WDT
13111	699	40	means	mean	VBZ
13111	699	41	more	more	JJR
13111	699	42	than	than	IN
13111	699	43	knowing	know	VBG
13111	699	44	when	when	WRB
13111	699	45	to	to	TO
13111	699	46	breathe	breathe	VB
13111	699	47	;	;	:
13111	699	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	699	49	means	mean	VBZ
13111	699	50	imparting	imparting	JJ
13111	699	51	expression	expression	NN
13111	699	52	and	and	CC
13111	699	53	feeling	feeling	NN
13111	699	54	.	.	.
13111	700	1	A	a	DT
13111	700	2	clever	clever	JJ
13111	700	3	actor	actor	NN
13111	700	4	or	or	CC
13111	700	5	orator	orator	NN
13111	700	6	can	can	MD
13111	700	7	,	,	,
13111	700	8	if	if	IN
13111	700	9	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	700	10	possess	possess	VBP
13111	700	11	a	a	DT
13111	700	12	high	high	JJ
13111	700	13	degree	degree	NN
13111	700	14	of	of	IN
13111	700	15	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	700	16	and	and	CC
13111	700	17	a	a	DT
13111	700	18	fairly	fairly	RB
13111	700	19	artistic	artistic	JJ
13111	700	20	temperament	temperament	NN
13111	700	21	,	,	,
13111	700	22	so	so	CC
13111	700	23	modulate	modulate	VB
13111	700	24	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	700	25	voice	voice	NN
13111	700	26	as	as	IN
13111	700	27	to	to	TO
13111	700	28	convey	convey	VB
13111	700	29	to	to	IN
13111	700	30	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	700	31	audience	audience	NN
13111	700	32	the	the	DT
13111	700	33	passions	passion	NNS
13111	700	34	and	and	CC
13111	700	35	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	700	36	while	while	IN
13111	700	37	feeling	feel	VBG
13111	700	38	none	none	NN
13111	700	39	of	of	IN
13111	700	40	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	700	41	himself	-PRON-	PRP
13111	700	42	;	;	:
13111	700	43	so	so	RB
13111	700	44	many	many	JJ
13111	700	45	great	great	JJ
13111	700	46	singers	singer	NNS
13111	700	47	who	who	WP
13111	700	48	are	be	VBP
13111	700	49	possessed	possess	VBN
13111	700	50	of	of	IN
13111	700	51	a	a	DT
13111	700	52	good	good	JJ
13111	700	53	musical	musical	JJ
13111	700	54	ear	ear	NN
13111	700	55	,	,	,
13111	700	56	a	a	DT
13111	700	57	good	good	JJ
13111	700	58	memory	memory	NN
13111	700	59	,	,	,
13111	700	60	and	and	CC
13111	700	61	natural	natural	JJ
13111	700	62	intelligence	intelligence	NN
13111	700	63	,	,	,
13111	700	64	although	although	IN
13111	700	65	lacking	lack	VBG
13111	700	66	in	in	IN
13111	700	67	supreme	supreme	NNP
13111	700	68	artistic	artistic	JJ
13111	700	69	temperament	temperament	NN
13111	700	70	and	and	CC
13111	700	71	conspicuous	conspicuous	JJ
13111	700	72	musical	musical	JJ
13111	700	73	ability	ability	NN
13111	700	74	,	,	,
13111	700	75	are	be	VBP
13111	700	76	nevertheless	nevertheless	RB
13111	700	77	able	able	JJ
13111	700	78	to	to	TO
13111	700	79	interpret	interpret	VB
13111	700	80	by	by	IN
13111	700	81	intonation	intonation	NN
13111	700	82	and	and	CC
13111	700	83	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	700	84	the	the	DT
13111	700	85	passions	passion	NNS
13111	700	86	and	and	CC
13111	700	87	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	700	88	which	which	WDT
13111	700	89	the	the	DT
13111	700	90	composer	composer	NN
13111	700	91	has	have	VBZ
13111	700	92	expressed	express	VBN
13111	700	93	in	in	IN
13111	700	94	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	700	95	music	music	NN
13111	700	96	and	and	CC
13111	700	97	the	the	DT
13111	700	98	poet	poet	NN
13111	700	99	or	or	CC
13111	700	100	dramatist	dramatist	NN
13111	700	101	in	in	IN
13111	700	102	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	700	103	words	word	NNS
13111	700	104	.	.	.
13111	701	1	The	the	DT
13111	701	2	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
13111	701	3	artist	artist	NN
13111	701	4	possessed	possess	VBN
13111	701	5	of	of	IN
13111	701	6	the	the	DT
13111	701	7	musical	musical	JJ
13111	701	8	ear	ear	NN
13111	701	9	,	,	,
13111	701	10	the	the	DT
13111	701	11	sense	sense	NN
13111	701	12	of	of	IN
13111	701	13	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	701	14	,	,	,
13111	701	15	and	and	CC
13111	701	16	a	a	DT
13111	701	17	well	well	RB
13111	701	18	-	-	HYPH
13111	701	19	formed	form	VBN
13111	701	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	701	21	organ	organ	NN
13111	701	22	accomplishes	accomplish	VBZ
13111	701	23	this	this	DT
13111	701	24	by	by	IN
13111	701	25	the	the	DT
13111	701	26	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	701	27	control	control	NN
13111	701	28	and	and	CC
13111	701	29	management	management	NN
13111	701	30	of	of	IN
13111	701	31	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	701	32	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	701	33	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	701	34	and	and	CC
13111	701	35	the	the	DT
13111	701	36	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	701	37	of	of	IN
13111	701	38	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	701	39	,	,	,
13111	701	40	which	which	WDT
13111	701	41	by	by	IN
13111	701	42	education	education	NN
13111	701	43	and	and	CC
13111	701	44	imitation	imitation	NN
13111	701	45	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	701	46	has	have	VBZ
13111	701	47	brought	bring	VBN
13111	701	48	under	under	IN
13111	701	49	complete	complete	JJ
13111	701	50	control	control	NN
13111	701	51	of	of	IN
13111	701	52	the	the	DT
13111	701	53	will	will	NN
13111	701	54	.	.	.
13111	702	1	With	with	IN
13111	702	2	him	-PRON-	PRP
13111	702	3	visual	visual	JJ
13111	702	4	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	702	5	of	of	IN
13111	702	6	musical	musical	JJ
13111	702	7	notes	note	NNS
13111	702	8	are	be	VBP
13111	702	9	associated	associate	VBN
13111	702	10	with	with	IN
13111	702	11	the	the	DT
13111	702	12	visual	visual	JJ
13111	702	13	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	702	14	of	of	IN
13111	702	15	words	word	NNS
13111	702	16	in	in	IN
13111	702	17	the	the	DT
13111	702	18	mind	mind	NN
13111	702	19	,	,	,
13111	702	20	and	and	CC
13111	702	21	the	the	DT
13111	702	22	visual	visual	JJ
13111	702	23	symbols	symbol	NNS
13111	702	24	whether	whether	IN
13111	702	25	of	of	IN
13111	702	26	the	the	DT
13111	702	27	words	word	NNS
13111	702	28	or	or	CC
13111	702	29	of	of	IN
13111	702	30	the	the	DT
13111	702	31	musical	musical	JJ
13111	702	32	notes	note	NNS
13111	702	33	will	will	MD
13111	702	34	serve	serve	VB
13111	702	35	to	to	TO
13111	702	36	revive	revive	VB
13111	702	37	in	in	IN
13111	702	38	memory	memory	NN
13111	702	39	the	the	DT
13111	702	40	sound	sound	NN
13111	702	41	of	of	IN
13111	702	42	the	the	DT
13111	702	43	one	one	CD
13111	702	44	or	or	CC
13111	702	45	the	the	DT
13111	702	46	other	other	JJ
13111	702	47	,	,	,
13111	702	48	or	or	CC
13111	702	49	of	of	IN
13111	702	50	both	both	DT
13111	702	51	.	.	.
13111	703	1	But	but	CC
13111	703	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	703	3	produces	produce	VBZ
13111	703	4	that	that	DT
13111	703	5	sound	sound	NN
13111	703	6	by	by	IN
13111	703	7	alteration	alteration	NN
13111	703	8	of	of	IN
13111	703	9	tension	tension	NN
13111	703	10	in	in	IN
13111	703	11	co	co	JJ
13111	703	12	-	-	JJ
13111	703	13	ordinated	ordinated	JJ
13111	703	14	groups	group	NNS
13111	703	15	of	of	IN
13111	703	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	703	17	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	703	18	for	for	IN
13111	703	19	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	703	20	,	,	,
13111	703	21	viz	viz	NN
13111	703	22	.	.	.
13111	704	1	the	the	DT
13111	704	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	704	3	of	of	IN
13111	704	4	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	704	5	in	in	IN
13111	704	6	the	the	DT
13111	704	7	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	704	8	,	,	,
13111	704	9	the	the	DT
13111	704	10	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	704	11	of	of	IN
13111	704	12	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	704	13	in	in	IN
13111	704	14	the	the	DT
13111	704	15	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	704	16	,	,	,
13111	704	17	lips	lip	NNS
13111	704	18	,	,	,
13111	704	19	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	704	20	,	,	,
13111	704	21	and	and	CC
13111	704	22	palate	palate	NN
13111	704	23	,	,	,
13111	704	24	and	and	CC
13111	704	25	the	the	DT
13111	704	26	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	704	27	of	of	IN
13111	704	28	costal	costal	JJ
13111	704	29	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	704	30	.	.	.
13111	705	1	_	_	NNP
13111	705	2	The	the	DT
13111	705	3	mind	mind	NN
13111	705	4	_	_	NNP
13111	705	5	of	of	IN
13111	705	6	the	the	DT
13111	705	7	orator	orator	NN
13111	705	8	,	,	,
13111	705	9	actor	actor	NN
13111	705	10	,	,	,
13111	705	11	and	and	CC
13111	705	12	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
13111	705	13	singer	singer	NN
13111	705	14	exercises	exercise	VBZ
13111	705	15	a	a	DT
13111	705	16	profound	profound	JJ
13111	705	17	influence	influence	NN
13111	705	18	upon	upon	IN
13111	705	19	the	the	DT
13111	705	20	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	705	21	system	system	NN
13111	705	22	of	of	IN
13111	705	23	nerves	nerve	NNS
13111	705	24	,	,	,
13111	705	25	and	and	CC
13111	705	26	thereby	thereby	RB
13111	705	27	produces	produce	VBZ
13111	705	28	the	the	DT
13111	705	29	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	705	30	variations	variation	NNS
13111	705	31	in	in	IN
13111	705	32	the	the	DT
13111	705	33	force	force	NN
13111	705	34	,	,	,
13111	705	35	continuance	continuance	NN
13111	705	36	,	,	,
13111	705	37	and	and	CC
13111	705	38	volume	volume	NN
13111	705	39	of	of	IN
13111	705	40	air	air	NN
13111	705	41	required	require	VBN
13111	705	42	for	for	IN
13111	705	43	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	705	44	expression	expression	NN
13111	705	45	.	.	.
13111	706	1	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	706	2	Charles	Charles	NNP
13111	706	3	Bell	Bell	NNP
13111	706	4	,	,	,
13111	706	5	who	who	WP
13111	706	6	discovered	discover	VBD
13111	706	7	the	the	DT
13111	706	8	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	706	9	system	system	NN
13111	706	10	of	of	IN
13111	706	11	nerves	nerve	NNS
13111	706	12	,	,	,
13111	706	13	pointed	point	VBD
13111	706	14	out	out	RP
13111	706	15	how	how	WRB
13111	706	16	the	the	DT
13111	706	17	lungs	lung	NNS
13111	706	18	,	,	,
13111	706	19	from	from	IN
13111	706	20	being	be	VBG
13111	706	21	in	in	IN
13111	706	22	the	the	DT
13111	706	23	lower	low	JJR
13111	706	24	animals	animal	NNS
13111	706	25	merely	merely	RB
13111	706	26	the	the	DT
13111	706	27	means	mean	NNS
13111	706	28	of	of	IN
13111	706	29	oxygenating	oxygenate	VBG
13111	706	30	the	the	DT
13111	706	31	blood	blood	NN
13111	706	32	,	,	,
13111	706	33	become	become	VBN
13111	706	34	utilised	utilised	JJ
13111	706	35	in	in	IN
13111	706	36	the	the	DT
13111	706	37	act	act	NN
13111	706	38	of	of	IN
13111	706	39	expelling	expel	VBG
13111	706	40	air	air	NN
13111	706	41	from	from	IN
13111	706	42	the	the	DT
13111	706	43	body	body	NN
13111	706	44	for	for	IN
13111	706	45	the	the	DT
13111	706	46	production	production	NN
13111	706	47	of	of	IN
13111	706	48	audible	audible	JJ
13111	706	49	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	706	50	--	--	:
13111	706	51	the	the	DT
13111	706	52	elements	element	NNS
13111	706	53	of	of	IN
13111	706	54	human	human	JJ
13111	706	55	voice	voice	NN
13111	706	56	and	and	CC
13111	706	57	speech	speech	NN
13111	706	58	.	.	.
13111	707	1	Likewise	likewise	RB
13111	707	2	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	707	3	drew	draw	VBD
13111	707	4	attention	attention	NN
13111	707	5	to	to	IN
13111	707	6	the	the	DT
13111	707	7	influence	influence	NN
13111	707	8	which	which	WDT
13111	707	9	powerful	powerful	JJ
13111	707	10	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	707	11	exercise	exercise	VBP
13111	707	12	upon	upon	IN
13111	707	13	the	the	DT
13111	707	14	organ	organ	NN
13111	707	15	of	of	IN
13111	707	16	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	707	17	,	,	,
13111	707	18	including	include	VBG
13111	707	19	the	the	DT
13111	707	20	countenance	countenance	NN
13111	707	21	,	,	,
13111	707	22	e.g.	e.g.	RB
13111	708	1	the	the	DT
13111	708	2	dilated	dilate	VBN
13111	708	3	nostrils	nostril	NNS
13111	708	4	in	in	IN
13111	708	5	anger	anger	NN
13111	708	6	.	.	.
13111	709	1	Again	again	RB
13111	709	2	,	,	,
13111	709	3	"	"	``
13111	709	4	when	when	WRB
13111	709	5	the	the	DT
13111	709	6	voice	voice	NN
13111	709	7	suffers	suffer	VBZ
13111	709	8	interruption	interruption	NN
13111	709	9	and	and	CC
13111	709	10	falters	falter	NNS
13111	709	11	,	,	,
13111	709	12	and	and	CC
13111	709	13	the	the	DT
13111	709	14	face	face	NN
13111	709	15	,	,	,
13111	709	16	neck	neck	NN
13111	709	17	,	,	,
13111	709	18	and	and	CC
13111	709	19	chest	chest	NN
13111	709	20	are	be	VBP
13111	709	21	animated	animate	VBN
13111	709	22	by	by	IN
13111	709	23	strong	strong	JJ
13111	709	24	passion	passion	NN
13111	709	25	working	work	VBG
13111	709	26	from	from	IN
13111	709	27	within	within	IN
13111	709	28	the	the	DT
13111	709	29	breast	breast	NN
13111	709	30	,	,	,
13111	709	31	language	language	NN
13111	709	32	exerts	exert	NNS
13111	709	33	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	709	34	most	most	RBS
13111	709	35	commanding	commanding	JJ
13111	709	36	influence	influence	NN
13111	709	37	.	.	.
13111	709	38	"	"	''
13111	710	1	In	in	IN
13111	710	2	hemiplegia	hemiplegia	NN
13111	710	3	or	or	CC
13111	710	4	paralysis	paralysis	NN
13111	710	5	of	of	IN
13111	710	6	one	one	CD
13111	710	7	half	half	NN
13111	710	8	of	of	IN
13111	710	9	the	the	DT
13111	710	10	body	body	NN
13111	710	11	,	,	,
13111	710	12	there	there	EX
13111	710	13	is	be	VBZ
13111	710	14	a	a	DT
13111	710	15	difference	difference	NN
13111	710	16	between	between	IN
13111	710	17	the	the	DT
13111	710	18	two	two	CD
13111	710	19	sides	side	NNS
13111	710	20	for	for	IN
13111	710	21	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	710	22	automatic	automatic	JJ
13111	710	23	unconscious	unconscious	JJ
13111	710	24	diaphragmatic	diaphragmatic	JJ
13111	710	25	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	710	26	and	and	CC
13111	710	27	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	710	28	or	or	CC
13111	710	29	costal	costal	JJ
13111	710	30	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	710	31	.	.	.
13111	711	1	Thus	thus	RB
13111	711	2	in	in	IN
13111	711	3	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	711	4	breathing	breathe	VBG
13111	711	5	the	the	DT
13111	711	6	movements	movement	NNS
13111	711	7	are	be	VBP
13111	711	8	increased	increase	VBN
13111	711	9	on	on	IN
13111	711	10	the	the	DT
13111	711	11	paralysed	paralysed	JJ
13111	711	12	side	side	NN
13111	711	13	,	,	,
13111	711	14	especially	especially	RB
13111	711	15	in	in	IN
13111	711	16	the	the	DT
13111	711	17	upper	upper	JJ
13111	711	18	part	part	NN
13111	711	19	of	of	IN
13111	711	20	the	the	DT
13111	711	21	chest	chest	NN
13111	711	22	,	,	,
13111	711	23	while	while	IN
13111	711	24	in	in	IN
13111	711	25	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	711	26	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	711	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	711	28	are	be	VBP
13111	711	29	increased	increase	VBN
13111	711	30	on	on	IN
13111	711	31	the	the	DT
13111	711	32	sound	sound	JJ
13111	711	33	side	side	NN
13111	711	34	.	.	.
13111	712	1	Hughlings	Hughlings	NNP
13111	712	2	Jackson	Jackson	NNP
13111	712	3	suggested	suggest	VBD
13111	712	4	the	the	DT
13111	712	5	following	follow	VBG
13111	712	6	theory	theory	NN
13111	712	7	to	to	TO
13111	712	8	explain	explain	VB
13111	712	9	these	these	DT
13111	712	10	facts	fact	NNS
13111	712	11	:	:	:
13111	712	12	"	"	``
13111	712	13	_	_	NNP
13111	712	14	Ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	712	15	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	712	16	_	_	NNP
13111	712	17	is	be	VBZ
13111	712	18	an	an	DT
13111	712	19	automatic	automatic	JJ
13111	712	20	act	act	NN
13111	712	21	governed	govern	VBN
13111	712	22	by	by	IN
13111	712	23	the	the	DT
13111	712	24	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	712	25	centre	centre	NN
13111	712	26	in	in	IN
13111	712	27	the	the	DT
13111	712	28	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	712	29	.	.	.
13111	713	1	The	the	DT
13111	713	2	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	713	3	centre	centre	NN
13111	713	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	713	5	double	double	JJ
13111	713	6	,	,	,
13111	713	7	each	each	DT
13111	713	8	side	side	NN
13111	713	9	being	be	VBG
13111	713	10	controlled	control	VBN
13111	713	11	or	or	CC
13111	713	12	inhibited	inhibit	VBN
13111	713	13	by	by	IN
13111	713	14	higher	high	JJR
13111	713	15	centres	centre	NNS
13111	713	16	on	on	IN
13111	713	17	the	the	DT
13111	713	18	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	713	19	side	side	NN
13111	713	20	of	of	IN
13111	713	21	the	the	DT
13111	713	22	brain	brain	NN
13111	713	23	.	.	.
13111	714	1	Voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	714	2	costal	costal	NN
13111	714	3	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	714	4	,	,	,
13111	714	5	such	such	JJ
13111	714	6	as	as	IN
13111	714	7	is	be	VBZ
13111	714	8	employed	employ	VBN
13111	714	9	in	in	IN
13111	714	10	singing	singing	NN
13111	714	11	,	,	,
13111	714	12	is	be	VBZ
13111	714	13	of	of	IN
13111	714	14	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	714	15	origin	origin	NN
13111	714	16	,	,	,
13111	714	17	and	and	CC
13111	714	18	controlled	control	VBN
13111	714	19	by	by	IN
13111	714	20	centres	centre	NNS
13111	714	21	on	on	IN
13111	714	22	the	the	DT
13111	714	23	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	714	24	side	side	NN
13111	714	25	of	of	IN
13111	714	26	the	the	DT
13111	714	27	brain	brain	NN
13111	714	28	,	,	,
13111	714	29	the	the	DT
13111	714	30	impulses	impulse	NNS
13111	714	31	being	be	VBG
13111	714	32	sent	send	VBN
13111	714	33	down	down	RP
13111	714	34	to	to	IN
13111	714	35	the	the	DT
13111	714	36	respective	respective	JJ
13111	714	37	centres	centre	NNS
13111	714	38	for	for	IN
13111	714	39	the	the	DT
13111	714	40	associated	associated	JJ
13111	714	41	movements	movement	NNS
13111	714	42	of	of	IN
13111	714	43	the	the	DT
13111	714	44	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	714	45	of	of	IN
13111	714	46	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	714	47	,	,	,
13111	714	48	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	714	49	,	,	,
13111	714	50	and	and	CC
13111	714	51	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	714	52	,	,	,
13111	714	53	in	in	IN
13111	714	54	the	the	DT
13111	714	55	same	same	JJ
13111	714	56	way	way	NN
13111	714	57	as	as	IN
13111	714	58	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	714	59	are	be	VBP
13111	714	60	sent	send	VBN
13111	714	61	to	to	IN
13111	714	62	the	the	DT
13111	714	63	centres	centre	NNS
13111	714	64	for	for	IN
13111	714	65	the	the	DT
13111	714	66	movements	movement	NNS
13111	714	67	of	of	IN
13111	714	68	the	the	DT
13111	714	69	arm	arm	NN
13111	714	70	or	or	CC
13111	714	71	leg	leg	NN
13111	714	72	.	.	.
13111	715	1	With	with	IN
13111	715	2	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	715	3	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	715	4	the	the	DT
13111	715	5	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	715	6	centre	centre	NN
13111	715	7	in	in	IN
13111	715	8	the	the	DT
13111	715	9	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	715	10	has	have	VBZ
13111	715	11	nothing	nothing	NN
13111	715	12	to	to	TO
13111	715	13	do	do	VB
13111	715	14	.	.	.
13111	716	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	716	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	716	3	in	in	IN
13111	716	4	fact	fact	NN
13111	716	5	out	out	IN
13111	716	6	of	of	IN
13111	716	7	gear	gear	NN
13111	716	8	or	or	CC
13111	716	9	inhibited	inhibit	VBN
13111	716	10	for	for	IN
13111	716	11	the	the	DT
13111	716	12	time	time	NN
13111	716	13	being	being	NN
13111	716	14	,	,	,
13111	716	15	so	so	IN
13111	716	16	that	that	IN
13111	716	17	the	the	DT
13111	716	18	impulses	impulse	NNS
13111	716	19	from	from	IN
13111	716	20	the	the	DT
13111	716	21	brain	brain	NN
13111	716	22	pass	pass	NN
13111	716	23	by	by	RB
13111	716	24	or	or	CC
13111	716	25	evade	evade	VB
13111	716	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	716	27	.	.	.
13111	717	1	There	there	EX
13111	717	2	are	be	VBP
13111	717	3	thus	thus	RB
13111	717	4	two	two	CD
13111	717	5	sets	set	NNS
13111	717	6	of	of	IN
13111	717	7	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	717	8	nerve	nerve	NN
13111	717	9	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	717	10	passing	pass	VBG
13111	717	11	from	from	IN
13111	717	12	the	the	DT
13111	717	13	brain	brain	NN
13111	717	14	--	--	:
13111	717	15	the	the	DT
13111	717	16	one	one	NN
13111	717	17	inhibiting	inhibit	VBG
13111	717	18	or	or	CC
13111	717	19	controlling	control	VBG
13111	717	20	to	to	IN
13111	717	21	the	the	DT
13111	717	22	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	717	23	half	half	NN
13111	717	24	of	of	IN
13111	717	25	the	the	DT
13111	717	26	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	717	27	centre	centre	NN
13111	717	28	in	in	IN
13111	717	29	the	the	DT
13111	717	30	medulla	medulla	NNP
13111	717	31	;	;	:
13111	717	32	the	the	DT
13111	717	33	other	other	JJ
13111	717	34	direct	direct	NN
13111	717	35	,	,	,
13111	717	36	evading	evade	VBG
13111	717	37	the	the	DT
13111	717	38	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	717	39	centre	centre	NN
13111	717	40	and	and	CC
13111	717	41	running	run	VBG
13111	717	42	the	the	DT
13111	717	43	same	same	JJ
13111	717	44	course	course	NN
13111	717	45	to	to	IN
13111	717	46	the	the	DT
13111	717	47	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	717	48	centres	centre	NNS
13111	717	49	for	for	IN
13111	717	50	the	the	DT
13111	717	51	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	717	52	movements	movement	NNS
13111	717	53	as	as	IN
13111	717	54	the	the	DT
13111	717	55	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	717	56	motor	motor	NN
13111	717	57	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	717	58	do	do	VBP
13111	717	59	to	to	IN
13111	717	60	the	the	DT
13111	717	61	centres	centre	NNS
13111	717	62	for	for	IN
13111	717	63	other	other	JJ
13111	717	64	movements	movement	NNS
13111	717	65	.	.	.
13111	718	1	Both	both	DT
13111	718	2	sets	set	NNS
13111	718	3	would	would	MD
13111	718	4	be	be	VB
13111	718	5	affected	affect	VBN
13111	718	6	by	by	IN
13111	718	7	the	the	DT
13111	718	8	lesion	lesion	NN
13111	718	9	(	(	-LRB-
13111	718	10	or	or	CC
13111	718	11	damage	damage	NN
13111	718	12	)	)	-RRB-
13111	718	13	which	which	WDT
13111	718	14	produced	produce	VBD
13111	718	15	the	the	DT
13111	718	16	hemiplegia	hemiplegia	NN
13111	718	17	.	.	.
13111	719	1	The	the	DT
13111	719	2	inhibitory	inhibitory	NN
13111	719	3	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	719	4	being	be	VBG
13111	719	5	damaged	damage	VBN
13111	719	6	,	,	,
13111	719	7	the	the	DT
13111	719	8	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	719	9	half	half	NN
13111	719	10	of	of	IN
13111	719	11	the	the	DT
13111	719	12	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	719	13	centre	centre	NN
13111	719	14	would	would	MD
13111	719	15	be	be	VB
13111	719	16	under	under	IN
13111	719	17	diminished	diminished	JJ
13111	719	18	control	control	NN
13111	719	19	and	and	CC
13111	719	20	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	719	21	the	the	DT
13111	719	22	movements	movement	NNS
13111	719	23	of	of	IN
13111	719	24	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	719	25	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	719	26	on	on	IN
13111	719	27	the	the	DT
13111	719	28	paralysed	paralysed	JJ
13111	719	29	side	side	NN
13111	719	30	would	would	MD
13111	719	31	be	be	VB
13111	719	32	exaggerated	exaggerate	VBN
13111	719	33	.	.	.
13111	720	1	The	the	DT
13111	720	2	damage	damage	NN
13111	720	3	to	to	IN
13111	720	4	the	the	DT
13111	720	5	direct	direct	JJ
13111	720	6	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	720	7	would	would	MD
13111	720	8	prevent	prevent	VB
13111	720	9	the	the	DT
13111	720	10	passage	passage	NN
13111	720	11	of	of	IN
13111	720	12	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	720	13	stimuli	stimulus	NNS
13111	720	14	to	to	IN
13111	720	15	the	the	DT
13111	720	16	groups	group	NNS
13111	720	17	of	of	IN
13111	720	18	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	720	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	720	20	(	(	-LRB-
13111	720	21	as	as	IN
13111	720	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	720	23	would	would	MD
13111	720	24	do	do	VB
13111	720	25	to	to	IN
13111	720	26	the	the	DT
13111	720	27	rest	rest	NN
13111	720	28	of	of	IN
13111	720	29	the	the	DT
13111	720	30	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	720	31	of	of	IN
13111	720	32	the	the	DT
13111	720	33	paralysed	paralysed	JJ
13111	720	34	side	side	NN
13111	720	35	)	)	-RRB-
13111	720	36	,	,	,
13111	720	37	and	and	CC
13111	720	38	thus	thus	RB
13111	720	39	the	the	DT
13111	720	40	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	720	41	movement	movement	NN
13111	720	42	of	of	IN
13111	720	43	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	720	44	would	would	MD
13111	720	45	be	be	VB
13111	720	46	diminished	diminish	VBN
13111	720	47	--	--	:
13111	720	48	diminished	diminish	VBN
13111	720	49	only	only	RB
13111	720	50	and	and	CC
13111	720	51	not	not	RB
13111	720	52	completely	completely	RB
13111	720	53	abolished	abolish	VBN
13111	720	54	as	as	IN
13111	720	55	in	in	IN
13111	720	56	the	the	DT
13111	720	57	limbs	limb	NNS
13111	720	58	;	;	:
13111	720	59	because	because	IN
13111	720	60	according	accord	VBG
13111	720	61	to	to	IN
13111	720	62	the	the	DT
13111	720	63	theory	theory	NN
13111	720	64	of	of	IN
13111	720	65	Broadbent	Broadbent	NNP
13111	720	66	,	,	,
13111	720	67	in	in	IN
13111	720	68	the	the	DT
13111	720	69	case	case	NN
13111	720	70	of	of	IN
13111	720	71	such	such	JJ
13111	720	72	closely	closely	RB
13111	720	73	associated	associate	VBN
13111	720	74	bilateral	bilateral	JJ
13111	720	75	movements	movement	NNS
13111	720	76	the	the	DT
13111	720	77	lower	lower	RBR
13111	720	78	nervous	nervous	JJ
13111	720	79	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	720	80	centres	centre	NNS
13111	720	81	of	of	IN
13111	720	82	both	both	DT
13111	720	83	sides	side	NNS
13111	720	84	would	would	MD
13111	720	85	be	be	VB
13111	720	86	activated	activate	VBN
13111	720	87	from	from	IN
13111	720	88	either	either	DT
13111	720	89	side	side	NN
13111	720	90	of	of	IN
13111	720	91	the	the	DT
13111	720	92	brain	brain	NN
13111	720	93	.	.	.
13111	720	94	"	"	''
13111	721	1	This	this	DT
13111	721	2	certainly	certainly	RB
13111	721	3	applies	apply	VBZ
13111	721	4	also	also	RB
13111	721	5	to	to	IN
13111	721	6	the	the	DT
13111	721	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	721	8	of	of	IN
13111	721	9	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	721	10	,	,	,
13111	721	11	but	but	CC
13111	721	12	not	not	RB
13111	721	13	to	to	IN
13111	721	14	the	the	DT
13111	721	15	principal	principal	JJ
13111	721	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	721	17	of	of	IN
13111	721	18	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	721	19	,	,	,
13111	721	20	viz	viz	NN
13111	721	21	.	.	.
13111	722	1	the	the	DT
13111	722	2	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	722	3	and	and	CC
13111	722	4	lips	lip	NNS
13111	722	5	.	.	.
13111	723	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	723	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	723	3	not	not	RB
13111	723	4	exactly	exactly	RB
13111	723	5	known	know	VBN
13111	723	6	what	what	WP
13111	723	7	part	part	NN
13111	723	8	of	of	IN
13111	723	9	the	the	DT
13111	723	10	cerebral	cerebral	NNP
13111	723	11	cortex	cortex	NNP
13111	723	12	controls	control	VBZ
13111	723	13	the	the	DT
13111	723	14	associated	associated	JJ
13111	723	15	movements	movement	NNS
13111	723	16	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	723	17	for	for	IN
13111	723	18	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	723	19	costal	costal	NN
13111	723	20	(	(	-LRB-
13111	723	21	rib	rib	NN
13111	723	22	)	)	-RRB-
13111	723	23	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	723	24	in	in	IN
13111	723	25	singing	singing	NN
13111	723	26	;	;	:
13111	723	27	probably	probably	RB
13111	723	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	723	29	is	be	VBZ
13111	723	30	localised	localise	VBN
13111	723	31	in	in	IN
13111	723	32	the	the	DT
13111	723	33	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	723	34	lobe	lobe	NN
13111	723	35	in	in	IN
13111	723	36	front	front	NN
13111	723	37	of	of	IN
13111	723	38	that	that	DT
13111	723	39	part	part	NN
13111	723	40	,	,	,
13111	723	41	stimulation	stimulation	NN
13111	723	42	of	of	IN
13111	723	43	which	which	WDT
13111	723	44	gives	give	VBZ
13111	723	45	rise	rise	NN
13111	723	46	to	to	IN
13111	723	47	trunk	trunk	NN
13111	723	48	movements	movement	NNS
13111	723	49	(	(	-LRB-
13111	723	50	_	_	NNP
13111	723	51	vide	vide	NN
13111	723	52	_	_	NNP
13111	723	53	fig	fig	NN
13111	723	54	.	.	.
13111	724	1	16	16	CD
13111	724	2	)	)	-RRB-
13111	724	3	.	.	.
13111	725	1	Whatever	whatever	WDT
13111	725	2	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	725	3	situation	situation	NN
13111	725	4	,	,	,
13111	725	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	725	6	must	must	MD
13111	725	7	be	be	VB
13111	725	8	connected	connect	VBN
13111	725	9	by	by	IN
13111	725	10	association	association	NN
13111	725	11	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	725	12	with	with	IN
13111	725	13	the	the	DT
13111	725	14	centres	centre	NNS
13111	725	15	of	of	IN
13111	725	16	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	725	17	and	and	CC
13111	725	18	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	725	19	.	.	.
13111	726	1	[	[	-LRB-
13111	726	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
13111	726	3	:	:	:
13111	726	4	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	726	5	.	.	.
13111	727	1	18	18	CD
13111	727	2	]	]	-RRB-
13111	727	3	[	[	-LRB-
13111	727	4	Description	description	NN
13111	727	5	:	:	:
13111	727	6	FIG	FIG	NNP
13111	727	7	.	.	.
13111	728	1	18.--The	18.--the	CD
13111	728	2	accompanying	accompany	VBG
13111	728	3	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	728	4	is	be	VBZ
13111	728	5	an	an	DT
13111	728	6	attempt	attempt	NN
13111	728	7	to	to	TO
13111	728	8	explain	explain	VB
13111	728	9	the	the	DT
13111	728	10	course	course	NN
13111	728	11	of	of	IN
13111	728	12	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	728	13	currents	current	NNS
13111	728	14	in	in	IN
13111	728	15	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	728	16	.	.	.
13111	729	1	1	1	LS
13111	729	2	.	.	.
13111	730	1	Represents	represent	VBZ
13111	730	2	the	the	DT
13111	730	3	whole	whole	JJ
13111	730	4	brain	brain	NN
13111	730	5	sending	send	VBG
13111	730	6	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	730	7	impulses	impulse	NNS
13111	730	8	_	_	NNP
13111	730	9	V	V	NNP
13111	730	10	_	_	NNP
13111	730	11	to	to	IN
13111	730	12	the	the	DT
13111	730	13	regions	region	NNS
13111	730	14	of	of	IN
13111	730	15	the	the	DT
13111	730	16	brain	brain	NN
13111	730	17	presiding	preside	VBG
13111	730	18	over	over	IN
13111	730	19	the	the	DT
13111	730	20	mechanisms	mechanism	NNS
13111	730	21	of	of	IN
13111	730	22	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	730	23	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	730	24	and	and	CC
13111	730	25	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	730	26	.	.	.
13111	731	1	These	these	DT
13111	731	2	two	two	CD
13111	731	3	regions	region	NNS
13111	731	4	are	be	VBP
13111	731	5	associated	associate	VBN
13111	731	6	in	in	IN
13111	731	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	731	8	action	action	NN
13111	731	9	by	by	IN
13111	731	10	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	731	11	of	of	IN
13111	731	12	association	association	NN
13111	731	13	_	_	NNP
13111	731	14	A	A	NNP
13111	731	15	_	_	NNP
13111	731	16	;	;	:
13111	731	17	moreover	moreover	RB
13111	731	18	,	,	,
13111	731	19	the	the	DT
13111	731	20	corresponding	correspond	VBG
13111	731	21	centres	centre	NNS
13111	731	22	in	in	IN
13111	731	23	the	the	DT
13111	731	24	two	two	CD
13111	731	25	halves	half	NNS
13111	731	26	of	of	IN
13111	731	27	the	the	DT
13111	731	28	brain	brain	NN
13111	731	29	are	be	VBP
13111	731	30	unified	unify	VBN
13111	731	31	in	in	IN
13111	731	32	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	731	33	action	action	NN
13111	731	34	by	by	IN
13111	731	35	association	association	NN
13111	731	36	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	731	37	_	_	NNP
13111	731	38	A	A	NNP
13111	731	39	'	'	''
13111	731	40	_	_	NNP
13111	731	41	in	in	IN
13111	731	42	the	the	DT
13111	731	43	great	great	JJ
13111	731	44	bridge	bridge	NN
13111	731	45	connecting	connect	VBG
13111	731	46	the	the	DT
13111	731	47	two	two	CD
13111	731	48	hemispheres	hemisphere	NNS
13111	731	49	(	(	-LRB-
13111	731	50	Corpus	Corpus	NNP
13111	731	51	Callosum	Callosum	NNP
13111	731	52	)	)	-RRB-
13111	731	53	.	.	.
13111	732	1	On	on	IN
13111	732	2	each	each	DT
13111	732	3	side	side	NN
13111	732	4	of	of	IN
13111	732	5	the	the	DT
13111	732	6	centre	centre	NN
13111	732	7	for	for	IN
13111	732	8	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	732	9	are	be	VBP
13111	732	10	represented	represent	VBN
13111	732	11	association	association	NN
13111	732	12	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	732	13	_	_	NNP
13111	732	14	H	H	NNP
13111	732	15	_	_	NNP
13111	732	16	which	which	WDT
13111	732	17	come	come	VBP
13111	732	18	from	from	IN
13111	732	19	the	the	DT
13111	732	20	centre	centre	NN
13111	732	21	of	of	IN
13111	732	22	hearing	hearing	NN
13111	732	23	;	;	:
13111	732	24	these	these	DT
13111	732	25	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	732	26	convey	convey	VBP
13111	732	27	the	the	DT
13111	732	28	guiding	guide	VBG
13111	732	29	mental	mental	JJ
13111	732	30	images	image	NNS
13111	732	31	of	of	IN
13111	732	32	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	732	33	and	and	CC
13111	732	34	determine	determine	VBP
13111	732	35	exactly	exactly	RB
13111	732	36	the	the	DT
13111	732	37	liberation	liberation	NN
13111	732	38	of	of	IN
13111	732	39	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	732	40	currents	current	NNS
13111	732	41	from	from	IN
13111	732	42	the	the	DT
13111	732	43	centre	centre	NN
13111	732	44	of	of	IN
13111	732	45	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	732	46	to	to	IN
13111	732	47	the	the	DT
13111	732	48	lower	low	JJR
13111	732	49	centres	centre	NNS
13111	732	50	by	by	IN
13111	732	51	which	which	WDT
13111	732	52	the	the	DT
13111	732	53	required	require	VBN
13111	732	54	alterations	alteration	NNS
13111	732	55	in	in	IN
13111	732	56	tension	tension	NN
13111	732	57	of	of	IN
13111	732	58	the	the	DT
13111	732	59	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
13111	732	60	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	732	61	for	for	IN
13111	732	62	the	the	DT
13111	732	63	production	production	NN
13111	732	64	of	of	IN
13111	732	65	the	the	DT
13111	732	66	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
13111	732	67	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	732	68	are	be	VBP
13111	732	69	effected	effect	VBN
13111	732	70	.	.	.
13111	733	1	Arrows	arrow	NNS
13111	733	2	are	be	VBP
13111	733	3	represented	represent	VBN
13111	733	4	passing	pass	VBG
13111	733	5	from	from	IN
13111	733	6	the	the	DT
13111	733	7	centre	centre	NN
13111	733	8	of	of	IN
13111	733	9	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	733	10	to	to	IN
13111	733	11	the	the	DT
13111	733	12	lower	low	JJR
13111	733	13	centres	centre	NNS
13111	733	14	in	in	IN
13111	733	15	the	the	DT
13111	733	16	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	733	17	which	which	WDT
13111	733	18	preside	preside	VBP
13111	733	19	over	over	IN
13111	733	20	the	the	DT
13111	733	21	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	733	22	of	of	IN
13111	733	23	the	the	DT
13111	733	24	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	733	25	,	,	,
13111	733	26	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	733	27	,	,	,
13111	733	28	lips	lip	NNS
13111	733	29	,	,	,
13111	733	30	and	and	CC
13111	733	31	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	733	32	.	.	.
13111	734	1	Arrows	arrow	NNS
13111	734	2	indicate	indicate	VBP
13111	734	3	also	also	RB
13111	734	4	the	the	DT
13111	734	5	passage	passage	NN
13111	734	6	of	of	IN
13111	734	7	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	734	8	currents	current	NNS
13111	734	9	from	from	IN
13111	734	10	the	the	DT
13111	734	11	centres	centre	NNS
13111	734	12	in	in	IN
13111	734	13	the	the	DT
13111	734	14	brain	brain	NN
13111	734	15	which	which	WDT
13111	734	16	preside	preside	VBP
13111	734	17	over	over	IN
13111	734	18	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	734	19	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	734	20	.	.	.
13111	735	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	735	2	will	will	MD
13111	735	3	be	be	VB
13111	735	4	observed	observe	VBN
13111	735	5	that	that	IN
13111	735	6	the	the	DT
13111	735	7	innervation	innervation	NN
13111	735	8	currents	current	NNS
13111	735	9	which	which	WDT
13111	735	10	proceed	proceed	VBP
13111	735	11	from	from	IN
13111	735	12	the	the	DT
13111	735	13	brain	brain	NN
13111	735	14	pass	pass	VB
13111	735	15	over	over	RP
13111	735	16	to	to	IN
13111	735	17	the	the	DT
13111	735	18	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	735	19	side	side	NN
13111	735	20	of	of	IN
13111	735	21	the	the	DT
13111	735	22	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	735	23	cord	cord	NN
13111	735	24	and	and	CC
13111	735	25	are	be	VBP
13111	735	26	not	not	RB
13111	735	27	represented	represent	VBN
13111	735	28	as	as	IN
13111	735	29	coming	come	VBG
13111	735	30	into	into	IN
13111	735	31	relation	relation	NN
13111	735	32	with	with	IN
13111	735	33	the	the	DT
13111	735	34	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
13111	735	35	centre	centre	NN
13111	735	36	_	_	NNP
13111	735	37	R	R	NNP
13111	735	38	_	_	NNP
13111	735	39	.	.	.
13111	736	1	This	this	DT
13111	736	2	centre	centre	NN
13111	736	3	,	,	,
13111	736	4	as	as	IN
13111	736	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	736	6	have	have	VBP
13111	736	7	seen	see	VBN
13111	736	8	,	,	,
13111	736	9	acts	act	VBZ
13111	736	10	automatically	automatically	RB
13111	736	11	,	,	,
13111	736	12	and	and	CC
13111	736	13	exercises	exercise	VBZ
13111	736	14	especially	especially	RB
13111	736	15	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	736	16	influence	influence	NN
13111	736	17	upon	upon	IN
13111	736	18	the	the	DT
13111	736	19	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	736	20	,	,	,
13111	736	21	which	which	WDT
13111	736	22	is	be	VBZ
13111	736	23	less	less	JJR
13111	736	24	under	under	IN
13111	736	25	the	the	DT
13111	736	26	control	control	NN
13111	736	27	of	of	IN
13111	736	28	the	the	DT
13111	736	29	will	will	NN
13111	736	30	than	than	IN
13111	736	31	the	the	DT
13111	736	32	elevators	elevator	NNS
13111	736	33	of	of	IN
13111	736	34	the	the	DT
13111	736	35	ribs	rib	NNS
13111	736	36	and	and	CC
13111	736	37	the	the	DT
13111	736	38	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
13111	736	39	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	736	40	.	.	.
13111	737	1	The	the	DT
13111	737	2	diagram	diagram	NN
13111	737	3	also	also	RB
13111	737	4	indicates	indicate	VBZ
13111	737	5	why	why	WRB
13111	737	6	these	these	DT
13111	737	7	actions	action	NNS
13111	737	8	of	of	IN
13111	737	9	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	737	10	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	737	11	and	and	CC
13111	737	12	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	737	13	can	can	MD
13111	737	14	be	be	VB
13111	737	15	initiated	initiate	VBN
13111	737	16	in	in	IN
13111	737	17	either	either	DT
13111	737	18	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	737	19	;	;	:
13111	737	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	737	21	is	be	VBZ
13111	737	22	because	because	IN
13111	737	23	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	737	24	are	be	VBP
13111	737	25	always	always	RB
13111	737	26	bilaterally	bilaterally	RB
13111	737	27	associated	associate	VBN
13111	737	28	in	in	IN
13111	737	29	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	737	30	action	action	NN
13111	737	31	;	;	:
13111	737	32	consequently	consequently	RB
13111	737	33	both	both	CC
13111	737	34	the	the	DT
13111	737	35	higher	high	JJR
13111	737	36	centres	centre	NNS
13111	737	37	in	in	IN
13111	737	38	the	the	DT
13111	737	39	brain	brain	NN
13111	737	40	and	and	CC
13111	737	41	the	the	DT
13111	737	42	lower	low	JJR
13111	737	43	centres	centre	NNS
13111	737	44	in	in	IN
13111	737	45	the	the	DT
13111	737	46	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	737	47	oblongata	oblongata	NN
13111	737	48	and	and	CC
13111	737	49	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	737	50	cord	cord	NN
13111	737	51	are	be	VBP
13111	737	52	united	unite	VBN
13111	737	53	by	by	IN
13111	737	54	bridges	bridge	NNS
13111	737	55	of	of	IN
13111	737	56	association	association	NN
13111	737	57	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	737	58	,	,	,
13111	737	59	the	the	DT
13111	737	60	result	result	NN
13111	737	61	being	be	VBG
13111	737	62	that	that	IN
13111	737	63	even	even	RB
13111	737	64	if	if	IN
13111	737	65	there	there	EX
13111	737	66	is	be	VBZ
13111	737	67	a	a	DT
13111	737	68	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	737	69	of	of	IN
13111	737	70	the	the	DT
13111	737	71	brain	brain	NN
13111	737	72	at	at	IN
13111	737	73	_	_	NNP
13111	737	74	a	a	NNP
13111	737	75	-	-	HYPH
13111	737	76	b	b	NNP
13111	737	77	_	_	NNP
13111	737	78	,	,	,
13111	737	79	still	still	RB
13111	737	80	the	the	DT
13111	737	81	mind	mind	NN
13111	737	82	and	and	CC
13111	737	83	will	will	MD
13111	737	84	can	can	MD
13111	737	85	act	act	VB
13111	737	86	through	through	IN
13111	737	87	both	both	DT
13111	737	88	centres	centre	NNS
13111	737	89	,	,	,
13111	737	90	although	although	IN
13111	737	91	not	not	RB
13111	737	92	so	so	RB
13111	737	93	efficiently	efficiently	RB
13111	737	94	.	.	.
13111	738	1	Likewise	likewise	RB
13111	738	2	,	,	,
13111	738	3	if	if	IN
13111	738	4	there	there	EX
13111	738	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	738	6	a	a	DT
13111	738	7	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	738	8	of	of	IN
13111	738	9	the	the	DT
13111	738	10	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	738	11	proceeding	proceed	VBG
13111	738	12	from	from	IN
13111	738	13	the	the	DT
13111	738	14	brain	brain	NN
13111	738	15	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	738	16	to	to	IN
13111	738	17	the	the	DT
13111	738	18	lower	low	JJR
13111	738	19	medullary	medullary	JJ
13111	738	20	and	and	CC
13111	738	21	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	738	22	centres	centre	NNS
13111	738	23	,	,	,
13111	738	24	the	the	DT
13111	738	25	will	will	NN
13111	738	26	is	be	VBZ
13111	738	27	still	still	RB
13111	738	28	able	able	JJ
13111	738	29	to	to	TO
13111	738	30	act	act	VB
13111	738	31	upon	upon	IN
13111	738	32	the	the	DT
13111	738	33	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	738	34	of	of	IN
13111	738	35	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	738	36	and	and	CC
13111	738	37	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	738	38	of	of	IN
13111	738	39	both	both	DT
13111	738	40	sides	side	NNS
13111	738	41	of	of	IN
13111	738	42	the	the	DT
13111	738	43	body	body	NN
13111	738	44	because	because	IN
13111	738	45	of	of	IN
13111	738	46	the	the	DT
13111	738	47	intimate	intimate	JJ
13111	738	48	connection	connection	NN
13111	738	49	of	of	IN
13111	738	50	the	the	DT
13111	738	51	lower	low	JJR
13111	738	52	medullary	medullary	JJ
13111	738	53	and	and	CC
13111	738	54	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	738	55	centres	centre	NNS
13111	738	56	by	by	IN
13111	738	57	association	association	NN
13111	738	58	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	738	59	.	.	.
13111	738	60	]	]	-RRB-
13111	739	1	Experiments	experiment	NNS
13111	739	2	on	on	IN
13111	739	3	animals	animal	NNS
13111	739	4	and	and	CC
13111	739	5	observations	observation	NNS
13111	739	6	on	on	IN
13111	739	7	human	human	JJ
13111	739	8	beings	being	NNS
13111	739	9	show	show	VBP
13111	739	10	that	that	IN
13111	739	11	the	the	DT
13111	739	12	centres	centre	NNS
13111	739	13	presiding	preside	VBG
13111	739	14	over	over	IN
13111	739	15	the	the	DT
13111	739	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	739	17	of	of	IN
13111	739	18	the	the	DT
13111	739	19	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	739	20	are	be	VBP
13111	739	21	situated	situate	VBN
13111	739	22	one	one	CD
13111	739	23	in	in	IN
13111	739	24	each	each	DT
13111	739	25	hemisphere	hemisphere	NN
13111	739	26	,	,	,
13111	739	27	at	at	IN
13111	739	28	the	the	DT
13111	739	29	lower	low	JJR
13111	739	30	end	end	NN
13111	739	31	of	of	IN
13111	739	32	the	the	DT
13111	739	33	ascending	ascend	VBG
13111	739	34	frontal	frontal	JJ
13111	739	35	convolution	convolution	NN
13111	739	36	in	in	IN
13111	739	37	close	close	JJ
13111	739	38	association	association	NN
13111	739	39	with	with	IN
13111	739	40	that	that	DT
13111	739	41	of	of	IN
13111	739	42	the	the	DT
13111	739	43	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	739	44	,	,	,
13111	739	45	lips	lip	NNS
13111	739	46	,	,	,
13111	739	47	and	and	CC
13111	739	48	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	739	49	.	.	.
13111	740	1	This	this	DT
13111	740	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	740	3	as	as	IN
13111	740	4	we	-PRON-	PRP
13111	740	5	should	should	MD
13111	740	6	expect	expect	VB
13111	740	7	,	,	,
13111	740	8	for	for	IN
13111	740	9	they	-PRON-	PRP
13111	740	10	form	form	VBP
13111	740	11	a	a	DT
13111	740	12	part	part	NN
13111	740	13	of	of	IN
13111	740	14	the	the	DT
13111	740	15	whole	whole	JJ
13111	740	16	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	740	17	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	740	18	which	which	WDT
13111	740	19	presides	preside	VBZ
13111	740	20	over	over	IN
13111	740	21	the	the	DT
13111	740	22	voice	voice	NN
13111	740	23	in	in	IN
13111	740	24	speech	speech	NN
13111	740	25	and	and	CC
13111	740	26	song	song	NN
13111	740	27	.	.	.
13111	741	1	But	but	CC
13111	741	2	because	because	IN
13111	741	3	the	the	DT
13111	741	4	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	741	5	of	of	IN
13111	741	6	the	the	DT
13111	741	7	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	741	8	,	,	,
13111	741	9	the	the	DT
13111	741	10	lower	low	JJR
13111	741	11	face	face	NN
13111	741	12	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	741	13	,	,	,
13111	741	14	and	and	CC
13111	741	15	even	even	RB
13111	741	16	the	the	DT
13111	741	17	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	741	18	of	of	IN
13111	741	19	the	the	DT
13111	741	20	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	741	21	do	do	VBP
13111	741	22	not	not	RB
13111	741	23	necessarily	necessarily	RB
13111	741	24	and	and	CC
13111	741	25	always	always	RB
13111	741	26	work	work	VB
13111	741	27	synchronously	synchronously	RB
13111	741	28	and	and	CC
13111	741	29	similarly	similarly	RB
13111	741	30	on	on	IN
13111	741	31	the	the	DT
13111	741	32	two	two	CD
13111	741	33	sides	side	NNS
13111	741	34	,	,	,
13111	741	35	there	there	EX
13111	741	36	is	be	VBZ
13111	741	37	more	more	JJR
13111	741	38	independence	independence	NN
13111	741	39	in	in	IN
13111	741	40	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	741	41	representation	representation	NN
13111	741	42	in	in	IN
13111	741	43	the	the	DT
13111	741	44	cerebral	cerebral	NNP
13111	741	45	cortex	cortex	NNP
13111	741	46	.	.	.
13111	742	1	Consequently	consequently	RB
13111	742	2	a	a	DT
13111	742	3	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	742	4	of	of	IN
13111	742	5	this	this	DT
13111	742	6	region	region	NN
13111	742	7	of	of	IN
13111	742	8	the	the	DT
13111	742	9	brain	brain	NN
13111	742	10	or	or	CC
13111	742	11	the	the	DT
13111	742	12	fibres	fibre	NNS
13111	742	13	which	which	WDT
13111	742	14	proceed	proceed	VBP
13111	742	15	from	from	IN
13111	742	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	742	17	to	to	IN
13111	742	18	the	the	DT
13111	742	19	lower	low	JJR
13111	742	20	executive	executive	JJ
13111	742	21	bulbar	bulbar	NN
13111	742	22	and	and	CC
13111	742	23	spinal	spinal	JJ
13111	742	24	centres	centre	NNS
13111	742	25	is	be	VBZ
13111	742	26	followed	follow	VBN
13111	742	27	by	by	IN
13111	742	28	paralysis	paralysis	NN
13111	742	29	of	of	IN
13111	742	30	the	the	DT
13111	742	31	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	742	32	of	of	IN
13111	742	33	the	the	DT
13111	742	34	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	742	35	side	side	NN
13111	742	36	.	.	.
13111	743	1	Likewise	likewise	JJ
13111	743	2	stimulation	stimulation	NN
13111	743	3	with	with	IN
13111	743	4	an	an	DT
13111	743	5	interrupted	interrupt	VBN
13111	743	6	electric	electric	JJ
13111	743	7	current	current	NN
13111	743	8	applied	apply	VBN
13111	743	9	to	to	IN
13111	743	10	this	this	DT
13111	743	11	region	region	NN
13111	743	12	of	of	IN
13111	743	13	the	the	DT
13111	743	14	brain	brain	NN
13111	743	15	in	in	IN
13111	743	16	monkeys	monkey	NNS
13111	743	17	by	by	IN
13111	743	18	suitable	suitable	JJ
13111	743	19	electrodes	electrode	NNS
13111	743	20	produces	produce	VBZ
13111	743	21	movements	movement	NNS
13111	743	22	of	of	IN
13111	743	23	the	the	DT
13111	743	24	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	743	25	of	of	IN
13111	743	26	the	the	DT
13111	743	27	lips	lip	NNS
13111	743	28	,	,	,
13111	743	29	tongue	tongue	NN
13111	743	30	,	,	,
13111	743	31	and	and	CC
13111	743	32	jaw	jaw	NN
13111	743	33	of	of	IN
13111	743	34	the	the	DT
13111	743	35	opposite	opposite	JJ
13111	743	36	side	side	NN
13111	743	37	only	only	RB
13111	743	38	.	.	.
13111	744	1	Not	not	RB
13111	744	2	so	so	RB
13111	744	3	,	,	,
13111	744	4	however	however	RB
13111	744	5	,	,	,
13111	744	6	stimulation	stimulation	NN
13111	744	7	of	of	IN
13111	744	8	the	the	DT
13111	744	9	region	region	NN
13111	744	10	which	which	WDT
13111	744	11	presides	preside	VBZ
13111	744	12	over	over	IN
13111	744	13	the	the	DT
13111	744	14	movements	movement	NNS
13111	744	15	of	of	IN
13111	744	16	the	the	DT
13111	744	17	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	744	18	of	of	IN
13111	744	19	the	the	DT
13111	744	20	larynx	larynx	NN
13111	744	21	,	,	,
13111	744	22	for	for	IN
13111	744	23	then	then	RB
13111	744	24	_	_	NNP
13111	744	25	both	both	DT
13111	744	26	_	_	NNP
13111	744	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	744	28	cords	cord	NNS
13111	744	29	are	be	VBP
13111	744	30	drawn	draw	VBN
13111	744	31	together	together	RB
13111	744	32	and	and	CC
13111	744	33	made	make	VBD
13111	744	34	tense	tense	JJ
13111	744	35	as	as	IN
13111	744	36	in	in	IN
13111	744	37	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	744	38	.	.	.
13111	745	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	745	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	745	3	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	745	4	not	not	RB
13111	745	5	surprising	surprising	JJ
13111	745	6	if	if	IN
13111	745	7	removal	removal	NN
13111	745	8	or	or	CC
13111	745	9	destruction	destruction	NN
13111	745	10	of	of	IN
13111	745	11	this	this	DT
13111	745	12	portion	portion	NN
13111	745	13	of	of	IN
13111	745	14	the	the	DT
13111	745	15	brain	brain	NN
13111	745	16	_	_	NNP
13111	745	17	on	on	IN
13111	745	18	one	one	CD
13111	745	19	side	side	NN
13111	745	20	_	_	NNP
13111	745	21	does	do	VBZ
13111	745	22	not	not	RB
13111	745	23	produce	produce	VB
13111	745	24	paralysis	paralysis	NN
13111	745	25	of	of	IN
13111	745	26	the	the	DT
13111	745	27	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	745	28	of	of	IN
13111	745	29	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	745	30	,	,	,
13111	745	31	which	which	WDT
13111	745	32	,	,	,
13111	745	33	always	always	RB
13111	745	34	bilaterally	bilaterally	RB
13111	745	35	associated	associate	VBN
13111	745	36	in	in	IN
13111	745	37	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	745	38	actions	action	NNS
13111	745	39	,	,	,
13111	745	40	are	be	VBP
13111	745	41	represented	represent	VBN
13111	745	42	as	as	IN
13111	745	43	a	a	DT
13111	745	44	bilateral	bilateral	JJ
13111	745	45	group	group	NN
13111	745	46	in	in	IN
13111	745	47	both	both	DT
13111	745	48	halves	half	NNS
13111	745	49	of	of	IN
13111	745	50	the	the	DT
13111	745	51	brain	brain	NN
13111	745	52	.	.	.
13111	746	1	These	these	DT
13111	746	2	centres	centre	NNS
13111	746	3	may	may	MD
13111	746	4	be	be	VB
13111	746	5	regarded	regard	VBN
13111	746	6	as	as	IN
13111	746	7	a	a	DT
13111	746	8	part	part	NN
13111	746	9	of	of	IN
13111	746	10	the	the	DT
13111	746	11	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	746	12	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	746	13	,	,	,
13111	746	14	but	but	CC
13111	746	15	the	the	DT
13111	746	16	brain	brain	NN
13111	746	17	acts	act	VBZ
13111	746	18	as	as	IN
13111	746	19	a	a	DT
13111	746	20	whole	whole	NN
13111	746	21	in	in	IN
13111	746	22	the	the	DT
13111	746	23	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	746	24	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	746	25	of	of	IN
13111	746	26	speech	speech	NN
13111	746	27	and	and	CC
13111	746	28	song	song	NN
13111	746	29	.	.	.
13111	747	1	From	from	IN
13111	747	2	these	these	DT
13111	747	3	facts	fact	NNS
13111	747	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	747	5	appears	appear	VBZ
13111	747	6	that	that	IN
13111	747	7	there	there	EX
13111	747	8	is	be	VBZ
13111	747	9	:	:	:
13111	747	10	(	(	-LRB-
13111	747	11	1	1	LS
13111	747	12	)	)	-RRB-
13111	747	13	An	an	DT
13111	747	14	automatic	automatic	JJ
13111	747	15	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	747	16	for	for	IN
13111	747	17	respiration	respiration	NN
13111	747	18	and	and	CC
13111	747	19	elemental	elemental	JJ
13111	747	20	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	747	21	(	(	-LRB-
13111	747	22	the	the	DT
13111	747	23	cry	cry	NN
13111	747	24	)	)	-RRB-
13111	747	25	in	in	IN
13111	747	26	the	the	DT
13111	747	27	medulla	medulla	NN
13111	747	28	oblongata	oblongata	NN
13111	747	29	which	which	WDT
13111	747	30	can	can	MD
13111	747	31	act	act	VB
13111	747	32	independently	independently	RB
13111	747	33	of	of	IN
13111	747	34	the	the	DT
13111	747	35	higher	high	JJR
13111	747	36	centres	centre	NNS
13111	747	37	in	in	IN
13111	747	38	the	the	DT
13111	747	39	brain	brain	NN
13111	747	40	and	and	CC
13111	747	41	even	even	RB
13111	747	42	without	without	IN
13111	747	43	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	747	44	(	(	-LRB-
13111	747	45	_	_	NNP
13111	747	46	vide	vide	NN
13111	747	47	_	_	NNP
13111	747	48	p.	p.	NN
13111	747	49	18	18	CD
13111	747	50	)	)	-RRB-
13111	747	51	.	.	.
13111	748	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	748	2	2	2	LS
13111	748	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	748	4	A	a	DT
13111	748	5	cerebral	cerebral	JJ
13111	748	6	conscious	conscious	JJ
13111	748	7	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	748	8	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	748	9	which	which	WDT
13111	748	10	controls	control	VBZ
13111	748	11	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	748	12	either	either	CC
13111	748	13	alone	alone	RB
13111	748	14	or	or	CC
13111	748	15	associated	associate	VBN
13111	748	16	with	with	IN
13111	748	17	articulation	articulation	NN
13111	748	18	.	.	.
13111	749	1	The	the	DT
13111	749	2	opening	opening	NN
13111	749	3	of	of	IN
13111	749	4	the	the	DT
13111	749	5	glottis	glottis	NN
13111	749	6	by	by	IN
13111	749	7	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	749	8	of	of	IN
13111	749	9	the	the	DT
13111	749	10	abductor	abductor	NN
13111	749	11	(	(	-LRB-
13111	749	12	posterior	posterior	NNP
13111	749	13	ring	ring	NN
13111	749	14	-	-	HYPH
13111	749	15	pyramid	pyramid	JJ
13111	749	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	749	17	)	)	-RRB-
13111	749	18	is	be	VBZ
13111	749	19	especially	especially	RB
13111	749	20	associated	associate	VBN
13111	749	21	with	with	IN
13111	749	22	descent	descent	NN
13111	749	23	of	of	IN
13111	749	24	the	the	DT
13111	749	25	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
13111	749	26	in	in	IN
13111	749	27	inspiration	inspiration	NN
13111	749	28	in	in	IN
13111	749	29	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
13111	749	30	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	749	31	;	;	:
13111	749	32	whereas	whereas	IN
13111	749	33	the	the	DT
13111	749	34	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
13111	749	35	breathing	breathing	NN
13111	749	36	in	in	IN
13111	749	37	singing	singing	NN
13111	749	38	is	be	VBZ
13111	749	39	associated	associate	VBN
13111	749	40	with	with	IN
13111	749	41	contraction	contraction	NN
13111	749	42	of	of	IN
13111	749	43	the	the	DT
13111	749	44	adductor	adductor	NN
13111	749	45	and	and	CC
13111	749	46	tensor	tensor	NN
13111	749	47	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	749	48	of	of	IN
13111	749	49	the	the	DT
13111	749	50	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	749	51	cords	cord	NNS
13111	749	52	.	.	.
13111	750	1	A	a	DT
13111	750	2	perfect	perfect	JJ
13111	750	3	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	750	4	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	750	5	is	be	VBZ
13111	750	6	as	as	RB
13111	750	7	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	750	8	as	as	IN
13111	750	9	the	the	DT
13111	750	10	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	750	11	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	750	12	for	for	IN
13111	750	13	the	the	DT
13111	750	14	production	production	NN
13111	750	15	of	of	IN
13111	750	16	perfect	perfect	JJ
13111	750	17	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	750	18	,	,	,
13111	750	19	especially	especially	RB
13111	750	20	for	for	IN
13111	750	21	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
13111	750	22	singing	singing	NN
13111	750	23	.	.	.
13111	751	1	A	a	DT
13111	751	2	person	person	NN
13111	751	3	,	,	,
13111	751	4	on	on	IN
13111	751	5	the	the	DT
13111	751	6	one	one	CD
13111	751	7	hand	hand	NN
13111	751	8	,	,	,
13111	751	9	may	may	MD
13111	751	10	be	be	VB
13111	751	11	endowed	endow	VBN
13111	751	12	with	with	IN
13111	751	13	a	a	DT
13111	751	14	grand	grand	JJ
13111	751	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	751	16	organ	organ	NN
13111	751	17	,	,	,
13111	751	18	but	but	CC
13111	751	19	be	be	VB
13111	751	20	a	a	DT
13111	751	21	failure	failure	NN
13111	751	22	as	as	IN
13111	751	23	a	a	DT
13111	751	24	singer	singer	NN
13111	751	25	on	on	IN
13111	751	26	account	account	NN
13111	751	27	of	of	IN
13111	751	28	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
13111	751	29	intonation	intonation	NN
13111	751	30	,	,	,
13111	751	31	of	of	IN
13111	751	32	uncertain	uncertain	JJ
13111	751	33	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	751	34	or	or	CC
13111	751	35	imperfect	imperfect	JJ
13111	751	36	diction	diction	NN
13111	751	37	;	;	,
13111	751	38	on	on	IN
13111	751	39	the	the	DT
13111	751	40	other	other	JJ
13111	751	41	hand	hand	NN
13111	751	42	,	,	,
13111	751	43	a	a	DT
13111	751	44	person	person	NN
13111	751	45	only	only	RB
13111	751	46	endowed	endow	VBN
13111	751	47	with	with	IN
13111	751	48	a	a	DT
13111	751	49	comparatively	comparatively	RB
13111	751	50	poor	poor	JJ
13111	751	51	vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	751	52	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	751	53	,	,	,
13111	751	54	but	but	CC
13111	751	55	knowing	know	VBG
13111	751	56	how	how	WRB
13111	751	57	to	to	TO
13111	751	58	use	use	VB
13111	751	59	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	751	60	to	to	IN
13111	751	61	the	the	DT
13111	751	62	best	good	JJS
13111	751	63	advantage	advantage	NN
13111	751	64	,	,	,
13111	751	65	is	be	VBZ
13111	751	66	able	able	JJ
13111	751	67	to	to	TO
13111	751	68	charm	charm	VB
13111	751	69	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	751	70	audience	audience	NN
13111	751	71	;	;	,
13111	751	72	incapable	incapable	JJ
13111	751	73	of	of	IN
13111	751	74	vigorous	vigorous	JJ
13111	751	75	sound	sound	NN
13111	751	76	production	production	NN
13111	751	77	,	,	,
13111	751	78	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	751	79	makes	make	VBZ
13111	751	80	up	up	RP
13111	751	81	for	for	IN
13111	751	82	lack	lack	NN
13111	751	83	of	of	IN
13111	751	84	power	power	NN
13111	751	85	by	by	IN
13111	751	86	correct	correct	JJ
13111	751	87	phrasing	phrasing	NN
13111	751	88	and	and	CC
13111	751	89	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	751	90	expression	expression	NN
13111	751	91	.	.	.
13111	752	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
13111	752	2	see	see	VBP
13111	752	3	then	then	RB
13111	752	4	that	that	IN
13111	752	5	the	the	DT
13111	752	6	combination	combination	NN
13111	752	7	of	of	IN
13111	752	8	a	a	DT
13111	752	9	perfect	perfect	JJ
13111	752	10	physiological	physiological	JJ
13111	752	11	and	and	CC
13111	752	12	psychological	psychological	JJ
13111	752	13	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	752	14	is	be	VBZ
13111	752	15	essential	essential	JJ
13111	752	16	for	for	IN
13111	752	17	successful	successful	JJ
13111	752	18	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
13111	752	19	singing	singing	NN
13111	752	20	,	,	,
13111	752	21	the	the	DT
13111	752	22	chief	chief	JJ
13111	752	23	attributes	attribute	NNS
13111	752	24	of	of	IN
13111	752	25	which	which	WDT
13111	752	26	are	be	VBP
13111	752	27	:	:	:
13111	752	28	(	(	-LRB-
13111	752	29	1	1	LS
13111	752	30	)	)	-RRB-
13111	752	31	Control	Control	NNP
13111	752	32	of	of	IN
13111	752	33	the	the	DT
13111	752	34	breath	breath	NN
13111	752	35	,	,	,
13111	752	36	adequate	adequate	JJ
13111	752	37	volume	volume	NN
13111	752	38	,	,	,
13111	752	39	sustaining	sustain	VBG
13111	752	40	power	power	NN
13111	752	41	,	,	,
13111	752	42	equality	equality	NN
13111	752	43	in	in	IN
13111	752	44	the	the	DT
13111	752	45	force	force	NN
13111	752	46	of	of	IN
13111	752	47	expulsion	expulsion	NN
13111	752	48	of	of	IN
13111	752	49	air	air	NN
13111	752	50	to	to	TO
13111	752	51	avoid	avoid	VB
13111	752	52	an	an	DT
13111	752	53	unpleasant	unpleasant	JJ
13111	752	54	vibrato	vibrato	NN
13111	752	55	,	,	,
13111	752	56	and	and	CC
13111	752	57	capability	capability	NN
13111	752	58	of	of	IN
13111	752	59	producing	produce	VBG
13111	752	60	and	and	CC
13111	752	61	sustaining	sustain	VBG
13111	752	62	loud	loud	JJ
13111	752	63	or	or	CC
13111	752	64	soft	soft	JJ
13111	752	65	tones	tone	NNS
13111	752	66	throughout	throughout	IN
13111	752	67	the	the	DT
13111	752	68	register	register	NN
13111	752	69	.	.	.
13111	753	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	753	2	2	2	LS
13111	753	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	753	4	Compass	compass	NN
13111	753	5	or	or	CC
13111	753	6	range	range	NN
13111	753	7	of	of	IN
13111	753	8	voice	voice	NN
13111	753	9	of	of	IN
13111	753	10	not	not	RB
13111	753	11	less	less	JJR
13111	753	12	than	than	IN
13111	753	13	two	two	CD
13111	753	14	octaves	octave	NNS
13111	753	15	with	with	IN
13111	753	16	adequate	adequate	JJ
13111	753	17	control	control	NN
13111	753	18	by	by	IN
13111	753	19	mental	mental	JJ
13111	753	20	perception	perception	NN
13111	753	21	of	of	IN
13111	753	22	the	the	DT
13111	753	23	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	753	24	of	of	IN
13111	753	25	the	the	DT
13111	753	26	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	753	27	variation	variation	NN
13111	753	28	in	in	IN
13111	753	29	tension	tension	NN
13111	753	30	of	of	IN
13111	753	31	the	the	DT
13111	753	32	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
13111	753	33	muscles	muscle	NNS
13111	753	34	for	for	IN
13111	753	35	correct	correct	JJ
13111	753	36	intonation	intonation	NN
13111	753	37	.	.	.
13111	754	1	(	(	-LRB-
13111	754	2	3	3	LS
13111	754	3	)	)	-RRB-
13111	754	4	Rich	rich	JJ
13111	754	5	quality	quality	NN
13111	754	6	or	or	CC
13111	754	7	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	754	8	,	,	,
13111	754	9	due	due	JJ
13111	754	10	partly	partly	RB
13111	754	11	to	to	IN
13111	754	12	the	the	DT
13111	754	13	construction	construction	NN
13111	754	14	of	of	IN
13111	754	15	the	the	DT
13111	754	16	resonator	resonator	NN
13111	754	17	,	,	,
13111	754	18	but	but	CC
13111	754	19	in	in	IN
13111	754	20	great	great	JJ
13111	754	21	measure	measure	NN
13111	754	22	to	to	IN
13111	754	23	its	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	754	24	proper	proper	JJ
13111	754	25	use	use	NN
13111	754	26	under	under	IN
13111	754	27	the	the	DT
13111	754	28	control	control	NN
13111	754	29	of	of	IN
13111	754	30	the	the	DT
13111	754	31	will	will	NN
13111	754	32	.	.	.
13111	755	1	Something	something	NN
13111	755	2	is	be	VBZ
13111	755	3	lacking	lack	VBG
13111	755	4	in	in	IN
13111	755	5	a	a	DT
13111	755	6	performance	performance	NN
13111	755	7	,	,	,
13111	755	8	however	however	RB
13111	755	9	perfect	perfect	JJ
13111	755	10	the	the	DT
13111	755	11	vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	755	12	as	as	IN
13111	755	13	regards	regard	VBZ
13111	755	14	intonation	intonation	NN
13111	755	15	and	and	CC
13111	755	16	quality	quality	NN
13111	755	17	,	,	,
13111	755	18	if	if	IN
13111	755	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
13111	755	20	fails	fail	VBZ
13111	755	21	to	to	TO
13111	755	22	arouse	arouse	VB
13111	755	23	enthusiasm	enthusiasm	NN
13111	755	24	or	or	CC
13111	755	25	to	to	TO
13111	755	26	stir	stir	VB
13111	755	27	up	up	RP
13111	755	28	the	the	DT
13111	755	29	feelings	feeling	NNS
13111	755	30	of	of	IN
13111	755	31	an	an	DT
13111	755	32	audience	audience	NN
13111	755	33	by	by	IN
13111	755	34	the	the	DT
13111	755	35	expression	expression	NN
13111	755	36	of	of	IN
13111	755	37	passion	passion	NN
13111	755	38	or	or	CC
13111	755	39	sentiment	sentiment	NN
13111	755	40	through	through	IN
13111	755	41	the	the	DT
13111	755	42	mentality	mentality	NN
13111	755	43	of	of	IN
13111	755	44	the	the	DT
13111	755	45	singer	singer	NN
13111	755	46	.	.	.
13111	756	1	The	the	DT
13111	756	2	general	general	JJ
13111	756	3	public	public	NN
13111	756	4	are	be	VBP
13111	756	5	becoming	become	VBG
13111	756	6	educated	educate	VBN
13111	756	7	in	in	IN
13111	756	8	music	music	NN
13111	756	9	and	and	CC
13111	756	10	are	be	VBP
13111	756	11	beginning	begin	VBG
13111	756	12	to	to	TO
13111	756	13	realise	realise	VB
13111	756	14	that	that	DT
13111	756	15	shouting	shout	VBG
13111	756	16	two	two	CD
13111	756	17	or	or	CC
13111	756	18	three	three	CD
13111	756	19	high	high	RB
13111	756	20	-	-	HYPH
13111	756	21	pitched	pitch	VBN
13111	756	22	chest	chest	NN
13111	756	23	notes	note	NNS
13111	756	24	does	do	VBZ
13111	756	25	not	not	RB
13111	756	26	constitute	constitute	VB
13111	756	27	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
13111	756	28	singing--"a	singing--"a	NNP
13111	756	29	short	short	JJ
13111	756	30	_	_	NNP
13111	756	31	beau	beau	NN
13111	756	32	moment	moment	NN
13111	756	33	_	_	NNP
13111	756	34	does	do	VBZ
13111	756	35	not	not	RB
13111	756	36	compensate	compensate	VB
13111	756	37	for	for	IN
13111	756	38	a	a	DT
13111	756	39	_	_	NNP
13111	756	40	mauvais	mauvais	NNP
13111	756	41	quart	quart	NNP
13111	756	42	d'heure	d'heure	NNP
13111	756	43	_	_	NNP
13111	756	44	.	.	.
13111	756	45	"	"	''
13111	757	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	757	2	would	would	MD
13111	757	3	be	be	VB
13111	757	4	hard	hard	JJ
13111	757	5	to	to	TO
13111	757	6	describe	describe	VB
13111	757	7	or	or	CC
13111	757	8	define	define	VB
13111	757	9	the	the	DT
13111	757	10	qualities	quality	NNS
13111	757	11	that	that	WDT
13111	757	12	make	make	VBP
13111	757	13	a	a	DT
13111	757	14	voice	voice	NN
13111	757	15	appeal	appeal	NN
13111	757	16	to	to	IN
13111	757	17	the	the	DT
13111	757	18	multitude	multitude	NN
13111	757	19	.	.	.
13111	758	1	Different	different	JJ
13111	758	2	singers	singer	NNS
13111	758	3	with	with	IN
13111	758	4	a	a	DT
13111	758	5	similar	similar	JJ
13111	758	6	timbre	timbre	NN
13111	758	7	of	of	IN
13111	758	8	voice	voice	NN
13111	758	9	and	and	CC
13111	758	10	register	register	VB
13111	758	11	may	may	MD
13111	758	12	sing	sing	VB
13111	758	13	the	the	DT
13111	758	14	same	same	JJ
13111	758	15	song	song	NN
13111	758	16	correctly	correctly	RB
13111	758	17	in	in	IN
13111	758	18	time	time	NN
13111	758	19	,	,	,
13111	758	20	rhythm	rhythm	NN
13111	758	21	,	,	,
13111	758	22	and	and	CC
13111	758	23	phrasing	phrasing	NN
13111	758	24	,	,	,
13111	758	25	and	and	CC
13111	758	26	yet	yet	RB
13111	758	27	only	only	RB
13111	758	28	one	one	CD
13111	758	29	of	of	IN
13111	758	30	them	-PRON-	PRP
13111	758	31	may	may	MD
13111	758	32	produce	produce	VB
13111	758	33	that	that	DT
13111	758	34	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
13111	758	35	quality	quality	NN
13111	758	36	necessary	necessary	JJ
13111	758	37	to	to	TO
13111	758	38	awaken	awaken	VB
13111	758	39	not	not	RB
13111	758	40	only	only	RB
13111	758	41	the	the	DT
13111	758	42	intellectual	intellectual	NN
13111	758	43	but	but	CC
13111	758	44	the	the	DT
13111	758	45	affective	affective	JJ
13111	758	46	side	side	NN
13111	758	47	of	of	IN
13111	758	48	the	the	DT
13111	758	49	mind	mind	NN
13111	758	50	of	of	IN
13111	758	51	the	the	DT
13111	758	52	hearers	hearer	NNS
13111	758	53	.	.	.
13111	759	1	Undoubtedly	undoubtedly	RB
13111	759	2	the	the	DT
13111	759	3	effects	effect	NNS
13111	759	4	produced	produce	VBN
13111	759	5	upon	upon	IN
13111	759	6	the	the	DT
13111	759	7	mind	mind	NN
13111	759	8	by	by	IN
13111	759	9	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
13111	759	10	song	song	NN
13111	759	11	largely	largely	RB
13111	759	12	depend	depend	VBP
13111	759	13	upon	upon	IN
13111	759	14	circumstances	circumstance	NNS
13111	759	15	and	and	CC
13111	759	16	surroundings	surrounding	NNS
13111	759	17	,	,	,
13111	759	18	also	also	RB
13111	759	19	upon	upon	IN
13111	759	20	the	the	DT
13111	759	21	association	association	NNP
13111	759	22	of	of	IN
13111	759	23	ideas	idea	NNS
13111	759	24	.	.	.
13111	760	1	Thus	thus	RB
13111	760	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	760	3	was	be	VBD
13111	760	4	never	never	RB
13111	760	5	more	more	RBR
13111	760	6	stirred	stir	VBN
13111	760	7	emotionally	emotionally	RB
13111	760	8	by	by	IN
13111	760	9	the	the	DT
13111	760	10	human	human	JJ
13111	760	11	voice	voice	NN
13111	760	12	than	than	IN
13111	760	13	upon	upon	IN
13111	760	14	hearing	hear	VBG
13111	760	15	a	a	DT
13111	760	16	mad	mad	JJ
13111	760	17	Frenchman	Frenchman	NNP
13111	760	18	sing	sing	VB
13111	760	19	at	at	IN
13111	760	20	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	760	21	request	request	NN
13111	760	22	the	the	DT
13111	760	23	Marseillaise	Marseillaise	NNP
13111	760	24	.	.	.
13111	761	1	Previously	previously	RB
13111	761	2	,	,	,
13111	761	3	when	when	WRB
13111	761	4	talking	talk	VBG
13111	761	5	to	to	IN
13111	761	6	him	-PRON-	PRP
13111	761	7	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	761	8	eyes	eye	NNS
13111	761	9	had	have	VBD
13111	761	10	lacked	lack	VBN
13111	761	11	lustre	lustre	NNP
13111	761	12	and	and	CC
13111	761	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	761	14	physiognomy	physiognomy	NN
13111	761	15	was	be	VBD
13111	761	16	expressionless	expressionless	JJ
13111	761	17	;	;	:
13111	761	18	but	but	CC
13111	761	19	when	when	WRB
13111	761	20	this	this	DT
13111	761	21	broad	broad	RB
13111	761	22	-	-	HYPH
13111	761	23	chested	chested	JJ
13111	761	24	,	,	,
13111	761	25	six	six	CD
13111	761	26	foot	foot	NN
13111	761	27	,	,	,
13111	761	28	burly	burly	JJ
13111	761	29	,	,	,
13111	761	30	black	black	JJ
13111	761	31	-	-	HYPH
13111	761	32	bearded	bearded	JJ
13111	761	33	maniac	maniac	NN
13111	761	34	rolled	roll	VBD
13111	761	35	out	out	RP
13111	761	36	in	in	IN
13111	761	37	a	a	DT
13111	761	38	magnificent	magnificent	JJ
13111	761	39	full	full	RB
13111	761	40	-	-	HYPH
13111	761	41	chested	cheste	VBN
13111	761	42	baritone	baritone	NN
13111	761	43	voice	voice	NN
13111	761	44	the	the	DT
13111	761	45	song	song	NN
13111	761	46	that	that	WDT
13111	761	47	has	have	VBZ
13111	761	48	stirred	stir	VBN
13111	761	49	the	the	DT
13111	761	50	emotions	emotion	NNS
13111	761	51	and	and	CC
13111	761	52	passions	passion	NNS
13111	761	53	of	of	IN
13111	761	54	millions	million	NNS
13111	761	55	to	to	IN
13111	761	56	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	761	57	deepest	deep	JJS
13111	761	58	depth	depth	NN
13111	761	59	,	,	,
13111	761	60	and	and	CC
13111	761	61	aroused	arouse	VBD
13111	761	62	in	in	IN
13111	761	63	some	some	DT
13111	761	64	hope	hope	NN
13111	761	65	,	,	,
13111	761	66	in	in	IN
13111	761	67	others	other	NNS
13111	761	68	despair	despair	VBP
13111	761	69	,	,	,
13111	761	70	as	as	IN
13111	761	71	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	761	72	made	make	VBD
13111	761	73	the	the	DT
13111	761	74	building	building	NN
13111	761	75	ring	ring	NN
13111	761	76	with	with	IN
13111	761	77	"	"	``
13111	761	78	Aux	Aux	NNP
13111	761	79	armes	arme	NNS
13111	761	80	,	,	,
13111	761	81	citoyens	citoyens	NNP
13111	761	82	,	,	,
13111	761	83	formez	formez	NNP
13111	761	84	vos	vos	NNP
13111	761	85	bataillons	bataillon	NNS
13111	761	86	"	"	``
13111	761	87	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	761	88	felt	feel	VBD
13111	761	89	an	an	DT
13111	761	90	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	761	91	thrill	thrill	NN
13111	761	92	down	down	IN
13111	761	93	the	the	DT
13111	761	94	spine	spine	NN
13111	761	95	and	and	CC
13111	761	96	a	a	DT
13111	761	97	gulp	gulp	NN
13111	761	98	in	in	IN
13111	761	99	the	the	DT
13111	761	100	throat	throat	NN
13111	761	101	,	,	,
13111	761	102	while	while	IN
13111	761	103	the	the	DT
13111	761	104	heart	heart	NN
13111	761	105	and	and	CC
13111	761	106	respirations	respiration	NNS
13111	761	107	for	for	IN
13111	761	108	an	an	DT
13111	761	109	instant	instant	NN
13111	761	110	stayed	stay	VBD
13111	761	111	in	in	IN
13111	761	112	their	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	761	113	rhythmical	rhythmical	JJ
13111	761	114	course	course	NN
13111	761	115	.	.	.
13111	762	1	Not	not	RB
13111	762	2	only	only	RB
13111	762	3	was	be	VBD
13111	762	4	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	762	5	stirred	stir	VBN
13111	762	6	by	by	IN
13111	762	7	the	the	DT
13111	762	8	effect	effect	NN
13111	762	9	of	of	IN
13111	762	10	the	the	DT
13111	762	11	sounds	sound	NNS
13111	762	12	heard	hear	VBN
13111	762	13	,	,	,
13111	762	14	but	but	CC
13111	762	15	by	by	IN
13111	762	16	the	the	DT
13111	762	17	change	change	NN
13111	762	18	in	in	IN
13111	762	19	the	the	DT
13111	762	20	personality	personality	NN
13111	762	21	of	of	IN
13111	762	22	the	the	DT
13111	762	23	singer	singer	NN
13111	762	24	.	.	.
13111	763	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
13111	763	2	awakened	awaken	VBD
13111	763	3	in	in	IN
13111	763	4	my	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	763	5	mind	mind	NN
13111	763	6	the	the	DT
13111	763	7	scenes	scene	NNS
13111	763	8	in	in	IN
13111	763	9	the	the	DT
13111	763	10	French	French	NNP
13111	763	11	Revolution	Revolution	NNP
13111	763	12	so	so	RB
13111	763	13	vividly	vividly	RB
13111	763	14	described	describe	VBN
13111	763	15	by	by	IN
13111	763	16	Carlyle	Carlyle	NNP
13111	763	17	.	.	.
13111	764	1	The	the	DT
13111	764	2	man	man	NN
13111	764	3	's	's	POS
13111	764	4	facial	facial	JJ
13111	764	5	expression	expression	NN
13111	764	6	and	and	CC
13111	764	7	whole	whole	JJ
13111	764	8	personality	personality	NN
13111	764	9	suddenly	suddenly	RB
13111	764	10	appeared	appear	VBD
13111	764	11	changed	change	VBN
13111	764	12	;	;	:
13111	764	13	he	-PRON-	PRP
13111	764	14	planted	plant	VBD
13111	764	15	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	764	16	foot	foot	NN
13111	764	17	firmly	firmly	RB
13111	764	18	forward	forward	RB
13111	764	19	on	on	IN
13111	764	20	the	the	DT
13111	764	21	ground	ground	NN
13111	764	22	,	,	,
13111	764	23	striking	strike	VBG
13111	764	24	the	the	DT
13111	764	25	attitude	attitude	NN
13111	764	26	of	of	IN
13111	764	27	a	a	DT
13111	764	28	man	man	NN
13111	764	29	carrying	carry	VBG
13111	764	30	a	a	DT
13111	764	31	musket	musket	NN
13111	764	32	,	,	,
13111	764	33	a	a	DT
13111	764	34	flag	flag	NN
13111	764	35	,	,	,
13111	764	36	or	or	CC
13111	764	37	a	a	DT
13111	764	38	pike	pike	NN
13111	764	39	;	;	:
13111	764	40	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	764	41	eyes	eye	NNS
13111	764	42	gleamed	gleam	VBN
13111	764	43	with	with	IN
13111	764	44	fire	fire	NN
13111	764	45	and	and	CC
13111	764	46	the	the	DT
13111	764	47	lack	lack	NN
13111	764	48	-	-	HYPH
13111	764	49	lustre	lustre	NN
13111	764	50	expression	expression	NN
13111	764	51	had	have	VBD
13111	764	52	changed	change	VBN
13111	764	53	to	to	IN
13111	764	54	one	one	CD
13111	764	55	of	of	IN
13111	764	56	delirious	delirious	JJ
13111	764	57	excitement	excitement	NN
13111	764	58	.	.	.
13111	765	1	A	a	DT
13111	765	2	pike	pike	NN
13111	765	3	in	in	IN
13111	765	4	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	765	5	hand	hand	NN
13111	765	6	and	and	CC
13111	765	7	a	a	DT
13111	765	8	red	red	JJ
13111	765	9	cap	cap	NN
13111	765	10	on	on	IN
13111	765	11	his	-PRON-	PRP$
13111	765	12	head	head	NN
13111	765	13	would	would	MD
13111	765	14	have	have	VB
13111	765	15	completed	complete	VBN
13111	765	16	the	the	DT
13111	765	17	picture	picture	NN
13111	765	18	of	of	IN
13111	765	19	a	a	DT
13111	765	20	_	_	NNP
13111	765	21	sans	san	NNS
13111	765	22	culotte	culotte	NN
13111	765	23	_	_	NNP
13111	765	24	.	.	.
13111	766	1	Dramatic	dramatic	JJ
13111	766	2	song	song	NN
13111	766	3	therefore	therefore	RB
13111	766	4	that	that	WDT
13111	766	5	does	do	VBZ
13111	766	6	not	not	RB
13111	766	7	evoke	evoke	VB
13111	766	8	an	an	DT
13111	766	9	emotional	emotional	JJ
13111	766	10	response	response	NN
13111	766	11	is	be	VBZ
13111	766	12	_	_	NNP
13111	766	13	vox	vox	NNP
13111	766	14	et	et	NNP
13111	766	15	præterea	præterea	NNP
13111	766	16	nihil	nihil	NNP
13111	766	17	_	_	NNP
13111	766	18	.	.	.
13111	767	1	INDEX	INDEX	NNP
13111	767	2	A	a	DT
13111	767	3	Abductors	Abductors	NNPS
13111	767	4	and	and	CC
13111	767	5	Adductors	Adductors	NNPS
13111	767	6	of	of	IN
13111	767	7	Vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	767	8	cords	cord	NNS
13111	767	9	,	,	,
13111	767	10	30	30	CD
13111	767	11	_	_	NNP
13111	767	12	seq	seq	NN
13111	767	13	.	.	.
13111	767	14	_	_	NNP
13111	767	15	Aikin	Aikin	NNP
13111	767	16	,	,	,
13111	767	17	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	767	18	,	,	,
13111	767	19	33	33	CD
13111	767	20	,	,	,
13111	767	21	45	45	CD
13111	767	22	,	,	,
13111	767	23	46	46	CD
13111	767	24	,	,	,
13111	767	25	47	47	CD
13111	767	26	Classification	classification	NN
13111	767	27	of	of	IN
13111	767	28	Consonants	Consonants	NNPS
13111	767	29	,	,	,
13111	767	30	54	54	CD
13111	767	31	"	"	``
13111	767	32	The	the	DT
13111	767	33	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	767	34	,	,	,
13111	767	35	"	"	''
13111	767	36	44	44	CD
13111	767	37	Aphasia	Aphasia	NNP
13111	767	38	,	,	,
13111	767	39	Motor	Motor	NNP
13111	767	40	and	and	CC
13111	767	41	Sensory	Sensory	NNP
13111	767	42	,	,	,
13111	767	43	72	72	CD
13111	767	44	_	_	NNP
13111	767	45	seq	seq	NN
13111	767	46	_	_	NNP
13111	767	47	.	.	.
13111	768	1	Articulation	articulation	NN
13111	768	2	and	and	CC
13111	768	3	phonation	phonation	NN
13111	768	4	,	,	,
13111	768	5	57	57	CD
13111	768	6	_	_	NNP
13111	768	7	seq	seq	NN
13111	768	8	_	_	NNP
13111	768	9	.	.	NNP
13111	768	10	,	,	,
13111	768	11	92	92	CD
13111	768	12	,	,	,
13111	768	13	94	94	CD
13111	768	14	_	_	NNP
13111	768	15	seq	seq	NN
13111	768	16	_	_	NNP
13111	768	17	.	.	NNP
13111	768	18	,	,	,
13111	768	19	fig	fig	NNP
13111	768	20	.	.	.
13111	769	1	18	18	CD
13111	769	2	Assyria	Assyria	NNP
13111	769	3	,	,	,
13111	769	4	clay	clay	NN
13111	769	5	records	record	NNS
13111	769	6	,	,	,
13111	769	7	70	70	CD
13111	769	8	B	B	NNP
13111	769	9	Ballet	Ballet	NNP
13111	769	10	,	,	,
13111	769	11	78	78	CD
13111	769	12	Bastian	Bastian	NNP
13111	769	13	,	,	,
13111	769	14	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	769	15	,	,	,
13111	769	16	72	72	CD
13111	769	17	,	,	,
13111	769	18	78	78	CD
13111	769	19	Beethoven	Beethoven	NNP
13111	769	20	,	,	,
13111	769	21	symphonies	symphony	NNS
13111	769	22	,	,	,
13111	769	23	40	40	CD
13111	769	24	Bell	Bell	NNP
13111	769	25	,	,	,
13111	769	26	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	769	27	Charles	Charles	NNP
13111	769	28	,	,	,
13111	769	29	97	97	CD
13111	769	30	Bouillaud	Bouillaud	NNP
13111	769	31	,	,	,
13111	769	32	M.	M.	NNP
13111	769	33	,	,	,
13111	769	34	68	68	CD
13111	769	35	Brain:--	brain:--	NN
13111	769	36	How	how	WRB
13111	769	37	developed	developed	JJ
13111	769	38	,	,	,
13111	769	39	10	10	CD
13111	769	40	Localisation	Localisation	NNP
13111	769	41	of	of	IN
13111	769	42	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	769	43	Centres	Centres	NNPS
13111	769	44	,	,	,
13111	769	45	72	72	CD
13111	769	46	_	_	NNP
13111	769	47	seq	seq	NN
13111	769	48	_	_	NNP
13111	769	49	.	.	NNP
13111	769	50	,	,	,
13111	769	51	fig	fig	NNP
13111	769	52	.	.	.
13111	770	1	17	17	CD
13111	770	2	Primary	Primary	NNP
13111	770	3	Revival	Revival	NNP
13111	770	4	of	of	IN
13111	770	5	Sensations	Sensations	NNPS
13111	770	6	,	,	,
13111	770	7	90	90	CD
13111	770	8	Primary	primary	JJ
13111	770	9	Site	site	NN
13111	770	10	of	of	IN
13111	770	11	Revival	revival	NN
13111	770	12	of	of	IN
13111	770	13	words	word	NNS
13111	770	14	in	in	IN
13111	770	15	Silent	silent	JJ
13111	770	16	thought	thought	NN
13111	770	17	,	,	,
13111	770	18	80	80	CD
13111	770	19	_	_	NNP
13111	770	20	seq	seq	NN
13111	770	21	.	.	.
13111	770	22	_	_	NNP
13111	770	23	Relation	Relation	NNP
13111	770	24	to	to	IN
13111	770	25	the	the	DT
13111	770	26	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	770	27	,	,	,
13111	770	28	61	61	CD
13111	770	29	_	_	NNP
13111	770	30	et	et	NNP
13111	770	31	passim	passim	NN
13111	770	32	_	_	NNP
13111	770	33	Structure	Structure	NNP
13111	770	34	,	,	,
13111	770	35	63	63	CD
13111	770	36	_	_	NNP
13111	770	37	seq	seq	NN
13111	770	38	_	_	NNP
13111	770	39	.	.	NNP
13111	770	40	,	,	,
13111	770	41	figs	fig	NNS
13111	770	42	.	.	.
13111	771	1	15	15	CD
13111	771	2	,	,	,
13111	771	3	16	16	CD
13111	771	4	,	,	,
13111	771	5	17	17	CD
13111	771	6	Breathing	breathing	NN
13111	771	7	,	,	,
13111	771	8	art	art	NN
13111	771	9	of	of	IN
13111	771	10	,	,	,
13111	771	11	16	16	CD
13111	771	12	_	_	NNP
13111	771	13	seq	seq	NN
13111	771	14	_	_	NNP
13111	771	15	.	.	NNP
13111	771	16	,	,	,
13111	771	17	22	22	CD
13111	771	18	,	,	,
13111	771	19	26	26	CD
13111	771	20	,	,	,
13111	771	21	27	27	CD
13111	771	22	,	,	,
13111	771	23	94	94	CD
13111	771	24	_	_	NNP
13111	771	25	seq	seq	NN
13111	771	26	.	.	.
13111	771	27	_	_	NNP
13111	771	28	Broadbent	Broadbent	NNP
13111	771	29	,	,	,
13111	771	30	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	771	31	W.	W.	NNP
13111	771	32	,	,	,
13111	771	33	99	99	CD
13111	771	34	Broca	Broca	NNP
13111	771	35	,	,	,
13111	771	36	72	72	CD
13111	771	37	,	,	,
13111	771	38	76	76	CD
13111	771	39	C	c	NN
13111	771	40	Charcot	Charcot	NNP
13111	771	41	,	,	,
13111	771	42	78	78	CD
13111	771	43	Consonants	consonant	NNS
13111	771	44	,	,	,
13111	771	45	50	50	CD
13111	771	46	_	_	NNP
13111	771	47	seq	seq	NN
13111	771	48	.	.	.
13111	771	49	_	_	NNP
13111	771	50	Classifications	Classifications	NNP
13111	771	51	,	,	,
13111	771	52	54	54	CD
13111	771	53	Cunningham	Cunningham	NNP
13111	771	54	,	,	,
13111	771	55	Professor	Professor	NNP
13111	771	56	,	,	,
13111	771	57	71	71	CD
13111	771	58	D	D	NNP
13111	771	59	Darwin	Darwin	NNP
13111	771	60	,	,	,
13111	771	61	83	83	CD
13111	771	62	"	"	``
13111	771	63	Expression	expression	NN
13111	771	64	of	of	IN
13111	771	65	the	the	DT
13111	771	66	Emotions	Emotions	NNPS
13111	771	67	,	,	,
13111	771	68	"	"	''
13111	771	69	3	3	CD
13111	771	70	Dax	Dax	NNP
13111	771	71	,	,	,
13111	771	72	Marc	Marc	NNP
13111	771	73	,	,	,
13111	771	74	69	69	CD
13111	771	75	Deaf	Deaf	NNP
13111	771	76	Mutes	Mutes	NNPS
13111	771	77	,	,	,
13111	771	78	62	62	CD
13111	771	79	,	,	,
13111	771	80	71	71	CD
13111	771	81	,	,	,
13111	771	82	82	82	CD
13111	771	83	Deafness	deafness	NN
13111	771	84	causing	cause	VBG
13111	771	85	loss	loss	NN
13111	771	86	of	of	IN
13111	771	87	speech	speech	NN
13111	771	88	,	,	,
13111	771	89	84	84	CD
13111	771	90	_	_	NNP
13111	771	91	seq	seq	NN
13111	771	92	.	.	.
13111	771	93	_	_	NNP
13111	771	94	Diaphragm	Diaphragm	NNP
13111	771	95	,	,	,
13111	771	96	20	20	CD
13111	771	97	_	_	NNP
13111	771	98	seq	seq	NN
13111	771	99	_	_	NNP
13111	771	100	.	.	NNP
13111	771	101	,	,	,
13111	771	102	103	103	CD
13111	771	103	,	,	,
13111	771	104	fig	fig	NN
13111	771	105	.	.	.
13111	772	1	2	2	LS
13111	772	2	E	e	NN
13111	772	3	Ear	Ear	NNP
13111	772	4	in	in	IN
13111	772	5	Music	Music	NNP
13111	772	6	,	,	,
13111	772	7	39	39	CD
13111	772	8	English	English	NNP
13111	772	9	,	,	,
13111	772	10	difficult	difficult	JJ
13111	772	11	to	to	TO
13111	772	12	sing	sing	VB
13111	772	13	,	,	,
13111	772	14	55	55	CD
13111	772	15	Epiglottis	Epiglottis	NNP
13111	772	16	,	,	,
13111	772	17	28	28	CD
13111	772	18	,	,	,
13111	772	19	31	31	CD
13111	772	20	F	F	NNP
13111	772	21	Flame	Flame	NNP
13111	772	22	Manometer	Manometer	NNP
13111	772	23	,	,	,
13111	772	24	48	48	CD
13111	772	25	,	,	,
13111	772	26	fig	fig	NN
13111	772	27	.	.	.
13111	773	1	14	14	CD
13111	773	2	French	French	NNP
13111	773	3	,	,	,
13111	773	4	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
13111	773	5	,	,	,
13111	773	6	32	32	CD
13111	773	7	,	,	,
13111	773	8	37	37	CD
13111	773	9	G	g	NN
13111	773	10	Gall	Gall	NNP
13111	773	11	,	,	,
13111	773	12	founder	founder	NN
13111	773	13	of	of	IN
13111	773	14	Phrenology	Phrenology	NNP
13111	773	15	,	,	,
13111	773	16	67	67	CD
13111	773	17	,	,	,
13111	773	18	68	68	CD
13111	773	19	Galton	Galton	NNP
13111	773	20	,	,	,
13111	773	21	78	78	CD
13111	773	22	,	,	,
13111	773	23	79	79	CD
13111	773	24	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
13111	773	25	,	,	,
13111	773	26	34	34	CD
13111	773	27	Gibbon	Gibbon	NNP
13111	773	28	,	,	,
13111	773	29	the	the	DT
13111	773	30	,	,	,
13111	773	31	3	3	CD
13111	773	32	Glottis	Glottis	NNP
13111	773	33	,	,	,
13111	773	34	30	30	CD
13111	773	35	,	,	,
13111	773	36	35	35	CD
13111	773	37	,	,	,
13111	773	38	44	44	CD
13111	773	39	,	,	,
13111	773	40	103	103	CD
13111	773	41	,	,	,
13111	773	42	fig	fig	NN
13111	773	43	.	.	.
13111	774	1	10	10	CD
13111	774	2	Goltz	Goltz	NNP
13111	774	3	's	's	POS
13111	774	4	dog	dog	NN
13111	774	5	,	,	,
13111	774	6	18	18	CD
13111	774	7	Gowers	Gowers	NNPS
13111	774	8	,	,	,
13111	774	9	on	on	IN
13111	774	10	Bulbar	Bulbar	NNP
13111	774	11	Paralysis	Paralysis	NNP
13111	774	12	,	,	,
13111	774	13	57	57	CD
13111	774	14	Grieger	Grieger	NNP
13111	774	15	,	,	,
13111	774	16	5	5	CD
13111	774	17	H	H	NNP
13111	774	18	Harmonics	Harmonics	NNP
13111	774	19	,	,	,
13111	774	20	14	14	CD
13111	774	21	,	,	,
13111	774	22	47	47	CD
13111	774	23	_	_	NNP
13111	774	24	seq	seq	NN
13111	774	25	_	_	NNP
13111	774	26	.	.	.
13111	775	1	Hearing	Hearing	NNP
13111	775	2	and	and	CC
13111	775	3	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	775	4	,	,	,
13111	775	5	78	78	CD
13111	775	6	,	,	,
13111	775	7	82	82	CD
13111	775	8	_	_	NNP
13111	775	9	seq	seq	NN
13111	775	10	_	_	NNP
13111	775	11	.	.	.
13111	776	1	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
13111	776	2	,	,	,
13111	776	3	45	45	CD
13111	776	4	,	,	,
13111	776	5	47	47	CD
13111	776	6	,	,	,
13111	776	7	48	48	CD
13111	776	8	,	,	,
13111	776	9	50	50	CD
13111	776	10	,	,	,
13111	776	11	55	55	CD
13111	776	12	Hermann	Hermann	NNP
13111	776	13	,	,	,
13111	776	14	on	on	IN
13111	776	15	Articulate	Articulate	NNP
13111	776	16	Sounds	Sounds	NNP
13111	776	17	,	,	,
13111	776	18	50	50	CD
13111	776	19	Groups	group	NNS
13111	776	20	of	of	IN
13111	776	21	Consonants	Consonants	NNPS
13111	776	22	,	,	,
13111	776	23	54	54	CD
13111	776	24	Huxley	Huxley	NNP
13111	776	25	,	,	,
13111	776	26	8	8	CD
13111	776	27	I	-PRON-	PRP
13111	776	28	Italian	italian	JJ
13111	776	29	,	,	,
13111	776	30	easy	easy	JJ
13111	776	31	to	to	TO
13111	776	32	sing	sing	VB
13111	776	33	,	,	,
13111	776	34	55	55	CD
13111	776	35	J	J	NNP
13111	776	36	Jackson	Jackson	NNP
13111	776	37	,	,	,
13111	776	38	Hughlings	Hughlings	NNP
13111	776	39	,	,	,
13111	776	40	97	97	CD
13111	776	41	K	k	NN
13111	776	42	Keller	Keller	NNP
13111	776	43	,	,	,
13111	776	44	Helen	Helen	NNP
13111	776	45	,	,	,
13111	776	46	40	40	CD
13111	776	47	,	,	,
13111	776	48	89	89	CD
13111	776	49	,	,	,
13111	776	50	90	90	CD
13111	776	51	Kingsley	Kingsley	NNP
13111	776	52	,	,	,
13111	776	53	Miss	Miss	NNP
13111	776	54	,	,	,
13111	776	55	6	6	CD
13111	776	56	Klang	Klang	NNP
13111	776	57	,	,	,
13111	776	58	13	13	CD
13111	776	59	König	König	NNP
13111	776	60	,	,	,
13111	776	61	flame	flame	NN
13111	776	62	manometer	manometer	NN
13111	776	63	,	,	,
13111	776	64	48	48	CD
13111	776	65	,	,	,
13111	776	66	fig	fig	NN
13111	776	67	.	.	.
13111	777	1	14	14	CD
13111	777	2	L	L	NNP
13111	777	3	Language	Language	NNP
13111	777	4	,	,	,
13111	777	5	a	a	DT
13111	777	6	human	human	JJ
13111	777	7	attribute	attribute	NN
13111	777	8	,	,	,
13111	777	9	61	61	CD
13111	777	10	Of	of	IN
13111	777	11	Gesture	Gesture	NNP
13111	777	12	,	,	,
13111	777	13	6	6	CD
13111	777	14	,	,	,
13111	777	15	7	7	CD
13111	777	16	,	,	,
13111	777	17	71	71	CD
13111	777	18	Written	Written	NNP
13111	777	19	,	,	,
13111	777	20	8	8	CD
13111	777	21	Laryngoscope	Laryngoscope	NNP
13111	777	22	,	,	,
13111	777	23	34	34	CD
13111	777	24	,	,	,
13111	777	25	35	35	CD
13111	777	26	,	,	,
13111	777	27	37	37	CD
13111	777	28	,	,	,
13111	777	29	fig	fig	NN
13111	777	30	.	.	.
13111	778	1	9	9	CD
13111	778	2	Larynx	Larynx	NNP
13111	778	3	,	,	,
13111	778	4	28	28	CD
13111	778	5	_	_	NNP
13111	778	6	seq	seq	NN
13111	778	7	_	_	NNP
13111	778	8	.	.	NNP
13111	778	9	,	,	,
13111	778	10	figs	fig	NNS
13111	778	11	.	.	.
13111	779	1	4	4	CD
13111	779	2	-	-	SYM
13111	779	3	8	8	CD
13111	779	4	M	M	NNP
13111	779	5	Macaulay	Macaulay	NNP
13111	779	6	,	,	,
13111	779	7	Lord	Lord	NNP
13111	779	8	,	,	,
13111	779	9	79	79	CD
13111	779	10	Mach	Mach	NNP
13111	779	11	,	,	,
13111	779	12	"	"	``
13111	779	13	Analysis	Analysis	NNP
13111	779	14	of	of	IN
13111	779	15	Sensations	Sensations	NNPS
13111	779	16	,	,	,
13111	779	17	"	"	''
13111	779	18	79	79	CD
13111	779	19	,	,	,
13111	779	20	90	90	CD
13111	779	21	Marie	Marie	NNP
13111	779	22	,	,	,
13111	779	23	M.	M.	NNP
13111	779	24	,	,	,
13111	779	25	73	73	CD
13111	779	26	,	,	,
13111	779	27	76	76	CD
13111	779	28	Marseillaise	Marseillaise	NNP
13111	779	29	,	,	,
13111	779	30	106	106	CD
13111	779	31	Memory	memory	NN
13111	779	32	,	,	,
13111	779	33	visual	visual	JJ
13111	779	34	,	,	,
13111	779	35	79	79	CD
13111	779	36	,	,	,
13111	779	37	80	80	CD
13111	779	38	Mouth	Mouth	NNP
13111	779	39	,	,	,
13111	779	40	43	43	CD
13111	779	41	,	,	,
13111	779	42	44	44	CD
13111	779	43	Müller	Müller	NNP
13111	779	44	,	,	,
13111	779	45	Max	Max	NNP
13111	779	46	,	,	,
13111	779	47	"	"	``
13111	779	48	Chips	chip	NNS
13111	779	49	from	from	IN
13111	779	50	a	a	DT
13111	779	51	German	german	JJ
13111	779	52	Workshop	Workshop	NNP
13111	779	53	,	,	,
13111	779	54	"	"	''
13111	779	55	8	8	CD
13111	779	56	N	N	NNP
13111	779	57	Nerves	Nerves	NNPS
13111	779	58	of	of	IN
13111	779	59	Respiration	Respiration	NNP
13111	779	60	,	,	,
13111	779	61	21	21	CD
13111	779	62	Neurologists	neurologist	NNS
13111	779	63	,	,	,
13111	779	64	73	73	CD
13111	779	65	O	o	NN
13111	779	66	Overtones	Overtones	NNPS
13111	779	67	,	,	,
13111	779	68	14	14	CD
13111	779	69	,	,	,
13111	779	70	47	47	CD
13111	779	71	_	_	NNP
13111	779	72	seq	seq	NN
13111	779	73	_	_	NNP
13111	779	74	.	.	.
13111	780	1	P	P	NNP
13111	780	2	Paget	Paget	NNP
13111	780	3	,	,	,
13111	780	4	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	780	5	James	James	NNP
13111	780	6	,	,	,
13111	780	7	79	79	CD
13111	780	8	Paralysis:--	paralysis:--	NN
13111	780	9	Bulbar	Bulbar	NNP
13111	780	10	,	,	,
13111	780	11	57	57	CD
13111	780	12	Hemiplegia	Hemiplegia	NNP
13111	780	13	,	,	,
13111	780	14	97	97	CD
13111	780	15	Of	of	IN
13111	780	16	the	the	DT
13111	780	17	Insane	Insane	NNP
13111	780	18	,	,	,
13111	780	19	58	58	CD
13111	780	20	Paris	Paris	NNP
13111	780	21	Academy	Academy	NNP
13111	780	22	of	of	IN
13111	780	23	Science	Science	NNP
13111	780	24	,	,	,
13111	780	25	68	68	CD
13111	780	26	Parrot	Parrot	NNP
13111	780	27	,	,	,
13111	780	28	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	780	29	,	,	,
13111	780	30	60	60	CD
13111	780	31	Phonation	Phonation	NNP
13111	780	32	and	and	CC
13111	780	33	Articulation	Articulation	NNP
13111	780	34	,	,	,
13111	780	35	57	57	CD
13111	780	36	_	_	NNP
13111	780	37	seq	seq	NN
13111	780	38	_	_	NNP
13111	780	39	.	.	NNP
13111	780	40	,	,	,
13111	780	41	92	92	CD
13111	780	42	,	,	,
13111	780	43	94	94	CD
13111	780	44	_	_	NNP
13111	780	45	seq	seq	NN
13111	780	46	.	.	.
13111	780	47	_	_	NNP
13111	780	48	.	.	NNP
13111	780	49	,	,	,
13111	780	50	fig	fig	NNP
13111	780	51	.	.	.
13111	781	1	18	18	CD
13111	781	2	Phrenology	phrenology	NN
13111	781	3	,	,	,
13111	781	4	67	67	CD
13111	781	5	,	,	,
13111	781	6	68	68	CD
13111	781	7	Pitch	Pitch	NNP
13111	781	8	,	,	,
13111	781	9	34	34	CD
13111	781	10	,	,	,
13111	781	11	36	36	CD
13111	781	12	,	,	,
13111	781	13	37	37	CD
13111	781	14	,	,	,
13111	781	15	39	39	CD
13111	781	16	,	,	,
13111	781	17	46	46	CD
13111	781	18	,	,	,
13111	781	19	50	50	CD
13111	781	20	,	,	,
13111	781	21	55	55	CD
13111	781	22	R	r	NN
13111	781	23	Reading	reading	NN
13111	781	24	and	and	CC
13111	781	25	Thinking	think	VBG
13111	781	26	by	by	IN
13111	781	27	Articulating	articulate	VBG
13111	781	28	Words	Words	NNPS
13111	781	29	,	,	,
13111	781	30	77	77	CD
13111	781	31	Resonator	resonator	NN
13111	781	32	,	,	,
13111	781	33	15	15	CD
13111	781	34	_	_	NNP
13111	781	35	seq	seq	NN
13111	781	36	_	_	NNP
13111	781	37	.	.	NNP
13111	781	38	,	,	,
13111	781	39	41	41	CD
13111	781	40	_	_	NNP
13111	781	41	seq	seq	NN
13111	781	42	_	_	NNP
13111	781	43	.	.	.
13111	782	1	Rhythmical	Rhythmical	NNP
13111	782	2	Movement	Movement	NNP
13111	782	3	,	,	,
13111	782	4	94	94	CD
13111	782	5	Ribot	Ribot	NNP
13111	782	6	,	,	,
13111	782	7	79	79	CD
13111	782	8	On	on	IN
13111	782	9	Words	word	NNS
13111	782	10	,	,	,
13111	782	11	5	5	CD
13111	782	12	Right	right	JJ
13111	782	13	-	-	HYPH
13111	782	14	handedness	handedness	NN
13111	782	15	and	and	CC
13111	782	16	Speech	Speech	NNP
13111	782	17	,	,	,
13111	782	18	69	69	CD
13111	782	19	_	_	NNP
13111	782	20	seq	seq	NN
13111	782	21	_	_	NNP
13111	782	22	.	.	NNP
13111	782	23	,	,	,
13111	782	24	80	80	CD
13111	782	25	Rodents	rodent	NNS
13111	782	26	,	,	,
13111	782	27	3	3	CD
13111	782	28	Romanes	Romanes	NNPS
13111	782	29	,	,	,
13111	782	30	"	"	``
13111	782	31	Mental	Mental	NNP
13111	782	32	Evolution	Evolution	NNP
13111	782	33	in	in	IN
13111	782	34	Man	Man	NNP
13111	782	35	,	,	,
13111	782	36	"	"	''
13111	782	37	1	1	CD
13111	782	38	,	,	,
13111	782	39	3	3	CD
13111	782	40	,	,	,
13111	782	41	83	83	CD
13111	782	42	S	S	NNP
13111	782	43	Sayce	Sayce	NNP
13111	782	44	,	,	,
13111	782	45	6	6	CD
13111	782	46	Semon	Semon	NNP
13111	782	47	,	,	,
13111	782	48	Sir	Sir	NNP
13111	782	49	Felix	Felix	NNP
13111	782	50	,	,	,
13111	782	51	32	32	CD
13111	782	52	,	,	,
13111	782	53	37	37	CD
13111	782	54	Singing	singing	NN
13111	782	55	,	,	,
13111	782	56	95	95	CD
13111	782	57	,	,	,
13111	782	58	98	98	CD
13111	782	59	_	_	NNP
13111	782	60	seq	seq	NN
13111	782	61	_	_	NNP
13111	782	62	.	.	.
13111	783	1	Chief	Chief	NNP
13111	783	2	Attributes	Attributes	NNP
13111	783	3	,	,	,
13111	783	4	104	104	CD
13111	783	5	_	_	NNP
13111	783	6	seq	seq	NN
13111	783	7	_	_	NNP
13111	783	8	.	.	.
13111	784	1	Hearing	hearing	NN
13111	784	2	and	and	CC
13111	784	3	,	,	,
13111	784	4	91	91	CD
13111	784	5	Sound	sound	NN
13111	784	6	-	-	HYPH
13111	784	7	pipe	pipe	NN
13111	784	8	,	,	,
13111	784	9	33	33	CD
13111	784	10	Sounds	sound	NNS
13111	784	11	,	,	,
13111	784	12	articulate	articulate	NN
13111	784	13	,	,	,
13111	784	14	50	50	CD
13111	784	15	_	_	NNP
13111	784	16	seq	seq	NN
13111	784	17	_	_	NNP
13111	784	18	.	.	NNP
13111	784	19	,	,	,
13111	784	20	60	60	CD
13111	784	21	_	_	NNP
13111	784	22	seq	seq	NN
13111	784	23	_	_	NNP
13111	784	24	.	.	.
13111	785	1	Sounds	sound	NNS
13111	785	2	,	,	,
13111	785	3	musical	musical	JJ
13111	785	4	,	,	,
13111	785	5	three	three	CD
13111	785	6	qualities	quality	NNS
13111	785	7	,	,	,
13111	785	8	11	11	CD
13111	785	9	_	_	NNP
13111	785	10	seq	seq	NN
13111	785	11	.	.	.
13111	785	12	_	_	NNP
13111	785	13	Speech:--	speech:--	CD
13111	785	14	Cerebral	Cerebral	NNP
13111	785	15	Mechanism	Mechanism	NNP
13111	785	16	of	of	IN
13111	785	17	song	song	NN
13111	785	18	and	and	CC
13111	785	19	,	,	,
13111	785	20	60	60	CD
13111	785	21	_	_	NNP
13111	785	22	seq	seq	NN
13111	785	23	.	.	.
13111	785	24	_	_	NNP
13111	785	25	Defects	Defects	NNP
13111	785	26	,	,	,
13111	785	27	57	57	CD
13111	785	28	_	_	NNP
13111	785	29	seq	seq	NN
13111	785	30	_	_	NNP
13111	785	31	.	.	NNP
13111	785	32	,	,	,
13111	785	33	73	73	CD
13111	785	34	Hearing	Hearing	NNP
13111	785	35	and	and	CC
13111	785	36	,	,	,
13111	785	37	78	78	CD
13111	785	38	,	,	,
13111	785	39	82	82	CD
13111	785	40	_	_	NNP
13111	785	41	seq	seq	NN
13111	785	42	_	_	NNP
13111	785	43	.	.	.
13111	786	1	Localisation	localisation	NN
13111	786	2	centres	centre	VBZ
13111	786	3	in	in	IN
13111	786	4	the	the	DT
13111	786	5	brain	brain	NN
13111	786	6	,	,	,
13111	786	7	72	72	CD
13111	786	8	_	_	NNP
13111	786	9	seq	seq	NN
13111	786	10	_	_	NNP
13111	786	11	.	.	NNP
13111	786	12	,	,	,
13111	786	13	fig	fig	NNP
13111	786	14	.	.	.
13111	787	1	17	17	CD
13111	787	2	Loss	loss	NN
13111	787	3	of	of	IN
13111	787	4	,	,	,
13111	787	5	caused	cause	VBN
13111	787	6	by	by	IN
13111	787	7	deafness	deafness	NN
13111	787	8	,	,	,
13111	787	9	84	84	CD
13111	787	10	_	_	NNP
13111	787	11	seq	seq	NN
13111	787	12	_	_	NNP
13111	787	13	.	.	.
13111	788	1	Right	right	JJ
13111	788	2	-	-	HYPH
13111	788	3	handedness	handedness	NN
13111	788	4	,	,	,
13111	788	5	69	69	CD
13111	788	6	_	_	NNP
13111	788	7	seq	seq	NN
13111	788	8	_	_	NNP
13111	788	9	.	.	NNP
13111	788	10	,	,	,
13111	788	11	80	80	CD
13111	788	12	Theories	theory	NNS
13111	788	13	on	on	IN
13111	788	14	the	the	DT
13111	788	15	origin	origin	NN
13111	788	16	of	of	IN
13111	788	17	,	,	,
13111	788	18	1	1	CD
13111	788	19	_	_	NNP
13111	788	20	seq	seq	NN
13111	788	21	.	.	.
13111	788	22	_	_	NNP
13111	788	23	Three	three	CD
13111	788	24	stages	stage	NNS
13111	788	25	,	,	,
13111	788	26	4	4	CD
13111	788	27	Spencer	Spencer	NNP
13111	788	28	,	,	,
13111	788	29	Herbert	Herbert	NNP
13111	788	30	,	,	,
13111	788	31	76	76	CD
13111	788	32	Stricker	Stricker	NNP
13111	788	33	,	,	,
13111	788	34	77	77	CD
13111	788	35	,	,	,
13111	788	36	78	78	CD
13111	788	37	,	,	,
13111	788	38	80	80	CD
13111	788	39	,	,	,
13111	788	40	82	82	CD
13111	788	41	,	,	,
13111	788	42	90	90	CD
13111	788	43	T	t	NN
13111	788	44	Thorax	Thorax	NNP
13111	788	45	,	,	,
13111	788	46	18	18	CD
13111	788	47	_	_	NNP
13111	788	48	seq	seq	NN
13111	788	49	_	_	NNP
13111	788	50	.	.	NNP
13111	788	51	,	,	,
13111	788	52	fig	fig	NNP
13111	788	53	.	.	.
13111	789	1	3	3	CD
13111	789	2	Throat	Throat	NNP
13111	789	3	,	,	,
13111	789	4	43	43	CD
13111	789	5	Timbre	Timbre	NNP
13111	789	6	,	,	,
13111	789	7	13	13	CD
13111	789	8	Tuning	tuning	NN
13111	789	9	-	-	HYPH
13111	789	10	forks	fork	NNS
13111	789	11	,	,	,
13111	789	12	12	12	CD
13111	789	13	,	,	,
13111	789	14	13	13	CD
13111	789	15	,	,	,
13111	789	16	37	37	CD
13111	789	17	Tylor	Tylor	NNP
13111	789	18	,	,	,
13111	789	19	6	6	CD
13111	789	20	V	v	NN
13111	789	21	Ventricle	Ventricle	NNP
13111	789	22	,	,	,
13111	789	23	33	33	CD
13111	789	24	Vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	789	25	cords	cord	NNS
13111	789	26	,	,	,
13111	789	27	29	29	CD
13111	789	28	_	_	NNP
13111	789	29	seq	seq	NN
13111	789	30	_	_	NNP
13111	789	31	.	.	NNP
13111	789	32	,	,	,
13111	789	33	35	35	CD
13111	789	34	,	,	,
13111	789	35	36	36	CD
13111	789	36	,	,	,
13111	789	37	37	37	CD
13111	789	38	,	,	,
13111	789	39	43	43	CD
13111	789	40	,	,	,
13111	789	41	93	93	CD
13111	789	42	,	,	,
13111	789	43	figs	fig	NNS
13111	789	44	.	.	.
13111	790	1	10	10	CD
13111	790	2	,	,	,
13111	790	3	11	11	CD
13111	790	4	Vocal	vocal	JJ
13111	790	5	instrument	instrument	NN
13111	790	6	,	,	,
13111	790	7	three	three	CD
13111	790	8	parts	part	NNS
13111	790	9	15	15	CD
13111	790	10	_	_	NNP
13111	790	11	seq	seq	NN
13111	790	12	_	_	NNP
13111	790	13	.	.	NNP
13111	790	14	,	,	,
13111	790	15	62	62	CD
13111	790	16	_	_	NNP
13111	790	17	et	et	NNP
13111	790	18	passim	passim	NN
13111	790	19	_	_	NNP
13111	790	20	Bellows	Bellows	NNP
13111	790	21	,	,	,
13111	790	22	18	18	CD
13111	790	23	_	_	NNP
13111	790	24	seq	seq	NN
13111	790	25	_	_	NNP
13111	790	26	.	.	NNP
13111	790	27	,	,	,
13111	790	28	fig	fig	NNP
13111	790	29	.	.	.
13111	791	1	1	1	CD
13111	791	2	Reed	Reed	NNP
13111	791	3	,	,	,
13111	791	4	28	28	CD
13111	791	5	_	_	NNP
13111	791	6	seq	seq	NN
13111	791	7	_	_	NNP
13111	791	8	.	.	NNP
13111	791	9	,	,	,
13111	791	10	_	_	NNP
13111	791	11	See	See	NNP
13111	791	12	also	also	RB
13111	791	13	_	_	NNP
13111	791	14	Larynx	Larynx	NNP
13111	791	15	Resonator	Resonator	NNP
13111	791	16	,	,	,
13111	791	17	41	41	CD
13111	791	18	_	_	NNP
13111	791	19	seq	seq	NN
13111	791	20	_	_	NNP
13111	791	21	.	.	.
13111	792	1	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
13111	792	2	Muscle	Muscle	NNP
13111	792	3	,	,	,
13111	792	4	31	31	CD
13111	792	5	Vocalisation	vocalisation	NN
13111	792	6	.	.	.
13111	793	1	_	_	NNP
13111	793	2	See	See	NNP
13111	793	3	_	_	NNP
13111	793	4	Singing	Singing	NNP
13111	793	5	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	793	6	,	,	,
13111	793	7	compass	compass	NN
13111	793	8	of	of	IN
13111	793	9	,	,	,
13111	793	10	34	34	CD
13111	793	11	,	,	,
13111	793	12	37	37	CD
13111	793	13	Voice	Voice	NNP
13111	793	14	,	,	,
13111	793	15	psychic	psychic	JJ
13111	793	16	mechanism	mechanism	NN
13111	793	17	,	,	,
13111	793	18	94	94	CD
13111	793	19	_	_	NNP
13111	793	20	seq	seq	NN
13111	793	21	_	_	NNP
13111	793	22	.	.	.
13111	794	1	W	W	NNP
13111	794	2	Wernicke	Wernicke	NNP
13111	794	3	's	's	POS
13111	794	4	sensory	sensory	JJ
13111	794	5	aphasia	aphasia	NNP
13111	794	6	,	,	,
13111	794	7	84	84	CD
13111	794	8	Word	word	NN
13111	794	9	-	-	HYPH
13111	794	10	memory	memory	NN
13111	794	11	,	,	,
13111	794	12	78	78	CD
13111	794	13	Words	word	NNS
13111	794	14	,	,	,
13111	794	15	defined	define	VBN
13111	794	16	,	,	,
13111	794	17	82	82	CD